|
Association for Behavior Analysis International Business Meeting |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
101 B-C (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (President) |
Panelists: GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator), MARC N. BRANCH (Publications Board Coordinator), LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (Education Board Coordinator), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator), MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer), MARK A. MATTAINI (Program Committee Senior Co-chair), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator), JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Practice Board Coordinator) |
Abstract: The annual ABAI business meeting features the leadership of the association giving an update about ongoing activities and major developments in the association. Attendees will learn from ABAI’s president the directions of the ABAI Council and from ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration. Attendees also will hear from board coordinators including science, education, practice, program, membership, affiliated chapters, and publications. |
GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator) |
MARC N. BRANCH (Publications Board Coordinator) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (Education Board Coordinator) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Program Committee Senior Co-chair) |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator) |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Practice Board Coordinator) |
|
|
|
|
ABA on Trial: A True Tale of Deception, Denial, and Redemption Told by an Expert Witness |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Jon Bailey received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1970; Mont Wolf was his mentor. He has been on the faculty in the Department of Psychology at Florida State University since that time and is now semi-retired as professor emeritus of psychology. He is co-director of the FSU Panama City, Master's Program in Psychology with a Specialty in Applied Behavior Analysis. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis and the American Psychology Association. Dr. Bailey is secretary/treasurer and media coordinator of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, which he founded in 1980. He has published more than 100 peer-reviewed research articles, is a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is co-author of six books including his most recent: Ethics for Behavior Analysts, 2nd Expanded Edition published in 2011. Dr. Bailey received the Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis Award, May 2005, from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and both the APA Division 25, Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award and the University of Kansas Applied Behavioral Science Distinguished Alumni Award in 2012. He was an expert witness in the 2012 U.S. District Court case of K.G. vs. Dudek, where the federal judge ruled, "ABA is 'medically necessary' and is not 'experimental' as defined under Florida administrative law and federal law." |
Abstract: Three plaintiffs in Miami, FL, who had children with autism, challenged a ruling by the Florida Agency for Health Care Administration (AHCA) that applied behavior analysis (ABA) was "experimental" and AHCA refused to fund behavioral treatment. The case was taken by a team of attorneys for Florida Legal Services, and the presenter was contacted to serve as an expert witness and testified in this federal case. The witness critiqued the state's method of reviewing the plaintiffs' request for treatment, and AHCA's documents and presented the case for ABA as a proven, evidence-based method of treatment. The presenter will describe the "evidence" that was used against ABA and the scientific data that was presented to the federal judge in rebuttal. The blow-by-blow account of the case will be presented in detail including a description of the misrepresentations of our field and the role that the journal peer-review process and meta analysis played in the final judgment in the case. |
Target Audience: The target audience includes graduate students interested in learning more about the legal system as well as professors and professionals looking to increase their knowledge of ABA and public policy. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. Describe the method that AHCA used to discredit ABA and justify not funding behavioral treatment 2. Discuss how our ABA peer-review system played an important part in the rial outcome 3. Describe key features of ABA that established it as a "proven" method of treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Using Behavior Analysis to Help Military Service Members |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
102 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Kent Corso (Give an Hour) |
|
CANCELLED: ABA Helps Military Members Overcome the Challenges of Serving Our Country |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center) |
|
Abstract: Veterans and active duty military personnel both deal with issues involving their time at war. While basic training does a masterful job at applying behavioral principles during training, this training has to do solely with readiness for following orders, a potential combat experience, giving orders, and other similar behaviors. Not covered is the myriad of behaviors and emotions that a soldier experiences when confronted with a difficult situation. Indeed, in any of the service branches, there are punishing consequences for not performing well, losing one's discipline, and for making errors. This paper presents some established practices from recent programs at military facilities. These practices assist military personnel in dealing with severe personal problems that arise during their service and may continue throughout their time in service, and after discharge or retirement. Behavior analysis has alternatives to offer that can assist the military in potentially decreasing the number of personnel needing extensive and continued behavioral health assistance. |
|
Behavioral Resiliency Skills Improve the Functioning of Military Service Members and Veterans |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KENT CORSO (Give an Hour) |
|
Abstract: Since 2001, military service members have endured multiple deployments, some lasting up to 24-months in duration. Combat experiences leave many service members living with an unregulated, highly active sympathetic nervous system. In some cases this not only degrades their job performance but many deployers experience sub-threshold or diagnosable sleeping problems, irritability, interpersonal conflicts, substance abuse, and post-traumatic stress symptoms. Some deployers experience an exacerbation of these symptoms upon their return from battle, while others only show these symptoms upon their return. Moreover, advances in battlefield medicine, rapid transportation from the battlefield to medical facilities, and medical technology itself have created an unprecedented phenomenon whereby service members are surviving highly lethal combat situations. This paper highlights several evidence-based interventions and programs aimed at bolstering the self-regulation (resiliency) skills of service members before, during, and following deployments. These modalities have been delivered as clinical treatments to help remedy the clinical sequelae of war and combat. They have also been utilized for performance enhancement purposes to help our service members prevent clinical symptoms and to ensure they function at peak performance during and after deployment. |
|
Promising Opportunities for Behavior Analysts to Treat the Military/Veteran Population |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KENT CORSO (Give an Hour) |
|
Abstract: The year 2007 was the first time in history that the Department of Defense (DOD) published a policy authorizing reimbursement for board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs). This is known as the Extended Care Health Option (ECHO) Program, which offers insurance coverage of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for children of active duty members who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Considering that there were 10,727 enrollees in ECHO in 2008 and the total enrollment in Department of Veteran Affairs (DVA) and DOD exceeds 18 million beneficiaries, BCBAs are currently treating .059% of the military/veteran population through official and reimbursable means – and this only includes qualifying beneficiaries diagnosed with ASD. Yet the prevalence of depression, chronic pain, insomnia, suicide, and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) match and in some cases exceeds civilian rates. Moreover, there is a myriad of empirical evidence supporting the treatment of these conditions with ABA and ABA-informed therapies. There is more that BCBAs can do to serve those who have served. This paper suggests explicit ways that BCBAs can reach the military veteran population to provide funded or pro bono ABA services. |
|
|
|
|
|
To Act or Not to Act: Are Behavior Analysts Ready to Contribute to Solving the World's Greatest Problems? |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
M100 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Robin Rumph, Ph.D. |
Chair: Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Abstract: In the last decade behavior analysts have renewed their activities and interest in regard to the world's greatest problems. Skinner asked the question "Why are we not acting to save the world?" Underlying all of the world's greatest problems is the behavior of individuals and the cultural practices of its societies. Recent presentations at ABA have suggested that something could be done about these problems and that the science of behavior has a role in solving them. We cannot collectively wait for government to fix these problems nor for our discipline's scientists to discover final answers. We must choose to act or not to act based on our existing science, experimentally applying what we already know. Behavior analysts are not alone in our concerns nor are we the only group currently acting or wishing to act to solve the world's greatest problems (including global warming, environmental degradation, unsustainable cultural practices, collective and structural violence, and failing economic systems). The panel will focus on ways that behavior analysts can work cooperatively with others outside of our own field, initiating a discussion of the potential for establishing active working groups within ABAI and supporting others outside. |
Keyword(s): activism, global issues, sustainability, violence |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Brain Injury Rehabilitation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
200 C-E (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Christina M. Peters (ReMeD Rehabilitation) |
|
Concepts and Principals of Playing Nice and Being a Part of a (Multi-disciplinary) TBI Treatment Team |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (ReMeD Rehabilitation) |
|
Abstract: For years acute and post acute brain injury rehabilitation teams have worked to integrate programming efforts across disciplines, overcome issues associated with problem behaviors and demonstrate the efficacy of programming efforts. However, until recently integration of behavior analytic concepts and principles uniquely suited towards these same goals has been misunderstood, underutilized or simply excluded. This presentation will review the current practices in the field of brain injury rehabilitation, propose how behavior analysts can play an integral role and provide tips for how to avoid the pitfalls of working in a field ripe with mentalistic views and meditational theories. |
|
Brain Injury Rehabilitation: It Takes a Village, Now Train the Villagers |
Domain: Theory |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Jessica A. Thompson Scibilia (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
|
Abstract: In ABI rehabilitation settings, behavior analysts often work as collaborative members of multidisciplinary teams with medical staff, counselors, and physical, occupational, and speech therapy professionals who may lack necessary skills related to integration of ABA principles and ability to implement behavior programs effectively. For successful behavior program implementation as part of the rehabilitation process, behavior analysts must ensure adequate training in the principles of ABA for all team members. Are colleges, universities, internship programs and facility training programs providing the knowledge necessary to develop staff with effective behavior intervention skills? Are the appropriate behavior intervention skills considered core competencies for therapeutic staff facing the behavior challenges in brain injury rehabilitation? This presentation will explore the course criteria required for obtaining degrees in allied health professions that commonly treat the brain-injured population and will examine to what extent ABA coursework is integrated into core competencies. Elective training options will be outlined that may prove valuable in developing staff skills in behavior analysis. The more comfortable, skilled and effective staff are at implementing behavior programs, the more efficient and successful team treatment programs will be. The potential impact on lives of more 1.5 million people in the U.S. that suffer a traumatic brain injury each year is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: A Discussion With Prominent Women in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
M100 A (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University) |
CATHLEEN C. PIAZZA (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Three prominent women in applied behavior analysis will discuss their experiences in the field. Dr. Cathleen Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center and Munroe-Meyer Institute), Dr. Jennifer McComas (University of Minnesota), and Dr. Stephanie Peterson (Western Michigan University) also will answer questions from the audience. |
|
|
|
|
Psychotropic Medications for Destructive Behavior: A Review of the Literature and Organizational Experience |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 F (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Antipsychotic medications are often prescribed to address destructive behavior problems in people with developmental disabilities. We have also found the same class of medications prescribed to cognitively typical students who exhibit aggressive and other destructive behaviors. The efficacy of a particular medication is most often established using randomized placebo controlled studies, subjective rating scales, and inferential statistics. Here, the most common dependent variables such as the Aberrant Behavior Checklist – Irritability Subscale, Clinical Global Impression – Improvement Scale, among other dependent variables are described and explained. The weaknesses and non-specific nature of such dependent variables compared to direct measures of behavior are summarized. Second, we describe our organizational experience in reducing or minimizing psychotropic medication. Finally, the behavioral procedures that replace and, in most cases, make unnecessary the use of such drugs are described. In addition, a variety of health and other benefits are summarized. |
Keyword(s): Antipsychotic, aggression, self-injury |
|
A Description and Analysis of Common Dependent Variables Used to Establish the Efficacy of Psychiatric Drugs for Destructive Behaviors |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are widely prescribed to address problem behaviors emitted by people with developmental disabilities and mental illness. The efficacy of a particular psychotropic medication is most often established using randomized placebo controlled studies, subjective rating scales, and inferential statistics. In contrast, behavior analysts typically employ single-subject designs, direct measurements of behavior (e.g. frequency), and visual inspection of graphed data to describe the effects of an independent variable. Here, the most common dependent variables such as the Aberrant Behavior Checklist Irritability Subscale, Clinical Global Impression Improvement Scale, among other dependent variables are first described and explained. Second, a literature review examining the efficacy of many agents on behaviors associated with autism and other developmental disorders is presented. Finally, the efficacy of various drugs on behaviors commonly associated with conduct and mood disorders is presented. |
|
The Effect of Medication Tapering on Problem Behavior Frequency and Health |
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: There is growing evidence that psychotropic medication has serious health-related side effects, especially when used over a long period. Furthermore, when the relevant behavioral dependent variables are measured comprehensively and accurately, it becomes evident that medication efficacy is often questionable. At the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), newly admitted JRC students often arrive with prescriptions for psychotropic medications such as antipsychotics and mood stabilizers. In many cases, the student was prescribed such medication for several years prior to JRC admission. At JRC, incoming students with prescriptions for psychotropics are assessed by a treatment team that includes Psychiatry, Behavior Analysis, Nursing and Case Management. Based upon careful assessment, including comprehensive, round-the-clock behavior frequency data that are collected at JRC, a medication taper is often accomplished successfully by the multi-disciplinary treatment team. This paper will present standard celeration behavior frequency charts that display student behavioral performance results when their psychotropic medications were tapered and discontinued within JRCs highly structured behavioral treatment and educational program. Information will also be presented on the health benefits that JRCs students enjoyed upon becoming free of psychotropic medications serious health-related side effects. |
|
Replacing Psychotropic Medications with Behavioral Procedures |
GREGORY J. TODISCO (Judge Rotenberg Center), Jason Coderre (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: A standardized level system that has proven to be particularly effective with adolescents with a range of behavior problems is described. Ten levels are summarized; each of which was associated with a certain set of reinforcers, privileges, and safety requirements. Students were initially assigned to a level that allowed them to access a wide range of reinforcers, activities, and privileges. By showing appropriate behaviors, students were able to advance to higher levels. When students displayed aggression or other inappropriate behaviors, students were dropped to lower levels. Students who were dropped to the beginning levels were required to comply with demands and refrain from all inappropriate behaviors. By demonstrating self-management skills, compliance with requests, and absence of problem behaviors, students were able to reach the highest levels. Data describing problem behavior frequency, physical restraint frequency, regression probability, and other dependent variables will be presented. In addition, we describe concurrent academic improvements. |
|
|
|
|
College Success Beyond Making the Grades: Flexibility, Anxiety, and Personal Success in College Students |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
102 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jhuan Marcantel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Kate Kellum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For many students, college presents the opportunity for marked growth alongside challenges in nearly every domain of development. Success in college is measured, in part, by achievement in difficult classes like statistics, acquiring complex skills such as public speaking, and navigating high stakes exams such as the Graduate Record Examination. It also provides a context, however, for individuals to learn to cope with the anxiety associated with performance on unfamiliar tasks in a situation with a high probability of evaluation. It is, thus, important to study factors associated academic and personal success in college. This symposium will include examinations of the relationships between flexibility and statistics anxiety, the ability to be present while giving presentations, and the impact of flexibility-based exercise on GRE practice. |
Keyword(s): college, student, success |
|
Dont Forget to Breathe! The Impact of Flexibility vs. Suppression Induction for Graduate Record Examination |
JHUAN MARCANTEL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Squyres (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Shiloh Eastin (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) presents a significant challenge for many students wishing to attend graduate school in psychology or behavior analysis. Most students report marked anxiety associated with the GRE, the avoidance of which can make adequate preparation nearly impossible. Thus, GRE scores are likely to reflect not only a students skill on the tasks assessed, but also his or her psychology flexibility with GRE-related anxiety. Emerging research suggests that brief interventions can impact psychological flexibility in a way that decreases avoidance and increases engagement in The current study examined the impact of flexibility or suppression-based inductions on GRE practice engagement and performance. Participants were undergraduate and graduate student volunteers with substantial goals for GRE improvement. Participants were exposed to brief induction training either flexibility with or suppression of anxiety, and provided free access to independent GRE practice. Preliminary data suggest increased engagement in GRE practice following flexibility-based training. Implications for the dissemination of brief, effective interventions to address GRE-related stress and anxiety will be discussed. |
|
What The Stats?!:The Relationship Between Psychological Flexibility and Statistics Anxiety |
SKYLAR FUSILIER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmie Hebert (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Statistics coursework presents a significant challenge for many college students. This seems to be attributable to both academic and psychological factors. For one, statistics achievement involves mastery of both mathematics and verbal reasoning skills. In addition, statistics coursework induces marked anxiety. This, in turn, keeps many individuals struggling with statistics anxiety from engaging in the practice they need to improve, making statistics anxiety the best predictor of statistics performance. Some students even abandon science careers in order to avoid further exposure. Emerging research suggests that there is variability not only in how anxiety-provoking an event is, but in the rigidity and avoidance that results from anxiety. Psychological flexibility, or the ability to remain present and in pursuit of valued ends despite aversive contingencies, may facilitate effective action even when anxiety or other psychological difficulties are high. This paper will review a series of studies investigating the relationship between statistics anxiety, statistics flexibility, and statistics performance. Implications for dissemination of flexibility-based statistics preparation will be discussed. |
|
To Be or Not to Be Present: An Examination of Whether Present Moment Behaviors Can Be Predicted |
STEPHANIE CALDAS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: College students are in a transitional part of their lives, building a sense of self, developing their values, and forging a path toward those values. For many college students, it may be easier to choose avoidance rather than being present to ease the stress. This may be especially true when faced with presenting in front of an audience. Presenters who are present can better interact with their audience and disseminate information. In the same way, students or audience members who are present can have more enriching experiences. Clear behavioral signs indicating that someone is present, whether they are fully aware of their immediate surroundings, have not yet been substantiated. The ability to interpret whether a person is present is the first step to the development of techniques that could improve present moment behaviors. This paper examines whether it is possible to determine if someone is present by comparing self-measurements and audience interpretations of presenters. Implications of identifying present moment behaviors and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Interventions in Traffic Safety |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
102 F (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael Fantetti (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Marlies Hagge (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis has made major contributions in the area of traffic safety. The first presentation in this symposium examines a low cost option that can increase the safety of pedestrians crossing the road in marked crosswalks. The second and third presentation examine in vehicle solutions designed to increase the seat belt use of drivers. If implemented across vehicle fleets these interventions could save many lives. |
Keyword(s): Driving Yielding, Pedestrian Safety, Seat Belt Use, Traffic Safety |
|
Evaluation of In-Street Signs Using a Gateway Configuration |
MILES K. BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: On multi-lane roads with two lanes in each direction, the In-street sign typically is placed on the lane line separating the two travel lanes in each direction. Currently, the MUTCD states that the signs should only be placed in the roadway and its typical placement is at the centerline or on a median island. The purpose of the first study is to compare the effects of using one State Law Yield to Pedestrians in Crosswalk (MUTCD sign type R1-6) sign placed between the two lanes in the same direction and placing them between the two lanes in each direction plus additional signs on the right and left side of the road at each approach (a Gateway treatment). The Gateway treatment was studied to determine if three signs are more effective than only placing the signs between the lanes traveling in each direction. The Gateway treatment was evaluated at two multilane sites using a reversal design. Yielding at the first site averaged 25% during the baseline condition when no signs were present, 57% with one In-street sign present, and 79% with the Gateway treatment. Yielding at the second site during the baseline condition when no signs were present 26% of drivers yielded to pedestrians. Yielding increased to 57% during the one sign condition and to 82% during the Gateway condition. The results of this experiment demonstrated that a Gateway treatment of the In-street signs produced a high level of yielding similar to those produced by more expensive traffic control devices. In a second experiment the gateway treatment alone was compared to two more costly treatments at 2 additional. The Gateway treatment was then compared with the Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB) and the Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) at three additional sites. The Gateway treatment was as effective as the PHB and the combination of the Gateway treatment and the PHB produced even better results than either system alone. Similar results were found with the RRFB. One reason why the Gateway treatment was so effective may have been the perceived narrowing of the road produced by adding signs in the gutter pan area. Furthermore, three signs likely are more visible than one sign particularly if vehicles ahead of a motorist approaching the crossing screen one or more of the signs. |
|
Effects of Increased Accelerator Pedal Resistance as a Negative Reinforcer to Increase the Seatbelt Use of Young Drivers |
BRYAN W. HILTON (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated a device that applied a yieldable but sustained increase in accelerator pedal back force whenever unbuckled drivers exceeded a preset speed criterion without buckling their seat belt. This force was removed once the seat belt was fastened. The increased force was sufficient to set up an establishing operation to reinforce seat belt buckling behavior. Participants were 20 young drivers that operated a 2002 Ford Taurus for a period of two weeks each. During baseline no contingency was in place for unbuckled trips. The yieldable pedal resistance was introduced implementing a time series design. Each driver would drive the vehicle for three to seven days in baseline. If the potential participant had one or more trips in which the seatbelt was not used the driver would be moved into the intervention phase. The introduction of the treatment was associated with an immediate sustained increase in seatbelt use to near 100%. The only exception was two of the 20 drivers had a single unbuckled trip under two minutes in duration Occasionally drivers would initially failed to buckle during a trip and encounter the force. In all instances, except for the two previously mentioned, they would buckle within less than 20 s of the force being applied. Drivers who buckled within 20 s reaching the target speed were recorded as buckled in all phases of the study. One advantage of this device is that drivers do not need to buckle while operating the vehicle in reverse, moving in a parking lot or any movement under 20 MPH. |
|
The Effects of a Two-Minute Seat Belt Shift Interlock System on the Seat Belt Use 131 Fleet Drivers |
Bryan W. Hilton (Western Michigan University), RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Previous research indicated that a short seat belt shift interlock of 8 seconds increased seat belt use (from 48% to 67%) but failed to achieve 100% belt use seat belt use. The purpose of the current experiment was to examine whether a longer delay (2 minutes) that approximated a complete seat belt shift interlock could lead to near 100% seat belt use. A large corporate fleet of 146 vehicles agreed to participate in this study. After obtaining a baseline measure of seat belt the interlock was activated according to a multiple baseline across sub fleet design. Fifteen of the drivers tampered with the system and were not included in the before and after data analysis leaving 131 drivers. The introduction of the interlock led to a significant increase in seat belt use from 81% to 96% in these drivers. Drivers buckled their seat belt on average 32% of the time in response to the interlock. One reason for the less than 100% use rate was that nothing prevented drivers from removing their seat belts after engaging the transmission. Drivers removed their belts during a small proportion of trips. To provide feedback about their experiences with the system, drivers completed an eight-item trust and acceptance instrument at the end of the first week, first month, and third month of interlock activation. Contrary to expectations of increased trust and acceptance, drivers ratings of acceptability did not change over the treatment period. Correlations between baseline seat belt use and trust and acceptance ratings indicated no significant relationship between seat belt use and ratings. |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in ABA Services |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
102 A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Amy Muehlberger (Beacon ABA Services) |
|
Parent Expectations of EIBI Treatment Outcomes in Core Deficit Areas for Children With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
|
Abstract: Parents who select home based applied behavior analysis (ABA) services do not always elect to have those services delivered at the level of intensity suggested by the best practice literature. The reasoning behind the selection of an evidence based model followed by the choice to implement it at less than the recommended intensity level is unclear. In an effort to determine if parent expectations of outcome may be a variable that impacts choice of service intensity, a survey of parent expectations of their childs outcome was conducted. These data were then correlated with the level of services their child received. Specifically, this study evaluated parent expectations of child outcomes in specific core deficit areas for children with autism (e.g. communication, social skills, and play skills) and treatment intensity. Findings suggest that parents who chose a lower intensity treatment model reported more often that their child made better than expected progress in the areas of communication and play skills. An item analysis demonstrates that the areas with the highest expected progress were in the categories of functional communication, functional and independent play, and overall social skills. |
|
A Novel Approach to Parent Training: Establishing Critical Discrimination and Responding Repertoires |
Domain: Service Delivery |
STEVEN RIVERS (Beacon ABA Services), Gilah Haber (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
|
Abstract: Training and support procedures for parents of children with ASD who engage in problem behavior at home and in the community often take the form of developing behavioral intervention plans and then training the parents to implement those procedures. This is often a time consuming activity that produces limited outcomes. While a number of studies have shown the parents can acquire the target skills to reduce their childrens problem behavior (Breiner & Beck, 1984; Shore, Iwata, Vollmer, Lerman, & Zarcone, 1995; Kuhn, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2003), little evidence exists to suggest that acquisition of the specific responses in the behavior plan lead to generalized parent ability to correctly respond to other behavior problems of similar function in a broad range of settings. The purpose of this study was to build a repertoire of discrimination and responding across a range of response topographies (correct and incorrect responses and appropriate and inappropriate behavior) in the context of discrete trial teaching (DTT). This was done in an effort to determine if correct demonstration of this repertoire would result in a more generalized parent ability to respond correctly to a broad range of behavioral topographies outside of DTT sessions. |
|
Functional Behavioral Assessments: What's Happening, or Not Happening, in Minnesota Schools? |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SARAH E. ROBERTS (Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis), Adam Lobermeier (St. Cloud State University) |
|
Abstract: Federal and state mandates require a Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) be completed within the school if a child meets specific criteria. A review of FBAs from various schools across Minnesota commonly show the function of the childs behavior to be control, power, or justice/revenge. It is widely documented within the research that there are four functions of behavior, yet none of the above is one of them. The effectiveness of FBAs is also widely documented within the research, yet behavior analysts are not commonly conducting the required FBAs. Ironically, the State of Minnesota has a rich history in the foundations and advances of Applied Behavior Analysis. Whats happening? And, how can we fix it? As a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, we are bound by the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct including, but not limited to, refraining from misusing assessment techniques, interventions, results, and interpretations and take reasonable steps to prevent others from misusing the information the techniques provide; avoiding the promotion of the use of behavioral assessment techniques by unqualified persons; take responsibility to support the values of the field, to disseminate knowledge to the public, to be familiar with these guidelines, and to discourage misrepresentation by non-certified individuals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluation of Response Interruption and Redirection as a Treatment for Stereotypy |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
202 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catherine K. Martinez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Catherine K. Martinez, M.S. |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the positive effects of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) as a treatment for stereotypy. However, there are several aspects of this intervention that may influence its effectiveness. The purpose of this symposium is to review current research evaluating and comparing procedural and methodological variations of RIRD. Four presenters will share data from multiple studies to demonstrate how varying aspects of RIRD may impact its validity and clinical utility. |
Keyword(s): RIRD, Stereotypy |
|
RIRD: A Brief Review of the Literature and Practical Extensions of the Procedure |
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandrea Hope Wiegand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Since Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) was described in 2007 by Ahearn and colleagues, several studies have validated its effectiveness as a treatment for the reduction of stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement in children with autism. Our purpose is to provide a systematic review of the recent literature, examining the varied modifications that have developed. We will then describe two practical extensions of this procedure. First, we will illustrate an assessment designed to identify types of responding within the procedure that may increase its efficacy. Second, we will investigate procedures aimed at transferring stimulus control from the treatment setting to generalization settings. |
|
Parametric Analysis of Response Interruption & Redirection as Treatment for Stereotypy |
VALDEEP SAINI (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has been shown to be effective in reducing vocal and motor stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement. The standard procedure involves requiring the participant to complete three demands contingent on the occurrence of stereotypy. Although effective, one commonly reported limitation of this procedure is that it can be time-consuming. Further, implementing RIRD interrupts the participants access to reinforcement and learning opportunities. The present study attempted to address these limitations by comparing the effectiveness of RIRD when the standard three demands are used and when only one demand is used. |
|
Evaluations of Response Interruption and Redirection in the Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy |
KARA WUNDERLICH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) in reducing vocal stereotypy. In the current study, we conducted functional analyses of vocal stereotypy and implemented RIRD in a reversal design. Data were then analyzed using several different methods to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention. Results indicated that RIRD may not be effective for all subjects. In addition, graphical depictions of reductions in the level of vocal stereotypy during RIRD may be an artifact of the data analysis method, even if the procedure is effective. |
|
Analyzing Aspects of Response Interruption and Redirection and Other Treatments for Stereotypy |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is now a commonly used intervention for stereotypic behavior. Though the evidence of the efficacy of this procedure is somewhat well established, there are aspects of this intervention technique that may greatly influence its effectiveness. This paper will present analyses of some of the variables other than the decrease in stereotypy. One such variable is the time spent in treatment relative to overall session time. A study comparing RIRD and enriching the environment will be used to examine time spent in treatment, time spent engaging in alternative activities, and compliance with directives. A brief examination of transfer of treatment gains will also be examined as will methods of data analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of the Functional Assessment of Problem Behaviors |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
201 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The functional assessment of problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities is considered the gold standard for the treatment of these challenging behaviors. Almost 30 years of research has demonstrated that treatments based on behavioral function tend to be more effective than those that are not. This has led to the wide-scale adoption of functional assessments among individuals with developmental disabilities. Research over the years has led to the methodological refinements, improved accuracy, and extensions to novel populations and behaviors. This symposium will include four papers that focus on methodological refinements and extensions. The first three papers examine variations of the functional assessment methodology to novel populations (i.e., older adults) and novel behaviors (i.e., anxiety and bizarre vocalizations). The final paper examines the continual refinement of functional analysis to simplify procedures. The papers in this symposium demonstrate the utility of functional assessment technology for the assessment (and eventual treatment) of challenging behaviors. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment |
|
Antecedent Versus Consequent Events as Predictors of Bizarre Speech in Individuals with Dementia |
Maranda Trahan (Johns Hopkins University), JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Consequences have generally proven to have the most predictive power in identifying the environmental events that influence problem behaviors. However, all of the essential literature that has drawn this conclusion has been conducted with young, non-demented populations. Behavioral gerontologists have suggested that antecedent events are more influential in the maintenance of problem behavior, but no empirical literature exists to validate this claim. We conducted a series of assessments a functional analysis, an antecedent analysis, and a modified functional analysis to determine the differential effects of common antecedents and consequences that can influence the occurrence of bizarre speech in three women with moderate to severe dementia. Results consistently revealed that antecedents were more effective as predictors of bizarre speech than consequences. Findings from this study provide preliminary data that there may be a shift in sensitivity to environmental events that is inherent in the progression of dementia. Moreover, these findings provide evidence that behavioral assessments may need to be modified to better capture the relevant environmental variables that influence problem behavior in a population that is in desperate need of behavior analytic services. |
|
Descriptive Assessments of Environmental Events Correlated with Inappropriate Vocalizations Emitted by Individuals With Dementia |
YANERYS LEON (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Flynn (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Approximately 3.8 million people in the United States suffer from dementia. Some of these individuals engage in problematic behaviors such as elopement, aggression, and inappropriate vocalizations (e.g., screaming, perseverative or noncontextual speech). Attempts at utilizing functional analysis methodology to determine the relevant environmental contingencies that may be evoking and / or maintaining inappropriate vocalizations in this population have produced mixed results. One reason for this may be that researchers have not manipulated the relevant contingencies or delivered consequences that were qualitatively similar to those typically delivered in the individuals natural environment. Because the antecedents and consequences for inappropriate vocalizations emitted by individuals with dementia may be different from the events correlated with problem behavior for other populations (e.g., individuals with developmental disabilities), the purpose of this study was to observe staff members at a local senior day care facility to determine environmental events that were correlated with inappropriate vocalizations. Results indicated that events correlated with problem behavior for this population were similar to those found for other populations (e.g., attention); however, some events were qualitatively different (e.g., statements of acknowledgement were common, but reprimands were never observed). |
|
A Behavioral Method for Assessing Anxiety in Children With Autism |
KEIRA M. MOORE (Western New England University), Amanda Bullard (Western New England University), Felictiy Weale (University of Ulster), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: There has been speculation in both research and clinical practice that many children with autism (CWA) experience anxiety (e.g., Kanner, 1943; White et al., 2009). One of the core features of autism, repetitive and ritualistic behavior (RRB), is often associated with anxiety (Rodgers et al., 2012). In the typically developing population, private events such as anxiety are usually detected through verbal report (Skinner, 1945). However, due to communicative deficits it is often difficult to measure anxiety in CWA. The purpose of this study was to develop a method of assessing anxiety in CWA. The Repetitive Behavior Scale-Revised was administered for a group of CWA to identify those with high rates of RRB. Interviews and descriptive assessments were then completed to gather more information about RRB and whether the participants seemed anxious. Participants identified as anxious, who also exhibited high rates of RRB underwent an anxiety test. During the test, each child was exposed to three stimuli (an appetitive, neutral, and anxiety-provoking item) in a multi-element design, while measuring heart rate, RRB, and caregiver and neutral observer rating of mood. Results were variable across participants, with at least one participant exhibiting RRB that appears to be an index of anxiety. |
|
Further Analysis of Response Latency During Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior |
GRACIE ALLEN BEAVERS (University of Florida), James E. King (SEEK Education, University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The utility of functional analysis methodology in identifying variables that maintain problem behavior has been well established, and numerous procedural variations have been developed. One involves the use of latency to the onset of problem behavior rather than traditional measures based on response repetition (e.g., response rate) as the dependent variable. Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, and Roscoe (2011) compared outcomes of 38 functional analyses when data were graphed as response latency vs. rate and found correspondence in 87% of cases; however, they did not examine correspondence based on function nor did they compare assessment durations. We extended the research conducted by Thomason-Sassi et al. by examining 62 sets of functional analysis data, which were graphed as both response latency and response rate or percent of intervals with responding, and observed correspondence in 91.9% of cases (see example). All cases of correspondence showed some savings in time when latency was used as the dependent variable. These results suggest that assessing response latency may be a viable method for improving the efficiency of a functional analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavioral Economics Procedures |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
200 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of behavioral economics combines concepts from economics and operant conditioning to examine the influence of schedules or price on preference for reinforcers (Tustin, 1994). This approach is especially useful for studying qualitatively different and concurrently available reinforcers (e.g., functional reinforcer for problem behavior v. arbitrary reinforcer for appropriate behavior). However, relatively few applied studies have evaluated behavioral economic principles and reinforcer choice. This symposium consists of three presentations describing behavior economic analyses of the nature and relation of reinforcers commonly involved in applied behavior analytic treatment programs. Results will be discussed in terms of the benefits of a behavioral economic approach to determining the effects of price, substitutes, and complements on behavior and of how such analyses may facilitate effective and durable behavioral treatments, including areas for future research. |
|
A Comparison of the Reinforcing Value of Tokens and Primary Reinforcement in Skill Acquisition |
KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Token economies are frequently used in the instruction of learners with autism. Tokens are previously neutral stimuli that, once paired with established reinforcers, take on conditioned reinforcing properties. However, it is possible that tokens are not established as reinforcers during initial token training, and as such, do not take on a reinforcing value. This protocol was developed to identify the reinforcing value of tokens as compared to primary reinforcement and to determine whether tokens serve as effective reinforcers in skill acquisition programs. To date, two learners with autism have been selected for inclusion in the current study. A reinforcer assessment was conducted with each learner to determine the reinforcing value of tokens used in the students previously established token economy system, as compared to primary reinforcement and tokens with no history of paired reinforcement. Results varied across participants: Established tokens were inconsistently motivating for the Student 1, but appeared as reinforcing as primary reinforcement for Student 2. Follow-up acquisition tasks for both students again resulted in differential effects, with Student 1 demonstrating better acquisition with primary reinforcement than with her token system and Student 2 demonstrating equal rates of acquisition in each condition. Implications of the results will be discussed. |
|
Does Preference Rank Predict Competition With the Reinforcer for Problem Behavior? A Behavioral Economic Analysis |
MARIANA I. CASTILLO IRAZABAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abbey Carreau-Webster (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Preference assessments (PA) identify potential reinforcers, but predictions are made under low response requirements that do not guarantee the utility of the stimulus in treatment. We sought to determine if PA rank predicts whether a stimulus will compete with escape for nine children with escape-maintained problem behavior by examining the relation between PA rank and demand elasticity across five fixed-ratio (FR) values using academic tasks. During the demand elasticity analysis (DEA), participants chose between working for one of four preferred foods and taking a break (no work, but no food). The FR requirement for the food increased within session (FR1, FR2, FR5, FR10, FR20). Foods obtained a rank based on how often participants selected them against break at each FR value and we examined the correspondence of these rankings with the PA rankings. Three patterns were observed: 1) all stimuli effective at all values; 2) most stimuli effective at lower FR values; higher rank stimuli more effective at higher values; 3) mixed correspondence. Correlations between PA and DEA ranks were, in aggregate, positive and moderate but tended to improve as the FR values increased, suggesting that increases in effort may magnify small differences in preference. |
|
Identifying Complementary and Substitutable Stimuli |
BRIAN D. GREER (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Kansas), Cynthia Livingston (University of Kansas), Monica Lugo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Few applied studies have examined the complementary nature of reinforcers and how such relations may influence behavior. This research evaluates a method for identifying complementary and substitutable stimuli. In the first study, a reinforcer assessment in which two edibles were available concurrently was conducted with five typically developing children. Unit price was manipulated across sessions for one of the two edibles. Stimulus relationships were identified as substitutable, independent, or complementary when resulting demand curves were analyzed. Next, a modified multiple stimulus with replacement preference assessment was conducted to determine whether subjects would consume the two edibles simultaneously. In the second study, the competing stimulus assessments of 19 individuals were examined to identify cases when problem behavior increased in the presence of particular activities (possibly suggesting a complementary relation). Results of the reinforcer assessments were idiosyncratic across subjects; however for most individuals problem behavior increased in the presence of at least one activity. Results are discussed in terms of (a) advantages and disadvantages of the methodology for efficient identification and demonstration of complementary and substitutable stimuli, and (b) implications of complementary and substitutable stimuli for use in designing interventions for problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
STEP SIG Symposium 1 of 2: Analysis of Sexual Behavior in Research and College Teaching |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
M101 B (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D. |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to explore several research strategies for analyzing sexual behavior, including daily tracking through online surveys and an analysis of delay discounting. This symposium also includes a description of the discoveries and challenges involved in a graduate-level sexual behavior course for behavior analysis students. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications, as well as directions for future research, instruction, and applied projects. |
Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior |
|
Behavior Analysis of Human Sexuality: A Graduate Level Course at The Chicago School |
Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), CHELSEA L. SKINNER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: An elective course was offered to MA Applied Behavior Analysis students at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. This course informed students about the behavior-analytic principles and processes that relate directly to human sexual behaviors, as well as to their study and treatment. Sex research is often indirect and based on moral assumptions; behavior analysts should have the opportunity for exposure to methods that can address these limitations. The course was intended to equip students with the knowledge and skills necessary to conduct sex research and applied interventions themselves, both ethically and effectively, as well as provide information about other available resources. Topics included sex education of clients, the politics of sexual decision-making, ethical and legal issues, and the spectrum of gender- and sexual-identity. This course served as a pilot study for future STEP SIG training modules that will be offered to established behavior analysts. |
|
Effects of Relationship Goal-Setting on Sexual Behavior Frequencies of Adult Participants in Romantic Relationships |
NICOLE HERBER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Sela Ann Sanberg (University of Nebraska Medical Center; California) |
Abstract: The current study used a reversal design with phases staggered across participants to investigate the effects of relationship goal-setting and self-monitoring on the daily frequency of participant sexual activity with their partner, masturbation, and orgasm, which participants recorded using daily online surveys. Participants self-selected a relationship-related goal to implement daily with their partner, then self-monitored whether they completed their goal or not and sexual behavior frequencies. Two participants selected a goal of increasing the amount of quality time spent with their significant other, and the third participant set a goal to increase the number of positive comments she made to her significant other each day. The results showed that goal-setting increased sexual activity with a partner for 2 out of 3 participants. Masturbation frequency was not affected by relationship-related goal-setting. |
|
Sex and Money: When the Risks are Discounted and the Payoff is Great |
MARY RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study used temporal and probability discounting procedures to characterize choice behaviors regarding hypothetical sexual risk taking and hypothetical monetary outcomes. All participants completed a questionnaire that asked questions about their various sexual preferences and sexual behaviors. Participants were presented with probability discounting choices regarding hypothetical sexual outcomes with cheating behavior in which they made repeated choices between whether they preferred engaging in a sexual experience with their significant other or engaging in a sexual experience with another person with the probability of getting caught cheating being varied across conditions. Sixty undergraduate students participated in the current study; 30 males and 30 females. The data suggests that males and females discount monetary and sexual risks differently. The data depicting probability discounting show that males discount cheating behavior more than females whereas females discount hypothetical monetary values more than males. The relationship between monetary rewards and sexual risk taking, cheating behavior, is a relatively untapped area of research with few studies having investigated the relationship. The current divorce rate in the United States is 50 percent for first time marriages. Conducting research on how men and women discount risky sexual behaviors differently could help reduce this statistic. |
|
Discounting of Exotic Dancers, Club Patrons, and Chances of Getting Sex |
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Exotic dancing is a part of a multi-billion dollar sex industry, which is predominantly female oriented. Research within exotic dancing has primarily focused on the sociological variables, i.e., body image and women’s rights. The utilization of delay discounting to measure impulsive tendencies has produced an extensive amount of research within the field behavior analysis over the last 20 years. Discounting research has two methods of measuring impulsivity; delay and probabilistic. Delay discounting is defined as choosing the sooner-smaller amount over the larger-later amount, while probabilistic discounting is defined as choosing between a for-sure amount versus a probability of a amount. Experiment one measures the temporal/delay discounting rates of exotic dancers within the context of their workplace and how rates of discounting can change in different monetary scenarios. Experiment two and three interview the patrons of the strip club from both a probabilistic and delay discounting framework, assessing decision-making in regard to money and services. Results show that exotic dancers significantly more impulsive then matched controls and patrons will produce a tendency to exhibit more impulsive choices, if there is an increased probability of contacting sexual stimulation. |
|
|
|
|
The Fine Organization of Free-Operant Behavior: Bouts, Behavioral Units, and the Microstructure of Responding |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 H (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ryan J. Brackney (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: Cumulative records reveal regularities in free operant responding that cannot be expressed with simple response rates. We may call these regularities, which include the complex distribution of times between behavioral events, the microstructure of responding . Under some conditions, the pattern of inter-response intervals suggest a bout-and-pause model of performance, in which subjects respond in bouts interspersed with periods away from operandum. Advances in analytic techniques have allowed us to quantify the different dimensions of the response-bout across multiple species and schedules of reinforcement. In this symposium, we present several experimental techniques and quantitative tools useful in the study of the response-bouts, and we demonstrate how they reveal patterns undetectable with coarser analyses . We discuss the conditions under which bout-like responding occurs, and present alternative analyses for when it does not. To the extent that response-bout analyses are applicable, we discuss some of the conceptual implications of the response-bout, including their relation to functional units of behavior, the behavioral processes responsible for response emission, and other nuances of schedule controlled behavior. |
|
Behavioral Processes Contributing to the Generation of Bout-Like Responding |
RYAN J. BRACKNEY (Arizona State University), Tim Cheung (Arizona State University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Bout-and-pause-like clustering of events is observed across many systems, from shark attacks to email checking to free-operant responding. The microstructure of operant bouts reveals a wide range of dependent measures, each sensitive to distinct experimental manipulations. For example, the distribution of bout lengths may be indicative of an individual's sensitivity to how reinforcement is scheduled, whereas changes in overall bout emission rates have been found to correspond with shifts in motivating operations. Changes in bout structure support inferences about the behavioral processes responsible for treatment effects, and dissociate these effects from others that are typically conflated when only measuring simple overall response rate. To the extent that response bouts constitute functional behavioral units, our understanding of microstructural behavioral processes may be extended to suggest how schedules of reinforcement select for such units. In this talk, we will present new data extending the use of bout-and-pause quantitative modeling toward understanding fundamental behavioral processes, and discuss its implications for an account of schedule control. |
|
Modeling Dynamic Changes in the Bout Structure of Behavior |
DANIEL HOFFMAN (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Across species, much behavior occurs as bouts of responding separated by periods of disengagement during which an organism may engage in alternative behaviors. The analysis of inter-event time (IET) distributions has been widely used to estimate bout properties. According to conventional response-bout models, behavior is generated by a stationary Poisson process with a constant bout-termination probability, resulting in bi-exponentially distributed IETs and exponentially distributed bout lengths. These assumptions are unreasonable for behavior in transition, as well as for behavior influenced by muscle fatigue, habituation, or satiation. As an alternative to traditional methods, we propose a novel approach that uses a change-point (CP) detection algorithm to partition a cumulative record into activity epochs directly. The CP approach preserves information about the temporal sequence of events, making possible the analysis of changes in response-bout properties within a session. In this talk, we will present data using the CP bout analysis to examine dynamic changes in bout structure, including the initial acquisition of the bout unit and its disintegration during extinction. |
|
Interresponse Time Schedules |
RUSTY NALL (Jacksonville State University), SuPhronia Guinn (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The interresponse-time structures of pigeon key pecking were examined under variable-ratio, variable-interval, and variable-interval plus linear feedback schedules. Whereas the variable-ratio and variable-interval plus linear feedback schedules generally resulted in a distinct group of short interresponse times and a broad distribution of longer interresponse times, the variable-interval schedules generally showed a much more continuous distribution of interresponse times. The results were taken to indicate that a log survivor analysis or double exponential fit of interresponse times may not be universally applicable to the task of demonstrating that operant behavior can be dichotomized into bouts of engagement and periods of disengagement. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Momentum Theory: 30 Years |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
200 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: John Bai (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: Nevin and colleagues introduced behavioral momentum theory in 1983 as a quantitative framework for understanding the response strengthening effects of reinforcers on operant behavior (Nevin, Mandell, & Atak, 1983). Behavioral momentum theory asserts that operant behavior is comprised of two independent processes—response rates and resistance to change—by making the analogy to the independence of velocity and mass in classical physics. With its influential ideas persisting for over three decades, its development has not been resistant to change. Behavioral momentum theory continually has been refined to account for an impressive array of data extending beyond resistance to change, including preference, compliance, the partial reinforcement extinction effect, and, most recently, relapse. This symposium includes three presentations focusing on the application and extension of behavioral momentum theory to resistance to extinction and relapse using reinstatement procedures. The architect and primary developer of behavioral momentum theory, Tony Nevin, will serve as discussant. |
Keyword(s): reinforcer rates, reinstatement, Response rates |
|
Response Rates, Reinforcer Rates, and Reinstatement of Extinguished Behavior |
MEREDITH STEELE BERRY (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Relapse of maladaptive behavior is a common pitfall in a range of clinical and applied problems. Behavior momentum theory is a useful framework for understanding what makes behavior more persistent when it is decreasing. More recent extensions have examined behavioral persistence when behavior is increasing, such as relapse. Our experiment explored how different baseline rates of response-dependent food impact reinstatement of extinguished behavior when reintroducing food into the context. Seven pigeons pecked keys for food on a multiple variable-interval 30-s variable-interval 120-s schedule. After baseline, 6 sessions of extinction was followed by 3 sessions of response-independent food deliveries. This same series of conditions was then repeated. Baseline response rates were higher and extinguished more slowly in the component with the higher rate of food delivery. Response rates recovered to near baseline levels during response-independent food deliveries. The greatest recovery, proportional to baseline rates, occurred in the component with the higher baseline rate of food delivery. These results replicate and extend those showing greater reinstatement with higher baseline rates of food delivery but lower baseline response rates. Baseline reinforcer rate, whether delivered response dependently or response independently, determines not only resistance to change with decreasing operations but also with increasing operations. |
|
Training Reinforcement Rates, Resistance to Extinction, and the Role of Context in Reinstatement |
JOSHUA BENSEMANN (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Ludmila Miranda Dukoski (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: According to behavioural momentum theory, resistance to extinction and relapse depend on the relative rates of reinforcement associated with training stimulus contexts. Other studies suggest that relapse with reinstatement depends on the reinstating conditions being arranged within the training stimulus context. In the present two experiments with 17 pigeons, we assessed whether relapse was a function of training reinforcement rates when reinstating food presentations were arranged either within or external to the training contexts. The context arranging higher baseline reinforcement rates consistently produced greater resistance to extinction but reinstatement effects were mediated by the context in which reinstatement occurred. Specifically, training reinforcement rates also were positively related with the degree of reinstatement when the reinstating food was arranged within the training stimulus contexts and in alternative contexts associated with a history of reinforcement. When arranging the reinstating food in alternative contexts associated with extinction, reinstatement effects were smaller and unrelated to training reinforcement rates. These findings suggest that relapse depends on the history of reinforcement associated with the context in which the relapse-inducing event occurs. |
|
Training Reinforcement Rate Determines Resistance to Extinction and Relapse in Separate and Combined Stimulus Contexts |
JOHN BAI (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Jonas Chan (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory asserts that reinforcing two responses in the same context will mutually increase resistance to extinction and relapse by increasing the overall reinforcement rate within that stimulus context. Indeed, previous findings reveal that relative resistance to extinction between two responses is only differential when trained separately (i.e., multiple schedules), but do not differ when trained concurrently. The present study explores this further by directly comparing relative resistance to extinction and relapse of target responding trained either separately or concurrently with an alternative response. In all 6 pigeons, concurrently training the target and alternative responses produced greater target resistance to extinction and relapse with food reinstatement compared to training the responses separately. Furthermore, when combining the separately trained contexts during extinction, or separating the concurrently trained contexts, resistance to extinction and relapse still reflected the reinforcement rates established in the original training contexts. These data support the assertions of behavioral momentum theory suggesting that the overall reinforcement rate during training is the primary determinant of resistance to extinction and relapse. |
|
|
|
|
Sex, Drugs, Indecision, and Smog: Contributions of Discounting to the Understanding of Real World Problems |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 J (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Decades of research have demonstrated that the present subjective value of a given commodity decreases as that commodity becomes increasingly delayed or improbable. This body of research has robustly contributed to our understanding several of phenomena such as addiction, gambling, and obesity. Moreover, as the paradigms under which this reinforcer devaluation is studied are progressively explored and validated, research in this tradition has expanded to describe more phenomena. The current symposium reports both novel approaches to discounting and novel relations between discounting and real world concerns. The first talk expands the discounting paradigm to the tendency to prefer fewer relative to more options, a phenomenon called “choice overload” in social psychology. These basic findings may help facilitate choices for healthy alternatives. The second talk expands the discounting paradigm to the delay/probability discounting of environmental gains and losses, a precursor to our facilitating “green” behavior. The third talk relates rates of delay discounting to non-humans’ alcohol consumption. These findings may facilitate the refinement of treatments of human alcohol abuse. The final talk directly relates rates of discounting to risky sexual behavior, an important step towards developing behavioral approaches to HIV prevention. |
Keyword(s): alcohol, choice, discounting, sustainability |
|
Temporal Discounting and the Paradox of Choice: Uncovering Differences in Decision Making Processes |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: When faced with a decision to choose from an extensive number of options, such as retirement alternatives or credit card companies, a limit exists for individuals preference of options which can be modeled using hyperbolic discounting (Reed, Kaplan, & Brewer, 2012). However, it is unknown the extent to which the magnitude of options differentially affects discount rates. Thus, the current study was conducted to determine what role discounting plays in the discounting of differentially sized rewards. In the current study, 151 psychology undergraduates participated by rating their preference for different number of rewards and reward sizes in a standard adjusting amount discounting procedure. Participants rates of delay discounting were also assessed using a similar adjusting amount procedure. Direction in change of rates of delay discounting replicated previous research. However, results indicate a statistically significant increase in rates of options discounting when the magnitude of option sizes increased. Results of the current study suggest that temporal discounting may not be the only process contributing to the discounting of options. |
|
Discounting Future and Probabilistic Environmental Gains and Losses |
TODD L. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Scott A. Suggs (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: College undergraduates made repeated choices between smaller-immediate and larger-later changes in air quality as well as between smaller-certain and larger-uncertain changes in air quality. The changes in air quality were expressed as either an improvement (gain) or decrement (loss), and the precise amount of the change was an adjustment in the numerical value of the Air Quality Index—a ratio scale developed by the EPA that quantifies the density of air particulate matter (e.g., pollution). A hyperboloid provided a very good fit to the discounting of all environmental outcomes. Although future gains tended to be discounted more than future losses, the difference was not significant by inferential criteria. In contrast, probabilistic environmental gains were discounted significantly and substantially more than probabilistic environmental losses. Thus, choices were more risk averse when environmental outcomes were expressed as a gain than when expressed as a loss. These findings provide preliminary data on the nature of environmental decision-making and may have implications for interventions that aim to promote “green” behavior. |
|
Impulsive Choice and Alcohol Consumption in Male Long-Evans Rats: Naturally Occurring and Experimentally Induced Relations |
JEFFREY S. STEIN (Utah State University), Renee Renda (Utah State University), Patrick S. Johnson (Utah State University), Kennan J. Liston (Utah State University), Shayne Barker (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Generally, naturally occurring impulsive choice positively covaries with alcohol consumption among outbred, inbred, and selectively bred rats. However, in Experiment 1 of the present research, experimental reduction of impulsive choice in male Long-Evans rats (via prolonged pre-exposure to reinforcement delay) unexpectedly increased alcohol consumption relative to controls. Experiment 2 (ongoing) is an attempt to quantify the naturally occurring baseline relation between impulsive choice and alcohol consumption in this rat strain (Long-Evans). From an initial sample of naive rats that completed an impulsive-choice screening task, rats with upper- and lower-tertile impulsivity scores (low- and high-impulsive, respectively) were selected for subsequent alcohol testing. Consistent with the unexpected relation observed in Experiment 1, low-impulsive rats appeared to consume more alcohol than high-impulsive rats. This finding suggests that experimental reduction of impulsive choice (as in Experiment 1) produced impulsivity-related differences in alcohol consumption similar to those which occur naturally in this strain. Potential mediators of the effects observed in both experiments (e.g., taste variables) will be discussed, as well as the relevance of the general methodology to clinical drug-use treatment in humans. Additional data to be collected. |
|
Behavioral Measures of Impulsive Choice and Sexual Risk Behavior |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Sexual risk behaviors (SRBs) represent substantial public health problems, yet little is known about the fundamental behavioral processes that underlie them. Some research suggests that one aspect of impulsivity, delay discounting, is one behavioral process related to SRBs (Chesson et al., 2006; Johnson & Bruner, 2012), but no research has examined whether other impulsivity-related processes, such as probability discounting and response inhibition are important for understanding sexual risk behaviors. Unmarried young adults (61% female; 80% Caucasian; mean age = 21.5) completed the Sexual Risk Survey (SRS), a comprehensive self-report measure of sexual risk behavior over the past year, and behavioral measures of delay and probability (both for hypothetical monetary outcomes) and response inhibition. Analysis of data collected to date (n = 137) indicate that total scores on the SRS were significantly correlated with delay discounting and probability discounting, but not with response inhibition. In addition, when participants who scored on the upper and lower thirds of the SRS distribution were compared, there were significant differences between low- and high-risk takers on delay and probability discounting, but not response inhibition. These findings suggest that delay and probability discounting, but not response inhibition, may represent important behavioral processes that underlie sexual risk-taking. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Approaches to Metacontingency |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 I (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Metacontingency is a concept that concerns the unit of selection of cultural things developed by Sigrid Glenn from the 1980s to date. Its defining characteristic is the functional relation between supra-organismic Interlocked Behavioral Contingencies (IBC) and their aggregated product with a selecting event dependent on such a product called Cultural Selecting Consequence (CSC). Studies involving the production, in laboratory, of experimental analogues of metacontingencies began to be conducted only recently and are flourishing. In this symposium it will be presented three different experimental analogs of metacontingecy using laboratory microcultures in which systematic replacement of participants simulates different generations throughout experiments. One study investigated relations between observing behavior and the control of metaconcingency by antecedent environment; the second study evaluated the effect of an uncontrollable cultural event on IBC; the third study used pigeons as subjects to propose an animal model of metacontingencies as a way to control for the effects of verbal behavior over cultural selection. |
Keyword(s): cultural practice, experimental analog, metacontingency |
|
Observing Behavior And Metacontingency |
CANDIDO PESSOA (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo, Brazil), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Experimental analogs are important to refine the concept of metacontingency. Two experiments that comprise an experimental analog of metacontingency were made. Fourteen undergraduate students participated on the first experiment and 13 participated on the second. On both experiments Interlocked Behavioral Contingencies (IBC) were selected by presentation of bonuses contingent on the production of a determined aggregated product in a computer task executed by three participants simultaneously. On the first experiment, after its selection, IBC was put on stimuli control in alternated components of presentation of the cultural selecting consequences and extinction. After stable discriminated occurrence of the IBC an observing procedure was added. Stimuli related to the different outcomes maintained the observing behavior. On the second experiment, after selection of IBC, participants were directly exposed to an analog of the observing response procedure in which discriminated occurrence of IBC have not been achieved. On the second experiment, putative stimuli related to the different outcomes did not maintain observing behavior. Antecedent stimulation to the metacontingency acquired function of conditioned reinforcer to the observing behavior only when it functioned as an analog of discriminative stimuli for metacontingency occurrence. |
|
Effects of the Cultural Event's Uncontrollability in Establishing and Maintaining Cultural Practices |
NATALIA SANTOS MARQUES (Universidade Federal do Para, Brazil), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para, Brazil) |
Abstract: The study of the uncontrollable cultural events (CE) effects can extend the knowledge about cultural evolution. We evaluated the effect of an uncontrollable CE on interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBC) of laboratory microcultures. The experiment 1 was attended by 30 college students, divided into three microcultures, each with three lineages of participants. The experiment 2 was attended by 23 students, divided into two microcultures. Every twenty cycles, the oldest participant of a microculture was replaced. The task consisted in selecting lines of a matrix. Individual contingent consequences to the choice of odd lines and CE subsequent to aggregate products (AP) were programmed. On experiment 1, the CE was initially presented independently of AP for 60 cycles. It was followed by 30 cycles without the presentation of CE. Then, the return to the first condition was performed. The results indicated operant and IBC selection, and also cultural transmission. Related to experiment 1, the experimental design 2 was different concerning the initial phase, in which the EC was presented contingently to AP. The results indicated that the controllability condition favored the maintenance of cultural practices in further uncontrollable conditions. It suggests that certain cultural practices may be the product of uncontrollable cultural events. |
|
An Animal Model of Metacontingency |
ARTHUR MITIO NAGAE (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Saulo Missiaggia Velasco (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (University of São Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Metacontingency is the functional relation between interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBC), their aggregated product and a selecting event dependent on such a product, called cultural consequence. This study aims to produce an experimental analogue of metacontingency with pigeons. An operant conditioning box split in two chambers by a transparent wall was used. Each chamber contains a feeder and two vertically aligned keys near the wall so that subjects can visualize each other while responding on the keys. Each key on one chamber is aligned to a correspondent key on the other. On each trial, all keys are simultaneously illuminated with red or green lights. Two pigeon were individually trained to produce 3-seconds of food by pecking one key per trial in a 10-s fixed interval, no matter the color presented on the keys (individual contingency). After performances has stabilized, a metacontingency was superimposed to the individual contingency: pigeons can produce additional 6-seconds of food (analogously called cultural consequence) if they coordinately respond at same-height keys on the red lights and at different-height keys on the green lights. This condition will last until coordinated behaviors of pigeons produce the cultural consequence systematically throughout five consecutive sessions. Ongoing results suggest IBC being selected. |
|
|
|
|
Derived Relational Responding in Nonhumans: New Directions in the Study of Symmetry and Equivalence |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 G (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Recent empirical and conceptual developments (e.g., Wasserman & Frank, 2005; Urcuioli, 2008) have suggested that the failure to observe derived relational responding in nonhuman subjects may be the result of the procedural factors such as the conditions of training and testing and not other factors that may limit learning simple associative relations. This symposium brings together presentations from four different laboratories investigating the particular role of procedural and other factors in the development of symmetrical relations in two different nonhuman species. First, Swisher and Urcuioli ask whether spatial locations remain a part of the functional stimulus even when associative symmetry has been demonstrated with sample and comparison stimuli appearing in different locations. Next, Velasco and Tomanari ask if simple discrimination training with all stimuli and testing with reinforcement will facilitate the emergence of symmetrical relations using visual stimuli in pigeons. Third, Galizio and Bruce report on a systematic replication of Urcuiolis (2008) procedure using rats as subjects and odors as stimuli. Finally, in a similar vein, Hinnenkamp and Vaidya report on a systematic replication of Urcuiolis (2008) procedure using pigeons as subjects and sounds as stimuli. |
Keyword(s): Associative symmetry, Nonhumans, Novel procedures |
|
Is Location a Part of the Functional Stimulus in Pigeons' Successive Matching? |
MELISSA J. SWISHER (Purdue University), Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Associative symmetry in pigeons emerges after successive matching training even when samples and comparisons appear in different spatial locations. We report evidence that location nevertheless remains part of the functional stimuli under these conditions. Pigeons were trained on hue-form, hue identity, and form identity successive matching with center-key samples and left-key comparisons. On symmetry (form-hue) probe trials during subsequent testing, one group saw the form samples and hue comparisons in the same (center vs. left) locations as in training. A second group saw both samples and comparisons on the center key in testing. Three of the 4 pigeons in the first group showed the predicted symmetry relation; none of the pigeons in the second group did. A second experiment reverses the test conditions for each group. Thus, the functional stimuli in successive matching appear to include their spatial locations as well as their ordinal positions. This assumption combined with the other assumptions of Urcuiolis (2008) theory of stimulus-class formation predict the test conditions under which emergent symmetry will be observed. |
|
A Strategy to Assess Equivalence Relations in Pigeons |
SAULO MISSIAGGIA VELASCO (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (University of São Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Unreinforced probes often disrupt non-human's performance during tests for equivalence-class formation. The present paper presents a novel strategy to assess equivalence relations under reinforcement conditions. The procedure consists of a within-subject sequence of training and testing with reinforcement, and provides, before the equivalence test, a) exemplars of symmetrical responding, and b) all prerequisite discriminations among test samples and comparisons. After pigeons learn two arbitrary-matching tasks (A–B and C–D), they are given a reinforced symmetry test for half of the baseline relations (B1–A1 and D1–C1). To control for the effects of reinforcement during testing, two novel, non-symmetrical matching responses are concurrently reinforced using the other baseline stimuli (D2–A2 and B2–C2). Because novel relations are not inconsistent with the original training, they are incorporated on baseline, thus enabling the assessment of equivalence relations. For instance, the baseline relation A2–B2 along with the novel relation B2–C2 allow for the assessment of A2–C2 transitivity and C2–A2 equivalence. To control for the reinforcement during equivalence testing, two novel relations are comparatively reinforced (A1–C1 | C1–A1). For the subject that already advanced to the symmetry testing, symmetrical relations are been acquired faster than the novel relations throughout repeated test sessions. |
|
Successive Matching-to-Sample in Rats: A Systematic Replication of Urcuioli (2008) |
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: Urcuioli (2008) demonstrated that go-no-go matching-to-sample training in pigeons with visual stimuli could result in emergent symmetry or anti-symmetry depending on whether the arbitrary conditional discriminations were concurrently trained with identity or oddity discriminations. These findings were consistent with a theory that posits location as a critical feature of the stimulus. The present study was a systematic replication of Urcuiolis Experiment 3 with rats as subjects using odor stimuli. Training was in an automated olfactometer with 14 rats. Two arbitrary conditional discriminations were trained (A1-B2; C1-D2) along with the relevant identity relations. After more than 50 sessions of training, none of the rats had met criteria for symmetry testing (discrimination ratio < .8 on conditional discriminations). Criterion level performances were frequently obtained for the identity relations, but not for the arbitrary relations, and this difference suggests the possible emergence of generalized identity. |
|
Auditory Go/No-Go Conditional Discriminations and Derived Symmetry in the Pigeon |
JAY HINNENKAMP (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Recent work investigating stimulus equivalence has successfully demonstrated symmetrical responding by pigeons (Frank & Wasserman, 2005, Urcuioli, 2008). The robustness of these results, across different stimuli, procedures, and research groups, however, has yet to be established. Following a unsuccessful systematic replication of Urcuioli (2008), in which pigeons failed to respond in accordance with the experimenter defined conditional discriminations, we began to suspect issues related to the discriminability of our visual stimuli. As a result, our laboratory began investigating methods to use auditory stimuli in go/no-go procedures. Our results suggest that acquisition of auditory conditional discriminations was quicker than visual conditional discriminations in a Go, No-Go procedure. These results set the stage for a robust test of Urcuioli's (2008) theory about stimulus class formation. Systematic manipulations to the Urcuioli (2008) procedure, which were implemented in an attempt to drive conditional discrimination acquisition, will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Precision Teaching and Performance Analysis Improves Writing for Middle School Learners and Professional Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
M100 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include four presentations that blend various educational behavioral technologies, chiefly Precision Teaching and performance analysis, to improve written composition and other language arts skills for both middle schoolers and professional behavior analysts. Three teachers from Morningside Academy, a laboratory school for struggling general education learners, and a behavior analyst who teaches writing in an online program for graduate students at the University of North Texas and other current professional behavior analysts will participate. The first presentation by Mike Wolfson integrates eight research based instructional programs plus Precision Teaching technology to enhance content learning in middle schoolers. The second presentation by Shiloh Isbell describes an empirically based Precision Teaching approach to improving evaluation of the quality of student essays and compositions. The third presentation, by Adam Stretz and Marianne Delgado describes a performance analysis and Precision Teaching technology for teaching the component skills related to inquiry and Project Based Learning. The fourth presentation by Marilyn Gilbert describes her online course to teach graduate students and other professional behavior analysts how to write effective articles in our field. |
|
Application of Teaching Technologies to a Variety of Curricula to Increase Content Acquisition |
MICHAEL P. WOLFSON (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Students traditionally struggle to make sense of content-area textbooks, as well as to meet state and national grade level writing standards across multiple genres. Providing students with a large repertoire of component skills and starting with accessible content-level texts will better prepare students prepared for the transition from middle to high school. At Morningside Academy, we use a wide range of technologies and curricula in order to fulfill these goals. For the 2012-2013 school year, we have assembled a synthesis of the following curricula: REWARDS Plus: Social Studies, Word Workout, Mastering Reading Through Reasoning, Fluent Thinking Skills, Reading Success, precision teaching of vocabulary and transcription, Master Key, Reading Mastery Signature Edition: Language Arts, and Morningside Persuasive Writing. Data from tool skill charts and from composition rubrics will be shown, as the attached chart illustrates, in order to demonstrate assessment methods, interventions, and student progress. Our students deal with a large variety of learning disabilities and other learning barriers, including Attention Deficit/Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, cognitive processing problems, motor skill limitations, confidence problems, or have otherwise not been successful in traditional academic settings. |
|
Rubric Development and Analysis to Improve Essay Composition Skills Using Precision Teaching Methodology |
SHILOH ISBELL (Morningside Academy), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Students written composition is extremely difficult to measure in a standardized way, taking behavior analytic principles into account. Sliding scale, subjective rubrics do not provide behaviors that can be easily quantified, counted, or meaningfully analyzed. Last year, the writing rubric for our composition program, Morningside Persuasive Writing was analyzed and reconfigured to measure student essay composition performance with the Standard Celeration Chart and Precision Teaching methodology. This year, we are extending this study by applying our findings to other genres, principally expository writing. As a basis, we will be using rubrics from SRAs High Performance Writing program, which are far less explicit and have far fewer component practice opportunities than Morningside Persuasive Writing provides. Chart data, as illustrated in the attached chart, plus rubric data, and work samples will be presented, and program implementation strategies will be discussed. By counting behaviors, we can better measure program progress than by applying rubrics alone to analyze student compositions. In this way, comparisons between students and across classes are more meaningful. |
|
Analyzing and Implementing Component Skills Needed to Excel in a Project-Based Learning Program |
ADAM G. STRETZ (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: We will discuss how project-based learning can bridge the gap between traditional precision teaching methods and a student-interest driven environment where the student engages with the world critically and creatively. The model uses precision teaching methods to intersect with project-based learning to instruct students in the component skills necessary to be successful in cooperative learning groups. These skills include: grade level decoding skills; solid grammar foundations; all genres of essay writing; home-working and note-taking skills. Supportive instruction includes how to form inquiry teams; create media presentations; and speech and debate, project management and consensus building skills. Meeting these objectives will ensure the generativity of students skills as they are presented with new tasks and goals in their future education. The projects are driven by intellectually stimulating questions that derive from teacher directed areas of living categories, such as transportation, art experience, and health and fitness. Students then choose projects within those areas of living. We will analyze Standard Celeration Charts for faded prompts, time on task during open-ended activities, and pre/post writing samples. This process emulates a precise approach to meeting John Deweys goals of inquiry and active learning to develop thoughtful citizens who can adduce meaning from their projects and apply those skills to new learning situations. |
|
Four Writing Solutions |
MARILYN B. GILBERT (Adjunct Instructor, University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Online at UNT, Writing Solutions for Behavior Analysts attempts to revolutionize writing instruction. Jokes aside, everything about English has utilityor it disappears. These 4 writing solutions are principles gained from a comprehensive functional analysis of the structural patterns and mechanics of the English language: 1. Compose using 3 structural patterns. 2. Control readers attention using rhetorical devices. 3. Control clarity, stress, meaning, and emotional effects with 6 punctuation marks, and use other mechanics to fulfill 6 conventions of print. 4. Read each composition aloud, as an actor reads his script, and revise by matching copy against voice elevations and dips. Data show that application of these 4 solutions produces pronounced improvement in writing skills and, as some students reported, in reading skills as well. Data also provides an empirical process for tryout and revision of instructional programs. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Learning Outcomes for Children: Literacy and Beyond |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
M100 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Nancy Marchand-Martella (Eastern Washington University) |
|
Making Tier 2, Small Group Guided Reading Instruction More Explicit for Struggling Elementary Students |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (Eastern Washington University), Ronald C. Martella (Eastern Washington University), Dominic Marchand Martella (Mead High School) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to provide information on how to conduct effective small group reading instruction within a guided reading program to meet the needs of struggling readers. Focused small group instruction that is more explicit in nature can serve as an effective Tier 2 intervention at the elementary level within an RTI framework. The big ideas of effective small group reading instruction include skill grouping, effective behavior management, instructions, feedback, firming, and questioning as time permits. |
|
Literacy Instruction for Children Who Have an Intellectual Disability |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The state of literacy instruction for children who have an intellectual disability has recently received increased attention within education and research. Instructional goals have expanded beyond a focus on only teaching sight words to providing opportunities to acquire all critical components of reading, leading to a greater need for guidance and instructional strategies for educators. Although many reviews of reading research have been conducted, few have outlined specific procedures that could be directly applied in educational settings. Building on what is known about errorless learning strategies and component skills for reading, specific procedures and guidelines for teaching reading to children with ID will be provided in the areas of pre-reading, phonemic awareness, and phonics instruction. Within these three categories, specific teaching guidelines have been outlined that can be used by educators and professionals, including how to overcome possible learning challenges commonly experienced by this population. Finally, the authors conclude by discussing the possible role sub-level skill mastery may play in facilitating success in more comprehensive reading programs that are typically used with at risk readers. |
|
Three Years of CABAS® in Italy |
Domain: Applied Research |
FABIOLA CASARINI (Universita degli Studi di Parma), Vanessa Artoni (Universita degli Studi di Parma), Samantha Giannatiempo (Learning Centre TICE) |
|
Abstract: In 3 years, we applied CABAS for 30 preschoolers who did not have the prerequisites to be included in regular education classrooms and measured the impact of the implementation of a scientific model for education on students', parents' and teachers' outcomes. We will discuss 3 different studies comparing the effects of the implementation of a partial-time (12 hours per week) and a full-time (25 hours per week) CABAS package on: a) correct, incorrect and total responses to all program instruction; b) number of instructional objectives achieved by each child and each teacher; c) daily and monthly number of Learn Units to criterion for each child, teacher and for the classroom; d) teachers rate accuracy scores during supervisors observations. The data suggest that our children can successfully learn and expand their repertoires with 12 hours per week of intensive CABAS instruction in a CABAS classroom. We will discuss the significance of these data in terms of advancement of behavior analysis and scientific pedagogy. |
|
|
|
|
|
Three Applications of Organizational Behavior Management Systems to Increase the Performance of Staff and Students in Schools |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 D (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism) |
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jinhyeok Choi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: CABAS is a system of organizational behavior management in which behavioral tactics are applied to both students and teachers in order to increase learning and performance. In the following three studies, components of the CABAS system were applied to train teachers to use a decision analysis protocol to visually inspect graphed student data, to increase the performance of educators using a rule-governed feedback procedure, and to improve overall student responses to instructional opportunities. The results of these applications and their impact on students in private and public educational settings are discussed. |
Keyword(s): CABAS, Organizational Behavior Management, Visual Analysis |
|
Teaching Paraprofessionals to "Do" What They "Say" Through Targeted Training |
Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism), ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison School for Autism), Nathan Habel (The Faison School for Autism), John Tolson (The Faison School for Autism), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: We conducted two experiments to assess the effectiveness of interventions designed to train front line data collectors to visually inspect graphed student educational data and detect notable patterns that required the immediate attention of the teacher or behavior analyst. We further examined these interventions to determine if the data collectors could more accurately engage in say-do correspondence as a function of the training. Relevance to signal-detection theory and behavioral skills training is discussed. |
|
A Systems Approach to Rule-Governed Feedback, Implementation of Research Based Tactics, and Increased Performance |
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of providing rule-governed feedback through a systems approach to school supervision. The supervisors initiated scientific tacts and intraverbals in response to students' instructional problems and measured increases in the teachers' use of research based tactics and pedagogical practices. The participants were two teachers of primary grade students with autism, communication disabilities and other health impairments in resource and self-contained settings. The four students who participated were assessed to be functioning two to three years below designated grade levels. The dependent variables were the teachers' use of tacts and intraverbals to support the use of research based tactics, and the responses of the students to instruction pre and post intervention. The independent variables consisted of a treatment package that included strategic questions related to learn unit presentations, the visual display of data and instructional problems. During pre-probes and post-probes the teachers were given neutral feedback to the answers they provided to the supervisors questions. In the intervention phase the teachers were given feedback specific to the instructional problem discussed. Results showed increases in the teachers use of scientific tacts, intraverbals and research based tactics post intervention, as well as increases in students learning across the curriculum measured. |
|
A Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to All Aspects of Schooling |
JINHYEOK CHOI (The Faison School for Autism), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: A comprehensive application of behavior analysis collectively termed CABAS (Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling) was applied to a specialized, publicly funded day school program for children with autism. The CABAS model is an example of a systematic application of behavior analysis to a school setting in which the science of behavior analytic organizational systems are applied to both the education of students and the training of staff and parents. The extension of this model to this setting is described here as it utilizes behavioral principles in schooling applications. The implementation of these components showed that the organizational schooling system improved the quality of science based-teaching, teacher training, parent involvement, and students learning. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Goes to Medical School: How Behavior Science Can Be Utilized in a Medical School Setting |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 E (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Lori H. Diener-Ludwig (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
Abstract: Through recent empirical work in verbal behavior and RFT, behavior analysis is increasingly placing itself in a position to theorize effectively and test empirically these educated guesses about the functioning of verbal behavior in organizations. The development and communication of verbal products, such as rules, instructions, leadership statements and strategic plans are major components of leadership activities in organizations. For instance, strategic planning and readiness are highly verbal activities because they rely on being prepared for a future that is not here yet; a future that is verbally constructed; and a future that will most probably be unlike what we have seen in the past. In addition, recognizing employees’ implicit responding and values can guide leadership in presenting formative and motivative augmentals that produce shared goals and hence improved cooperation within the organization. Moreover, the powerful effects of Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) and ACT related technologies such as value clarification, perspective taking, mindfulness, Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) have generalizable impact in terms individual’s psychological flexibility and effective cooperation in organizational settings. By drawing upon, BSA, RFT ACT, and other developed techniques in the analysis of verbal behavior, this symposium provides an overview of recent experimental and conceptual analyses in the areas of leadership decision making, problem solving, and cooperative behavior in a medical school setting in Nevada. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Systems Analysis, Evaluation, Medical School, MT-IRAP |
|
Using Behavioral Systems Analysis to Develop an Organizational Evaluation Methodology: A Comprehensive Assessment of Medical School Performance |
DANIEL REIMER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gwen Shonkwiler (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Medical schools are, in part, centers of learning, but they are also complex organizations undergoing constant change. Faculty and students have multiple roles; as teachers or students, and as clinicians or researchers. These rolls create the need for multi-faceted evaluation. This presentation will outline the implementation of an evaluation system being conducted at a university school of medicine. In addition to a number of macro-system measures that highlight the role of the target medical school in a larger community setting, multiple dimensions of performance for both students and faculty have been measured in an effort to assess changes in the curriculum delivered by the medical school faculty. Moreover, the process mapping technology has guided the development and implementation of different stages of curriculum change. This presentation will provide an overview of the collected organizational measures and the associated decision making process for curriculum change in a medical school setting. |
|
Utilizing Faculty Feedback to Inform Ongoing Organizational Change: An Analysis and Response to Faculty Concerns |
Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Gwen Shonkwiler (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In order to meet new standards for medical school curriculum suggested by the Liaison Committee for Medical Education (LCME), medical schools must undergo a substantial reorganization in a relatively short amount of time. The effects of revising medical school curriculum on faculties’ academic and professional advancement have only been sparsely documented. This study demonstrates a line of research that documents and measures the effect of the change on faculty involved in the restructuring process and the evolution of the curriculum over many years of planning. Semi-structured interviews at two strategic points in the academic year were conducted with emerging leaders among the faculty, the results of which demonstrate the process of change. The results from these interviews also informed current decision making, and provide guidance regarding curricular changes for medical schools in the future. |
|
The Role of MT-IRAP as an Assessment Tool in the Design of Training Program in Medical School |
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gwen Shonkwiler (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Prior research on cooperation in a business environment has primarily relied upon financial consequences to increase or decrease cooperative responding. Furthermore, there is room for a behavioral scientific account of factors such as cultural sensitivity and burnout in terms of organizational buy-in and effective training in organizational settings. The effects of exposure to curricular change and revised curriculum on medical students as well as faculties' academic and professional advancement have only been sparsely documented. This study demonstrates a line of research that has examined the effect of the informed decision making associated with curriculum design based on students' implicit perspectives in the areas of Cultural Sensitivity (CS), Burnout (BO) and Cooperation in a medical school setting. Mixed-Trial Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (MT-IRAP) was used to collect individual and group measures for two groups of medical students. An overview of the procedure, assessment data, and the use of data as a tool for the systematic design of a curriculum in the target medical school setting will be provided. In addition, we will discuss the utility of MT-IRAP as a tool for leadership decision making, management, and training in organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Frontiers of Translational Behavioral Science |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Translational research links laboratory findings to applied research and innovations in practice. Scientific communities are experiencing a renewed emphasis on translational research, as evidenced by recently adopted NIH funding priorities and, within behavior analysis, several recent papers in The Behavior Analyst and a new initiative for translational research in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB). Effective translational research often requires a partnership between those that have produced provocative laboratory findings and those that understand the necessities and practicalities of the context to which those findings might be brought to bear. Towards this end, the ABAI Science Board has brought together several prominent basic scientists, ready and willing to discuss findings that are on the cusp of translation or in their translational infancy. Allen Neuringer will address the functionality of reinforced variability. Thomas Zentall will describe an animal model of suboptimal choice analogous to human gambling. Timothy Hackenberg describes recent behavioral economic explorations into the nature of generalized reinforcers in the pigeon. To comment on the sort of innovations that may arise from these topics, F. Charles (Bud) Mace, translational science editor for JEAB and one of our fields most prominent applied/translational researchers will serve as discussant. |
Keyword(s): Generalized Reinforcers, Reinforced Variability, Suboptimal Choice, Translational Research |
|
Operant Variability |
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts well know that animals and people can learn to repeat a response when reinforcement is contingent upon repetitions of that response. Less widely appreciated is that animals and people also can learn to vary when reinforcement is contingent upon variability. In the first case, the response can readily be predicted; in the latter, prediction may be difficult or impossible. Particular levels of variability or (un)predictability, including approximations to random responding, have been generated through reinforcing feedback, such as under lag, threshold, and statistical-feedback schedules. These studies support the claim that variability is an operant dimension, much like response force, frequency, location, and topography. As with these others, contingencies of reinforcement and discriminative stimuli exert precise control. Reinforced variability imparts functionality in many situations, such as when individuals learn new responses, improve skills, explore new situations, attempt to solve problems, or engage in creative work. Importantly, reinforced variability helps to explain the voluntary nature of operant behavior. |
Allen Neuringer obtained his B.A. from Columbia College in 1962 (Fred Keller taught his introductory class), his Ph.D. from Harvard University in 1967 (Richard Herrnstein advised his thesis), and taught at Reed College in Portland, OR, from 1970 until his retirement as MacArthur Professor of Psychology in 2008. He continues to teach Functional Variability as emeritus professor. His research has shown that pigeons can discriminate among musical episodes, e.g., Bach versus Stravinsky; that pigeons' self-control is governed in ways similar to Walter Mischel's children; and that rats and pigeons will respond for food reinforcers even when food is freely available, sometimes referred to as contra freeloading. He also has published on the possibilities of self-experimentation. Since the early 1980s his research has focused on reinforced variability--its characteristics, implications, and applications. He lives at the Ridge, a forested area in western Oregon, in a house he built with Martha, his spouse, and Reed students; and plants trees and feeds birds. |
|
An Animal Model of Human Gambling Behavior |
THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: When humans engage in organized gambling, they are generally choosing suboptimally (i.e., losses are almost always greater than gains). We present a model of suboptimal gambling in which animals prefer an occasional signaled high payoff (10 pellets 20% of the time; 2 pellets on average) rather than a reliable alternative with a signal for a lower payoff (3 pellets 100% of the time). This effect appears to result from the strong conditioned reinforcement associated with the stimulus followed by a high payoff. Surprisingly, although experienced four times as much, the stimulus that is never followed by reinforcement does not appear to result in significant conditioned inhibition. Similarly, human gamblers tend to overvalue wins and undervalue losses. We also have found that pigeons gamble less when food is less restricted (rich people gamble less than poor people) and they also gamble less when they have been exposed to an enriched environment rather than being kept in an individual cage (for humans, gambling is said to be a form of entertainment). This animal model should provide a useful analog to human gambling behavior, one that is free from the influence of human culture, language, social reinforcement, and other experiential biases. |
Thomas R. Zentall is the DiSilvestro Professor of Arts and Sciences in Psychology. He was a Fulbright Visiting Professor at the Université de Lille, France, and was a visiting professor at the Universidad de Sevilla, Spain, and Keio University, Tokyo, Japan. Dr. Zentall received his Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley. He is currently associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and has served on the Executive Committee of Division 25 (The Analysis of Behavior) of the American Psychological Association. He also has served as president of Midwestern Psychological Association, president of Divisions 3 (Experimental Psychology) and 6 (Behavioral Neuroscience and Comparative Psychology) of the American Psychological Association, chair of the Governing Board of the Psychonomic Society, and president of the Comparative Cognition Society. He is president-elect of the Eastern Psychological Association, and in 2010 he gave the Fred Keller Distinguished Lecture at EPA. Dr. Zentall has published research in concept learning, social learning, timing, memory, and choice behavior in humans, pigeons, and dogs. Much of his recent research has focused on paradoxical behavior such as cognitive dissonance and suboptimal choice (gambling) and their explanation in simpler behavioral terms. |
|
Generalized Reinforcement: Bridging the Gap Between Lab and Application |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
Abstract: From money, gift cards and vouchers to grades, promotions and prizes, generalized reinforcers--reinforcers established via their relationship to two or more sources of reinforcement--abound in everyday life. In addition, generalized reinforcers, in the form of token economies, have been used successfully for years in classroom and clinics. Despite their ubiquity and clinical utility, surprisingly little is known about how generalized reinforcers work--the kinds of experiences needed to establish and maintain them as reinforcers, their relationship to other reinforcers, and so on. This talk will describe some recent laboratory research directed to the topic of generalized reinforcement with pigeons in a miniature, self-contained token economy, using data from studies on cross-price elasticity to illustrate some conditions under which generalized tokens reinforcers come to functionally substitute for other reinforcers. The presentation will discuss the data in relation to economic concepts and consider some implications for translational research. |
Dr. Timothy Hackenberg received a B.A. degree in psychology from the University of California, Irvine, in 1982 and a doctorate in psychology from Temple University in 1987, under the supervision of Dr. Philip Hineline. He held a post-doctoral research position at the University of Minnesota with Dr. Travis Thompson from 1988-90. He served on the faculty in the behavior analysis program at the University of Florida from 1990-2009, and is currently a professor of psychology at Reed College in Portland, OR. He has served on the board of directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, as president of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, as the experimental representative to the ABAI Council, and as the director of the ABAI Science Board. His major research interests are in the area of behavioral economics and comparative cognition, with a particular emphasis on decision making and token reinforcement systems. In work funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, he and his students have developed methods for cross-species comparisons in adaptive choice and social behavior. He is blessed with a talented cadre of students, and has the good fortune to teach courses he cares about. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 A (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Vanessa Minervini (University of Florida) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech) |
BRIAN A. IWATA (University of Florida) |
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town) |
Abstract: As behavior analysis continues to grow, it is important to understand where the field is headed. To encourage dialogues on the development of the field, this panel will discuss the history of the field, current research and application trends, and the directions that the panel members feel are most important with the continued evolution of the field. |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual Analyses of Behavior: Response Strength, Function, and the Construct of Mental Illness |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Allison Maxwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Diana J. Walker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Experimental analyses of behavior pave the way for concept formation and behavioral theory, which lead to further experimental analyses. This symposium will present three topics from a conceptual perspective, and these three conceptualizations suggest further research to question some fundamental assumptions of our field or of other psychologies. In one presentation, the belief that response rate is the best predictor of response strength will be challenged. In another, the application of functional analysis technology to hoarding by humans will be critiqued, and the best practice of determining the function of behavior before treatment will be questioned. In the third presentation the conditions under which the term mental illness, as opposed to behavior problem, is used will be analyzed, and the implications for the concept of mental illness will be described. The discussion will synthesize and evaluate these conceptualizations in terms of their relevance to behavioral theory and potential for generating valuable lines of research. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, hoarding, mental illness, response strength |
|
Dimensions of Behavior as Evidence of Response Strength |
JESSICA GAMBA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: As acknowledged in many seminal sources, dimensions of behavior include response rate, magnitude, duration, tempo, and more. Skinner (1938) selected rate of response as the primary measure of operant behavior, and this has remained the favored indicator of response strength for the field of behavior analysis to this day. However, other dimensions of behavior can be of both scientific and social significance. For example, students must respond to teacher directions with short latencies in order to be considered to have “complied,” a piano must be played for a given duration for the result to be called a song, and rats must exert the minimum amount of force necessary to depress a lever for that response to contact a reinforcing consequence. Other dimensions of behavior have been evaluated as indicators of response strength by comparing them to response rate. In this presentation, the authors will briefly describe the history of experimental research on dimensions of behavior, discuss problems with response rate as an indicator of response strength, and discuss whether and under what conditions other dimensions can serve as indicators of response strength. Implications and recommendations for future research will also be presented. |
|
A Functional Analysis of Hoarding? |
SHANNON ORMANDY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: “Hoarding” is a term used to describe a group of related behaviors that include acquiring items in excess, as well as failure to discard those items. Current research suggests that hoarding occurs independently of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder and, therefore, may serve different functions than those initially hypothesized. Traditional psychological literature suggests several potential functions of hoarding and points to possible functions of the hoarded items as behavior-maintaining variables. Given that the potential functions of hoarding include avoidance of negative private events, there are conceptual and methodological issues associated with attempting to analyze and treat this behavior problem. In addition, reducing hoarding can cause psychological distress for the person who hoards, so there are ethical issues involved in assessing and treating this behavior, as well. This presentation will discuss the possibility of an experimental functional analysis of hoarding, including conceptual, methodological, and ethical issues associated with conducting such an analysis. The authors will suggest alternatives to a traditional functional analysis and discuss conceptual implications for characterizing the role of the hoarded items in the analysis, as well as implications for establishing function-based treatment. |
|
Give it To Me Straight, Doc, Am I Crazy? |
KYOSUKE KAZAOKE (Trinity Services) |
Abstract: The purpose of this talk is to explore the concept of “mental illness” from a verbal behavior-analytic perspective. In applied settings, behavior analysts may hear other service providers asking, “is this mental illness or a behavioral issue?” What occasions people to say “mental illness” rather than, say, “behavior problem?” Cordova and Scott (2001) attempted “to uncover the principle referents for the term intimacy” (p. 75), and uncovered a process resulting from a sequence of behavioral events that resulted in conditions that are typically labeled as “intimacy.” This talk will attempt to analyze the use of the tem “mental illness” using the same analytical method used by Cordova and Scott, and to suggest critical attributes that occasion people to say “mental illness.” The verbal behavior of mental health and behavioral service providers will be addressed, and the implications for conceptualization and treatment of “mental illness” vs. “behavior problems” will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing Standards of Practice in ABA Treatment of Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The demonstrated effectiveness of applied behavior analysis-based interventions has led to its increasing acceptance by insurance providers, parents, and schools as the "treatment of choice" for individuals on the autism spectrum. However, much variability exists in the forms of and quality of what is labeled as "ABA" in practice. How is a parent, school district, or HMO administrator to distinguish between what constitutes "ABA services" and what does not? Who is competent to provide or supervise these services? A real potential exists for harm to consumers and to the positive perception that ABA now enjoys, if we as a field do not establish clear standards for the delivery of "ABA services." The panel will discuss three projects designed to help codify standards in critical areas of behavior-analytic autism treatment. These projects include the BACB Health Plan Coverage of Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder, the Autism SIG Consumer Guidelines (for identifying qualified professionals in autism treatment), and the ABAI Empirically Supported Treatments project. The panelists will describe the purpose and status of each project. The implications of not establishing practice standards for practitioners in our profession will be highlighted and the ethical issues that such standards raise will be discussed. |
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services) |
Dr. Robert Ross is senior vice president of training and research at Beacon ABA Services of Massachusetts and Connecticut. Beacon provides intensive behavioral educational services to children diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder/autism and behavioral and learning challenges. In this role, he provides direct and consultation services to families, schools and educational programs throughout the U.S. and Canada. Dr. Ross is a primary instructor in the BCBA certification programs at the University of Massachusetts at Dartmouth and Cambridge College in Cambridge, MA, for Beacon ABA Services. He also is the president of the Autism Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), the largest membership organization with ABAI. He also serves on the Practice Board of ABAI where he is chair of the Empirically Supported Treatments Committee. Beacon ABA Services is active in pursuing cutting-edge research in the treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders, and Dr. Ross oversees all research activities at Beacon. Dr. Ross is currently focusing research efforts in areas such as evidence-based practices, early literacy, social and play skills, and applications of visually supported instructional methods. |
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
James E. Carr, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the chief executive officer of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. His professional interests include behavior analyst credentialing, behavioral assessment and treatment of developmental disabilities, verbal behavior, and practitioner training. He is currently an associate editor of the journals Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Behavior Analyst, and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and is a past associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He received his doctorate in 1996 from Florida State University and previously served on the behavior analysis faculties at the University of Nevada-Reno (1996-1999), Western Michigan University (1999-2008), and Auburn University (2008-2011). |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a professor at Endicott College, where she directs the Master's Program in applied behavior analysis and autism, and is the executive director of research at Melmark. Dr. Weiss has worked in the field of ABA and Autism for more than 25 years. She received her Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Rutgers University in 1990, and she became a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in 2000. She previously worked for 16 years at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center at Rutgers University, where she served as director of research and training and as clinical director. Her clinical and research interests center on defining best practice ABA techniques, evaluating the impact of ABA in learners with autism, teaching social skills to learners with autism, training staff to be optimally effective at instruction, and maximizing family members' expertise and adaptation. |
Keyword(s): consumer guidelines, empirically supported treatment, standards of practice |
|
|
|
|
Drug Development: Stuck in a State of Puberty? Regulatory Reform of Human Clinical Research to Raise Responsiveness to the Reality of Human Variability |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Auditorium Room 3 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre) |
MICHAEL MALINOWSKI (Louisiana State University Law Center) |
Professor Michael J. Malinowski is the Ernest R. and Iris M. Eldred Endowed Professor of Law at Louisiana State University's Paul Hebert Law Center. He is a member of Phi Beta Kappa and Oxford University's 21st Century Trust, and he is a past chair of the Health and Human Services Committee, Administrative Law Section, of the American Bar Association and member of the ABA President's Special Committee on Bioethics. He received a B.A. summa cum laude from Tufts University and a J.D. from Yale Law School, where he was articles editor for the Yale Law Journal. Upon graduating from Yale, Professor Malinowski clerked first for Judge Emilio M. Garza and then for Chief Judge Carolyn Dineen King, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. He has published extensively on the commercialization of biotechnology and related health care and bioethics issues, and frequently lectures on these topics throughout the United States and abroad. |
Abstract: This article questions how prescription medicines reach the market and proposes law-policy reforms to enhance the FDA's science standard for human clinical trials and new drug approvals. The core message is that relying too heavily on clinical research data generated through the global "gold standard" of group experimental design--reliance on statistical analysis to compile and compare group averages--risks predicting little about the actual impact of prescription medicines on individuals, including members of the groups under study. This article introduces a law-policy methodology based upon commercial incentives and intervention by Congress and the FDA to raise the science standard for human clinical research, and to make drug development more closely parallel the reality of drug delivery in the practice of medicine. The objectives of this proposal are to promote several pressing needs: maximize drug performance and minimize adverse events; end the pattern of putting new prescription medications on the market with too much dependence on the medical profession to introduce meaningful clinical understanding of drugs through patient use over time; improve biopharmaceutical R&D decision making; align the regulatory standard with the infusion of added precision associated with contemporary genetics-based R&D; and realize more sound scientific information directly through the regulatory process to support the integrity of science in an age of academia industry integration, aggressive commercialization, secrecy in science, and constantly, rapidly evolving technology. |
|
|
|
|
A Treasure Hunt Through Verbal Behavior: Digging Up Gems From Skinner's Analysis of Motivation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Ballroom A (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates) |
Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D., BCBA-D, received his doctorate degree in applied behavior analysis from Western Michigan University (1980), under the direction of Dr. Jack Michael. Dr. Sundberg serves on the board of directors of the B. F. Skinner Foundation. He is the author of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), and co-author of the original Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS) assessment tool and the book Teaching Language to Children with Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities. He has published more than 50 professional papers, including a chapter titled, "Verbal Behavior" in Cooper, Heron, & Heward (2007). He is the founder and past editor of the journal The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, a twice past-president of the Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis, a past-chair of the Publication Board of ABAI, and was a member of the committee that developed the Behavior Analyst Certification Board Task List. Dr. Sundberg has given more than 500 conference presentations and workshops, and taught 80 college courses on behavior analysis, verbal behavior, sign language, and child development. He is a licensed psychologist, who consults for public schools in the San Francisco Bay Area that serve children with autism. His awards include the 2001, Distinguished Psychology Department Alumnus Award from Western Michigan University. |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of motivation is mostly absent from the 55 years of research in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Research has only recently begun to appear in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, but it too has been historically absent from that journal. However, Skinner made it clear in Behavior of Organisms (1938) that antecedent motivational variables were separate from stimulus variables. Keller and Schoenfeld (1950) further developed this distinction in the section, "A drive is not a stimulus" (p. 276), and suggested the term "establishing operation" be used to distinguish the effects of deprivation, satiation, and aversive stimulation on behavior. Skinner elaborated on motivation with three chapters in Science and Human Behavior (1953), and throughout Verbal Behavior (1957). However, as Michael (1982, 1993) pointed out, motivational variables have been neglected in behavior analysis resulting in, "a gap in our understanding of operant functional relations" (1993, p. 191). The current presentation will focus on Skinner"s treatment of motivation in the book Verbal Behavior, where he describes its critical role in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The failure to address motivation leaves our field vulnerable to claims that ABA is impoverished or incapable of addressing motivation in treatment programs. Suggestions for applications and future research also will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Comparing Different Prompting Systems to Teach a Variety of Skills to Children With Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
208 C-D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting) |
Discussant: John McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is a common method used to increase the ability of children with autism to expressively and receptively identify different objects. Prompting is a commonly implemented step within discrete trial teaching. There are many ways that a teacher can prompt a student, including physical guidance, pointing to the correct response, or verbally stating the correct answer. To help clinicians better identify when to implement and fade prompts researchers have created various prompting systems. Today, there are several prompting systems implemented to children with autism, which include: most-to-least, least-to-most, constant time delay, flexible prompt fading, and error correction procedures. With so many prompting procedures being implemented to children with autism, it is unclear which prompting systems are the most effective and efficient when teaching children with autism various receptive and expressive tasks. This symposium will present three papers that compare different prompting systems for children with autism. The purpose of each paper is to evaluate the different prompting systems in terms of effectiveness, efficiency, and error rates when teaching children with autism expressive and receptive tasks. Each presentation will explain the results of the study as well as make recommendations for clinicians who work with children with autism. |
Keyword(s): error correction, flexible prompt fading, most-to-least prompting |
|
Comparing Most-to-Least to Error Correction to Teach Expressive and Receptive Labeling |
Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership), Alyne Kuyumjian (Autism Partnership), Stephanie Bloomfield (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: In this study, we compared a most-to-least prompting system to an error correction procedure for teaching expressive and receptive labels to young children diagnosed with autistic disorder. We taught each participant a total of either twelve receptive tasks or twelve expressive tasks; six of which were randomly assigned to the most-to-least condition and six of which were randomly assigned to the error correction condition. Using an adapted alternating treatment design nested in a multiple baseline design, we evaluated the two prompting systems across several different variables. The primary measure was the relative effectiveness of the two prompting systems (i.e., the number of targets that reached mastery criterion). Other measures included efficiency (i.e., the amount of trials, time, and sessions to reach mastery criterion), error rates, and maintenance of skills following the conclusion of teaching. Results of this study, clinical implications, and areas for future research will be discussed throughout the presentation. |
|
Comparing Most-to-Least to Flexible Prompt Fading to Teach Expressive Labeling to Children With Autism |
Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership), Stephanie Bloomfield (Autism Partnership), Kathleen H. Tsuji (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: In this study, we compared a most-to-least prompting system to a flexible prompting system to teach expressive labeling tasks to children diagnosed with autistic disorder. We taught each participant to expressively label twelve different pictures of pop culture characters; six of the labels were taught with most-to-least and six were taught with flexible prompt fading. Using an adapted alternating treatment design, we evaluated the two prompting systems across several different variables. The primary measure was the relative effectiveness of the two prompting systems (i.e., number of targets that reached mastery criterion). Other measures included efficiency (i.e., amount of trials, time, and sessions to reach mastery criterion), error rates, and maintenance of skills following the conclusion of teaching. Results of this study, clinical implications, and areas for future research will be discussed throughout the presentation. |
|
Comparing Flexible Prompt Fading to Error Correction to Teach Expressive Labeling to Children With Autism |
LARA M. DELMOLINO GATLEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), Marlene Brown (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: This study compared flexible prompt fading to an error correction procedure to teach expressive labeling of different cartoon characters to four children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. A total of twelve different cartoon characters were taught to each participant; six characters were taught with flexible prompt fading and six were taught with error correction. This study was simultaneously implemented across two different research sites with different research groups. An adapted alternating treatment design nested in a multiple probe design was used to evaluate the two prompting systems across several different variables. The primary measure was the relative effectiveness of the two procedures (i.e., number of targets that reached mastery criterion). Other measures included efficiency (i.e., amount of trials, time, and sessions to reach mastery criterion), error rates, and maintenance of skills following the conclusion of teaching. Results of this study, clinical implications, and areas for future research will be discussed throughout the presentation. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments at the Center for Autism and Related Disorders |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
211 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Sienna Greener-Wooten, M.A. |
Abstract: The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) is a large-scale service delivery agency that provides treatment, training, and consultative services to over one thousand individuals with autism around the world. CARDs mission is to extend top-quality behavioral treatment to the maximum number of individuals with autism possible. Neither quality nor quantity can be compromised in this mission. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight some of the recent developments at CARD, in hopes of further fostering the development and dissemination of behavior analysis and autism treatment globally. |
Keyword(s): quality assurance, recovery, telemedicine, training |
|
Teaching Complex Behavior to Children With Autism: Behavioral Intervention for Perspective-Taking and "Executive Functions" |
SARAH CHO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG) |
Abstract: Beginning with Skinner's earliest writings (1938), behavior analytic psychology has always been intended as a comprehensive science of behavior. However, the emphasis on relatively simple behaviors in individuals with developmental disabilities that continues in the field of behavior analysis reminds us that there is much work yet to be done in achieving a comprehensive science. Thus, cognitive and developmental branches of psychology continue to dominate empirical and conceptual work on areas of complex human behavior. This presentation will discuss "executive functions" and perspective-taking as two areas of complex human behavior that are under-addressed by behavior analysis. We will describe behavioral intervention programs that produce improvements in skills labeled as "executive functions" and perspective-taking by the general community. In all cases, these skills are treated as generalized operants. |
|
Recovery From Autism |
SIENNA GREENER-WOOTEN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG) |
Abstract: The overarching consensus within the medical community is that there is no cure for autism. More than 20 years of research on applied behavior analytic treatment for autism has consistently demonstrated that a significant proportion of children make dramatic gains via behavioral intervention, including achieving a level of functioning indistinguishable from typically developing children of the same age. In this discussion paper, we propose a position on defining recovery from autism. We describe a provisional definition of recovery and we review relevant scientific research. The concept of recovery from autism is controversial but the tone of this paper is not. We describe the results of both scientific research and common clinical observations from more than 20 years of practice in the behavior analytic community. |
|
State-of-the-Art Training and Quality Assurance Systems |
CECILIA KNIGHT (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Sarah Cho (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jennifer Yakos (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Sarah Cho (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. However, even the best treatment procedures are not likely to work if they are not implemented with fidelity. This presentation will describe CARDs efforts at developing a cutting edge system for training clinical staff members, as well as providing ongoing quality assurance. The training system includes didactic training, role-playing, practicum assignment, written exam, and oral exams across multiple levels. Practical tips will be provided for implementing top-quality training systems within the logistical realities of real-life clinical settings. |
|
The Institute for Behavioral Training: Global Training and Professional Development in Applied Behavior Analysis |
CATHERINE PETERS (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Cecilia Knight (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Institute for Behavioral Training (IBT) is a training group designed to facilitate the education of individuals and groups in the treatment of children with autism and other related disorders by equipping users with knowledge in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), autism, and research-proven techniques. IBT offers a variety of formats for training, both online and in-person. Due to the demand for online training, IBT has created an extensive eLearning program for various levels of professionals, including interventionists, caregivers, supervisors and educators. As the demand for BCBAs has increased, IBT has established a streamlined BCBA remote supervision model providing high quality supervision to those seeking BCBA certification. In addition, people from around the world have participated in our direct in-person training which we provide to organizations and individuals, either through our customizable training packages or through our quarterly 10-day, intensive supervisor-level training. |
|
|
|
|
Variations in Functional Analysis Procedures in the Treatment of Challenging Behaviors |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
205 C-D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services) |
CE Instructor: Joseph M. Vedora, Ed.D. |
Abstract: The use of functional analysis to identify the maintaining variables is a hallmark of behavior analysis and function-based treatments. There are several variations of functional analysis procedures in the literature including standard experimental analysis (Iwata et al., 1982), brief functional analysis (Northrup et al., 1991), and trial-based functional analysis (Bloom et al., 2011). Additionally, practitioners may alter the stimuli or conditions depending on the presenting problem, setting, or outcomes of a prior experimental analysis. Many clinicians also utilize indirect measures (interview) and descriptive (correlational) analyses when resources for conducting functional analyses. This symposium reviews variations of functional analyses and a function-based treatment package that incorporated a self-management component. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis |
|
Evaluating the Effects of a VI Momentary DRO With a Self-Management Component |
JENNIFER M. SILBER (Evergreen Center), Jennifer Guernsey (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Stonebridge Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: This study examined the treatment of aggression in a young man with a diagnosis of autism using a variable momentary DRO-5 reinforcement schedule in which teacher-managed and participant-managed programs were assessed. An ABAC design was used to evaluate the effects of two treatments. A VI Momentary DRO-5 reinforcement schedule was implemented throughout the day except when the participant was at lunch. The participant was reinforced with a token on a momentary time basis at the end of the DRO-5 interval if he was not displaying aggression. When he had earned three tokens he was able to exchange them for 7 minutes of access to a preferred item. A functional analysis was conducted and determined that the maintaining reinforcement for aggression was access to tangibles. Frequency of aggression was recorded during the school day. Results showed that frequency of aggression decreased during the teacher- and participant-managed program phases. This supports the use of a participant-managed program as an effective procedure in decreasing aggression in children with autism. Future research should continue to explore the possibilities of using self-managed programs with treatments based on function to decrease maladaptive behaviors in individuals with autism |
|
The Evaluation of a Trial-Based Functional Analysis at Residential Treatment Facility |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center), Chelsea Fortier (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: The use of systematic manipulations of antecedent and consequent events to identify the maintaining contingencies of problem behaviors is the standard within the field of behavior analysis. However, due to limited resources many practitioners rely on descriptive assessments to identify the potential function of problem behaviors. While descriptive analyses may be useful at identifying social versus non-social contingencies, they are somewhat limited in their ability to distinguish between positive and negative reinforcement (Lerman & Iwata, 1993). Bloom et al. (2011) demonstrated the efficacy of trial-based functional analysis procedures that offer a viable alternative to standard functional analyses when resources are limited. The trial-based functional analysis utilized a series of brief assessment trials consisting of a 2 minute control trial and a 2 minute test trial. The present study evaluated a trial-based approach to conducting a functional analysis with a classroom setting at a residential treatment facility for children with autism and developmental disabilities. The participant was 14 year old girl diagnosed with autism that exhibited high rates of aggressive behavior. Trials were interspersed during naturally occurring activities throughout the school day. Results were compared to that of descriptive assessment procedures. Implications of trial-based functional analyses in applied settings are discussed. |
|
Functional Analysis of Vocal Stereotypy: Effects of Idiosyncratic Stimuli |
MICHELLE T. PETRONGOLO (The May Institute), Melanie DuBard (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A 12-year-old male diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS) was exhibiting vocal stereotypy during both leisure and work tasks in the classroom that was interfering with work completion. During an initial FBA, various methods including direct observation, scatterplots, parent interview, and teacher questionnaires were utilized. It was hypothesized that vocal stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement and was less likely to occur during tasks that required a motor component. A functional analysis was conducted with 4 conditions (attention; escape; control- Legos; control-music) in treatments rooms within the school. Results of the initial functional analysis suggested the highest levels of behavior in the control with Legos condition. To further evaluate these results, additional conditions were conducted where Legos were present in all conditions or absent in all conditions except the control with Legos condition. Results showed more variability across Legos present conditions with the highest levels of behaviors in the control with Legos condition. These results were replicated in the classroom. The importance of stimulus selection for use in an FA as well as intervention design will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Treatment Integrity Through Better Training |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
205 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David A. Eckerman ((AI)2, Inc.; University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) |
Discussant: Patrick E. McGreevy (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: David A. Eckerman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts have been demonstrably successful in providing services to individuals with autism. With this success, however, the number of practitioners providing those services is increasing very quickly. Excellent training will be required to assure that these services continue to be provided in the best manner -- i.e., that treatment integrity will continue to be high. The Train to Code software (TTC, www.ai2inc.com) offers an approach to creating direct (hands on) training of observational skills essential for carrying out treatment protocols. This symposium addresses the current state of knowledge about the effectiveness of this approach. Two individuals will present data collected from staff training at their service organization using TTC implementing their own training materials. One presenter will review initial evidence from a research program that confirmed TTC training directly improves clinical work. Though the concept was confirmed, the efficiency of the training itself was not satisfactory. Adjustments were made to improve efficiency of training. Using behavioral principles and the standard data displays of TTC, the efficiency of the training was improved. This process will be reviewed as will the basic processes involved in creating, evaluating, and revising a TTC training module. |
Keyword(s): STAFF TRAINING, TEACHING BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS, TECHNOLOGY IN TEACHING, TREATMENT INTEGRITY |
|
Using Train-To-Code Software to Train Paraprofessionals in a School Setting |
MICHELE M. LAMARCHE (Step by Step Academy), Cynthia Ring (Step by Step Academy), Megan Dodds (Step by Step Academy), John Solomon (Step by Step Academy), Erin E. Lombard (Step by Step Academy), Chris Meek (Step by Step Academy), Ron Dumuesy (Dublin, OH School System) |
Abstract: 24 paraprofessionals in the school system were divided into 2 groups. Both groups received a pre-test that involved a role-play that showed how well the trainee was able to successfully perform the targeted skills. Group A was trained by the Train-To-Code software that taught discrete trial, identified types of prompts and how to engage the consumer/student in errorless learning. Group B received training in topics determined by the school district. The training did not, in any way, cover the topics targeted by the Train-To-Code software. Group B was also given a second pre-test identical to the first. The groups then switched, with Group A trained in topics determined by the school district and Group B received the Train-To-Code software training. Group B was given an application based role play style post-test identical to the pre-test. At the end, both groups were given an application based role play style post-test identical to the pre-test. Participants performed better on the post-test(s), suggesting that the TTC software had an effect on the participants ability to learn the foundational skills necessary to work with children with autism. |
|
Using Train-To-Code Programmed Instruction Videos for Teaching Staff Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia Programs |
THOMAS J. ZWICKER (Easter Seals of Coastal Fairfield County, CT), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (University of Saint Joseph) |
Abstract: Training new staff efficiently to a uniform level of mastery to implement procedures such as Discrete Trial Instruction for children with autism has been an ongoing challenge for behavior analysts (BA). The time of BAs can be extensive and the degree of skill to which new staff are trained can vary widely and impact effectiveness of applied behavioral programs for children with autism. We evaluated the effectiveness of video-based programmed instruction training modules with built-in data collection throughout training to teach new staff how to implement Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia programs across a multiple baseline within subjects across the three components of a teaching interaction, stimulus presentation, prompt, and delivery of the appropriate consequence. Results indicate that 5 new staff who had no prior experience with the teaching procedures reached mastery criterion for correctly coding correct and incorrect responses on each component of the procedure for ACE skill programs only after training was introduced for each. The time and variability of skill for basic applied behavior analytic teaching procedures may be significantly reduced for many organizations with this approach. We make recommendations for evaluating the extent of new staffs generalization of several clients after mastering multiple procedures through Train-to-Code. |
|
How Learning to Actively Describe Behavior Improves Treatment Integrity: Behavioral Principles on Display |
DAVID A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Lauren Bourdon (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Simulation research using college students suggests that in many cases training an individual to describe what an expert is doing allows the individual themselves to carry out those actions. Such "say-do" transfer has great potential for use in training staff to accurately carry out treatment protocols. The Train to Code software (TTC, www.ai2inc.com) was used by a successful service provider for autism to create materials for training new staff. Observations were made of clinical performance for four participants both prior to training and after training. A multiple-baseline research design with staggered baselines was used to protect against changes due to added experience. While data confirmed the concept that "say-do" transfer produces an improvement in post-training clinical performance, the training itself was judged to be inefficient as first created. TTC, however, provides analyses that allow problem areas in training to be identified (e.g., matrix of correct- and mis-codings for each type of behavior as well as a timeline of all codings). Adjusted training improved in efficiency. Evidence and principles involved in bringing about this improvement will be reviewed as will basic processes involved in creating and evaluating TTC training modules. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement and Variability Among Special Populations |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
208 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Neal Miller (University of Memphis) |
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include a collection of studies evaluating different aspects of variability among children (both typically developing and diagnosed with autism) and adults (diagnosed with intelectual disabilities) across a wide variety of response topographies. Talks will discuss variability among verbal behavior, activity selection, and activity engagement. Additionally talks will discuss the role of stimulus control and response variability. |
Keyword(s): Lag Schedule, Variability, Verbal Behavior |
|
Preference for Lag Schedules of Reinforcement Following Stimulus Control over Repeated and Variable Responding |
Sakina Kapadia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavioral variability is an operant dimension of behavior, which can be controlled by discriminative stimuli and increased with reinforcement contingencies (Page & Neuringer, 1985). Rodrigues, Lattal, Santos, and Matos (2005) found that pigeon preference for schedules of reinforcement that required response variability decreased as the variability requirement increased. The relative rate of reinforcement also decreased as the response requirement increased, and it is possible that preference may have been influenced by the history of reinforcement. Determining preference for schedules that require variability may have implications for increasing the variability of individuals with low baseline levels of variability. In the current study, preference for schedules of reinforcement that required repeated and variable patterns of responding were evaluated for two typically developing children and two children with autism. Using a bead-stringing task, reinforcement in one component of a multiple schedule was delivered on a fixed ratio (FR) schedule of reinforcement contingent on repeated responses (REPEAT). Variable responses that met a Lag schedule of reinforcement produced reinforcement in the second component (VARY). Once responding was under stimulus control, the two schedules were presented within a concurrent chain procedure to assess preference. Three of the four participants showed a preference for the VARY component, despite slightly greater overall reinforcement delivery in the REPEAT component. Implications for the development of varied responding in children with autism will be discussed |
|
Stimulus Control and Generalization of Operant Variability in the Block Play of Children With Autism |
NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that operant variability procedures can be effective in altering the repetitive behaviors of children with autism. Stimulus control of operant variability has been demonstrated in basic research, but has rarely been studied in an applied context. Three boys diagnosed with autism, ages 7–9, built structures using blocks. Trials operated under either a lag 3 schedule (that reinforced variation of block forms) or a rep 3 schedule (that reinforced the repetition of block forms). On each trial, the experimenter would instruct the child to “build the same” or “build different” depending on which contingency was in place. In a subsequent phase, the same discriminative cues were presented during a different task to assess generalization. All three participants produced more variable block forms under the lag 3 schedule, and demonstrated evidence of stimulus control, but this stimulus control did not generalize to a novel task. |
|
Varied and Novel Activity Selection by Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
AMANDA BUCHMEIER (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Basic laboratory research has shown that variability is an operant dimension of behavior (Page & Neuringer, 1985). Applied research on behavioral variability has been conducted with a variety of populations and response topographies; however, no research has been conducted with adults with intellectual disabilities, and only one study has targeted activity selection (Cammilleri & Hanley, 2005). In the present study, varied activity selection was reinforced according to a Lag 1 schedule of reinforcement. The present study also evaluated whether selection of novel activities occurred in the absence of differential reinforcement and assessed generalization of varied activity selection. Varied activity selection increased for all participants although prompts to select activities were required for 2 of 3 participants. Few novel selections occurred throughout the study and varied activity selection did not generalize to participants natural environments. The results suggest that a lag schedule of reinforcement can be used to increase varied activity selection by adults with intellectual disabilities but should be implemented in the natural environment. |
|
Increasing Variability of Verbal Initiations Through Progressive Lag Schedules |
TRACY L. LEPPER (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Restricted or repetitive behavior is among the defining features of autism spectrum disorders. Symptoms in this category can range from repetitive simple motor movements (e.g. body rocking or hand flapping) to intense preoccupation with narrow, circumscribed interests (CIs). For verbally competent individuals CIs are commonly observed to dominate their choices of conversation topics when initiating interaction with others. These CI-based initiations can further distinguish the individual from his or her typically developing peers, and reduce the quantity and quality of social interactions. This can have devastating effects on already impoverished and restricted conversation-initiating repertoires. Therefore, the present study used a multiple baseline design with embedded reversal to evaluate the effects of progressive lag schedules (i.e., Lag 0, Lag 1, Lag 3, and Lag 5) to increase the variability of conversation topics of 3 individuals with autism, whose CIs were reported to predominate. During the lag schedule evaluation, praise was delivered contingent on conversation bids that differed from previous bids in accordance with the schedule in effect. Data for one participant indicate that Lag 1 decreased the rate of CI initiations and increased rate of non-CI initiations, and overall produced more variables rates of both initiation types compared to baseline |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Intervention in Early Childhood Education Classrooms |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
M101 A (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica Jowett (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Melmark New England) |
CE Instructor: Erica Jowett, M.S. |
Abstract: State-of-the-art behavior analytic procedures for assessment and intervention for changing important behaviors of young children in early childhood environments is needed. The purpose of the papers in this symposium are to discuss some issues that came up in our day-to-day running of a child development center serving young children with and without intellectual disabilities. The first study involved a class-wide implementation of a simple procedure for decreasing problem behavior that occurred during naptime in a preschool classroom. The second study involved evaluation of a simple methodology for determining the conditions under which toddlers acquire skills. The third study involved determining the effects of a simple intervention for increasing compliance of young children with intellectual and developmental disabilities during essential routines (e.g., hair cuts, dental exams, etc.). |
Keyword(s): assessment, early childhood, intervention |
|
An Evaluation of an Independent Group-Oriented Contingency for Maintaining Appropriate Naptime Behavior |
ADAM M. BRIGGS (University of Kansas), Steven W. Payne (University of Kansas), Amy M. Harper (University of Kansas), Christopher D. Walker (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Scheduled naptime is a necessary component of any early childhood program because it is related to increased health benefits, social and emotional wellbeing, appropriate behavior, learning, and academic performance (Desjean-Perrotta, 2008). An independent group-oriented contingency with a response cost component was implemented for seventeen typically developing preschool-aged children and one preschool-aged child diagnosed with autism, all which attended a university-based preschool classroom. Results indicated that the naptime intervention was effective at decreasing the percentage of children who engaged in problem behavior as well as the total frequency of classroom problem behavior. The percentage of children who engaged in problem behavior was greater during baseline (approximately 27%) than during intervention (approximately 5%), and the frequency of problem behavior was greater during baseline than during intervention. In addition, maintenance and generalization of the effects of the intervention were also demonstrated when different teachers were trained to implement the procedures after the initial effectiveness of the intervention had been demonstrated. |
|
Functional Assessment of Early Academic Skills: A Methodology for Determining Motivational vs. Skill Deficits |
MEGAN HAFEN (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Poor academic performance may be a function of performance or skill deficits. This distinction is important in developing instructional interventions that are likely to influence responding (e.g., Duhon, Noell, Witt, Freeland, Dufrene, & Gilbertson, 2004; Elliot & Shapiro, 1990). Lerman, Vorndran, Addison, and Kuhn (2004) developed a skill assessment methodology to match targeted tasks to appropriate teaching interventions for children with autism. The purpose of the present study was to attempt to replicate and extend the use of this assessment procedure with typically developing toddlers. In the present study, age-appropriate tasks were selected from early education curricula. Data were collected on the percentage of trials with correct responding under conditions of reinforcement only, prompting only, and/or reinforcement and prompting combined. Results suggested that (a) increases in correct responding were observed for the majority of tasks, (b) idiosyncratic outcomes were observed across children and tasks, and (c) a larger percentage of tasks required a combination of prompting and reinforcement procedures to increase responding than that observed by Lerman et al. Future directions may include (a) evaluating procedural modifications to increase the efficiency of the assessment procedure and (b) assessing the extent to which classroom teachers can implement the procedure during the school day. |
|
In Vivo Desensitization and Reinforcement to Facilitate Acquisition and Generalization of Compliance With Essential-Routine Procedures |
KELLEY L. HARRISON (University of Kansas), Kimberley L.M. Zonneveld (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Kansas), Makenzie Williams Bayles (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The presence of certain stimuli during essential-routine procedures (e.g., hair cuts, dental exams, etc.) may evoke noncompliance in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Shumacher & Rapp, 2011). Noncompliance with such procedures has the potential to be a serious problem particularly when a given procedure requires the use of sharp objects (e.g., scissors, dental scrapper) that may cause harm to a child who refuses to comply with (or exhibits avoidant behaviors during) the procedure. The current study was designed to evaluate the effects of an intervention consisting of in-situ desensitization plus reinforcement but without extinction for increasing compliance with essential-routine procedures. A multiple baseline across subjects design was combined with a multiple probe design to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention and the degree to which performance generalized to actual procedures conducted by untrained, relevant professionals (e.g., hair stylists, dentists). Two young children with development disabilities have completed the study to date. For one child, compliance increased as a result of mere exposure to the simulated environment. However, for the other child, results showed that the intervention was effective not only for increasing compliance with the simulated essential-routine procedure but also for generalization to the actual environment (local salon) in which the procedure was conducted by an untrained professional (local hair stylist). This research extends the literature by assessing the extent to which treatment effects generalize to the natural setting (e.g., salon, dental office) with the relevant professional implementing the procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacology and Complex Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 F (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Marissa Turturici (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The foundation of behavioral pharmacology as a discipline is rooted in the examination of drug effects on basic schedules of reinforcement. Although this remains an important part of the field, recent advances in animal models of complex behavior have enlarged the scope of behavioral pharmacology and enhanced its translational relevance. The purpose of the present symposium is to highlight several recent efforts exploring the effects of drugs on assays of complex behavior. The first speaker will, using a behavioral economics approach, discuss how demand for drugs of differing reinforcing efficacy can be altered by the variable nature of the reinforcement schedule. The second speaker will discuss the acute, chronic, and withdrawal effects of prescription opiates and morphine on delay-discount procedures in rats. The third speaker will offer a review of best-dose analyses in behavioral pharmacology and through Monte Carlo simulations suggest that this tactic of data analysis represents a flawed approach to the analysis of drug effects. Finally, the fourth speaker will describe a novel experimental chamber and operant procedures for the study of pain and the restorative effects of analgesics in monkeys. |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, behavioral pharmacology, complex behavior, delay discounting |
|
Effects of Fixed- and Random-Ratio Schedules on Drug and Food Demand in Rhesus Monkeys |
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gail Winger (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: An organism’s consumption of a good is determined by a variety of factors, including the price of the commodity, baseline levels of unrestricted consumption, availability of substitutes or compliments, and income. More recently it has been demonstrated that reinforcement schedule also can affect demand, with random-ratio schedules supporting more behavior than fixed-ratio schedules at large response requirements. The current study extends this work by analyzing demand for food and for different doses of several drugs that differ in reinforcing value (Cocaine, Remifentanil, Ketamine, and Nicotine). Fixed- and random-ratio work requirements were increased across sessions to assess how the schedules might produce different levels of consumption. Results confirm that random-ratio schedules generally maintain higher response rates than fixed schedules; however, this result appears to be limited to more highly valued (demanded) commodities. These data will be discussed with respect to unit price (relation between response requirement and drug dose) and behavior maintained by variable delays to reinforcement. |
|
Acute, Chronic, and Withdrawal Effects of Prescription Opiates on Delay-Discount Functions |
CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Ashley N. Aikman (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Sharay E. Setti (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Meghan C. Burns (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: Individuals who have a history of substance abuse (e.g., heroin) typically produce steeper delay-discount functions than matched-control individuals. It also has been demonstrated that their curves become steeper during drug withdrawal. These data suggest that a history of substance abuse or the drugs themselves, and subsequent withdrawal of drugs, increase "impulsive" choices. Disentangling these variables requires examination of acute and chronic effects of the drugs in nave individuals. In this presentation, I will describe experiments in which the acute, chronic, and withdrawal effects of prescription opiates (e.g., oxycodone, hydrocodone) and morphine were examined in rats (n=5-8). The abuse of prescription opiates has increased in recent years, yet little research has been conducted on the direct effects of these drugs on decision making, in particular, "impulsive" choices. In each experiment, an Evenden and Ryan delay-discounting procedure was used in which rats chose between a smaller, immediate reinforcer and a larger, later reinforcer. The delay to the larger reinforcer increased systematically across blocks of the session. Acute administration of opiates tended to increase impulsive choice. Increases in impulsive choice also were seen during withdrawal, but was dependent on the chronic drug procedure. |
|
Best Dose Analysis: Worst Case Scenario |
PAUL L. SOTO (Johns Hopkins University), Brian R. Katz (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: “Best dose” analyses of drug effects are used to account for purported individual differences in drug sensitivity. In studies of cognition-altering drugs, a best dose analysis typically involves identifying the dose associated with the highest performance accuracy for each subject. The performances associated with these individually-selected best doses are then compared statistically to performances associated with vehicle administration. Control analyses, in which performances associated with the “best” vehicle or baseline session are compared to the performances from other vehicle or baseline sessions, suggest that statistically significant best dose results are most likely due to the selective nature of the analysis rather than the effects of the drug. Repeated determination of dose-response curves suggests that best dose effects are not reliable. Monte Carlo simulations demonstrate that, even when there is no difference, the probability of obtaining a statistically significant outcome always exceeds 0.05 (the theoretical probability of a Type 1 error) and under most conditions is between 0.5 and 1.0. Thus, best dose analyses appear to be subject to an extremely high rate of false positives. In conclusion, careful analysis of individual subject dose-response results and replication of drug effects cannot be replaced by a statistical best dose analysis. |
|
An Operant Assay of Pain |
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: The effective management of pain remains an important public health concern. Although morphine-like opioids have long been front-line analgesics for most painful conditions, they have a number of undesirable side effects including abuse liability and sedation that can limit their utility. Slow progress in the development of novel medications for pain management using traditional assays has highlighted the need for new animal models that might more effectively identify clinically useful drugs. Most models (tail flick, hot plate, warm water tail withdrawal) assay simple spinal reflexes or unconditioned behavioral reactions to nociceptive stimuli rather than the disruption of task performance, which may be more clinically relevant. We have recently developed a novel apparatus and procedures to study the disruptive effects of nociceptive stimuli on “voluntary” responses and the restorative effects of analgesics. Monkeys were trained to pull a cylindrical thermode for a palatable food reinforcer. Sessions were conducted in which the temperature of the thermode was increased stepwise until responding stopped, permitting the determination of nociceptive thresholds. Tests with opioids and cannabinoids revealed dose-related increases in threshold, consistent with their effects using standard measures of antinociception. Unlike standard measures, however, it provided an index of antinociceptive effectiveness without marked response disruption. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation and Treatment of Problem Behavior Using Quality of Reinforcement Variations |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
102 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium focuses on the effects of varied quality of reinforcement on target behaviors. In the first paper, Effects of Quality of Attention and Liquid Preferences on Liquid Consumption, the authors examined the quality of adult attention contingent on liquid consumption for a child with feeding difficulties. In the second paper, The Effectiveness of High and Low Preferred Qualities of Attention on Behavior, the authors evaluated the effects of the quality of adult attention on behavior using a concurrent operants arrangement. In the third paper, Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement and Manipulation of Break Quality: Effects on Communication, Compliance, and Problem Behavior, the authors altered the break quality and evaluated the effects on problem behavior, break requests, and task completion. A discussant will provide a synthesis of the presentations. |
Keyword(s): attention, break quality, choice, concurrent operants |
|
Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement and Manipulation of Break Quality:
Effects on Communication, Compliance, and Problem Behavior |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Kate B. LaLonde (Western Michigan University), Shawn Patrick Quigley (Western Michigan University), Samantha J. Fodrocy (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Several interventions are available for children with disabilities who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior (e.g., extinction, differential reinforcement of
alternate behavior, demand fading). An intervention strategy that capitalizes on the strengths of these interventions but minimizes their weaknesses is needed. This study evaluated the effects of manipulating break quality in order to shift allocation away from
problem behavior. Three different break qualities (high, medium, and low) were identified using preference and reinforcer assessment strategies and included
manipulations across three dimensions: duration of breaks, presence of preferred toys, and level and frequency of attention. During intervention, work sessions were presented with the choice to engage in a work task (high quality break), mand for a break (medium
quality), or engage in problem behavior (low quality). Task demands were increased on a progressive ratio schedule until participants completed the terminal task or responding shifted to problem behavior. The 3-choice arrangement was compared to a 2-choice arrangement, where the mand response was not available; this condition was implemented to examine whether the inclusion of break requests resulted less problem behavior as the task demands increased. Data were evaluated to determine the effects of these conditions on problem behavior, break requests, and task completion. |
|
Effects of Quality of Attention and Liquid Preference on Liquid Consumption |
BROOKE M. HOLLAND (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Ashley Willms (University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of high and low quality attention on milk consumption. Additionally, we evaluated preference for white and chocolate milk under each condition (i.e., high and low quality attention). The participant, Carrie, was a 5-year-old female diagnosed with feeding difficulties, gastroesophageal reflux disease, developmental delays, and chromosomal abnormality. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 35% of sessions and averaged 92%. Low quality attention was defined as infrequent eye contact, no physical contact, no physical orientation towards Carrie, and encouragement in a flat/monotone vocal intonation. High quality attention was defined as frequent eye contact, physical contact or close proximity, physical orientation towards Carrie, enthusiastic encouragement, and enthusiastic and specific praise. The results of the study demonstrated that high quality attention increased consumption of both white and chocolate milk, but with more consistent effects for chocolate milk (see Figure 2). |
|
The Effectiveness of High and Low Preferred Qualities of Attention on Behavior |
ALICIA GARNER (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Kendra Franchi (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Preference and reinforcer assessments are often used to identify preferred tangible items prior to a functional analysis. Piazza et al. (1996) conducted a study to determine the effectiveness of using tangibles to reinforce behavior. They found that highly preferred tangibles tend to reinforce behaviors at a higher rate compared to lower preferred tangibles. Although using tangibles to reinforce behavior is effective, tangibles are not always present in an individuals environment. However, attention is not only a stimulus typically present in most social situations; it has also been shown to reinforce behavior. Diverse qualities of attention have been shown to effectively change behavior (Gardner et al., 2009; Kodak et al., 2007; Piazza et al., 1999). Individuals can be sensitive to and demonstrate preferences for specific qualities of attention. The Quality of Attention Preference Assessment (QAPA) (Gardner, Kurtz & Huete manuscript in preparation) was developed to identify an individuals preferences for qualities of attention. Using the QAPA, our study identified four childrens preferences for specific qualities of attention, and used higher and lower preferred preference profiles to increase behavior via a concurrent operants paradigm (i.e. reinforcer assessment). The study was conducted in three phases: Phase I - administration of a brief tangibles assessment MSWO (Carr et al., 2000) to determine a highly preferred stimulus to be used in the reinforcer assessment, Phase II - administration of the QAPA to determine the childs preferences for qualities of attention. Finally, Phase III results from Phases I and II were presented with a concurrent operants assessment using both high-preferred attention, low-preferred attention, and an alone choice option. Our study examined two main questions: 1.) Does the QAPA accurately identify preferences for qualities of attention for children? Does the identified high preference profile for qualities of attention serve to reinforce and increase behavior compared to a low preference profile of identified qualities of attention? Results will be discussed in terms of how identified preferences of attention can serve as reinforcers to increase or decrease behavior. Behavior was measured by a childs physical time allocation as well as rate of responding within condition areas. |
|
|
|
|
The Value of Valuing: Effects of Contact With Values |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
102 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emmy LeBleu (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Nic Hooper, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent research into verbal behavior suggests that man's ability to use language, or engage in arbitrarily applicable relational responding, could be the process that is at the root of humans' deep psychological suffering. Language, however, is not all malicious. There seems to be a positive side of verbal behavior that current research, from a variety of disciplines, is suggesting is instrumental to psychological well-being. Values are verbal constructions of global life consequences that function as both sources of perpetual reinforcement and motivating augmentals for a particular class of human behaviors described as "valued living." Contact with values appears to have broad impacts including reduction in physiological stress response, openness toward challenging information, and resistance to threats to academic performance. This symposium will cover three topics that highlight the applicability and effectiveness of values practices or values interventions as they apply to self-efficacy and smoking cessation intent, recovery from traumatic interpersonal violence, and relational responding tasks. |
Keyword(s): interpersonal violence, relational responding, smoking cessation, values |
|
Seeing Meaning: Transformation of Values Functions |
EMMY LEBLEU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmie Hebert (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Emerging research from a variety of disciplines supports the psychological benefits of being and living in contact with one’s chosen values, often called valued living. Since values are described as a positive side of verbal behavior (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011), Relational Frame Theory, which is described as a behavior analytic perspective on verbal events (Hayes, 1994), may offer a useful analysis of valued living and of values themselves. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the transformation of values functions and to determine the relevance of relational responding in valued living. This was done through relational training and testing in a protocol as follows: a valued living self-report questionnaire was given to the participant; afterwards, a values-oriented expressive writing exercise was administered; the performance on a values-related relational response computer task was noted. The data from all parts of the protocol was compared and analyzed. Implications for values-based treatment will be discussed. |
|
Flexible Valuing and Psychological and Physical Well-Being in Women Who Have Experienced Interpersonal Violence |
RAWYA AL-JABARI (University of North Texas), Teresa Hulsey (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Values are life directions that guide actions. Valuing, verbal constructions, predicted psychological well-being in undergraduates (Adcock, LaBorde, Murrell, Madrigal-Bauguss, & Mitchell, 2009). Identifying and clarifying values, and choosing values-consistent behavior (valued living), are important. Valued living can be facilitated by promoting psychological flexibility through the use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999; 2012). Psychological flexibility is the ability to fully connect with the present moment and choose values-consistent behavior. Ciarrochi, Bilich, and Godsel (2010) reported that strengthening psychological flexibility through ACT improved mental health, well-being, and increased values-consistent behavior. The current study investigated the relationship between flexibility in valuing as measured by the Meta-Valuing Measure (MVM; Adcock, LaBorde, & Murrell, 2007) and measures of well-being in women who experienced interpersonal violence. Data analysis revealed significant correlations between the MVM and psychological flexibility (r = .63, p < .001), post-traumatic symptomology (r = -.46, p < .001), post-traumatic growth (r = -.44, p < .01), general health (r = .33, p < .05), parenting behaviors (r = .37, p < .05), and depressive symptoms (r = -.62, p < .001). Implications of the findings will be discussed, along with suggestions for future research. |
|
A Brief Values Intervention Improves Self-Efficacy and Smoking Cessation Intent |
NIC HOOPER (Middle East Technical University), Maria Karekla (University of Cyprus), Katerina Konikkou (University of Cyprus) |
Abstract: With youth having higher smoking rates than ever, existing interventions may not suffice in reducing smoking behavior. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), is starting to gain both clinical and research interest for smoking cessation. However the effectiveness of components of this approach on smoking and cessation related parameters has not been examined. The goal of this study is to examine the effectiveness of the values component of ACT compared to a psychoeducational intervention for increasing intent to quit smoking and self-efficacy in relation to quitting among youth. Participants were randomly assigned to either a values based intervention group or a psychoeducation group (n = 30 for each group). Participants completed a packet of questionnaires assessing smoking behavior, intention to quit, and self-efficacy prior to, after the completion of the intervention and one month post intervention. Results showed increase in participant self-efficacy for quitting and higher intention to quit in both groups, with the values intervention resulting in greater increases. At one month follow up, both self-efficacy and intention to quit decreased compared to post-intervention but not reaching pre-intervention levels. Results discussed are in terms of effectiveness of a one-session values intervention in increasing self-efficacy and intention to quit smoking. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Across Cultures: Issues and Solutions |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
102 F (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Thouraya Al-Nasser (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Cultural Sensitivities of Behaviour Analytic Service Delivery in Jamaica |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Erin E. Lombard (Step by Step Academy), KIMBERLY WOOLERY (Busy Beez Therapy Center and Special Learning Inc.) |
|
Abstract: While behaviour analysis has grown exponentially across the world, behaviour analysts remain concentrated primarily in the United States.Behaviour analytic principles and interventions are often developed and implemented in the United States and are therefore best applied to Westernized cultures.Effective methods of applying "Westernized" behaviour analysis may not be applicable to families in developing countries like Jamaica.Therefore, educating, supervising, developing and implementing behaviour analytic programmes for individuals in Jamaica will require special considerations that are culturally sensitive to meet the needs of the Jamaican population. These concerns lead to the following questions: how do behaviour analysts modify the Westernized approach and make it culturally sensitive and relevant to the Jamaican population?How can behaviour analysts become culturally sensitive towards clients and supervisees who have different beliefs and attitudes common outside of the United States?This presentation will explore issues surrounding multiculturalism and behaviour analysis by highlighting the disparities between U.S culture and Jamaican culture. This presentation will also highlight the root of several multicultural issues and the challenges that Jamaica faces which in turn impact the supervision and application of behaviour analysis in the country. Discussions will explore bridging the cultural gap, modifying programmes and reviewing possible solutions to tackle these pressing issues. |
|
Womens Role in the Labor Sector in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan |
Domain: Applied Research |
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Women in the Arab world, as a topic, is usually a very sensitive issue to discuss or investigate. This is due to the old Bedouin (tribal) protective approach some families may engage in. Hence women are typically associated with a familys honor and reputation they are securely protected and in some situations sheltered. Consequently, accurate data and information about womens situation in the Arab world in general is very scarce and in some situations unattainable. This paper will focus on the Middle East region taking the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan as a study example to outline the interlocking behavioral and cultural contingencies that differentiate the Arab culture from other cultures. Since the cultural history of the Middle East in general and Jordan in specific is unlike other cultures in the world, the sociocultural contingencies that has shaped the role of women in the labor sector in Jordan specifically will be examined and discussed. There have been some positive changes in regard to womens situation in Jordan compared to other countries in the region that will be outlined. Additionally, a number of recommend potential solutions to this problem will be introduced. |
|
Ethics in Tacting Social Constructs |
Domain: Theory |
NANCY I. SALINAS (Texas Tech University) |
|
Abstract: In Verbal Behavior, Skinner (1957) defined a tact as a verbal operant in which a response of given form is evokedby a particular object or event. In doing so, the tact permits the listener to make inferences via contact with the environment. These inferences are often associated with social constructs that the verbal community tact. The implications of such inferences affect issues related to politics, special populations, social class, immigration, race, etc. The verbal community has the ability to differentially reinforce certain tacts that label members of society. Therefore, it is important to functionally analyze the reinforcing practices of the community which maintain certain tacts. There is no danger in having respectful notions of others; however, problems may arise when the opposite is the case. Referring to members of society in positive terms is more than merely enforcing political correctness. In fact, certain verbal behavior has power that permeates the rest of what we do to- and for- those who are being tacted. After all, as Skinner (1957) noted, a tact is more likely something to be asserted compared to any other verbal operant. The purpose of this paper is to explore the ethical and social implications that such assertions have on our society. |
|
|
|
|
|
STEP SIG Symposium 2 of 2: Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Sexual Behaviors |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M101 B (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
CE Instructor: Fawna Stockwell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to provide multiple examples of how sexual behavior issues can be assessed and treated using a behavior-analytic approach. This symposium underscores the need for behavior analysts to provide function-based, individualized, and least-restrictive interventions to influence the occurrence of sexual behaviors that are inappropriate in topography and/or occur in inappropriate environments. Case study data and their implications will be presented, as well as directions for future research and practice in this area. |
Keyword(s): autism, developmental disabilities, functional analysis, sexual behavior |
|
Functional Analysis and Intervention of Sexualized Behavior in Young Children with Intellectual Disability |
HEATHER FRUGOLI (Augmentative Learning and Movement Center), Simon Dejardin (Institut Médico-Eucatif ECLAIR), Sorah Stein (Indiana University South Bend) |
Abstract: Often in our work as behavioral clinicians, especially when we work with teens and young adults, we encounter individuals who engage in sexual behavior. Sometimes, however, we are challenged with these behaviors occurring in younger children. This presentation will address sexual behavior as behavior that can be assessed via functional behavior assessment methods and that can be modified using the same functional replacement behavior strategies that are often implemented when addressing other challenging behaviors. The data presented were obtained during baseline and descriptive and functional analyses of inappropriate sexualized behavior of an 8-year-old male with an intellectual disability (vocalizations, gestures, and actions directed at staff and self) and a 9-year-old male with autism (masturbation). Data following function-based intervention was implemented following determination of hypothesis will be presented as well. Implications for functional analysis in future instances of inappropriate sexual behavior will be discussed. |
|
The Analysis of Aberrant Sexual Behavior in Persons with Disabilities; Competing Reinforcement and Sexual Education |
JESSIE COOPERKLINE (Instructional ABA Consultants), Nicholas Schreiber (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The sexual behavior of persons with disabilities is an understudied area in Applied Behavior Analysis. When a person with a disability engages in sexual behavior it is often labeled as aberrant, and these individuals are then stigmatized, which can impact their quality of life. Limited research has been conducted on these aberrant sexual behaviors and related courses of treatment. Current literature supports competing reinforcement for behaviors maintained by an automatically produced consequence, though does not explicitly address sexual behavior. This presentation will include two case studies of individuals with cognitive disabilities and mental illness diagnoses who engage in inappropriate sexual behavior. The behaviors that individuals in this study engaged in included public masturbation and non-consensual sexual advances toward other individuals with disabilities. The agencys response to the inappropriate sexual behaviors before and after consultation with a BCBA will be discussed. Additionally, a brief review of literature on sexual education for persons with disabilities will be included. |
|
Reducing Public Masturbation of a Teenage Girl with Autism Within a Residential Group Home |
ALBERT MALKIN (ErionakKids), Deanna Strazzella (Delisle Youth Services), Brigid McCormick (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The current case study aims to contribute to the literature of addressing sexual behaviors of persons with developmental disabilities. Public masturbation was chosen as target behaviour for reduction. This behaviour is an example of a sexual behaviour that is appropriate in private, but inappropriate or illegal in public situations. In addition, it may have the potential of placing individuals with disabilities at greater risk for abuse. The participant, a teenage girl diagnosed with autism, living in a residential group home setting, was taught to indicate that she is going to engage in masturbatory behaviours in her bedroom using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The procedure, potential stimulus control components of the intervention, and limitations will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Consumer Behavior Analysis I: Experimental Routes |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 J (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: This symposium demonstrates the variety of experimental approaches to Consumer Behavior Analysis by providing examples of recent research in three international contexts (Iceland, Norway and Brazil) which employ the Behavioral Perspective Model of consumer choice. It builds on the Invited Tutorial by Gordon Foxall on Consumer Behavior Analysis, showcasing translational research that extends the experimental analysis of behavior into the realm of everyday consumption. The opening paper describes recent developments of the model and behavioral economic approaches to its testing via applications of Herrnstein's matching methodology and Hursh and Silberberg's analysis of price elasticity of demand in terms of essential value. The following papers describe particular instances in which this has inspired empirical research and innovative conceptualization of economic choice, including laboratory and field studies of consumer choice in digital contexts, the investigation of motivating operations in online purchasing, and the role of individual consumer differences in shaping food purchases. |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, consumer behavior analysis, experimental research |
|
The Behavioral Perspective Model as an Approach to Understanding Human Economic Choice |
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Perspective Model is an elaboration of the three-term contingency intended to increase our understanding of human economic choice. Economic behavior is reinforced in two ways: via utilitarian reinforcement which is mediated by the product and embodies the functional benefits of ownership and consumption, and informational reinforcement which reflects the way in which consumption attracts socially-mediated prestige and status. The immediate antecedent of consumer behavior is the consumer behavior setting which represents the interaction of discriminative stimuli and motivating operations on one hand and the consumer's learning history on the other. The paper will focus on the applicability of this model to the experimental analysis of consumer behavior and to the interpretation of broader aspects of choice that lie beyond a direct experimental analysis. Examples will be provided of consumer choice as matching and maximizing behavior and of the estimation of elasticity of demand in terms of essential value. The use of the BPM as an interpretive device will be briefly illustrated by reference to purchase and consumption behavior, saving, the diffusion of innovations, and "green" consumer behavior. |
|
The Impact of Motivating Events at the Point of Online Purchase: An Online Experiment |
ASLE FAGERSTROM (Norwegian Institute of Information Technology), Marius Volden (Norwegian Institute of Information Technology) |
Abstract: The point of online purchase includes the location and conditions in which an online transaction takes place. The term usually comprises the presentation of the products available for purchase by consumers as well as the means of completing the transaction. Knowledge about how the online setting and the specific situation influence consumers at the point of online purchase may increase the success from online marketing activities. An online experiment was arranged for the analysis of motivating functions at the point of online purchase situation. A total of 1992 business-to-business customers from a Norwegian web company were split in two groups. Group A (n=999), the test group, received an up-sell offer related to either a product improvement or to a lower price offer within a period of two month. Group B (n=993), the control group, did not receive any form of up-sell offer in the same two month period. The result shows that 37 out of 99 up-sell offers given were accepted by customers in Group A. In addition, the number of orders and the number of items sold were significantly higher in Group A than in Group B. Results of the experiment will be discussed in relation to the concepts of consumer behavior analysis, motivating operations and rule-governed behavior (especially augmentals). Suggestions for further research will be given. |
|
Experimental Analysis and Applications in Digital Consumer Behavior Analysis |
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Vishnu Menon (Reykjavik University), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: As is commonly known, the evolution of digital media (e.g. e-mail, mobile and the web) has created of a new world of choice behavior and contingencies. We will demonstrate some of the features of digital consumer behavior analysis based on the Behavioral Perspective Model of consumer choice using both laboratory and field experimentation. The groundwork relies on applications that extract and analyze both web browser activities and eye tracking data, and the field studies rely on e-mail/mobile applications with click-through data in real commercial situations. The data thus obtained enable the researcher to calculate the conversion and retention rate at each stage of the process. The presentation will show experimental examples and discuss procedures, data analysis, findings and applications. The study utilizes both concepts of contingency shaped and rule-governed behavior as applied to digital marketing. The main question is how far experimental analysis can account for online behaviors. We consider these issues to be of general importance to behavior analysts as a conduct that can illuminate the relevance, application and limitations of functional theories, concepts and methodology. |
|
Individual Differences in Consumer Buying Patterns: A Behavioral Economic Analysis |
JORGE OLIVEIRA-CASTRO (University of Brasilia), Paulo Cavalcanti (University of Brasilia), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Although previous studies have identified several regularities in buying behavior, no integrated view of individual differences related to such patterns has been yet proposed. The present research examined individual differences in patterns of buying behavior of fast moving consumer goods, using panel data with information concerning purchases of four product categories by approximately 1600 British consumers, over 52 weeks. Eight measures of buying patterns were adopted (informational brand reinforcement level, utilitarian brand reinforcement, number of purchases, unit price, number of items total weight bought, brand loyalty, and demand elasticity), whose stability across time and products was examined, based on within-measure between-period Pearson correlations. Correlations between all pairs of measures within periods were also examined. Results showed positive and significant correlations, across periods, for all measures, indicating stable individual differences in buying patterns. Some correlations, across measures, were also significant, suggesting higher-level patterns of consumption. Such results replicated previous findings concerning buying patterns and suggest that individual differences are stable over time, forming higher level purchase patterns that result from the combination of different measures of buying behavior. |
|
|
|
|
On the Relatedness of Stimuli in Stimulus Equivalence Classes |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 G (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College ) |
Discussant: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
Abstract: In the first paper by Arntzen et al. will present an experiment in which children were trained to form potentially three 5-member equivalence classes (A?B?C?D?E). Twelve stimuli, four of the stimuli in each class, were abstract shapes. The midpoint stimulus (C) in each class differed in nameability; from nameable pictures to abstract stimuli. In the second paper, Fields will present experiment on the analysis of the structure of an equivalence class which indicate that the relatedness of the stimuli in an equivalence class varies with two structural variables: nodal number and directionality of training. Two 3-node 5 member classes were formed with training structures of A?B-?C?D?E. Within class preference tests that contained samples and comparisons from the same class were then presented. In the third paper, Vaidya and Arntzen will present a review of the current literature on the effects of training structure on equivalence class formation. The goal of this review of the literature is to attempt to i) identify and describe any observed regularities in the effects of training structures across studies and ii) to attempt to describe the conditions under which training structures appear to have influenced equivalence class formation. Finally, Mechner will discuss the content of the different papers. |
Keyword(s): relatedness, stimulus equivalence, training structures |
|
On the Use of Morphing Techniques in Conditional Discrimination Procedures |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Richard Nartey (Oslo and Akershus University College), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: We will present an experiment with children as participants in whom we have trained potentially three 5-member equivalence classes (A?B?C?D?E). Twelve stimuli, four of the stimuli in each class, were abstract shapes. The midpoint stimulus (C) in each class differed in nameability; from nameable pictures to abstract stimuli. The participants were exposed to five conditions in which Condition 1 included pictures as C stimuli, while Condition 5 included abstracts as C stimuli. Conditions 2, 3, and 4 included C stimuli, in which pictures were morphed as 25%, 50%, and 75% into the abstracts. Half of the participants started with Condition 1 and the other half started with Condition 5. As shown in in the upper part of Table 1, the participants starting with Condition 1 (pictures as C stimuli), the yields of equivalence class formation is high in all conditions. In the lower part of Table 1, the participants starting with Condition 5 (abstracts as C stimuli), the yields are increasing as function of more and more picture as part of the C stimuli. |
|
Differential Relatedness of Stimuli in Equivalence Classes: Effects of Structural Variables |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: All of the stimuli in an equivalence class are presumably substitutable and therefore equally related to each other. An analysis of the structure of an equivalence class has shown that the relatedness of the stimuli in an equivalence class varies with two structural variables: nodal number and directionality of training. Two 3-node 5 member classes were formed with training structures of A?B-?C?D?E. Within class preference tests that contained samples and comparisons from the same class were then presented. E.g., a 1-node transitive relation was pitted against a 3-node transitive relation by presenting a trial with A as a sample and C and E as comparisons. C was always selected, indicating preference for the nodal closer comparisons. The same occurred for other such tests. In a second experiment, two 5-node 7- member classes were formed with training structures of A?B-?C?D?E?F?G. Within class preference tests were then presented. E.g., a 2-node equivalence relation was pitted against a 2-node transitive relation by presenting a trial with D as a sample and A and G as comparisons. G was always selected, indicating preference for the transitive relation instead of the equivalence relation. The same occurred for other such tests. These findings could not occur if stimuli were equally related to each other. Thus, the stimuli in an equivalence class are equally related when assessed using cross class derived relations tests and are unequally related when assessed using within class preference tests. |
|
On the Effect of Training Structures |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: A common theme in many of the published research in stimulus equivalence is the attempt to identify variables that influence the likelihood of equivalence class formation. One set of variables shown to be relevant are the training structures used to establish the baseline conditional discriminations that serve as the basis for emergent equivalence relations. In the context of studies of stimulus equivalence, the term ‘training structure’ refers to the direction of trained conditional relations and the order in which those relations are trained. The three most commonly used structures are Many-To-One or Comparison-as-node, One-To-Many or Sample-as-node, and Linear in which the node serves as both sample and comparison stimulus. The purpose of this address is to review the current literature on the effects of training structure on equivalence class formation. The goal of this review of the literature is to attempt to i) identify and describe any observed regularities in the effects of training structures across studies and ii) to attempt to describe the conditions under which training structures appear to have influenced equivalence class formation. The address will conclude with a description of the gaps in our knowledge and a discussion of possibly fruitful future directions in this area of research. |
|
|
|
|
Looking Out From the Lab: Use-Inspired Research on Real-World Problems |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 I (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University) |
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Use-inspired behavior analytic research entails rigorous experimental analyses on issues of societal importance. While use-inspired basic research has yielded much success in informing applied behavior analysis on issues concerning vulnerable populations, the basic processes underlying many real-world issues concerning non-clinical populations remains relatively scant. This symposium will highlight four novel applications of use-inspired basic research, translating findings from the basic operant laboratory to practical applications. The first presentation will describe the utility of experimental analyses of behavior in the understanding of the sunk-cost effect in humans. The second presentation will feature data from a mindfulness intervention on obesity using discounting analyses to model its effects. The third presentation will describe ways in which behavioral economic models of demand and elasticity can aid in understanding fuel consumption and drivers' concerns for fuel efficiency. The symposium will conclude with a presentation on how generalization gradients and issues of stimulus discrimination may be applied to understanding and improving skin cancer detection. The aim of each presentation will be to introduce attendees to analyses and topics from the experimental analysis of behavior and propose ways to understand real-world problems of high magnitude using a use-inspired paradigm of study. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Delay Discounting, Sunk Cost Effect, Translational Behavioral Medicine |
|
Sunk Costs, Health, and Community Participation |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Kansas), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Jennifer Hudnall (University of Kansas Dept. of Applied Behavioral Science) |
Abstract: Behavioral economic research has expanded our understanding of aberrant behavior (e.g., addiction, gambling, and obesity). In this area, behavior analysts have largely focused on delay discounting or demand. These fruitful research programs have linked these concepts to poor health behavior (e.g., sharing needles, risky sexual behavior, and the failure to utilize preventive care), altruism, and concern for the environment. The success of these studies suggests that other behavioral economic concepts may be similarly useful. The sunk cost fallacy is a behavioral economic concept that describes the tendency for ones prior investment in a venture to irrationally impact their decision to continue to invest in that venture. Although some behavior analysts have focused on the sunk cost fallacy, it is unclear if this concept will inform our understanding of health and social behavior. The current study demonstrated relations between the sunk cost fallacy and both health behaviors (e.g., seeking help when feeling ill, binge eating) and ones contribution to society by administering validated instruments to a large sample (n=1053) of internet users via a novel crowdsourcing technology (i.e., Amazons Mechanical Turk). The findings demonstrate the utility behavior analysts exploring additional behavioral economic concepts. |
|
Effects of Mindful Eating Training on Delay and Probability Discounting for Food and Money in Obese and Healthy-Weight Individuals |
KELSIE HENDRICKSON (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a mindful eating behavioral strategy on delay and probability discounting patterns for hypothetical food and money. In Session 1, 102 undergraduate participants (n = 73 female) completed computerized delay and probability discounting tasks for food-related and monetary outcomes, along with several self-report questionnaires. In Session 2, they were assigned to participate in a 50-minute workshop on mindful eating or to watch an educational video, and then completed the discounting tasks again. Individuals who participated in the mindful eating session discounted food-related outcomes less steeply compared to their baseline rates, suggesting a more self-controlled and less risk averse pattern of responding after the training. Those in the control condition exhibited discounting patterns that were similar to baseline. There were no changes in discounting for money for either group, suggesting stimulus specificity for the mindful eating condition. This study is the first to show that mindfulness can affect discounting patterns, at least temporarily, for food in a laboratory setting. |
|
Demand Elasticity for Fuel: Behavioral Economic Models of America's Addiction to Oil |
Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), SCOTT PARTINGTON (University of Kansas), Peter G. Roma (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Brent Kaplan (University of Kansas), Jonathan R. Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Consequences of fossil fuel consumption are disastrous for the sustainability of the planet and its ecosystems. The current study examined government data from the United States and Canada on per capita energy consumption and oil price per barrel between the years 1995 and 2008. The elasticity of the demand curves of both countries were measured and statistically compared across six major modes of transportation including road, air, rail, transit, pipeline, and water. Results demonstrated minimal elasticity in demand across all modes of transportation for both countries. Despite the general inelasticity found across the different modes of transportation, statistical differences were found in the demand curves for air and road transportation. Our findings indicate that despite sharp increases in oil price per barrel over the past decade, the consumption per capita either persisted or simultaneously increased. In a follow-up study on 76 undergraduate students, we used a hypothetical purchase task of fuel to model demand elasticity at various fuel prices using demand curves to determine whether demand would become elastic at extreme prices per gallon. Conclusions and implications from these findings are discussed. |
|
Promoting Visual Detection of Melanoma Symptoms: Relative Impact of Discrimination Training Versus an "Informational" Intervention |
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University), Niki Howard (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Melanoma, the deadliest skin cancer, is detected visually, but most potential human "detectors" perform poorly on this task. The most common approach to preparing patients and primary-care medical personnel to detect melanoma is to provide brief information about melanoma and show them images of clearly symptomatic and non-symptomatic moles. Using college students as subjects we compared the effects of this intervention with a brief discrimination-training procedure that was modeled after "errorless" protocols. A pretest and posttest involved labeling a series of normal and subtly-symptomatic moles as "normal" or "changed." Discrimination-training participants responded more accurately than "information" subjects on the posttest and also showed better generalization to novel cases. These effects maintained weeks or months after the initial training. We will also present signal-detection data that characterize response biases induced by the two interventions, and self-report data that characterize changes in skin-care behaviors that followed the interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction: From Kindergarten Through Fifth Grade |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M100 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joan A. Broto (Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We report findings from the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of instruction. The AIL model is based on scientific procedures that emphasizes individualized instruction, where student responses ultimately drives instruction. The classrooms integrate approximately one-third of the students diagnosed with a disability or English language learners. Academically, students in these classrooms perform on average with a range of 2 years below grade level through 2 years above grade level. Communication between the classrooms from year to year allow for continuity of individualized programming for each student. All of the curricular objectives have been derived and behaviorally defined from the national core content standards and school district's general education curriculum across academic areas. As part of the AIL curriculum, self-management objectives are outlined to teach students to monitor their own progress, set their goals, and deliver their own reinforcement. Learning pictures will be presented that show the cumulative number of objectives mastered and the number of learn units it takes to meet an objective for each student across specific curricula domain. We will also report data on the induction of critical verbal behavior developmental cusps or capabilities, such as observational learning and naming. We find that once students acquire these developmental milestones they can successfully access the general education curriculum. |
Keyword(s): Inclusion, Naming, Observational Learning |
|
Acquiring the Essentials for Learning: Inducing Cusps and Capabilities in Kindergarten and First Grade Students |
LAURA E. LYONS (Morris School District), Vanessa Laurent (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: At the onset of the school year, kindergarten and first grade students in Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms participate in probe sessions which test for the presence or absence of verbal developmental cusps and cusps that are capabilities. Students who are missing these cusps and capabilities are then provided an intensive set of experiences through instructional protocols. Research from kindergarten and first grade AIL classes has shown that various protocols have successfully induced verbal developmental capabilities such as observational learning and Naming. Other protocols, such as variations to the auditory matching protocol, multiple exemplar instruction across selection and production responses, and various conditioning procedures have resulted in higher rates of learning. By inducing cusps and capabilities in students in kindergarten and first grade, we accelerate rates of learning and are able to teach our students in new ways. This paper will discuss several experiments related to the induction of verbal developmental cusps and capabilities, as well as the effects of the induction on students acquisition of new academic repertoires. |
|
The Application of an Accelerated Independent Learner Model Classroom to 2nd and 3rd Grade Inclusion Classrooms |
HALEY PELLEGREN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The second and third grade Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms operate on the principles and tactics of applied behavior analysis in an inclusion classroom setting. These classes incorporate many research-based behavioral tactics for both learning and performance behaviors during math, spelling, reading, and writing instruction including learn units (direct, model demonstration), response boards, choral responding, fluency training, peer tutoring, and precision teaching, token economies, group contingencies, and hero contingencies. Through the use of these tactics, we found students could be successfully included in the general education setting. We will also present data that shows the induction of key verbal capabilities and cusps such as naming and observational learning through an intensive set of experiences through instructional protocols. Once we established these cusps and capabilities, we found that students could learn in new ways and access the general education curriculum. |
|
The Effects of Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis on the Learning of Fourth and Fifth Grade Students in a General Education Classroom |
EMILIA CLANCY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Petra Wiehe (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the implementation of Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis on 4th and 5th grade general education and special education students selected from an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom (AIL) that implemented the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model of instruction. The participants attended a Title I school in a suburb of New York City. We examined students rate of acquisition, number of curricular objectives met, and the acquisition of developmental reader/writer cusps and capabilities. We will present our data on learning pictures, which are the visual display used to show student progress in the AIL model. Specific studies that relate to various areas of the curriculum will be presented, such as writing, reading, math, and self-management. We will present a general overview of the program, including frequently used tactics for students in higher-grade levels. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Applying to Graduate School in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M100 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Panelists will provide and discuss information relevant to applying to graduate school in behavior analysis. Panelists will explain the process of applying to graduate school, providing insight into the qualifications necessary to gain admission and characteristics that lead to a successful career as a graduate student. Specifically, panelists will discuss the importance and relevance of one's academic achievements (e.g., grade-point average and standardized test scores), professional and extracurricular experiences (e.g., presentations at conferences and publications), research, and teaching involvement and how these factors influence admission into a graduate program in behavior analysis. Panelists also will provide unique perspective regarding the admission process, discussing characteristics and qualities that they find attractive on a prospective candidate's curriculum vitae and overall application. The discussion will provide prospective graduate students with a comprehensive account on what constitutes a competitive application and how one should approach applying to graduate programs in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Three Studies Examining the Use of Motivational Strategies in School-Based Interventions |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M100 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: School-based interventions can often be strengthened by adding simple motivational components. This symposium will present three studies that sought to augment motivating conditions at different points of the intervention process. The first study examined a Regressive Prompt Delay (RPD) procedure for improving sight-word reading in a 1st-grade student. RPD is unique because instead of extending the prompt-delay interval, RPD shortens it over sessions. The participant was instructed to try to beat the experimenter by responding more quickly. Experimental control was established and there were immediate changes in responding under unprompted conditions. The second study compared the use of a mystery motivator (indiscriminable contingencies) condition to high-preference consequences for improving math computation fluency in two 2nd-grade students. Interestingly, the indiscriminable contingencies condition was equally as effective as the high-preference condition at improving rate of responding, raising intriguing questions about why learners would prefer a condition in which they do not know the consequence ahead of time. The third study examined the use of choice for improving three teachers implementation of behavioral interventions relative to an expert derived, no-choice condition in school-based consultations. Both conditions improved child behavior, but teachers displayed higher treatment integrity and chose the choice intervention more often than the no-choice condition. |
Keyword(s): academic interventions, choice, motivating operations, prompting |
|
An Examination of the Effects of a Regressive Prompt Delay Procedure on Sight Word Acquisition |
POLLY DARO (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Maureen O'Connor (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Katherine Capadano (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mallory Johnson (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Prompting has been shown to improve responding in math, writing, and reading, bringing academic responding under control of the instructional stimuli. Various prompting procedures differ mostly in terms of the timing of the prompt. For example, progressive prompt delay increases the length of time between the presentation of the instructional item and a correct model from the teacher across sessions. The current study examined the effects of a novel prompting procedure—regressive prompt delay (RPD)—on the sight-word reading of a 1st-grade female. A multiple-probe (across sets of unknown words) design was used. During instruction, following an initial modeling trial, the participant was instructed to “try to beat” the experimenter by giving the correct response before the experimenter. Prompt delays were set at 9 s, 6 s, and 3 s. Correct responding under unprompted conditions was measured, and results indicate that experimental control was established and that responding increased rapidly when instruction was initiated for each new word set. The results will be discussed in terms of intervention efficiency and possible motivating conditions that may further contribute to stimulus control above and beyond the discriminative control that prompting methods produce. |
|
A Comparison of Preference Versus Indiscriminable Contingencies for Increasing Math Computation Rate in Two Second-Grade Students |
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nick Young (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mallory Johnson (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Katherine Capadano (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Using high-preference (HP) stimuli or activities identified through a preference assessment is a common and effective way to improve academic responding. A novel but infrequently examined approach to arranging contingencies that appears in the literature is the use of a “mystery motivator.” Mystery motivator makes the conditions indiscriminable for the learner because the consequence for responding is not revealed until after the task has been completed. Research to date has not compared mystery motivator (indiscriminable contingencies; IC) to other interventions. In the current study, a HP condition was compared to an IC condition for two 2nd-grade students who completed math computation problems during 5 min sessions. Following a baseline, the effectiveness of selected HP activities was established through comparisons to low-preference and escape conditions. To compare HP to IC, a concurrent-operants design was used, which permitted analysis of both participant choice of consequence (HP or IC) and level of responding. For both students IC improved rate of responding (relative to baseline) as well as the HP condition, and was selected equally as often. Results will be discussed in terms of possible mechanisms making IC an appealing choice for students and practical issues in the application of reinforcement programs for academic deficits. |
|
An Examination of the Impact of Choice on Treatment Integrity |
Melissa Andersen (University of Michigan Medical School), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), NICK YOUNG (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Although there is a growing body of research on the use of performance feedback to improve treatment integrity, antecedent interventions have received little to no attention in the behavior-analysis literature. Antecedent interventions are simple to use and have a strong research base. The current study examined the effects of offering teachers choice of treatment components. A choice condition was compared to a no-choice condition in which an expert-derived treatment was used. An A/B/C/A/C/B design with counterbalancing was combined with a simultaneous-treatments design to examine treatment integrity and student problem behavior for three teacher-student dyads. The results indicated that, although both treatments improved student behavior, higher levels of treatment integrity and better behavioral outcomes were associated with the choice condition. The results will be discussed in terms of the merits of simple antecedent strategies for improving treatment integrity and the benefit of adding experimental design elements that provide a more direct measure of teacher preference. |
|
|
|
|
Principals Applying Principles: A Synopsis of Behavior Support Programs Targeting At-Risk Students in an Urban High School |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M100 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Richard P. West (Utah State University) |
Discussant: K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: Due to the complex nature of scheduling and the number of students served, successful implementation of Positive Behavior Support programs at the secondary level has been a troubling issue. This symposium includes the presentation of three behavior support programs in a diverse urban high school in the Rocky Mountains. Presentations will focus on the application of programs promoting behavior analytical principles through three separate programs designed to target at-risk youth. The programs in this session demonstrate the implementation of programs at the Tier I, Tier II and Tier III levels of student support and their integration for successful school-wide outcomes. Methodological procedures for implementation will be discussed, and data will be presented that include student academic outcomes, student attendance outcomes, teacher participation, program penetration, office discipline referrals, and repeat offenses by students. In addition, a discussion of student and faculty satisfaction and social validity reports will provide information concerning perceptions of program effectiveness. |
|
Improving Attendance and School Climate While Reducing At-Risk Behaviors in an Troubled Urban High School Implementing the Administrative Intervention Model |
BOYD TEEMANT (Wichita State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Rikki Kae Wheatley-Wardle (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Robert Wesman (Granite School District), Matt Taylor (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Positive Behavior Supports are effective improvement practices and yet secondary schools have more difficulty adopting SWPBS. In this study, Administrative Intervention was used to encourage effective behavior support across the school and provide administrator led targeted intervention to struggling students. To date, over 100 students have been coached through the skill building process of Administrative Intervention. Administrative Intervention is well-aligned with positive behavior supports and seeks to decrease disruptive behaviors and increase appropriate academic and social behaviors through skill building. Administrators teach specific skills to students referred to the office for disciplinary reasons. The skills were chosen based on the details of the Office Discipline Referral (ODR). Students were assisted in identifying a specific skills deficit, given a rationale for the use of the skill, and afforded the opportunity to practice the skill before returning to class. This study was designed to assist researchers and school personnel in evaluating the efficacy of Administrative Intervention to promote positive behavior support in a public high school, within a large population center in the Rocky Mountain region. Suspensions, fights, absences, and tardies were significantly decreased across the school year. Improvements in school safety, climate, and on-time attendance were also observed. |
|
The Effects of a School-Based, Targeted Dropout Prevention Program on Attendance and Academic Performance of At-Risk Students in an Urban High School |
ROBERT WESMAN (Granite School District), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Boyd Teemant (Wichita State University), Rikki Kae Wheatley-Wardle (Utah State University), Matt Taylor (Utah State University) |
Abstract: US secondary schools are sometimes criticized for their inability to offer effective remedial services and provide sufficient reinforcement systems to keep at-risk students engaged in school. Evidence of these deficiencies is found in the experience of nearly half a million students who dropout of high school each year (Heckman & Lafontaine, 2007). This study investigated the effects of a school-based tracking and reinforcement system called SHIELD at an urban high school in the Rocky Mountains. SHIELD focused on credit recovery, teaching appropriate social and academic skills through modeling, and providing structured access to positive adult attention for assignment completion and attendance. These services were provided by a cadre of trained mentors using a modified corrective teaching procedure based on Administrative Intervention to deescalate problem behavior and teach appropriate alternatives through structured interactions. Evidence of the effectiveness of this program includes improved academic performance and reduced absenteeism for students in all grades. |
|
An Analysis of Schoolwide Praise Note System Implementation in an Urban High School: Methods, Penetration, and Teacher Participation |
RYAN OAKS (Granger High School), Rikki Kae Wheatley-Wardle (Utah State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Boyd Teemant (Wichita State University), Matt Taylor (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Lancer Pride program was initiated as a means of systematizing the intermittent reinforcement of appropriate behavior in high school. Lancer Pride is a traditional praise note program built on the practices of Schoolwide Positive Behavior Support and adapted to the needs of an urban high school. Schoolwide expectations were established by a behavior support committee at the school and then taught to students throughout the year. Like a traditional praise note program, Lancer Pride consisted of providing students with a ticket or a note, accompanied with verbal praise, for performing expectations. The ticket was then turned in to a central location and entered into a drawing for a larger reinforcer. Data for teacher participation, program penetration, and overall program fidelity will be presented. The efficacy of this program is discussed using surveys of the school climate and social validity data collected from students. Potential limitations of this approach are identified through post-hoc analysis including potential problems with the potency (# of notes distributed) and penetration (# of students receiving a praise note). Potential solutions for future program improvements will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Data Collection and Employee Performance in Health and Human Service Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 E (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Heather M. McGee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When working in human service settings, it is essential that we maintain stringent data collection and treatment integrity practices in addition to demonstrating socially significant behavior change. This symposium will present three studies that assessed both employee compliance/engagement and treatment and data collection integrity. The first study assessed whether manipulating the response effort associated with data collection has an effect on the accuracy of data collection. The second study assessed overt and covert data collection during a lottery incentive intervention for hand washing. The third study assessed a multi-component staff management system in three residential group homes for adults with disabilities to examine if it would increase consumer engagement in leisure activities and additionally assessed treatment integrity of the staff management system. |
Keyword(s): Consumer Engagement, data collection, Hand hygiene, treatment integrity |
|
The Effects of Altering Response Effort During Data Collection on Observer Accuracy: Data Collection Procedures on Hand Hygiene Compliance |
KRISTA HINZ (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: When dealing with human observers and error, tight control in data collection and methodology is essential for accurate representation of compliance. Although observational studies are popular, little has been done to study the integrity of human observers and the data collection process. Incomplete analysis of data collection integrity threatens functional findings, leading to problematic interpretation and decreased replication. The purpose of the current study assesses whether manipulating the response effort associated with data collection has an effect on the accuracy of data collection. Participants of the study were undergraduate psychology students at a Midwestern university who were enrolled in an undergraduate I/O practicum that took place at a local hospital. To examine and counterbalance the effects of manipulating response effort, an ABAB/BABA design was implemented across two semesters. Initial results from visual inspection of the data demonstrate that with the exception of change between phase one and two during the first semester, all subsequent phases in the first semester and all phases in the second semester generated a visually salient change in data collection behavior when response effort was manipulated. Despite visual changes in the data, statistics failed to demonstrate a generalizable effect. |
|
When Big Brother Leaves: Covert Data Collection During a Lottery Incentive Intervention for Hand Washing |
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: : Data were collected on hand washing compliance in an inpatient treatment program for children with destructive behavior disorders while a lottery incentive intervention for hand washing was in place. Under the lottery intervention, supervisors entered the names of staff observed complying with the unit's hand washing policy into a drawing. Although data collected overtly suggested that compliance rates were high during the incentive phase, compliance rates were significantly lower during covert observations. The implications of these data for hand washing interventions, and OBM interventions in general, will be discussed. |
|
Implementation of a Staff Management System to Increase Consumer Engagement in Group Homes |
JEANA L. KOERBER (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A multi-component staff management system was implemented in three residential group homes for adults with disabilities to examine if it would increase consumer (resident) engagement in leisure activities. The study was a non-concurrent and concurrent multiple baseline design across homes. Participants included consumers who live in the home and the direct care staff (DCS) who work with them: a total of 48 participants. Sessions were an hour in length and occurred twice a day, Monday-Friday. The study lasted approximately 16 weeks in each group home. There were four phases: (phase A) baseline assessment of consumer engagement and affect/pleasure by researchers, (phase A) supervisor walk-arounds and continued assessment of consumer engagement and affect/pleasure by researchers, (phase B) implementation of the staff management system, with a consumer check-in procedure as its foundation, and (phase C) addition of more individualized, immediate DCS feedback from their supervisors. Researchers collected data on consumer engagement, activity choices and consumer affect throughout the study. Treatment integrity data was collected during phases B and C to assess staff performance. A pilot study was conducted to first assess the feasibility and effectiveness of the procedures in one group home, implementing all phases. The results showed an increase in consumer engagement during Phases B and Phases C. |
|
|
|
|
ACTraining: New Research Developments to Expand the Scope of ACT and OBM |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 D (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Daniel J. Moran (Pickslyde Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, M.A. |
Abstract: Since the turn of the 21st century, significant advances have been made in the application of ACT principles to organizational settings. In fact, the organizational application of ACT has solidified sufficiently to give rise to the term ACTraining to distinguish its procedures from those used in clinical settings, though the underlying processes are believed to be the same. This symposium highlights recent work in ACTraining and does so within the context of recent calls to expand the scope of ACT and OBM to the mutual benefit of both literatures. The first presentation in this symposium describes the implementation of brief online modules targeting values-clarification and goal-setting for residential staff of a human service organization in northern Nevada. The second presentation focuses more broadly on the application of ACT to organizations and highlights new developments in the promotion of workplace wellness and performance. Lastly, the symposium concludes with a laboratory study guided by the ACTraining model. The latter study directly answers a previous call for those in ACT and OBM to investigate the functioning of teams. More specifically, the latter study applies brief online modules targeting values-clarification and perspective-taking toward the promotion of adaptive teamwork in a dynamic simulated combat environment. |
Keyword(s): ACT, OBM, Psychological Flexibility |
|
Evaluating a Brief Online Values-Clarification and Goal-Setting Procedure to Improve Outcomes in a Human Service Organization |
TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Jared A. Chase (Chrysalis, Inc.), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The nature of front-line work in human service organizations is such that employee burnout and turnover is common. Though not commonly discussed in the traditional OBM literature, studies are emerging on the effects of interventions derived from Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) on these very issues. The current study seeks to contribute to this literature by evaluating the implementation of a brief web-based values-clarification module across three community homes in a human-service organization serving mild to moderate individuals with intellectual disabilities in Northern Nevada. More specifically, this study focuses on the role of teams and conceptualizes each house with its constituent manager and staff as teams working together to produce common goals. The goal of the current study is to have managers and staff examine and articulate their values related to teamwork and how such values relate to larger life values. If successful, this intervention could function as a motivative augmental to alter the reinforcing value of stimuli embedded in this oftentimes stressful workplace and change a variety of outcome measures in positive directions, such as incident report rates, employee satisfaction, staff turnover, treatment integrity and burnout. |
|
Psychological Yoga for the Workplace: Non-Clinical Iterations of the ACT Flexibility Model |
THOMAS G. SZABO (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Empirical studies utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) have demonstrated increased workplace performance and innovation while reducing work stress and work errors. Recently, researchers have turned their attention to brief, non-clinical iterations of the ACT psychological flexibility (PF) model to generate comparable results in a variety of work environments. With relational frame theory viewed as a map and ACT as a previously explored trail, new pathways to workplace wellness and improved performance are under development. In this talk, we present a theoretical account of PF as it relates to organizational behavior management and the design of relevant workplace training. We provide a rationale for the development of novel PF training delivery systems, identify potential complications in the creation of measurement tools, and offer ground rules for their inception. Additionally, we propose the design of hybrid models that incorporate skill training from other third generation contextual approaches such as functional analytic psychotherapy and dialectical behavior therapy. |
|
The Additive Effects of Online Values-Clarification and Perspective-Taking Procedures on Team Adaptation in a Military Simulation |
DANA NELSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: ACT procedures have been used in clinical settings to undermine the functions of verbal content that impair psychological functioning. However, the past decade has seen significant advances in the application of ACT principles to organizational settings. In addition, recent authors have advocated for a mutual expansion of ACT and OBM into previously unexplored areas. One area that has yet to be explored relates to teams and their adaptation on the fly to dynamic environmental conditions. The current series of studies extends our previous work, which utilized brief web-based values-clarification modules to significantly increase cumulative GPAs and student retention in a university setting. For the current work, we adapted our values-clarification modules from an educational to a team setting in order to examine the generality of our past findings into a highly arousing military combat simulation. This line of research evaluates the impact of values-clarification on physiological and mental arousal, listener behavior, rule generation, and a variety of performance measures tied to the successful completion of mission objectives. If successful, this research will successfully extend the scope of ACT work into new areas and potentially point to cost-effective web-based performance improvement methods for a variety of organizational settings. |
|
|
|
|
Maintaining Ethical Behavior in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts) |
CE Instructor: Matthew T. Brodhead, M.A. |
Abstract: In this symposium we discuss the topic of ethics and how an understanding of ethical behavior may lead the behavior analyst to provide higher quality services, both clinically and professionally, to clients. This understanding may also continue to promote the field of applied behavior analysis as a consumer friendly approach to solving socially significant behavior problems. We begin our discussion with an overview of important codes of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Code of Ethics and a discussion on how to problem solve possible ethical violations. Then, we address the topic of ethical behavior from a metaethics perspective. A behavior analytic approach to metaethics may further improve the professional behavior of behavior analysts. We end our discussion with an analysis of models an organization may use to supervise and teach ethical behavior. Along with prevention, these systems may also allow supervisors to identify ethical problems in their infancy, allowing the organization to mitigate the concern before it further develops. |
Keyword(s): ethics, organizational behavior management |
|
Important Aspects of the BACB Code of Conduct |
MEGAN MILLER (Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Ethical behavior on the part of behavior analysts is a key component to successful interventions in our field. Not all behavior analysts are clear regarding these ethical expectations and what constitutes violations with the BACB. Some behavior analysts may violate the code of conduct because of a lack of familiarity and some may not have a commitment to the code. Because of this, the presentation will provide a review of essential sections of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct developed by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®). These essential sections include: responsibility to clients, responsibility to society, and responsibility to the field of behavior analysis. These guidelines are essential in providing quality services. If behavior analysts do not adhere to these guidelines, negative impacts may occur for the clients, the field, and society. The ramifications of not following these guidelines will also be discussed. The presentation will conclude with a discussion of what steps to take when encountering a possible ethical violation. |
|
Metaethics, Behavior Analysis, and the Route to Professionalization |
DAVID J. COX (STE Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and other published documents and texts within the subject area of Behavior Analysis have provided guidelines and suggestions for how behavior analysts practicing within clinical and research settings should ethically behave. These documents can be argued to fall within the realm of applied ethics (i.e., the examination of particular issues in private and public life to identify the morally correct course of action in various fields of human life, specifically those practicing as research and/or clinical behavior analysts). Relatively little has been written or discussed regarding the metaethical principles that these documents are premised upon (i.e., What is the meaning of the moral terms or judgments used? What is the nature of the moral judgments we are making through such applied ethical documents? How may these moral judgments be supported or defended?) A behavior analytic approach to these metaethical principles and concepts will be argued as the appropriate next step the field of Behavior Analysis ought to take in order to continue to move Behavior Analysis further along the process of professionalization. The benefits of such a movement for the fields of Behavior Analysis and Bioethics as well as where Behavior Analysis should go moving forward will also be discussed. |
|
Teaching and Maintaining Ethical Behavior in a Clinical Organization |
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In addition to continuing education mandates by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board ®, behavior-analytic human service organizations may adopt systems that teach and maintain ethical behavior in its employees. Systems of ethical supervision and management may allow for an organization to customize training that prevents ethical misconduct by employees. These systems may also allow supervisors to identify ethical problems in their infancy, allowing the organization to mitigate the concern before it further develops. Additional benefits might include both avoiding the loss of clients and income as well as mitigating any damage to the reputation of the human service organization. Another benefit is avoiding litigation as a result of ethical misconduct. Most importantly, systems of ethical management and supervision may also help to improve client services and promote consumer protection. Ultimately, these systems may promote the field of Behavior Analysis as a desirable, consumer-friendly approach to solving socially significant behavior problems. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Where to From Here? Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 A (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ludmila Miranda Dukoski (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky) |
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has grown significantly since its commencement and now spans a wide variety of research areas (e.g., timing, choice, behavioral pharmacology, and comparative studies). As the field continues to grow, it is important to take a look back at our history and reflect on questions that have remained without answer. In the current panel, speakers from a wide variety of basic research areas will summarise the big questions from selected basic research topics, discuss current trends in these areas, and assess possible directions for further research. |
Keyword(s): Basic Research, Future Developments |
|
|
|
|
A Behavioral and Neurological Examination of the Near-Miss in Adult and Child Gambling |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
M100 A (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Andrew Blowers (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Tara Grant (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Seth W. Whiting, M.S. |
Abstract: Pathological gambling affects a significant portion of the population, and may become more prevalent if gambling establishments continue to increase in availability. One particular area of concern for pathological gamblers involves the near-miss, a losing outcome that gamblers rate as close to a win that commonly increases gambling behavior though the outcome is actually a loss. While much of the literature targeting the near-miss effect relies on cognitive interpretations, studying this effect with an approach built from techniques of behavior analysis could prove beneficial to treatment and control of gambling problems. First, the pre-gambling behavior of children while playing games of chance in an arcade is examined. Next, the near-miss is examined on five-reel slot machines to observe how new configurations of stimuli affect the presence of the near-miss. Finally, the effect of the near-miss on brain activation is observed in gamblers who bet money for different functional reasons (tangible, social, escape, sensory). Because the near-miss effect is commonly observed in pathological gambling populations, research on the development and presence of the near-miss in varying contexts and populations will yield a better understanding of its effects so that more effective treatments can be built to prevent or eliminate pathological gambling. |
Keyword(s): brain activation, gambling, near-miss |
|
An Examination of The Near-Miss Effect in Children Playing Roulette |
JAMIE SMITH (Southern Illinois University), Allie Marie Hensel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Many adult pathological gamblers have demonstrated the near-miss effect; the belief that an outcome that is "close" to a win means a win is coming. While some research has been done on the predictors of children becoming pathological gamblers, the presence of the near-miss effect in children has not yet been examined. The current study examined the presence of the near-miss effect in children. The sample included 20 typically developing children between the ages of 6 and 10. The participants were instructed to play on a roulette-like arcade game at a local bowling alley. Each trial consisted of the participant choosing one color by pushing the corresponding button, and rating the outcome of the trial as to how close the participant felt the ball was to landing on the chosen color. Participants rated the outcomes on a five-point Likert-type scale, with 1 representing a total loss and 5 representing a win. Significant differences were found between ratings of wins and near miss, near miss and total loss, and wins and total loss. These results imply that the near-miss effect, a characteristic of pathological gamblers, may be present in children as young as five years old. |
|
The Near-Miss is Dead |
SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey Miller (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: On newer video slot machines, a gambler may not be able to discriminate a near-miss outcome due to the increase in the number of symbols on screen and available payout lines. The present study examined the presence of a near-miss effect on a five-reel video slot machine under various conditions. Twenty-three graduate students viewed a video recording of 200 total trials played on a Tabasco® 5-reel video slot machine, and rated how close the outcome of each trial was to a win. For the first 100 trials, the player in the video was betting only on the single center payout line. For the second set of 100 trials, the player in the video bet on three horizontal payout lines. The results showed significantly lower ratings on near-miss outcomes when playing three lines, suggesting that the near-miss effect is lost under more complicated slot gambling conditions. Because a near-miss will maintain a gambler’s betting at no loss to the house, casinos are unlikely to forfeit this effect. Researchers must examine the variables involved in gambling persistence on the newer, more complicated slot machines to understand their impact and better formulate effective treatment strategies. |
|
Exploring Neurological Differences Across Gambling Subtypes |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA-II) is a clinical assessment that measures the maintaining function of gambling behaviors. Research suggests this assessment measures four possible factors: social attention, escape form aversive events, access to tangible objects, and sensory input. However, little is known about differences across these gambling subtypes, particularly in relation to brain activation patterns as measured with functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to investigate differences in brain activation during slot machine activity across gambling subtypes. Thirty-five gamblers were asked to play a slot machine activity during an fMRI scan. During the gambling activity, participants were asked to rate each outcome on a closeness to win scale, ranging from 1 (not at all close) to 5 (extremely close). Brain activation during various slot machine outcomes (i.e., wins, losses, and near-misses) was compared across gambling subtypes. Results suggest that dopaminergic systems activate differently across attention, tangible, and sensory maintained gamblers during winning and almost winning trials; yet self-reported outcomes on closeness to win did not differ across subtypes. These results suggest that gamblers may represent a heterogeneous population. Implications for these findings, including how these results may inform treatment approaches, will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Bars: Exploring Behavioral Applications to Reduce Criminal Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
102 A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michelle Jeanis (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
JAI AMROD (Algoa Correctional Center) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
BILLIE SUE WALLIS (Lafayette Parish Correctional Center) |
Abstract: Recidivism rates in the United States have hovered between 50% and 65% over the past two decades despite multiple reentry initiatives (Federal Bureau of Justice Statistics). Recently, the focus has shifted to adapting empirically based cognitive behavioral treatments to target offender’s needs and subsequent risks to the community at large. Behavior analysis, however, has a long history of effective application in the prison system at a number of levels. A 2001 review suggested that behavioral interventions lead to a reduction in recidivism of between 13 and 20%. This panel discussion will compare and contrast behavioral and cognitive behavioral interventions in the prison system, consider the successes and failures of these interventions in preventing re-offending, discuss reasons behavioral interventions are deemphasized, and explore some of the emerging behavior analytic work on criminal behavior and recidivism. Implications for future research and implementation of such programs in the field of incarceration and re-offending prevention will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): criminal behavior, corrections |
|
|
|
|
Considerations in Performing Functional Analyses in School Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Ballroom A (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. She earned her doctorate in special education at The University of Iowa in 1994. Her primary research interests are choice making, functional communication training, reinforcement-based interventions for children with problem behavior, and concurrent schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of severe problem behavior and in functional analysis of problem behavior. She also has interests in applications of behavior analysis to educational interventions and teacher training. She currently serves on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, is a senior editor for Education and Treatment of Children, a reviewer for Behavior Analysis in Practice and on the Board of Directors of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. |
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessment is considered "best practice" when creating interventions for problem behavior (Graham, Watson, & Skinner, 2001; Steege & Watson, 2008). Sometimes, however, problem behaviors may arise because of general classroom management and instructional issues. For example, problem behavior may arise in the classroom because the classroom teacher rarely attends to appropriate student behavior and consistently provides attention for inappropriate behavior. At the same time, the classroom teacher may use ineffective instructional practices. Current practices in the classroom may not represent a "best practice" baseline, which should be in effect before an individual child is targeted for highly individualized assessment and intervention. In such situations, another approach to the assessment of problem behavior is warranted, specifically an assessment of the classroom environment and the instructional routines in place. Such assessment might indicate that a functional analysis for one individual child should not be the first course of action. Rather, more broad-scale intervention may be warranted and may benefit all children in the classroom, while decreasing problem behavior in the targeted child at the same time. This presentation will discuss the rationale and utility for such an assessment, as well as propose a possible method of such assessment. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts clinicians and researchers working in the field of autism and developmental disabilities |
Learning Objectives: 1) At the conclusion of the event, the participant will state classroom variables that should be evaluated prior to implementing a functional analysis. 2) At the conclusion of the event, the participant will state methods for analyzing classroom variables that should be evaluated prior to a implementing a functional analysis. 3) At the conclusion of the event, the participant will state how a determination should be made as to whether a functional analysis should be conducted. |
|
|
|
|
Disseminating Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
200 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Przemyslaw Babel (Jagiellonian University, Institute of Psychology) |
|
Twenty Years of Behavior Analysis in Poland |
Domain: Theory |
PRZEMYSLAW BABEL (Jagiellonian University, Institute of Psychology) |
|
Abstract: TBehavior analysis reached Poland in the early nineties of the last century, although some interest in conceptual behavior analysis was observed even in the eighties. The first therapeutic center for autistic children, which used behavioral therapy techniques based on applied behavior analysis, was founded in Gdansk in 1992. The following year, research on the process of discounting was started at the University of Warsaw, thereby initiating the experimental behavior analysis in our country. The most intense development of behavior analysis in Poland has been observed over the last few years. A great deal of things happened in this period of time: organizational units dedicated to the development of behavior analysis were founded at two Polish universities, the number of therapeutic centers using applied behavior analysis has exceeded 20, three societies were founded to connect behavior analysts and people interested in this branch of psychology, nearly 20 conferences and symposiums on behavior analysis took place. Moreover, many important works on the subject were published translations from English as well as original publications of Polish behavior analysts. This paper is aimed at describing the beginnings of behavior analysis in Poland and to summarize the current state of its development. |
|
The Evolution of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Gulf Region |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARIFA YATEEM (Dar Al-Hekma College), Mona Al Haddad (Dar Al-Hekma College), Michelle P. Kelly (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
|
Abstract: This paper explores the evolution of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the Gulf Region, focussing on the following countries: Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, and United Arab Emirates. In 2001, an International Development Grant from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis was obtained to disseminate behaviour analysis in this region. Following this, in 2003, an ABA conference was held in Bahrain and a chapter was created. This paper investigates the progression of ABA in the nine years that have passed since this time. The following will be explored: the lineage of centers providing behavioral intervention throughout the Gulf; the development of undergraduate ABA courses; and the availability of Board Certified Behavior Analysts in each country. The future of ABA in the Gulf Region will be discussed in relation to the development of the chapter, university courses, training, events, and research. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: ABA Outside Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
200 C-E (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Myrna Bassam (California State University) |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town) |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Abstract: What does ABA really stand for? Even though Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been exhaustively implemented in the field of developmental disabilities, gaining particular mainstream attention with autism spectrum disorders, there are several other promising areas that would greatly benefit from practice, research, and development in ABA. The purpose of this panel discussion is to provide information about other domains where behavior analysts have been successful, encourage further research outside autism, and promote dissemination of the field. ABA has made considerable contributions to the areas of behavioral gerontology, organizational behavior management, addiction, obesity, applied animal behavior, and a variety of mental health related issues. However, ABA is not limited to these areas, but is applicable to anything that involves the understanding and modification of behavior. The speakers within this panel will be providing information on how to get more involved in the field of ABA outside the realm of autism , how to make ABA accessible to the mainstream population, and how to apply behavior techniques with animals. ABA really stands for Applied Behavior Analysis, a science in which behavior analysts are not restricted to only assisting those with developmental disabilities. Come and explore your options! |
|
|
|
|
Brain Limbic Generators for Delight, Desire, and Dread |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
KENT BERRIDGE (University of Michigan) |
Dr. Kent Berridge received his Ph.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and is currently the James Olds Collegiate Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience at the University of Michigan. He has been a Guggenheim Fellow, a Fulbright Senior Scholar and recipient of the Early Career Award from the American Psychological Association. Dr. Berridge's research focuses on the role of reinforcing and affective properties of rewards, addiction, and the brain mechanisms of pleasure and reward. He has contributed to behavioral and neurobiological distinctions between "wanting" and "liking" rewards. His research has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, and the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. Dr. Berridge serves on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Neuroscience, Behavioral Neuroscience, and Cognitive Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience. |
Abstract: Take-home idea: Behavior analyses reveal surprising psychological features and neurobiological mechanisms underlying intense motivations of reward-related "liking" and "wanting," and relations to negative-valence motivations of fear and disgust. Abstract: Clinical disorders of addiction, binge eating, depression and schizophrenia often involve intense psychopathological mood or motivation states. So it is of interest to understand how limbic brain circuits (involving nucleus accumbens) generate intense motivational states of reward "wanting" and "liking," and also of fearful or aversive states. Behavioral analyses and affective neuroscience studies indicate that "wanting" a reward is generated by a different brain mechanism from "liking" the same reward. The difference between wanting versus liking has implications for understanding addiction and related disorders. Yet surprisingly, desire and fear can both can both be generated by an overlapping mechanism, which may have different modes for each. This lecture will address such dissociations and convergence in affective brain mechanisms. |
|
|
|
|
EAB POster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Contextual Stimuli in Restoring Americans' Nonequivalent Frames of Terror |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREW BLOWERS (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Rocky Haynes (Southern Illinois University), Daniel Larrabee (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present paper provides a Relational Frame Theory conceptualization of human behavior involved in prejudicial beliefs and terrorism. Prior research in this area supports the account that behavior of prejudice is a transformation of stimulus functions as a result of particular stimuli or persons being related to an aversive conceptualized group. For example Dixon et al., (2003) demonstrated that it was difficult for individuals to relate culturally in-congruent stimuli, via transitive relations (A-C), even though direct training was provided that would produce such transitive relations, i.e. A-B, B-C training history. However the individuals were able to make the A-C relations by the inclusion of a fourth stimulus (D) with functions of peace. The contextual effect of the fourth stimulus was not explored and thus the present paper sought to replicate and clarify these results. Participants in this study were college American citizens. Participants were provided adequate training to produce equivalence relations involving culturally in-congruent stimuli. Participants were then tested for the emergence of derived relations. Participants were then exposed to a second relational evaluation in which the D stimuli were present but not directly trained. Results support previous literature indicating that participants have difficulty forming culturally in-congruent stimuli however the presence of the non-prejudicial stimuli (fourth stimuli) was adequate to facilitate the emergence of transitive relations. These results suggest that direct training is not required to produce a transformation of stimulus function; possible mechanisms of this change are discussed. Key words: Relational Frame Theory, prejudice, terrorism, transitive relations |
|
|
2. Studyng False Memories via Stimulus Equivalence: The Role of Nodal Distance |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATALIA AGGIO (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: The study aimed to investigate the role of nodal distance on the establishment of false memories using the Stimulus equivalence and DRM Paradigms. Participants were college students. Three four stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 1, 2 and 3 - using CaN structure and three 13 stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 4, 5 and 6 with different nodal distances, were taught. On the False Memories Test participants first saw three lists formed by seven of the 13 stimuli from Classes 4, 5 and 6. All stimuli were one node distant. Participants then performed a distracter task for three minutes. A memory test formed by all stimuli from previously list (Targets), six stimuli form Classes 4, 5 and 6 that were not presented on the previously lists - three with one node distance from Targets and three with 4 nodes distance - (Critical distracter), and stimuli from Classes 1, 2 and 3 (Non-related distracters) were conducted. Participants should indicate which stimuli were presented on the first lists on a go/no go task. Preliminary data from 2 participants showed more recognition of critical than non-related distracters and no difference in the percentage of recognition of critical distracters as function of nodal distance. |
|
|
3. Can Equivalence Relations Emerge Among the Non-Positive Members of a Contingency? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BREYANNA MARIE LONG (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Jennifer Irene Stuart (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Katelyn Humbert (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Catherine Elizabeth Graham (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: The emergence of equivalence relations among the positive members of a reinforcement contingency has been readily demonstrated in human subjects of varying age and development. However, yet to be addressed is the possibility of emergent equivalence classes containing the non-positive stimuli in the contingency. The successful demonstration of this phenomenon may expand and build on existing theory. The present study examines for the emergence of equivalence relations among non-positive members of a contingency in typically developing, elementary school-aged subjects. The subjects are undergoing simple discrimination training and conditional discrimination testing procedures with abstract, black and white images as stimuli, presented via a matching-to-sample computer program. Experiment One examines whether a large equivalence class containing all non-positive stimuli emerges when the contingency involves one specific punisher, produced upon selecting any non-positive stimulus. Experiment Two addresses the possibility of several emergent classes of non-positive stimuli as a result of including class-specific punishers in the contingency. At the current stage of data collection, the subjects are readily learning the simple discriminations. If subjects do indeed demonstrate the emergence of equivalence classes among non-positive members of the contingency, it will suggest that stimulus equivalence facilitates even higher numbers of emergent relations than previously thought. |
|
|
4. Behavior Under Non-verbal Transitive-Inference Procedures: Transitivity Without Awareness, Value Transfer, or Stimulus Control? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANN GALIZIO (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas), Alyssa L. Kresselman (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: Transitive inference refers to choice interpreted through the property of transitivity and, traditionally, is studied with humans and verbal procedures. Assessments of behavior under non-verbal transitive-inference procedures have increased, with no consensus regarding the most effective interpretation of such behavior. We present four studies with adults to examine three interpretations: transitivity without awareness, value transfer, and stimulus control. In Study 1, adults with intellectual disabilities who failed verbal transitive-inference procedures were exposed to baseline discriminations (A+B-, B+C-, C+D-, D+E-) before receiving AE and BD probes. Consistent with each interpretation, participants reliably chose A and B over E and D, respectively. In Study 2, adults with intellectual disabilities were exposed to baseline discriminations involving A+B-, B+C-, C+D-, E+F-, F+G-, and G+H- (i.e., DE was omitted, preventing transitive relations among all stimuli). Consistent with value transfer and stimulus control, participants reliably selected, in probe trials, A and B over H and G, respectively. In Study 3, similar results occurred with college students. In Study 4, college students were exposed to baseline discriminations involving A+B-, B+C-, C+D-, D+E-, D+F-, D+G-, D+H-, and D+I- before receiving BD probes. Across participants, there was no reliable selection of B or D. Inconsistent with value transfer, these results provide preliminary support for an approach emphasizing select and reject stimulus-control relations. |
|
|
5. Associative Symmetry After Oddity Training in Successive Matching |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: After the finding of associative symmetry in pigeons following training one arbitrary relation and two identity relations in successive matching, Urcuioli (2008) proposed that: 1) temporal location within a trial is part of the functional matching stimuli, 2) stimulus classes consist of the elements of the reinforced baseline combinations, 3) baseline relations which share [nominal plus temporal-location] elements allow class merger. This experiment tested whether symmetry would emerge after training a hue-form arbitrary relation and two oddity relations. Pigeons learned a hue-form arbitrary and a hue oddity relation. Half of the subjects (Dual Oddity Group) also learned form oddity which, together with hue oddity, shared sample and comparison elements with the arbitrary relation. The remaining subjects (Control Group) learned a form-sample relation which, together with hue oddity, shared only the sample element with the hue-form arbitrary relation. Symmetry tests presented the reversal of the hue-form relations. So far, three of the Dual-Oddity pigeons exhibited higher response rates on positive than negative probe trials. Two Control pigeons did not show a significant difference between response rates to positive and negative probe trials. The results show associative symmetry after training one arbitrary relation and two overlapping oddity relations and confirm theoretical predictions. |
|
|
6. Corn Oil Is a More Effective Reinforcer in Obese Than in Lean Zucker Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center), William L. Woolverton (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Fat is a highly-reinforcing, energy-dense macronutrient. If fat functions as a more effective reinforcer in the obese, overeating in obese individuals could be related to enhanced fat reinforcement. To examine this issue, the current study used a behavioral economic approach to determine if lever pressing was more strongly maintained by corn oil in genetically obese rats compared to their lean counterparts. Specifically, responding in male obese and lean Zucker rats (n=8 per group) was maintained by deliveries of corn oil, and the response requirement was progressively increased over sessions to measure demand for corn oil. Data were fit with the exponential equation (Hursh & Silberberg, 2008), which renders a term, alpha, that is thought to measure the value of a reinforcer. An unpaired t-test was used to compare mean alpha values for obese and lean rats. Corn oil was a more effective reinforcer in obese rats compared to lean rats (p=0.006). These results suggest that obesity is associated with an enhanced reinforcing effect of fat, which may in turn play a part in maintaining an obese phenotype. This research was supported by NIH grant R03-DA031835 to KBF. |
|
|
7. A Comparison of Reinforcer Identification Methods |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY ALEXANDRA BENHART (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Identification of reinforcers is important in developing effective behavior treatment programs. There are two general methods used to identify reinforcers, direct and indirect assessments. For children with developmental disabilities, accurate identification of reinforcers may be difficult. The Reinforcement Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD) is one indirect assessment used to identify reinforcers. Because this assessment is based solely on caregiver opinion, it may not be the most effective method for identifying reinforcers. While direct observation requires more time and effort, it avoids the subjectivity and reporter error inherent in indirect assessments. Free operant preference assessments involve providing free access to stimuli in the environment, with the possibility of repeated selection of the same item within a session. The Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment (MSWO) is a systematic assessment which generates a selection percentage of items, where each item can only be selected one time per session. In the current study, we compared three types of reinforcer assessments: modified RAISD, free operant preference assessments, and MSWO. This was done to determine consistency and accuracy across assessment methods. |
|
|
8. Comparison of Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance in Children and Adult Rhesus Monkeys |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL KARR (Hendrix College), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research), Andrew R. Cox (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research) |
Abstract: Translational data is of increasing pertinence to the research of important psychological constructs such as working memory. Delayed matching-to-sample tasks have been used extensively to examine working memory across species. However, the wide variations in task parameters that are utilized makes translation across species difficult. This study compared delayed matching-to-sample performance in 10 adult rhesus macaque monkeys and 1,125 human children from four to fourteen years of age using nearly identical parameters. A shape was displayed on the center one of three press-plates. After a delay, the subjects were required to match the original shape on one of the three press-plates to receive a banana flavored food pellet for monkeys, or a nickel for humans. The results indicate that overall accuracy for the monkeys was comparable to that of children ages four to five years while choice response latency was comparable to that of children ages seven to eight years. Accuracy and choice latency changed with delay in a similar fashion for both monkeys and children. Thus, performance on the delayed matching-to-sample task is comparable across species, and that the effects of delay on performance are similar across species. |
|
|
9. Individual Differences in Visual Scanning and Heart Rate on a Match-To-Sample Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRET T. ESCHMAN (Missouri State University), David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Gregory T. Krause (Missouri State University), Nonah M. Olesen (Missouri State University), Melissa S. McCracken (William Jewell College) |
Abstract: Individual differences in Visual Scanning (VS), Heart Rate (HR) and Spatial Ability (SA) were examined on a Delay and Non-Delay Match-To-Sample (MTS) task. Mitchell (2005) demonstrated that the direction (HR acceleration or deceleration) and the magnitude of HR change represent specific attending behaviors during visual discrimination learning; that is, HR deceleration is associated primarily with stimulus orientation, whereas HR acceleration corresponds to stimulus feature comparison. The data from this experiment support that HR is a valid indicator of attending behavior. That is, individuals who displayed greater HR change (acceleration) from baseline solved the MTS problems more quickly (had shorter response latencies) and tended to score higher on an intelligence assessment of spatial ability. Also, systematic and exhaustive VS resulted in faster MTS learning on the Delay MTS task. Based upon the results of this experiment, the authors suggest that VS measurement provides a superior direct assessment of an individuals attending behavior to stimulus features, which in turn, should better serve the behavior analyst in the designing and implementation of appropriate intervention schemes for at-risk populations (e.g., preterm infants, children with autism or attention deficit disorder) who have been shown to have deficits in visual scanning behavior. |
|
|
10. Reinforcer Assessment in Food Refusal: Evaluating the Preference for Functional Reinforcers and Food Preferences across Preferred and nonpreferred Foods during Repeated Exposure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
VIVIAN IBANEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brielle Schildkraut (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Rill (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maggie Alter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Forby-Stevenson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Reinforcer assessments have been employed as a direct test of the potency of a reinforcer under conditions where schedule requirements are increased. Identifying reinforcers is essential to developing an effective treatment for food refusal. Previous literature indicates that food preferences are positively correlated with exposure. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the preference for reinforcement under varying demand requirements in the form of food preference during mealtime for a four-year-old male admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. Additionally, the current study examined the influence of repeated exposure to nonpreferred foods on the preference for reinforcement and foods. Results of a functional analysis demonstrated that food refusal was multiply maintained by negative and positive reinforcement. The reinforcer assessment indicated a preference for positive reinforcement in the form of access to a preferred tangible for preferred foods and a preference for negative reinforcement in the form of escape for nonpreferred foods. Following repeated exposure to nonpreferred foods, preferences for negative reinforcement in the form of escape remained stable for one food, but shifted to positive reinforcement in the form of access to a preferred tangible for another food. Repeated edible preference assessment results remained at 0% consumption for both nonpreferred foods despite exposure. |
|
|
11. Resource allocation of preschool children in The Sharing Game |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Alice Frungillo Lima (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Gabriela Esteves Lopes (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Gabriel Zin (Centro Universitario Paulista), A. Celso Goyos (Federal University of San Carlos) |
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to identify the behavioral pattern of preschool children in the Sharing Game and consistently demonstrate or not their opinion on how to divide a resource in a forced choice paradigm, as in the Sharing Game. In a within-subject design, 18 four years preschool children, with typical development did choices over two blocks of repeated trials, each involving five choice opportunities, to distribute resources (in this case different sizes of cakes representing the digits) between themselves and a invisible, passive, participant choosing optimally, but not competitively, equally but not optimally, less optimally, but more competitive and in an altruistic way. The study also allowed a comparison between - subjects about the gender of the participants. The data showed that female children chose optimally at all times and male children alternated in their choices, but chose more often the optimal alternative. The size of the cake may have influenced more girls because they chose more optimally when the size of the cake was bigger. Both genders have chosen more frequently the alternative egalitarian, but the difference between the distribution is greater for boys. Probably they are less altruistic than girls. The results indicated that the experimental model created was suitable. These games are important because they allow: to analyze contingencies involved in the decision of people, to characterize choices as ideal, fair and competitive, and bring under scrutiny the examination of possible effects of other variables (e.g., gender, incentive, amount of money, information, etc.) on the distributions of choices of people to determine whether these choices are stable or influenced by these variables. Subsequently, the effects of other variables will be analyzed. |
|
|
12. Preschoolers' Sequence Production Based on Experimental Analysis of Ordinal Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIANA MICCIONE (Federal University of Pará, Brazil), Grauben Assis (Federal University of Pará, Brazil), João Carmo (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: The paradigm of ordinal relations provided interpretation tools that support the analysis of behavioral repertoires involved in the acquisition of ordinal academic behaviors, such as math literacy. Eight children varying from 4 years and 2 months to 5 years and 8 months participated in three Studies using a computerized teaching procedure for overlapping pairs of stimuli. The first study examined the formation of ordinal relations after teaching two sequences (1 to 6 numerals and their quantities). All of then formed transitive relations and seven formed ordinal relations. In generalization phase, seven participants had a score above 50%. The second study examined the emergency of these ordinal relations under conditional control in auditory modality. From six participants, four formed transitive relations while two formed just partially. No ordinal classes were formed. The third study investigated the extent of conditional control to new numerosity stimuli. All two participants demonstrated performance under extended control tests of equivalence and transitivity. The results converge to rudimentary repertoires analysis that help understand the variables of academic training, analysis of response patterns, characteristics and instructional modeling used in this population. |
|
|
13. Object Identity Conditional Discriminations by Infants and Generalization for Photos and Videos |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NAIARA MINTO DE SOUSA (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: Identity discriminations are the first step in conditional responding and most of teaching materials for babies are based on photos/figures and videos, although no behavioral study has investigated by operant reaching procedures if babies can relate identical objects, its photos and videos. The eleven participants were typical-developing infants aged 14- to 23-months at the start of the table-top procedures. Familiar (F) and abstract (A) objects were presented. The correct response was touching the identical stimulus which was followed by play and social praise. The matching-to-sample tasks were: object-object (F); object-object, photo-object and video-object (A). Learning criterion for each task was five consecutive correct responses in each of three sessions (last two sessions at least 80% correct). All babies performed at chance levels in the first six object-object (F) identity training sessions and nine participants learned this relation in later training sessions. Two infants learned the object-object identity relation (A) and one 29-months-old baby generalized the performance for photo-object and video-object. Data showed that infants do not perform identity relations between objects in experimental settings until they are exposed to training. More behavioral investigations are necessary to elucidate these infants abilities that are involved in common teaching procedures for infants. |
|
|
14. Conditional Discrimination and Generalization Performances in Infants |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTIANA AMEIDA (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: There are few studies evaluating conditional discrimination and generalization performances in infants. The aim of this study was to test generalization performances with object-object and object-name relations in seven infants aged 19 to 27 months old. Tasks were trained and tested by the standard matching-to-sample procedure (MTS). Sample stimuli were spoken pseudo-words and unfamiliar objects. Comparison stimuli were objects presented in transparent plastic bags attached to a "teaching book." Choice responses were defined as touching or picking up the object corresponding to the sample out of the two choices. The consequence for correct responses was accessing the correct object and praise. Wrong responses were followed by the presentation of a black empty page. Conditional discrimination training and testing in two-choice procedures were: 1) Auditory-visual AB relations training (name-object); 2) Auditory-visual AB relations testing (same names and new objects with shared attributes with set B); 3) Visual-visual BB relations testing (objects with shared attributes). Four children learned the AB and AB relations. These, two of them learned BB relations. This procedure could be useful to teach conditional discrimination in young children and could be employed for further investigation on the acquisition of more complex repertoires. |
|
|
15. Control Topography of Emergent Name-Object Relation by Children Aged 13-20 Months |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATÁLIA SERTORI (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: The emergence of name-object relations have long been documented by developmental and linguistic researchers and by the behavior analysts regarding adults and children. This study sought to investigated the control topography of exclusion responding's emergency by young children. The research was conducted at a day-care center attended for the children. The experimental setting was similar to play setting in the day care. Six participants, three males and tree females, Portuguese-speakers, aged 13-20 months were exposed to name-object training and testing with standard and blank comparison matching-to-sample procedure. The general procedure was conducted in two phases: 1) teaching tasks to conditional discrimination base-line, interspersed by exclusions and learning probes, using familiar stimuli; 2) training trials to blank comparison responses; teaching tasks to conditional discriminations with blank comparison matching-to-sample procedure interspersed by exclusion, control and learning probes, these ones with unfamiliar stimuli/indefinites. The results replicate the literature data. The data presentation used cumulative records. All six children performed consistently showing the emergence of name-object relations in both phases. The six children responded by exclusion at the first exclusion probe and they showing perform under selections and exclusion topography control. Two participants responded only by selection. |
|
|
16. Children's Sensitivity to Rule: A Comparison of Two Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MELANIE LABERGE (L'Université du Québec à Montréal), Jacques Forget (L'Université du Québec à Montréal), Celine Clement (University de Strasbourg) |
Abstract: As the language develops, children's behaviors evolve from contingencies shaped to rule governed (Lowe, 1979). An other study shows that the data supporting Lowe's hypothesis would be owed to an artefact of experimental methods (Darcheville, Riviere, and Wearden, 1993).To try to solve this misunderstanding, this study proposes two original experiments, which use the same device of answer (touch screen), the same types of schedule (differential reinforcement of low rate and fixed ratio), and the same type of reinforcer (video presentation). The subjects are six children aged between four and six years old: three having an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and three without. In experiment A, (Hayes, Brownstein, Hass & Greenway, 1986) each participant receive a rule to complete a multiple schedule followed by an extinction procedure. In experiment B (Laberge, Forget, Rivard & Clement, 2009), it's the comparison between behavior collected in multiple and mixed schedules that verifies the effect of the rule on behavior. The multiple and the mixed schedules are both followed by an extinction procedure. The results show differences between typical and children with ASD. Children with ASD show rule-governed behavior more often than typical children. A link could be made between early intensive behavioral intervention received by children with ASD and their behavior on the procedure. |
|
|
17. Brief Component Analysis of a Treatment Package for Problem Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MO CHEN (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota), Jonathan A. Bergmann (University of Minnesota at Twin-Cities) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to conduct a brief component analysis of a function-based treatment package to assess the critical intervention strategies for the reduction of problem behavior in an 18-year-old adolescent with autism. An initial structured descriptive analysis (SDA) identified the potential function of the participant's problem behavior as escape from waiting. Then, a treatment package with the use of specific directive (SD), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and contingent access to preferred activity (PA) was implemented to increase the participant's waiting time without any problem behavior from 10 seconds to 10 minutes. Finally, a brief component analysis using an A-B-A reversal design conducted in three consecutive 10-minute sessions was utilized to evaluate the influence of the specific directive within the treatment package. The results showed that the use of a specific directive was essential in improving the participant's tolerance of delay for reinforcement as well as decreasing the occurrence of problem behavior. In addition, the results suggested that a brief component analysis has promise in not only identifying critical components of a treatment package, but also provides an effective and efficient approach to testing the treatment utility of a given function-based treatment package. |
|
|
18. A Behavioral Treatment Package to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
GUN SUNG LEE (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) for treating self-injurious behavior in a 22-month old child with language delays and disruptive behavior disorder. We present assessment and treatment data from this patient's two-week behavioral appointment in a clinic for severe and challenging behaviors. Inter-observer agreement was calculated across 30% of sessions for all assessment and treatment conditions and averaged 91%. A functional analysis was conducted initially, with results indicating that access to tangible items and escape from demands were motivating and maintaining self-injurious behavior. An FCT treatment program was implemented using picture cards to request access to preferred items and activities and resulted in near-zero levels of self-injury and relatively high levels of communication. Then, a work and play routine with an FCT component was also implemented to increase compliance with task demands and reduce self-injury in demand contexts. Results from the treatment evaluation revealed strong compliance to demands, high rates of communication, and near zero levels of self-injury in demand contexts. Overall, these results indicated that functional communication training was an effective treatment procedure for increasing communication and compliance to demands, while decreasing self-injury motivated by access to tangibles and escape from demands. |
|
|
19. How Safe are Functional Analyses of Self-Injurious Behavior? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA COX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Monica Lugo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katie Wiskow (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Among individuals diagnosed with developmental delays, it is estimated that between 10-15% of the population engages in self-injurious behavior ([SIB]; Kahng, Hausman, & Jann, 2011). Functional analyses (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) are generally effective in identifying the maintaining variables of SIB; however, some have questioned the safety of these procedures as individuals are exposed to contingencies that are likely to evoke SIB. In the current literature, there is a lack of appraisal of the prevalence of injuries during functional analyses. The aim of the current study is to evaluate type, frequency, and severity of injuries obtained by inpatients during the course of the functional analyses as well as outside of the functional analysis. Data from 90 participants suggest that more injuries occurred outside of the functional analyses setting than during the assessment and the severity of injuries was low, supporting the safety of the functional analysis. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
20. "You Are Fine; How Am I?" Modern Behaviorism and the Issue of Social Behavior |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (The University of Tennessee), John C. Malone (The University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Radical behaviorism, despite what many might think, has always been about the behavior of people (cf. Malone, 2008). That is the central question that underlies Skinner's About Behaviorism (1974): "Why do people behave as they do?" (p. 10, italics added), and that is also why we are still in departments of psychology and not in departments of biology, in spite of how much closer our scientific approach is to that of ethologists and behavioral ecologists. The struggle to understand the social nature of human behavior is evident in Skinner's approach to verbal behavior, and is foundational to his analysis of privacy. Bem's theory of self-perception is another radical behaviorist approach to this problem. This poster will assess the current theoretical status of the social nature of the human environment and behavior in the literature of modern radical behaviorism, particularly as presented in the work of Moore, Rachlin, and Baum. Insights from the work of Dewey, Mead, Vygotsky, and Kantor, as well as some ecological psychologists and naturalist philosophers will be used to analyze this issue and propose some further lines of inquiry. |
|
|
21. Is the DRO Procedure a Reinforcement Procedure? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGHAN BRAHM (Beacon ABA Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors (DRO) is typically defined as a strategy for decreasing problem behaviors by reinforcing other behaviors contingent on the absence of the problem behaviors during a specified period of time (Cooper, Heron & Heward, 2007). Numerous researchers have found DRO to be an effective strategy to decrease difficult or challenging operant behaviors (Rieg & Smith, 1993). The fact that behavioral reduction is purported to be achieved through reinforcement procedures is typically overlooked. If we are to view the DRO as reinforcement procedure, increases in rates of behavior should be demonstrated. If no increase can be demonstrated and in fact data are only collected on behavior reduction, it is fair to question the validity of the description. The goal of this study was to evaluate the current DRO literature with respect to the ability to demonstrate a reinforcement effect. The findings suggest that little effort is made in the published DRO literature to be able to demonstrate reinforcement effects. However consistent and clear efforts are made to demonstrate reductive effects. The findings will be discussed in terms of descriptive accuracy and procedural implications for clinicians. |
|
|
22. 100 Years of Behaviorism: 1913-2013 |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
BENJAMIN GIRALDO (Richmond State Supported Living Center) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis consists of three major branches: Behaviorism, Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Applied Behavior Analysis. Behaviorism is the philosophy of the science of behavior. In 1913 in his influential article, “Psychology as the Behaviorist Views It”, John B. Watson argued that the proper subject matter for psychology was not states of mind or mental process but observable behavior. In 1938 B. F. Skinner published “The Behavior of the Organisms” given origin to the experimental branch of behavior analysis. During the 50s and 60s applied researchers established that the principles of behavior are applicable to human behavior. In recent years the professional practice in diverse fields has been a predominant factor in the development of the science of behavior. This poster/paper provides a brief description of some of the major events that have marked the development of behavior analysis in the last 100 years. |
|
|
23. ChartStat: Statistics and the SCC |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
JESSICA GAMBA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Psychological and educational research often relies on statistics, especially parametric tests. One criticism of behavior analytic methods is that they lack mathematical rigor and thus do not provide evidence of significance. Because behavior analytic research is typically “small N,” typical statistical tests are deemed inappropriate. With SCC data, behavior analysts often calculate a) frequency multipliers (jumps), b) celeration multipliers (turns), and c) improvement indices (AIM) (Pennypacker, Gutierrez Jr., & Lindsley, 2003). With ChartStat, it is possible to calculate Fisher’s Exact Probability with the same SCC data (Graf & Lindsley, 2002). This provides quantitative data regarding statistical significance of changes to behavior, calculated in real time.
Behavior analysts emphasize social significance, and calculations of statistical significance can inappropriately turn attention to changes of little applied value. However, statistics can lend additional credence to our results for publication or dissemination to other fields, and ChartStat allows use of single subject data without inappropriately generalizing results across individuals. |
|
|
24. On the Concept of Naming |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
TORUNN LIAN (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The term naming has been variously used within the behavioral literature on derived responding. For example, Sidman (1971) stated that Oral reading may or may not involve comprehension; for example, one can read words in a foreign language aloud without understanding them. Oral reading may, in fact, be more appropriately called "oral naming of words." As such, it may be no different than the oral naming of objects, or the pictures of objects. (page 5). This use of the term name is synonymous to the term tact introduced by Skinner (1957) to denote verbal responses under control of environmental events and maintained by generalized conditioned reinforcers. On the other hand, Horne and Lowe (1996) have used the term naming to denote the verbal capability where an echoic, tact and listener repertoire occurs within the same skin. Using the same term for two different behavior phenomena might cause confusion for readers, especially if recently introduced to the subject. The present poster therefore aims to clarify how the term naming is used in the behavior analytic literature on symbolic functioning and derived responding. Horne, P. J., & Lowe, C. F. (1996). On the origins of naming and other symbolic behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65(1), 185-241. doi: 10.1901/jeab.1996.65-185 Sidman, M. (1971). Reading and auditory-visual equivalences. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 14(1), 5-13. Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal behavior. East Norwalk, CT: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
|
25. A Molar View of Verbal Behavior |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: So far, verbal behavior has usually been analyzed in the molecular paradigm, which assumes stimuli lead to momentary discrete verbal responses on which consequences are contiguous. In attempts to explain instances of verbal behavior in which not all of those three components are observable, the molecular framework relies on an introduction of hypothetical internal stimuli, responses, or reinforcers. This questionable step can be avoided by treating verbal operants as temporally extended, which is also in accordance with the very nature of (verbal) behavior. This molar approach deals with the commerce of whole organisms with their environment. The particular size of a unit of analysis is determined by the research question. Trying to abstract small discrete units like tacts and mands and to look for their immediate or delayed reinforcement often leads to implausible explanations. In the molar view, verbal activities are regarded as nested, i.e. they are components of other (verbal) activities and consist of further smaller scale actions, all of which are parts of contingencies. Larger verbal episodes are viewed as wholes, induced by a context and correlating with consequences. Last but not least, the molar view offers a plausible account of the occurrence of mental- and private-event terms in an individuals’ verbal repertoire by suggesting that those are induced by the individuals’ observation of extended behavioral patterns. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
26. Increasing the Duration of After-School Reading |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICAH HIGHFILL (University of Central Oklahoma), Jennifer Hancock (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma), Hailey Hinkle (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Abstract: The participant, a 9-year-old male, is currently in third grade in a public elementary school and is reading at a first grade level. One effort to increasing his reading ability is to encourage reading at home of up to 30 minutes each night. An ABA design was used. Baseline data were collected prior to beginning the intervention phase of the design. During baseline, duration data were collected without providing prompts or reinforcement for reading. In the intervention phase, the participant was told that he would receive equal time playing tractors with his father following each night's reading session up to 30 minutes. This was a particularly valuable reinforcer to the participant. A second baseline data were collected following intervention in which reinforcement and prompting were removed. Data collected indicate that the intervention was successful in increasing the reading duration of the participant. Procedural fidelity was maintained throughout the intervention as the plan was carried out as intended the entire time; however, treatment fidelity was not maintained with dosage. |
|
|
27. Implementing Reading Fluency Interventions Identified through Brief Experimental Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE HINZMAN (Keystone Area Education Agency), Barbara A. Pline (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency) |
Abstract: This study explored how brief experimental analysis (BEA) procedures could be utilized to identify reading fluency interventions for three fourth-grade students who struggled to read fluently. The study was conducted in three phases. First, student data was reviewed to ensure that selected students read with high accuracy and low fluency and had not responded favorably to previous intervention efforts. Second, BEA was conducted (Figures 1-3) to determine an intervention for each student. The following evidence-based reading fluency interventions were implemented as BEA conditions: repeated readings, listening passage preview, listening sentence preview, and error correction. Finally, BEA-identified interventions were implemented for 15-weeks and monitored weekly with grade-level oral reading probes. Results (Figure 4) show that students’ reading performance improved from baseline by 20-45 words correct per minute (WCPM) at a rate of 1.3-3.0 words per week. Thus, all students’ weekly growth surpassed the expected growth rate of .85 for fourth grade students. Additionally, as shown in Figure 5, when administered the Measures of Academic Progress (MAP) assessment in the fall and spring the students’ RIT scores improved by +0, +18, and +21 RIT points (fourth graders’ RIT scores are expected to improve by +7 RIT points from fall to spring). |
|
|
28. Assessing Reading Interventions Using a Brief Experimental Analysis in an Outpatient Clinic |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER KUHLE (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Research (Daly et al., 1998, 1999; Eckert et al., 2000) has demonstrated the use of brief experimental analysis (BEA) across academic skills to identify appropriate interventions for individual students. A BEA conducted within a multielement design allows for target interventions to be compared, with the intervention having the best initial effects selected for ongoing implementation. The current study demonstrated the use of a BEA conducted over 3 visits to identify an effective oral reading fluency strategy for a fourth grade male referred to an outpatient behavioral clinic for behavioral and academic concerns. Novel grade level passages were used during baseline and intervention. Three common oral reading fluency interventions (i.e., repeated readings, modeling, and choral reading) were compared within a multielement design to determine the most effective strategy. During each intervention, the participant was exposed to a passage three times and correct words per minute and accuracy were calculated from the terminal read. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 75% of the passages and averaged over 90%. Data suggest (see Figures 1 and 2) that a BEA is an effective way to identify an oral reading intervention that increases fluency and accuracy in an outpatient setting. |
|
|
29. Effect of Direct Instruction Flashcard Procedure
on Mastery of Basic Sight Words by an Elementary School Student with Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Megan Baker (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine if a 10-year-old student with behavior disorders and learning disabilities could benefit from the use of Direct Instruction flashcard procedure to improve his sight reading skills in a special education classroom. The dependent variables were 21 unmastered sight words that were divided into three sets of target words. During each session, the researcher would present 14 sight words (seven unmastered target words and seven mastered words) using the DI flashcard procedure. In the beginning of the study, the student could read almost none of the 21 target words, but by the end of the study the student was read every word correctly and fluently. The procedure was cost effective and required little training to implement. |
|
|
30. The Effects of Distributed Practice on Basic Math Fact Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GREG SCHUTTE (Oklahoma State University), Gary Duhon (Oklahoma State University), Bailey Williams (Oklahoma State University), Kathryn Moore (Oklahoma State University), Blaise Peintner (Oklahoma State University), Jose Hernandez (Oklahoma State University), Taylor Howard (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: The discovery of evidence-based interventions is essential in the remediation school deficits, as is the identification of individual components that contribute to effective/efficient interventions. This study observed the effects of distributed practice as a component of an explicit-timing intervention for math fact fluency. Sixty-one third-grade students across four classrooms were included in a pre-post-posttest group design. Students were stratified randomly into one of three groups: four minutes of explicit timing once daily (control), two sessions of two minutes daily, or four sessions of one minute daily. Students engaged in the intervention for 18 days, being assigned to engage in explicit-timing in either a restricted set size of addition to 18, subtraction from 20, or double-digit addition with regrouping (based on initial skill level). The post test showed a significant time X group interaction (F=3.396, p<.05). Both groups that distributed practice daily increased significantly more in digits per minute than the control group. A second post-test ten days later showed that both experimental groups retained higher fluency rates than the control. These results indicate that distributed practice is a useful component in addition to explicit-timing when intervening on math fact fluency. |
|
|
31. The Effects of a Direct Instruction-based Mathematics Intervention, Solve It!, on the Math Word Problem-solving Responses of 5th and 6th Grade Students with Learning Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI KINGSDORF (University of Miami), Jennifer Krawec (University of Miami) |
Abstract: Data-based mathematics interventions using Direct Instruction (DI) for students with learning disabilities (LD) have focused more on basic arithmetic than the mathematical processes involved in solving word problems. This study investigated the impact of Solve It!, a DI-based problem-solving intervention, on the correct math word problem-solving responses of 5th and 6th grade students with LD. Solve It! is a systematically designed curriculum that explicitly teaches the problem-solving processes of reading, paraphrasing, (diagrammed) visualizing, hypothesizing, estimating, (written) computing, and checking (RPV-HECC); along with the three strategies of self-instructing, self-questioning, and self-checking. Four participants with LD who demonstrated difficulties in math problem-solving were selected. Their responses in the target areas of RPV-HECC were assessed using 10 sets of four problem-solving measures equated on grade-level for problem and number of steps. The intervention was then individually taught and included instructor scripts, frequent participant responses, correction procedures to minimize errors, and positive reinforcement of correct responses. The study employed a multiple baseline design across participants to determine competency in paraphrasing, visualizing, estimating, and computation. Preliminary results showed increased correct paraphrasing responses; students visualizing, estimating, and computing responses will be reported after the intervention is systematically introduced to all participants. |
|
|
32. Paired Choice Assessments: Are they a viable alternative to FA's in the schools? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY SHIER (University of Cincinnati), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are typical for many young children at some point in development; however they are expected to decrease throughout the preschool years for most children. Functional Analyses (FA's), while considered the gold standard in assessing challenging behaviors, can often require a significant amount of time and resources. Therefore making it difficult for schools to conduct accurately. The paired choice assessment (PCA) procedure has been supported as a potential alternative experimental assessment method. This paper session will describe three case examples of how the paired choice assessment procedure has been used within schools for children with typical cognitive development. Additionally, these cases demonstrate the effectiveness of interventions developed, from the assessment results, in decreasing challenging behaviors. Benefits and disadvantages of using the PCA as an alternative to FAs in the schools will be discussed. Furthermore, suggestions on how to utilize school resources to carry out such assessments will be discussed. |
|
|
33. Descriptive Analyses of Preschoolers' Compliance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER E. MENDRES-SMITH (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Barbara J. Davis (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Descriptive analysis (DA) has offered practitioners and researchers alike an approach to identify potential antecedents and consequences of behavior, in naturalistic settings. In addition to identifying potential response-reinforcer relationships for challenging behavior (e.g., Vollmer et al., 2001), DA has also been extended to the identification of relationships between student compliance and environmental variables in classrooms for typically-developing children (e.g., Ndoro et al., 2006). The current study expanded upon the literature by conducting a DA of preschoolers’ compliance, with specific emphasis placed on the topography of teachers’ instructions. Data were collected on three types of demands (i.e., “do” demands, “don’t” demands, and questions) and further categorized according to delivery of the demand to an individual child or to a group of children. We then determined the temporal contiguity of these events (i.e., conditional probabilities) of child compliance given the type of instruction delivered. Comparisons of conditional and base rate probabilities indicted that compliance was strongly associated with (a) delivery of a demand directly to the individual child rather than to the group and (b) delivery of questions. These and other findings have suggested ways for teachers to increase compliance in their preschool classrooms. |
|
|
34. Go Green: Visual Application of Differential Reinforcement of Target Behaviors in Three Kindergarten Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN GROENEWEG (Southwest West Central Service Cooperative), Garry Wickerd (Southwest West Central Service Cooperative) |
Abstract: "Go Green" is an intervention package designed for use in lower elementary classrooms to reduce student disruption while increasing targeted positive behaviors. The intervention package utilizes several principles of applied behavior analysis: differential reinforcement presented via visually discriminated stimuli, time-out from reinforcement, fixed and variable schedules of reinforcement, and portable data collection methods. A multiple baseline design was employed across three kindergarten classrooms. After baseline was established an intervention phase involving a fixed ratio of reinforcement occurred followed by a phase of variable ratio reinforcement. Preliminary results suggest significant decreases in student disruption during the initial fixed ratio reinforcement phase. Teachers implementing the intervention report high acceptability. Discipline referrals also decreased significantly. Overall, the "Go Green" intervention package appears to be a highly effective tool for decreasing negative student behaviors while increasing the incidence of positive behaviors. |
|
|
35. Adapting Core Curriculum to Enable Practical Tier 2 Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Kimberly Mendenhall (Southern Utah University), BREDA O'KEEFFE (University of Utah), Robert E. O'Neill (University of Utah), Leanne Hawken (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Providing practical methods for general education teachers to intervene with students who are at risk for reading difficulties is important in the implementation of Response to Intervention (RtI). Research suggests that aligning the content and methods across tiers of intervention enhance implementation of RtI models. This intervention included teacher training and a format for adapting the schools core curriculum as a Tier 2 supplemental intervention with small groups of students. The participants included three general education teachers and three to four students from each classroom (2nd, 3rd and 4th grades). A multiple baseline design across teachers was used to evaluate treatment integrity of implementing the Tier 2 intervention. Secondary research questions included social validity of the intervention based on teacher questionnaires and student progress as measured by weekly oral reading fluency probes. Results showed immediate and clear effects for teacher implementation of the Tier 2 intervention. Teachers rated the intervention highly. Effects were more variable for student participants. These results suggest that adapting the core curriculum for providing Tier 2 intervention in reading is practical and appealing to teachers. Future research is needed to determine if enhancements could be made to improve outcomes for all students. |
|
|
36. The Effect of Talk Aloud Problem Solving Using Science Text: An Evaluation of Fluency Measures for Students Not Responding to Tier Two Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GINNY ANN WITCOSKI (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Problem solving is a skill needed by every adult to function in the current world. Talk aloud procedures are often used to teach the skills of problem solving through modeling and prompting. Despite instruction, some individuals still struggle to problem solve proficiently. The study examined the effect of using TAPS (Talk Aloud Problem Solving) in placing sentences in a logical order. This study used a multiple baseline design to determine whether a timed talk aloud strategy could be taught to three students in the 4th grade, and then practiced with feedback to reach a fluency aim. A functional relation was suggestive. All students increased the number of talk alouds describing their problem solving process and decisions. Students all demonstrated an effect on their problem solving performance, placing sentences into a logical order. The current study begins to explore the potential of combining behavioral fluency techniques with talk aloud research to help students achieve fluent problem solving skills. |
|
|
37. Video Feedback and Scoring to Improve Rowing Ratio |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MIRANDA COURANT-MORGAN (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that video modeling and video feedback can be used to effectively improve athletic technique. Additional research has shown behavior changes as a result of scoring procedures. However, few studies have explored whether an athlete can improve her performance by watching and scoring video of herself performing the behavior, as opposed to watching a video of an expert or a peer modeling the behavior. Using a multiple baseline design across subjects, this study examined behavior change in rowers who (1) only watched a video of their own performance (Video Only) or (2) watched and scored a video of their performance (Video and Score) in order to determine whether simple video feedback can improve future behavior and whether an additional scoring component makes improvement more effective. Results showed a greater change in behavior among rowers in the Video and Score group than among those in the Video Only group, suggesting video feedback with an additional participation aspect, scoring, is more effective than video feedback alone. This could be a successful and time-effective procedure to improve technique in the absence of a supervisor. |
|
|
38. Improving Swimming and Rock Climbing Performance using a Single Subject Changing Criterion Design within a Behaviour Analytic Training (BAT) Framework |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRETT EDWARD FURLONGER (Monash University), So-An Lao (Monash University), Andrew Oey (Monash University) |
Abstract: In this study we investigated the effectiveness of Flora's Behaviour Analytic Training (BAT) as a program to improvefitness behaviours for two individuals.For the first participant, it was anticipated that as an adult non-swimmer, learning to "tread water" for 5 minutes and to swim unaided, without pausing for a distance of 25 meters was achievable within a 20-week period. Results demonstrated that, while learning to tread water for 5 minutes was not completely achieved in the set time frame, the participant successfully learned to swim 25 metres unaided and without pausing. For the second participant, it was predicted that there would be an improvement in indoor rock climbing performance as determined byindoorrock climbing standards. While the physiology of rock climbing has been extensively researched, there was a lack of information about personal training methods to improve performance. The results from the indoor rock climbing indicated a clear advantage of training climbing skills holistically on performance over the training of isolated component skills. Overall, BAT proved to be an effective program to improve fitnessperformance. |
|
|
39. Segment-unit Reading for the Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders: Intervention to the Reading Comprehension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MIKIMASA OMORI (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: In order to improve reading accuracy, fluency and comprehension score, repeated reading training is widely used. However, it may be difficult for students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) to improve their reading skills by reading whole sentence repeatedly. For students with ASD, they often show the difficulties in reading and comprehending the sentences. On the other hand, they can read and comprehend the word or segment well. In the present study, we examined whether four students with ASD improved their reading accuracy, fluency and comprehension through two types of repeated reading training, whole sentence-unit reading training and segment-unit reading training. In pre- and post-test, students were required to read whole sentences and answer the five questions presented on the computer. In whole sentence-unit reading training, students were required to read whole sentences. In segment-unit reading training, students were required to read each segment of sentences one-by-one. The result indicated that all students improved their reading skills through both trainings. There was a significant interaction showing that the improvement of reading comprehension scores was greater after segment-unit reading training than the other. Results suggested the amount of visual stimulus presentation was a key to improve reading skills for students with ASD. |
|
|
40. Montessori Curriculum With Applied Behavior Analysis Teaching Strategies To Teach Literacy To Students With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Jacqueline Wandia Kinyua (Kaizora Consultants), Joe Mwenda (Kaizora Consultants), Twahira Abdalla (Kaizora Consultants), Caroline Mwangi (Kaizora Consultants) |
Abstract: The Montessori Method was inspired by children with special needs and has found to be effective for educating this population. Materials in the Montessori curriculum are project based and involve learning through physical manipulation. In this paper, we will discuss how the Montessori Literacy in combination with Applied Behavior Analysis techniques were used to teach reading and writing, to an eight year old (previously nonverbal) student with autism.
A varied version of the Pink series from the Montessori Literacy module was used, which includes activities and materials that systematically increase a student’s reading and writing ability though a progressing sequence from matching letters to eventually reading books.
Discrete Trial Training (DTT) and Fluency Based Precision Teaching (PT) procedures were used for specific activities and data was collected throughout the learning procedure. DTT was used for the introduction of skills and then transferred to PT (“fluency”) to ensure Retention, Endurance, Stability, Application and Adduction of skills learned. The student is currently reading phrases and writing words.
This paper provides a case example of how the Montessori curriculum and materials can be used in an effective combination with behavioral teaching strategies to teach literacy skills to students with autism. |
|
|
41. Systematically Teaching Communication Skills on an Augmentative Device in Children with Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN HAND (Crossroads School for Children), Amy Kuck (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children) |
Abstract: Abstract: Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) has been widely used and accepted as a method to teach communication skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (Frost and Bondy, 1994). This system has proven to be cost effective, portable, and requires few foundational skills prior to teaching. Since the development of PECS , a multitude of advances in the area of educational technology have occurred, many designed to aid in the communication of students with Autism Spectrum Disorders. One such advance is the Apple iPad with the application Proloquo2go. Little research, however, has focused on the effectiveness of using a systematic teaching approach with this augmentative device and application. This project investigates the use of a systematic teaching procedure to teach communication skills using the iPad application Proloquo2go. The current study took place at a private non-profit day school for students with autism and other developmental disabilities. Participants included 4 students on the autism spectrum ranging in age from 6-16. A multiple baseline design across target items was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching procedure. Preliminary results indicate increasing independence. |
|
|
42. Effectiveness of a Self-Management Plan on Decreasing Duration of Task Completion |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN E. LOMBARD (Step by Step Academy), Samantha Hale (Step by Step Academy) |
Abstract: The present study demonstrates the effectiveness of a self-management plan, incorporating brief rules and visual support through the use of a timer. The participant is a 17 year old male with autism who demonstrated difficulty with remaining on task as well as completing assignments in a timely manner, as seen in baseline levels. A timer was used to provide the participant with a visual reminder of the length of time allotted to complete in-class assignments. Baseline data was used to determine the length required to complete assignments across three subjects. The participants ability to complete a single question from an assignment decreased across all subjects with the introduction of the timer. The use of a timer has shown to be effective in increasing on-task behavior. Results add to the literature the effectiveness of a self-management plan to improve the quality of life for individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session - MOnday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
43. Gaming Functional Assessment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW E SPRONG (Southern Illinois University), Frank D. Buono (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Video game addiction has been gaining attention over the last decade. Professionals in the behavioral sciences have been trying to define this addiction and increase literature in attempt to understand this phenomenon. Understanding the behavioral functions of video game play has been unexplored. The purpose of this study was to develop the Gaming Functional Assessment that will explain video game behaviors, including attention maintained, sensory maintained, escape maintained, and tangible maintained. An Exploratory Factor Analysis was utilized to identify four factors on 250 individuals who play video games in excess of 20 hours or more. A scree plot was utilized to observe the variance between factors. A Principal Components Analysis was utilized to represent the variance accounted for by each underlying factor. After factor loadings were performed, another Factor analysis was conducted utilizing oblique rotation and pattern matrix to observe the relationship between each factor and variable uncontaminated by the overlap between the factors. A correlation analysis revealed a range of positive correlations between .648 and .900. Discussion and Implications are provided. |
|
|
44. Adherence to a Behavioral Program Diet in Type II Diabetes Mellitus Clients |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTONIA RENTERIA (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala), Ma. Lourdes Rodriguez Campuzano (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala), Juan Carlos García Rodráguez (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala), Carlos Nava Quiroz (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala) |
Abstract: Diabetes Mellitus and obesity are positively high correlated and causes 6.23 % of total death in latinamerica, according to Panamerican Health Organization data. They represent a world wide health problem and psychology can and must afford ways to solve the modifiable behavioral factors associated with them. A three phase study with a behavioral modification procedure for improving adherence to diet was the main aim of this study. Method: Subjects: 90 clients with DMII, with mean age: 60 (SD=9,81). Design: Pretest-Postest. Procedure: Phase 1 Pretest condition: the blood glucose levels and anthropomethrics measures were measured. Phase 2 Adherence to diet behavioral intervention Phase 3 Postest condition: the blood glucose levels and anthropomethrics measures were rated again. Results: There were significantly differences among the pre and post glucose levels and antropomothrics measures. Conclutions: Clients troubles with their adherence to diet (modifiable factors) can be treated successfully with this programme. |
|
|
45. Discounting and the Social Network: Altruism, Narcissism, and Facebook Use |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
REBECCA L. CAMPBELL (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: One form of problematic internet use excessive social networking. Notably, recent studies have found that the use of Facebook may be a major contributor to college-aged students internet addiction (Kittinger, Correia, & Irons, 2012). Psychometric studies of Facebook addiction have confirmed this hypothesis (Andreassen, Torsheim, Brunborg, & Pallesen, 2012). These data are concerning given the proliferation of Facebook use amongst college-aged students; some studies report as much as 94% of students use Facebook (Ellison, Steinfield, & Lampe, 2007). Perhaps more concerning is the relation between excessive Facebook use and psychopathology. Specifically, Facebook use has been correlated with a host of issues, ranging from depression to narcissism and sociopathy (Carpenter, 2012). The purpose of this study was to bridge the literature on the negative psychological effects of Facebook use and behavioral approaches to altruism. Specifically, we administered Jones and Rachlins (2006) social discounting task to 72 undergraduate students (average age was 20.13 years; 88% female), along with Carpenters Facebook use scales (2012) and the Brief Symptoms Inventory 18 (BSI 18; Derogatis, 2001). Results suggest various Facebook activities are related to psychopathy (e.g., Facebook Anger predicted depression, anxiety, somatization, and panic; Facebook Checking was predictive of somatization). While rate of social discounting was not related to psychopathology, it was significantly predictive of offering social support on Facebook, consistent with the behavioral model of altruism conceptually linked to the discounting task (rs = -.35, p < .05). Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
46. Motivational Interview Behaviors After Behavioral Training with Drug Abuse Therapist |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SILVIA MORALES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lydia Barragan (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The aim of this paper was to assess the therapists behavior in the interactional relationship with the drugs abusers after motivational counseling behavioral training throughout simulated situations. We worked with 412, twenty five throughout 49 years old adults (133 health therapist adn 279 non-professional therapist) who participated in a cuasi experimental study with a control group. We used the Behavioral Observational System of interactions patient-therapist. The participants were observed in one simulated situation of interaction, in four conditions: with written material and training, with written material only, with training only, and without training and without written material for health therapist against non health therapist. We used the motivational interview procedures to explain the interactional behavior and its differences throughout the behavioral training condition in function of kind of therapist. The results show a significant diferences on the percentage of response in function of behavioral training condition and the kind of therapist. We discussed the applicability of profesional`s skills particularly in drug intervention settings. |
|
|
47. A Behavioral Approach to Independent Medication Compliance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER HANCOCK (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma), Micah Highfill (University of Central Oklahoma), Hailey Hinkle (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Abstract: The participant, a 14-year-old male, has Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD), as diagnosed by a physician. He is currently on prescription strength Prilosec (Omeprazole), a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), at 20mg twice a day. The goal was independent medication compliance by using a continuous reinforcement schedule. To accomplish this, he was to take Prilosec five minutes prior to the first bite of breakfast and five minutes prior to the first bite of dinner, while in front of a parent. He was presented with a “grab bag” containing several folded pieces of paper with different reinforcers written on them after each independent event. The reinforcers varied from tangible items to activity reinforcers. Independent compliance was marked with an “I” on the data collection sheet, prompted compliance was marked with a “P,” and no compliance (defined by either forgetting his pill entirely or failing to take it in the presence of a parent) was marked with an “X.” The treatment was presented in an ABAB design. Results varied for morning and evening sessions, with morning sessions markedly inconclusive and evening sessions presenting a more stable increase as indicated in Figure 1 and Figure 2. |
|
|
48. Reliability of Parent Data Collection in a Feeding Program |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN HOLMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Karen Myers (Marcus Autism Center), Roseanne S. Lesack (Marcus Autism Center), David L. Jaquess (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Several authors have demonstrated that caregivers can be trained to implement behavioral interventions for children with pediatric feeding disorders with high levels of fidelity (Anderson & McMillan, 2001; Gentry & Luiselli, 2008; McCartney et al., 2005; Mueller et al., 2003). Due to logistical limitations, therapists are often unable to directly observe the child's mealtime behaviors in the home. The purpose of the current study is to measure interobserver agreement of caregiver data collection of mealtime behaviors. Parents of children in a Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program are trained to collect data via event recording on a standardized data collection form during clinic meals as part of routine clinical care. Training the parents involved verbal instruction, written description, and opportunity to ask questions. Rates of interobserver agreement between parents and trained therapists are calculated via total count IOA. Results from data collected (five caregivers across 34 five or ten bite sessions on seven different behaviors including rapid acceptance, expulsions, mouth clean, packing, gagging, negative vocalizations, and disruptive behaviors) suggest that parents of children with pediatric feeding disorders can be reliably trained to collect data on mealtime behaviors (see Table 1). Results, implications, and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
|
49. The Use of Physical Guidance, Nonremoval of the Cup, and Positive Practice to Increase Self-Drinking |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY L. PROSKOVEC (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders often do not progress to self-drinking in the absence of intervention. Previous research has demonstrated that escape extinction is an effective treatment to increase cup drinking using a nonself-feeder format (Cooper et al., 1995; Reed et al., 2004). Although previous research has demonstrated that prompting strategies or physical guidance (Luiselli, 1988) can be used to increase self-feeding, few studies have focused on increasing self-drinking. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of hand-over-hand (HOH) guidance and nonremoval of the cup combined with positive practice to increase self-drinking in a child with Down syndrome, chronic food refusal, and gastrostomy- tube dependence. We used a combined multiple baseline across feeders (mother and father) and reversal design to compare the effects of HOH guidance and nonremoval of the cup with and without positive practice (i.e., physically guiding the child to bring the empty cup from the tray to her mouth five times in rapid succession) on self-drinking. Across feeders, results showed that while independent acceptance increased during both treatment conditions, positive practice was necessary to achieve more stable, clinically acceptable levels of independent acceptance. |
|
|
50. The Relation Between Intertemporal Decision Making and Romantic Attachment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
MARJORIE COOPER (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Rates of intertemporal discounting have been associated with a plethora of socially important behaviors, including drug use, gambling, self-control, and altruism. A recent translational study by Tayler and colleagues (2009) suggests that intertemporal discounting can be applied to the understanding of individuals’ choices regarding romantic relationships. Using a novel form of relationship discounting, the researchers found that relationship decisions were well accounted for by discounting models. The purpose of our present study was to extend these findings using a traditional measure of intertemporal discounting, along with established scales of relationship closes (e.g., Inclusion of Other in the Self [IOS], Ambivalence Scale) and number of committed romantic relationships. Our results suggest that Ambivalence and IOS were significantly positively correlated, while Ambivalence and number of relationships was significantly negatively correlated, suggesting some degree of construct validity in the relationship measures. Interestingly, rates of intertemporal discounting were significantly positively correlated with Ambivalence, but not significantly correlated with IOS or number of relationships, suggesting that intertemporal discounting may explain a specific component of romantic decision making. Implications and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
|
51. A Comparison of Re-presentation and No Re-presentation During Initial Treatment of Liquid Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA M. COHENOUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Expulsion of food or drink is a problematic mealtime behavior that some children with feeding disorders display. Repeated expulsion can lead to increased meal durations, decreased caloric consumption, and continued feeding difficulties. One method for treating expulsion is re-presentation, placing expelled food or liquid back into the childs mouth. Several studies have incorporated re-presentation of expelled food into the initial treatment package without evaluating its relative contribution with two notable exceptions. Coe and colleagues (1997) and Sevin and colleagues (2001) evaluated the effectiveness of incorporating re-presentation once expulsion emerged following initial treatment of refusal using nonremoval of the spoon. No studies, to our knowledge, have compared the effects of re-presentation versus no re-presentation in combination with nonremoval of the cup during the initial treatment of liquid refusal. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effectiveness of re-presentation versus no re-presentation on mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing) and expulsion for two children with liquid refusal. Re-presentation of expelled liquids resulted in higher levels of mouth clean for both children and lower levels of expulsion for one child relative to no re-presentation. Implications will be discussed. |
|
|
52. Rates of Social Discounting Predict Levels of Online Social Networking |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
REBECCA L. CAMPBELL (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Problematic internet use affects up to 50% of college-aged students. This is significant because problematic internet use has been correlated with depressive symptoms, rumination, anti-social personality disorder, and loneliness. As one form of problematic internet use, social networking appears to be most related to psychological well-being in social contexts. The purpose of this study was to bridge the literature on the negative psychological effects of social networking and behavioral approaches to altruism. Specifically, we administered a standard social discounting task to 185 undergraduate students and we asked them to self-report the number of hours per day they engage in social networking behaviors. We rank ordered participants based on rates of social discounting and compared social networking behaviors between the top and bottom quartiles. Results suggest significant differences between the groups, with the relatively altruistic group (bottom-quartile) reporting fewer hours per day engaged in social networking than participants classified as relatively selfish (top-quartile). These findings extend problematic internet use literature by incorporating behavioral measures of altruism. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
53. Examining Two Methods for Increasing Caloric Intake in Children with Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON R. ZELENY (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Many children with feeding disorders consume insufficient calories and nutrients to maintain adequate growth. Investigators have described methods for decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., disruptions) and increasing acceptance of solids and liquids for these children (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Conversely, current research has yet to describe (a) how to most efficiently increase the volume of caloric intake following treatment of acceptance and inappropriate mealtime behavior, and (b) the corresponding impact increasing volume has on relevant feeding behaviors. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of two methods of increasing volume of caloric intake on inappropriate mealtime behavior, acceptance, mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing), and average session length. After establishing an effective treatment procedure for five children with feeding disorders, investigators compared two methods designed to increase overall caloric intake. One method (condition A) involved increasing the bolus size and the bite/drink presentation rate. The other method (condition B) involved increasing bolus size only. Both methods resulted in increased caloric intake while maintaining clinically acceptable levels of acceptance, inappropriate mealtime behavior, and mouth clean. Increasing both bolus and rate resulted in more efficient sessions (i.e., greater intake per minute) relative to increasing bolus alone. |
|
|
54. Portion Size Estimation Training: Maintenance and Generalization |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Obesity continues to increase in America across the entire population (Flegal, Carroll, Kit, & Ogden, 2012); its prevalence can be attributed, in part, to overconsumption of unhealthy foods. Given changes to the American lifestyle, more meals may be consumed outside of the home, which is associated with greater caloric intake and larger portion sizes. Given this increased consumption, interventions have been developed to teach individuals to estimate portion sizes more accurately to promote portion control (Faulkner et al., 2012). Previous research has not evaluated maintenance or generalization of estimation skills. The primary purpose was to compare maintenance and generalization across two different training methods; a true measuring device (i.e., a measuring cup) or a PSMA (i.e., a tennis ball). The secondary purpose was to determine if one method resulted in accurate portion size estimations more quickly than the other. A 2 x 2 mixed ANOVA was used to compare accuracy across training groups suggested that there were no significant interaction between training group and time (F (2, 104) = 0.03; p = 0.86). However, results from a Wilcoxon Signed Ranks test suggested that participants accuracy did improve following training regardless of training group (Z = -8.41, p < 0.001). |
|
|
55. Treating Packing: A Systematic Comparison of Re-distribution and Texture Reduction |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYLA D. BROKSLE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Packing or holding food in the mouth without swallowing may result in decreased oral intake, longer meal durations, and aspiration. Research indicates that re-distributing packed food using a Nuk brush (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005; Sevin, Gulotta, Sierp, Rosica, & Miller, 2002) and altering the texture of the food (Patel, Piazza, Layer, Coleman, and Swartzwelder, 2005) are effective treatment options for reducing packing in children with feeding disorders. However, no study, to our knowledge, has evaluated the effects of the two procedures on packing. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of re-distribution versus decreased texture on packing and mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing) for one child with a feeding disorder. Lowering the texture of the food resulted in significantly lower levels of packing and higher levels of mouth clean relative to redistribution. Moreover, only the texture manipulation resulted in clinically acceptable levels of packing and mouth clean. |
|
|
56. The Effects of a Self-Management Intervention on Text Messaging Behavior of College Students |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN MILLER (Siena College), Molly Lynch (Siena College) |
Abstract: High rates of texting behavior are associated with negative academic, social, and physical outcomes. This study provided four college freshmen with a self-management intervention to decrease the number of texts they sent per day. The intervention was comprised of two phases. In the first (“Text-By-Text Self-Monitoring”), each time a participant sent a text they also sent a numbered text to the investigator to keep a cumulative record of texts sent each day. In the second phase (“Daily Self-Monitoring”), participants privately self-monitored and reported only a daily total of texts sent. In both phases, participants earned points toward a gift card for accuracy of self-monitoring and rate of texting behavior relative to self-identified goals. A multiple baseline across participants was used. Data for the dependent measure of texts sent were collected from the phone company’s website. Following intervention implementation, each participant decreased their daily number of texts sent by 50% or more compared with baseline. Trends were stable with a high percentage of non-overlapping data points compared with baseline. Rates were maintained after all contingencies were removed for a one-week follow-up period. Consumer satisfaction across participants was high. It was concluded self-management can be an effective intervention for decreasing texting behavior. |
|
|
57. Expanding on Delayed Discounting Analyses: A Method for Determining Rates of Discounting on Computers and Mobile Devices |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Rowan University, Temple University), Kyle Gilroy (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Rend Alsaadi (Temple University) |
Abstract: The focus of this study was to explore additional research methods for deriving rates of discounting, k, with increasing delays. Previous methods for determining this coefficient relied on either highly specialized statistical packages or less complex point-by-point approximations to determine the area underneath of these curves (AUC). With the increasing familiarity with mobile technology, a variety of complex analyses could be readily prepared using a phone or a tablet device. The goal of this study was to determine if a mobile application could accurately or better predict rates of discounting when provided with information gathered from delayed discounting studies. Using the widely applicable Java programming language, this application was built from the ground up to work on the Android mobile device platform or any computer with necessary Java libraries. This free and highly compatible application utilizes numerical integration to provide highly complex statistical formulations with an interface that even a novice research could maneuver. Through this simplified interface, even students could conduct delayed discounting experiments and obtain k, the AUC, and even VAC/R2. |
|
|
58. Testing a Brief Intervention for Online Poker Players |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Given the high rates of gambling in the United States and the growing population of problem and pathological (disordered) gamblers, there is a need for effective interventions which will eliminate or reduce disordered gambling, or, at minimum, reduce harm resulting from disordered gambling. High-risk populations for development of disordered gambling include college students and online poker players. This study sought to develop and test a brief behavioral intervention for decreasing monetary loss, time spent gambling, and risky betting for college-aged self-identified problem gamblers who play online poker. This study included four participants in a multiple baseline across participants. Post-intervention, all participants gambled fewer days overall, and three of four participants lost less money overall. The fourth participant was never at a net monetary loss. |
|
|
59. The Effects of Graduated Exposure, Feedback, and Gool Setting on Public Speaking Anxiety |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA FORSYTHE (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Anxiety disorders are extremely high in prevalence in our society today. One of the most common anxiety disorders is social anxiety disorder, more specifically glossophobia (fear of public speaking). In persons with public speaking anxiety, anxiety is experienced in situations that involve social interactions and speaking in front of an audience. Very few people seek treatment for their anxiety because of the social nature of the disorder, and the social interaction involved in many treatments impacting many aspects of their daily lives (National Institute of Mental Health, 2010). Though this disorder is highly prevalent among the general population very few behavior analytic studies have been conducted investigating the treatment of them. The present study examined the effects of graduated exposure therapy paired with goal setting and self or observer provided feedback. The data suggest a significant change in the participants targeted behaviors due to the methods used in this study. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
60. Behavior Frequencies in the Womb |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
KERIN ANN WEINGARTEN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Trista Robinson (Seguin Services) |
Abstract: Prenatal behavior has been said to develop in three unique phases: early rates, acceleration and maintenance, and deceleration to birth (Edwards & Edwards, 1970). Edwards and Edwards (1970) attest that the early rates phase typically occurs at or beyond the 16th week of pregnancy and is characterized by frequency of movement at approximately 1.5 movements per 100 minutes, lasting about a week in duration. The acceleration and maintenance phase is characterized by frequency of movement at approximately 2 and 10 per 10 minutes. Once the baby changes position, the deceleration to birth phase is initiated and frequency of movement should become more variable and decrease until birth. Fetal movement recorded included all movements of the baby: kicks, squirms, ripples, quickening, and rolling, but did not include hiccup detection. In the present research, two pregnant women attempted to replicate Edwards and Edwards (1970). Implications for using a Standard Celeration Chart to record behavior frequencies in the womb should provide predictive value of delivery date, if in fact the authors data is replicable. The data indicate that in fact, the two babies did perform in the womb according to the phases outlined by the authors. Further replication will also be analyzed. |
|
|
61. Effects of Chronological Age and Race on the Ability of Young Children to Tact Facial Expressions |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University), Samuel Thompson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism (ASD) have difficulties tacting emotions from facial expressions (e.g., Lindner & Rosen, 2006). Prior to developing instructional interventions for children with ASD to tact emotions, we need to document emotion recognition in typically developing children to a standardized set of pictures. The current study used a cross-sectional group design to compare the effects of the participants’ age, and racial match or mismatch between the pictures and the participants. 119 young children (2-6 years old) were exposed to two sets of pictures with African American or Caucasian actors depicting (1) happy, (2) sad, (3) angry, and (4) afraid, and they responded by tacting one emotion (or responded “I don’t know”). All participants were shown the same pictures, and two pictures of each emotion were shown twice to assess internal consistency. The dependent variable was percentage of correct tact of emotion across trials, and the independent variables were race and age of the participants. Results suggest that all participants recognized “happy” with above 88% accuracy. However, the ability to accurately tact “sad,” “angry,” and “afraid,” increased with age. Interestingly, Caucasian participants performed accurately regardless of the race of the stimuli, while African Americans performed better with Caucasian stimuli. |
|
|
62. High Schoolers' Experiences with an Infant Simulation |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
COREY S. STOCCO (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Tracy Floeckher (Framingham Public Schools) |
Abstract: There is a need to develop and disseminate effective infant abuse prevention programs. Infant simulators (e.g., RealCare baby) are currently used to discourage teen pregnancy. However, these experiences also provide an infant caregiving history and may be useful in preventing abuse. The purpose of this study was to describe the experiences of high schoolers participating in a typical infant simulation. Twenty-five students took the RealCare baby home for one night. Infant crying, successful caregiving, and abusive responses were automatically recorded by the RealCare baby. Participants who were less successful in caring for the infant experienced more infant crying. Inconsolable crying has been linked to child abuse (Krugman, 1985) and learned helplessness (Donovan & Leavitt, 1985), and behavioral history is an important determinant of caregiving responses to crying (Bruzek, Thompson, & Peters, 2009). The results of this study suggest that the typical use of infant simulators might provide an undesirable behavioral history for adolescents. Infant simulations that create a history of successful caregiving might be used as a tool in abuse prevention. |
|
|
63. Increasing Activity Engagement in Dementia Care: A Systematic Review and Call for Additional Behavioral Research |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARANDA TRAHAN (Johns Hopkins University), Julie Kuo (The Johns Hopkins University Center on Aging Health), Michelle Carlson (The Johns Hopkins University Center on Aging Health), Laura Gitlin (The Johns Hopkins University Center for Innovative Care in Aging) |
Abstract: According to the World Health Organization (2012), dementia cases are expected to triple by 2050, making dementia prevention and treatment a public health and societal priority. Dementia not only affects cognitive processes important to independent function, but this syndrome also impairs ambulation, activities of daily living, and behavior (e.g., aggression, irritability). Increased activity engagement is associated with health, social, psychological and behavioral benefits (Boyle, Pinquart; Menec, 2003; Lennartsson et al., 2001). The purpose of this poster is to provide a comprehensive review of activity interventions applied in dementia care, and includes a description of the types of activities, delivery characteristics, and strategies used to increase adoption and enhance engagement. The authors conducted a systematic review of PubMed, PsychINFO, and the Cochrane Library to analyze over 100 articles. Authors found that behavioral interventions (e.g., providing choices, modifying prompts, conducting preference assessments) were effective at increasing engagement within this population. There is a need for more research, given the overall low-to-poor quality of the research reviewed. Authors close with a call to behavior analysts. These practitioners are trained in procedures to increase social and communication skills, as well as activity engagement, and therefore behavior analysts have the ability to make a significant clinical impact in this area of dementia care. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
64. Effects of Instruction about Contingency on Welfare Professional School Students’ Behaviors |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Mito Welfare College), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effects of instruction about contingency comparing with those of conventional instruction on students’ behaviors of a welfare professional school. The participants were 31 students. They received two kinds of pretests, the paper and the role-play tests. The paper test consisted of 10 multiple-choice questions which asked each participant about events related to residents’ problem behaviors. In the role-play test, they were asked to deal with problem behaviors of a model exhibiting them. Based on these tests, the participants were divided into two groups, the contingency-instruction and the conventional-instruction groups. The former group received the instruction about contingency. The latter group received the conventional instruction emphasizing inner causes of behaviors. After each instruction, each group received the post tests. The procedure of the posttests was same as that of the pretests. Further, for the paper tests, both generalization and retention tests were conducted. Dependent variables were the students’ correct answers in the paper tests and their adequate behaviors for the problem behaviors of the model in the role-play tests. The results showed that the instruction of contingency helped students attend the events related to residents’ behaviors, and promoted their adequate behaviors in the problem situations. |
|
|
65. A Blueprint to Active Participation: Whole-Group Instruction With Students With Autism |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTIN DEERY (Central Bucks School District), James E. Connell (Drexel University), Kathleen Bailey Stengel (Clarity Service Group) |
Abstract: This goal of this investigation was to create and test a combination of Social Stories with visual supports and social scripts using a child-centered, problem-solving approach called "Behavioral Blueprints" to increase active participation during whole-group instruction. Behavioral Blueprints are teaching tools used for skill instruction and acquisition, which focus on teaching appropriate replacement skills in addition to decreasing inappropriate behaviors. Behavioral Blueprints take a student-directed approach that requires active learning and participation on the part of the student. Additionally, Behavioral Blueprints include a problem-solving component that defines the antecedent for a behavior and brainstorms other appropriate responses that will serve the same behavioral function. Using a multiple-baseline design, the effects of Behavioral Blueprints were evaluated across three participants during daily morning meeting activities in the general education, inclusion classroom. The results demonstrate improved active participation across all three participants during this whole-group instruction time. Limitations and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
66. Improving Staff Compliance with Data Collection Procedures at a Residential Facility |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA MELTON GRUBB (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Pamela Gil (Texas Tech University), Lei Peng (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Quality data collection is a critical component of accurately monitoring the progress of behavior management strategies and making effective decisions. In residential facilities data are often collected by direct care staff. However, few studies have evaluated staff compliance with data collection procedures. At a state supported residential facility in Texas, data collection procedures had recently been switched from procedures designed to support delayed recording (on a single record at the end of the day) to procedures designed to promote immediate recording (on an individual data collection card throughout the day). Staff compliance with the new data collection procedures was poor. This study evaluated the influence of rule posting, self-monitoring, and feedback on percent of staff equipped with data collection materials; an important prerequisite for accurately recording client behavior. Feedback resulted in increased levels of procedural compliance, defined as possessing data collection materials, which were largely maintained when feedback was removed. Increased collection of data, defined as number of data cards turned in each day, was also observed, despite not being targeted for intervention. |
|
|
67. A Review of Intervention Research Within JABA: Demonstration of a Content Analysis Across Research Variables |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Shelley Clarke (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This content analysis was conducted in order to empirically document the characteristics of intervention research studies conducted with participants under the age of 22 over the past 15 years within the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). The database created consisted of studies within JABA that included participants who experienced an intellectual, emotional, behavioral, and/or learning disability that was explicitly diagnosed or labeled, and must have reflected an experimental or quasi-experimental design with a treatment phase. The independent variables manipulated involved education, behavioral, or skill-based interventions with dependent variables including observable behaviors and/or social interactions. Intervention studies targeting participants aged 22 and under published between 1997 and 2011 are included in the database. We currently have finished data collection from years 1997-2006 and will finish data collection through 2011. Therefore, this poster presentation will describe variable characteristics and trends for 15 years of intervention research in JABA. A discussion about the outcomes and contributions of JABA will be identified. |
|
|
68. Supervision and Training: A Review and Future Research Suggestions |
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research |
DENICE RIOS (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: High quality supervision and training can improve treatment fidelity and intervention success. Through the years, countless researchers have focused on effective and efficient training methods to teach behavioral or educational staff to manage behavior problems and to implement behavior-change tactics, such as functional analyses and preference assessments, with a high degree of procedural integrity. Commonly-used training methods include a combination of written and verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Other researchers have focused on supervisory variables that affect staff performance. Some of the variables discussed in the literature include the quality of supervision and feedback, perceived supervisory support, the supervisor-supervisee relationship, staff motivation, and evidenced-based strategies to train supervisors. In this poster, we review and discuss empirically based methods and modes of supervision and training of staff. In addition, we discuss implications of our findings as they relate to treatment fidelity and we make suggestions for future research in this area. |
|
|
69. Sample Data and Data-Based Decision Making |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JENNIFER HACKNEY (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Lauren Dvorak (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Clinical decision-making in non-behavior analytic fields is often based on parent or caregiver report or short, infrequent direct observations. Time-sampling methods offer an alternative, less time consuming way to estimate behavior. It may also be useful to collect data for short periods of time during consistent daily intervals, which may be more feasible for parents and other professionals. In this study, frequency data within 30-minute intervals were collected and graphed for target problem behaviors during all waking hours for 3 participants in a residential facility. Eight, 30-minute intervals were selected for each participant to analyze data samples. Four, consecutive 30-min intervals were selected based on caregiver reports of times when problem behavior occurred at a high rate and the remaining 4, intervals were selected pseudo-randomly (at least 3 hours apart from the intervals selected based on caregiver report). Frequency data during the sample intervals were analyzed into 30 and 60-minute intervals. Graphs of sample data were compared to the graphs of continuous data before and after treatment changes (e.g., a behavior plan or medication change) that had produced a clear decrease in problem behavior to determine if similar conclusions would be drawn from the sample data. Patterns of responding during 60-min samples based on caregiver report matched continuous data patterns for all 3 participants. |
|
|
70. A Survey of Token Use Among 700+ BCBAs: Design and Implementation in Practice |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Kansas), Scott Wiggins (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The token economy is perhaps the most widely implemented behavioral technology to date. The relative ubiquity of this procedure begs the questions of how it is designed and implemented, as well as which populations and behaviors are receiving this type of intervention. The purpose of this survey was to address these and other questions by obtaining the verbal report of individuals familiar with behavioral analytic interventions regarding their use of token systems. The survey was distributed via an email to the BACB listserv. During the 7 days that the survey was available, 752 respondents completed the survey and 166 respondents initiated the survey but declined or did not complete it. Results are likely limited due to self-selection bias, but support the idea that token use is an extremely prevalent form of intervention. Results are discussed in terms of existing literature on token reinforcement and areas for future research. |
|
|
71. Analysis and Implications of Recent BCBA Exam Results and Exam Preparation Strategies |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions), Bela Beaupre (Behavior Development Solutions), Theresa Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Abstract: The 46% pass rate on the September 2011 BCBA exam was a sudden decrease from the 70% range that had been predominant for several years. As a result, we conducted a survey of BCBA candidates who took this exam and used the CBA Learning Module Series to prepare. One finding was that 71% of the people who completed all of the modules to 100% passed the exam. In this poster, we will consider these data and other data relevant to taking and preparing for the BCBA exam. We will discuss reasons for the drop in pass rate and factors pertaining to BCBA training, which include university programs advertising their pass rates, students' level of academic achievement upon entering university programs, BCBA exam preparation strategies, and BCBA candidate evaluation procedures other than passing an exam. |
|
|
72. Evaluating Fidelity of Implementation in Supervision of Candidates Working Toward ABA Certification |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Belmont University), Sally M. Barton-Arwood (Belmont University) |
Abstract: About 1 in 88 children has been identified with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) according to estimates from CDC's Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring (ADDM) Network (March, 2012). With the increasing numbers of children with autism, there is an increase in the need for services to address the needs of this population. To meet this demand, universities need to train a sufficient number of competent behavior analytic practitioners (Hughes & Shook, 2007). Supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis varies greatly across programs and individual supervisors. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) is attempting to address this variation by requiring supervisors to complete a BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum. The BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). The purpose of this poster presentation is to offer suggestions for evaluating fidelity of implementation in the supervision of candidates in the field of ABA. |
|
|
73. A Content Analysis of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research |
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jonathan Perle (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn Menousek (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Allison Osborn (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) is one of the primary outlets for research in the field. The purpose of the journal is to publish research that applies the "experimental analysis of behavior to problems of social importance." The content of the journal should therefore reflect the current times and goals of the field. Content analyses can provide information about the status of a discipline and can help point to research and practice needs that may enhance the field. A content analysis was conducted to examine how the research focus has changed throughout the years. All research articles from 1968 through 2012 were coded for (a) gender and affiliation of first author, (b) participant age and disability status, (c) setting location, (d) intervention implementer, and (e) content focus. Changes in each area will be presented. Discussion will focus on the status and implications for the field of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
74. Modification of the Pairwise Functional Analysis Design Using Matched Control Conditions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MATTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara Lucia Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Conducting a functional analysis (FA) using a multielement design is the most common method to determine the environmental variables that maintain problem behavior. Previous studies have evaluated the use of a pairwise design that included alternating toy play sessions (control) with one test session at a time after an initial multielement FA failed to identify a behavioral function (e.g., Iwata, Duncan, Zarcone, Lerman, & Shore, 1994). In the current study, the participant was a 15-year-old boy diagnosed with autistic disorder and Cerebral Palsy admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe self-injurious behavior (SIB). After two initial multielement FA's (evaluating all topographies of SIB vs. hand-to-head alone) revealed no response differentiation across conditions, a pairwise design was implemented for both. Modified control conditions in which the relevant reinforcer was available non-contingently were alternated with one test condition in which the putative reinforcer was provided contingent on the targeted SIB. The results of the pairwise assessments concluded that hand-to-head was positively reinforced by access to tangible items whereas head thrashing was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Without having conducted two modified pairwise FA's, the function of the participant's individual topographies of SIB would not have been identified. |
|
|
75. Schedules of Noncontingent Matched Stimulation and Suppression of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
FLAVIA JULIO (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Daniel Salteu (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated that the frequency of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement decreases during the presentation of noncontingent matched stimulation. This literature implemented continuous matched stimulation presentation. By contrast, we investigated how the frequency of stereotypy changed as a function of the schedule of matched stimulation presentation. The present study included two participants. The target behaviors were automatic-maintained echolalia and head hitting. In order to select matched stimulation , we presented several stimuli that matched the putative sensory product of problem behavior and selected the one with the highest suppressive effect.We presented the stimulus in three different schedules (thin, moderate, and dense) using a combined multi-element and reversal design. Schedules were established on the basis of the frequency of problem behavior during baseline. Specifically, the thin schedule equaled half of the frequency of target behavior during baseline; the moderate schedule equaled the frequency of target behavior during baseline. During the dense schedule matched stimulation was presented continuously. Thin schedules had no suppressive effects. Moderate schedules were somewhat suppressive for one of the participants. Large suppressive effects were found in both participants when matched stimulation was presented continuously. |
|
|
76. Contingent Prompted Use of Matched Items to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JILLIAN E. MCCANCE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Non-contingent access (NCA) to "matched" leisure items that result in stimulation similar to that generated by SIB is a frequently recommended treatment for SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, this treatment will only be effective if consumers appropriately access the stimulation from the matched items. This poster provides a case example of an 11 year old girl with autism who was referred for self-injurious pinching and scratching maintained by automatic reinforcement. Following an NCA period in which she was provided free access to a matched item (i.e., a hand-held massager), we evaluated the effects of a contingent-prompting procedure in which following each instance of SIB we used hand-over-hand guidance to place the massager on the region in which SIB was directed. This contingent-prompting procedure resulted in reductions in SIB, which we replicated in a reversal design. |
|
|
77. Patterns of Responding during the Functional Analysis of
Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Several patterns of responding during functional analysis (FA) can suggest an automatic function. We describe several prototypical patterns of responding during an FA. Namely responding can occur at (a) low rates only during the attention condition; (b) low rates only during the demand condition; (c) low rates only during the play condition; (d) distinctively higher rates during the alone condition in comparison to the other conditions; or (e) similar high levels across all conditions. We will present a re-analysis of published FAs of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Our results show that the five hypothesized patterns of responding can be identified in the empirical literature. These findings are consistent with the view that further classification of automatically-reinforced behavior under various FA conditions has potential as an early indication of the likely effects of a range of interventions including social positive punishment (contingent statements, response blocking), social negative punishment (timeout from activities/attention), extinction (response blocking), noncontingent reinforcement (attention and/or leisure/task items), and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (via response competition). Finally, we will discuss directions for future research. |
|
|
78. Strength of the S-R Contingency Predicts the Probability of Compliance to Low-P instructions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENNA CAVANAUGH (Nova Southeastern University), Keith Lit (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Increasing compliance in children with autism spectrum disorders is often a key focus for treatment providers. Noncompliance is best conceptualized as a failure of stimulus control, where the probability of stimulus control is determined by the strength of the stimulus-response (S-R) contingency. Various noncompliance treatment procedures exist in the literature, but may be impractical to implement in natural settings or yield undesirable side effects. In the current study, a 2-year-old boy with an autism spectrum disorder was exposed to a compliance training method that utilized a systematic procedure for evaluating the strength of the S-R contingency and the probability of compliance to low probability instructions. In addition, changing criterion levels were established a-priori and compliance data was graphed within sessions to inform the researchers when to increase or decrease the High-P to Low-P ratio. Results suggest that the current method was effective for establishing stimulus control and increasing the participant’s compliance to low probability instructions. |
|
|
79. Comparing Experimental Analyses, Direct Assessment, and Indirect Assessment Results to Determine Behavior Function and Severity Level During Medication Use |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY MADSEN (Drake University), Janelle Peck (Florida State University), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
Abstract: Introduction: Research has demonstrated that using multiple measures (direct and indirect assessments) to determine the impact of medication on behavior severity and function can yield comprehensive and accurate results (Valdovinos et al., 2002). However, research on one indirect assessment, Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF), has found decreased reliability of the instrument's findings when behavior is multiply controlled (Matson & Boisjoli 2007). The purpose of this research was to compare findings from analogue functional analysis (AFA), direct (one-hour weekly observations and direct-care staff data) and indirect assessments (QABF and Aberrant Behavior Checklist-Community (ABC-C)) on behavior function and severity during psychotropic medication use. Method: Steve was a 29 year-old male diagnosed with autism and severe intellectual disability who took Zyprexa 10mg. Initial interviews were conducted using the Functional Assessment Interview Form (ONeill et al., 1997), QABF (Paclawskyj et al., 2000), and ABC-C (Aman, Burrow, & Wolford, 1995). After the initial interview an AFA was conducted using a multielement design (conditions run were: attention, tangible, demand, crowding, control) (Iwata et al., 1994). Upon completion of the AFA, one-hour direct observations were conducted weekly. Direct care staff completed the QABF and ABC-C weekly and also collected data independent of this research on problem behaviors. Behaviors monitored included: aggression, self-injurious behavior, property destruction, scratching, and refusals. Results: The AFA found high rates of behavior in the demand and crowding conditions; and, although there was variability in the results of the QABF, the overall pattern did also support negative reinforcement. The results of the ABC-C also varied across staff but despite this, the Irritability and Lethargy subscales consistently had the higher scores. Direct observation results were consistent with low severity reported in the ABC-C and with antecedents identified via experimental and indirect assessments. Discussion: These data reveal that regardless of the variability of responses obtained on indirect assessments their overall patterns are consistent with those patterns observed using experimental analyses and direct assessments. Further research should be done to determine if the patterns remain consistent across psychotropic medication changes. |
|
|
80. Using Progressive Ratio Schedules to Evaluate Edible, Leisure, and Token Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE MARIE RUSSELL (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The general purpose of the current study was to evaluate the potency of different kinds of reinforcers with young children with developmental disabilities. The participants were two boys and one girl between the ages of 7 and 9. In Study 1, we used a progressive ratio (PR) schedule to evaluate the reinforcing value of tokens, edible items, and leisure items. For one participant, tokens resulted in the highest PR break points, but for the second participant, edibles resulted in the highest break points (tokens were found to have the lowest break points). The evaluation is underway with a third participant. In Study 2 (in progress), we further examined these same stimuli and their break points by varying different parameters, such as pre-session access. |
|
|
81. Reducing Multiple Response Forms of Stereotypy in an Individual with Deafblindness |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Isabella Maciw (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Interventions to reduce engagement in stereotypy generally involve auditory and visual stimuli that may be (a) provided on a noncontingent basis, (b) delivered contingent on the occurrence of an appropriate behavior, or (c) used as discriminative stimuli. Given that perceptions are impaired in individuals with deafblindness, researchers and clinicians must identify alternatives to auditory and visual stimuli for this population. Thus, the purpose of the study was to examine the effects of various interventions on multiple response forms of stereotypy in a 43-year-old woman with Cornelia de Lange syndrome and deafblindness. We initially compared the effects of three types of noncontingent stimulation on stereotypy within a multielement design. Then, we used the stimuli that produced the largest abative effects as part of a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior intervention to reduce stereotypy and increase an appropriate behavior (i.e., sitting). The preliminary results indicate that noncontingent access to preferred edible items produced the lowest levels of stereotypy and providing these stimuli as part of a differential reinforcement intervention maintained low levels of stereotypy compared to noncontingent reinforcement. The implication of the results will be discussed in terms of identifying effective and ethical interventions for individuals with deafblindness. |
|
|
82. Response Patterns in Functional Analyses: A Preliminary Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE MARIE GIBSON (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Functional assessment procedures have proven effective in identifying the operant contingencies that maintain problem behavior. Typically, the evaluation of responding during functional analyses is conducted at the condition level. However, some variables affecting occurrences of behavior cannot be evaluated solely through the use of across-session analysis. Therefore, it may be necessary to evaluate patterns both across and within sessions. Evaluating within-session patterns of responding may provide information about variables such as extinction bursts, discriminative stimuli, and motivating operations such as deprivation and satiation. The current study was designed to identify some typical response patterns that are generated when data are displayed across and within sessions of functional analyses, discuss some variables that may cause these trends, and evaluate the utility of within-session analyses. Results revealed that several specific patterns of responding were identified for both across- and within-session analyses which may be useful in clarifying the function of behavior. |
|
|
83. An Evaluation of the Presence or Absence of Tangibles in the Functional Analysis Escape Condition |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA ING (University of Iowa), Glenda Harms (Prairie Lakes Area Education Agency), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Scott D. Lindgren (University of Iowa), Kelly Pelzel (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to evaluate the influence of the presence or absence of tangibles on the behavior exhibited during an escape functional analysis condition. Previous studies have reported concerns with the tangible condition (Rooker et al. 2011). We will be presenting data on problem behavior and task completion during the presentation of demands and during reinforcement both with and without tangibles present within the demand context. Participants within our study were individuals with developmental disabilities who displayed problem behavior within functional analysis designs. Functional analysis escape conditions initially displayed elevated levels of problem behavior (based on a 6-second partial interval recording system; IOA conducted for 57% of sessions and averaged 96%) suggesting problem behavior was motivated by access to negative reinforcement. We compared escape conditions which included either the presence or absence of tangibles throughout the session. Our results suggest that an absence of tangibles during an escape condition may increase problem behaviors and decrease task completion when compared to escape conditions conducted with noncontingent access to tangibles. Results will be discussed in terms of the implications of ambiguous functional analysis results on treatment recommendations and outcomes. |
|
|
84. Idiosyncratic Functions of Challenging Behavior Through Individualized Functional Analysis Conditions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark), Jennie Dorothea England (Melmark), Jennifer Hanson (Melmark), Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark) |
Abstract: Functional analyses have been utilized extensively for identifying the function of challenging behavior. The standard conditions described by Iwata et al (1982/1994) are escape from demands, access to tangibles, and access to attention. Although most challenging behavior can be evoked under these conditions there are additional conditions that may set the occasion for challenging behavior. Carr (1994) encouraged researchers to identify more idiosyncratic events or conditions that may evoke challenging behavior. Identifying idiosyncratic functions of challenging behaviors allows treatment plans to be more robust that are tailored to the individuals specific needs. This report demonstrates the use of additional or modified conditions within the functional analysis to more accurately identify the function or functions of challenging behavior on an individual basis. The standard conditions were conducted and based on the results and observations from these analyses, as well as observations in the natural environment, adjustments were made and additional conditions were conducted (e.g., social avoidance, item manipulation). |
|
|
85. Decreasing aberrant behavior during cooperative play using a behavior management treatment package |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA CAGLE (Gonzaga University), Amanda Stansell (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to decrease aberrant behavior in an eight-year-old boy with ADHD and a history of neglect. The child’s aberrant behavior presented as aggression, verbal aggression and property destruction. The therapists implemented a treatment package consisting of discussing game play rules and appropriate behaviors combined with a break request procedure with a visual self-management tool during cooperative play with his older sibling. The treatment evaluation was conducted via a generalized case study across the behavioral lab and home settings. This treatment was effective in reducing his aberrant behavior to near zero levels. Results will be discussed in terms of effectiveness in decreasing problem behavior, generalization across settings, and maintaining low aberrant behavior while fading the treatment package. Interobserver agreement was collected in 52% of sessions, with an average agreement of 91%. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session - Monday Noon |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
86. Addressing Social Skills in Postsecondary Settings: Video Self-Modeling for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NIGEL PIERCE (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Christina Fragale (University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Soyeon Kang (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Video self-modeling (VSM) has been used to address social skill deficits for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder for over two decades. However, there is very little research that explores the effectiveness of VSM for older individuals who are considered higher functioning and those who matriculate through the K-12 educational setting. Many students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders have difficulty finding support in post secondary settings and soon realize that the traditional accommodations provided by many universities do not meet their unique needs. Given the increasing trend of students entering postsecondary settings diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders, this study provides a bases for using VSM to address social skills and presents data to support such claim. Using a multiple baseline design, this study addresses social skills for a female college student on the autism spectrum. Results and implications for the field of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are discussed in addition to further recommendations for future research. |
|
|
87. Instruction of Pretend Play Skills Using Video Modeling and Matrix Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: In this study, pretend play scripts for three different play sets involving 10 actions and 10 vocalizations were taught to a participant using a video modeling procedure in a multi-probe design. Training on the different elements of the scripts and generalization of the pretend play actions and vocalizations were programmed systematically according to a matrix system. Two of the sets were thematically related (i.e., two consisted of pirate play materials) and the other was unrelated (i.e., knight play materials). To increase the participants familiarity with the elements from the matrix, a tact training was conducted to teach the participant to label the different materials and accessories from the different play sets. Video modeling was then initiated. Following mastery of each of the play sets, probe sessions were conducted to assess generalization with related and unrelated play sets, as well as when recombining materials from the three different play sets in a novel combination. Results show that video modeling training resulted in an increase in appropriate play and a decrease in stereotypy for one participant. Systematically arranging the training elements in a matrix system was also shown to enhance generalization of the acquired play skills during probe sessions. Data were also collected interobserver agreement in each condition of the study and were well above 85% across these measures. |
|
|
88. The Utility of Preference Assessments to Determine Preferred and Aversive Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joshua Jessel (Western New England University), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are used to systematically compare stimuli and develop relative preference hierarchies. The most preferred stimuli identified via a preference assessment are often subsequently used in behavior therapy plans to increase appropriate behavior. Although the focus of prior research has been on a positive rather than negative preference relation, it is possible, given preference assessment methodology, to identify non-preferred and aversive stimuli as well as preferred stimuli. For example, in single-stimulus preference assessments conducted by Green et al. (1988), all participants displayed some form of avoidant behavior, but little was reported on the potential importance of these data. In the current study, a pairwise functional analysis with an escape test condition was conducted with a 19-year-old female diagnosed with an intellectual disability. The stimulus associated with the most avoidant behavior, a DVD player was the aversive tangible item selected from the bidirectional preference assessment. A function-based treatment was then created to increase tolerance of having the DVD player nearby. The results suggest the utility of including a negative preference index to assess the sensitivity of problem behavior to negative reinforcement in the form of escape from tangible items. |
|
|
89. Social Task Analysis & Assessment (STAA), for Assessment and Programing of Social Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL BEN-ZVI (Seminar Hakibutsim, Tel Aviv), Amira Ochana (Israeli ABA) |
Abstract: ABSTRACT: Based on Social response analysis and the Matrix of Social and Verbal Analysis (Ben-Zvi , Oslo 2010) an assessment tool was Based on Social response analysis and the Matrix of Social and Verbal Analysis (Ben-Zvi , Oslo 2010) an assessment tool was developed for the assessment and programing of social training. The STAA is enlarging and developing of other behavioral but rather limited social scales, like the ABLLS-R Social Interaction part (Partington 2006). Social skills assessment Scales need to be based on basic Social Pivotal Response groups: Social Awareness, Social joyful behaviors, Social Coordination, Reciprocal social actions, Cooperation, Rule Guided Social play, Competitive behaviors, and TOM behaviors. The groups need to be assessed separately from Verbal Behaviors if we want to be able to plan correctly the interventions for social improvements, so much needed for the ASD population but also needed for other social deficits. Based on this assumption, assessment tool was developed on top of the ABLLS-R. A preliminary test of the assessment tool was done on autistic children in a kindergarten in Israel. For each child a program of social training was set, and data on development or improvement in social behavior is being collected. The Poster presents the STAA, and the guidelines for interventions based on STAA, with 5 ASD children, aged 3-5 |
|
|
90. From Sauce to Slice: Implementation of Texture Fading within a School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE ELLISON (The Aurora School), Molly Coyle (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Previous studies have shown that texture fading procedures have been successfully used to treat food refusal and food selectivity in clinical settings when paired with reinforcement and extinction procedures (Shore, Babbitt, Williams, Coe, and Snyder, 1998). The purpose of this study is to implement texture fading procedures within a school setting without the use of escape extinction using a changing criterion design. The participant in this study is a blind 10-year-old male with an additional autism diagnosis and a history of aggression. This individual has a limited diet and is reported to eat no more than 5 different foods in the school environment. The process of texture fading begins with the introduction of applesauce and gradually increases in texture until a whole apple slice is reached. Two dependent variables will be measured; accepted bites and successful bites. An accepted bite is when an individual consumes the bite portion presented. A successful bite is an accepted bite with no gagging, spitting, or additional problem behavior. Each feeding session has a set time of 15-20 minutes, and each accepted bite is reinforced with a preferred food or drink. Upon successful completion of this food item, other foods will be introduced in a similar process. Those mastered foods will be generalized into regular meal time to promote maintenance of newly accepted foods. |
|
|
91. Teaching Play Skills to Children Diagnosed with Autism Utilizing a Microsoft PowerPoint Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHERYL L. ZOLEDOWSKI (St. Cloud State University, St. Amant Research Centre), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism often exhibit deficits in play skills. A variety of photographic, video, and computer based interventions have been used to teach play skills, however there is limited data regarding generalization of play skills to untrained play skills, emergence of novel play behaviors, and systematic fading of visual prompts to promote maintenance of play skills. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of Microsoft PowerPoint to teach specific motor and verbal play scripts, document the emergence of novel motor and verbal play behaviors, and note generalization to untrained play scenarios. In addition, the PowerPoint presentation was systematically faded to promote play skills in the natural environment. A multiple baseline across subjects and toy scripts was utilized with 4 young participants who had a diagnosis of autism. The results of the study indicated 3 of 4 participants demonstrated increases in the trained scripted toy play scenarios that maintained after the PowerPoint program was faded. Skill acquisition and emergence of novel motor and verbal play behaviors varied within and between participants. Further play skills generalized to untrained play toys. |
|
|
92. Generalization of a Stimulus Control Procedure to Treat Motor Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Autism is a developmental disorder characterized by difficulties in communication, social interaction, and stereotypical behaviors. Stereotypical behaviors can interfere with academic instruction, slow the rate of skill acquisition, impede social interactions, and can potentially cause physical harm to the individual. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effects of a stimulus control procedure on the occurrence of motor stereotypy. The participant is an 11-year old learner with autism who was referred for treatment of motor stereotypy. The topography of his motor stereotypy included repeated, forceful tapping on surfaces (including glass), which presented serious concern for the students safety. Extended no consequence conditions with and without toys revealed that the motor stereotypy persisted in the absence of social consequences and was higher when no toys were present. Treatment of the students motor stereotypy included stimulus control, blocking, and redirection. When tapping occurred on surfaces other than the white board, which was identified as an acceptable place to engage, his hands were physically blocked for 3 seconds and redirected to the board. Results showed motor stereotypy increased on the board and decreased on other surfaces. Implications for fading staff presence and access to the board will be discussed. |
|
|
93. Decreasing Stereotyped and Self-Injurious Behaviours in a Young Person with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA M. AVILES (Ambitious About Autism, TreeHouse School), David Goff (Ambitious About Autism, TreeHouse School) |
Abstract: A functional behavioural assessment was conducted to assess and treat several topographies of stereotyped behaviours (SB) and self-injurious behaviours (SIB) in a young person with Autism Spectrum Disorder. First, an FBA was conducted on both behaviours using FAST-R and MAS across respondents and ABC data were collected via direct observations by the authors. A comparison across hypothesized functions from the indirect and descriptive assessments narrowed automatic positive reinforcement to be a potential function. The data also showed that engagement in SIB typically occurred immediately following engagement in SB. A two tiered treatment was designed to decrease SB and SIB. Because the topography of stereotyped behaviour occurred at high rates, verbal redirection was given to the individual only when he engaged in two types of SB simultaneously or if he engaged in any form of SIB. Following compliance with the verbal redirection, a timer of 60 seconds was set to give the young person an opportunity to independently manage his behaviours. If he engaged in any form of SB or SIB within the 60s, verbal redirection plus de-escalation tasks for 60 consecutive seconds was presented. The treatment substantially decreased levels of SB and SIB. |
|
|
94. The Effectiveness of Video-Feedback and Self-Monitory strategy on the On-Task Behavior for a Middle School Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIH AN LIN (TCSPE), Yi-Huei Hong (TCSPE), Wei Lun Tsai (TCSPE) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effectiveness of the Video-Feedback and Self-Monitory strategy on increasing the ratio of on-task behavior of a student with autism. The subject is an autism student in the senior vocational department of a special education school in Central Taiwan. The independent variable of this study is the video-feedback and self-monitory strategy, and the dependent variable is the ratio of the subject's on-task behavior. This study adopts single subject designs across three settings, including baseline, intervention and maintenance phases. The data was collected from these three phases and analyzed with the technique of visual inspection to examine the intervention effects of each phase. On completing the data analysis, the researcher interviewed the subjects teachers who participated in the study to ensure social validity of this study. The results of this study were as the following 1. The Video-Feedback and Self-Monitory were effective for increasing the ratio of subject's on-task behavior. 2. The improvements from The Video-Feedback and Self-Monitory were able to be maintained. 3. The study has positive social validity of effects. |
|
|
95. Evaluating the Effect of Stimulus-stimulus Pairing on Echoic Response of Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YEN-CHANG CHEN (SEEK Education, Inc., Taipei, Taiwan), Lilin Chen (SEEK Education, Inc., Taipei, Taiwan), Min-Hua Hung (SEEK Education, Inc., Taipei, Taiwan), Hui Hung Chen (SEEK Education, Inc., Taipei, Taiwan) |
Abstract: Children with autism may have difficulties learning or expending their echoic repertoire, in which is important for learning to speak. Many researches have evaluated the effectiveness of SSP in independent vocalization, yet the effect on echoic response is still among discussion. We modify the procedure which used in Barbara et al. (2009) to identify the effect of SSP on echoic response. One out of three children with autism has an increase in echoic response after SSP, the other two children which their echoic response did not increase, are further examined the effect of shaping on echoic response. |
|
|
96. Functional Behavior Assessment and Intervention for an Individual with Autism Engaging in Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAUL M. DOHER (Okemos Public Schools), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Although functional behavior assessment (FBA) has become entrenched as part of behavioral intervention planning within many public school systems these procedures rarely include a functional analysis, despite the proven benefits of functional analysis for intervention planning. In the present study, a full FBA, consisting of indirect assessment, direct observation, and functional analysis, was conducted for a 10 year-old male with autism who engaged in self-injurious behavior (SIB). The functional analysis of the target behavior consisted of four conditions: automatic reinforcement, control, escape, and a combined attention-tangible condition. The results of the functional analysis (Figure 1) indicated that the SIB was maintained by access to a preferred tangible item. More specifically, modifications to the tangible condition revealed SIB was more likely to occur when same aged peers possessed high-preference items. An intervention package consisting of differential reinforcement of alternate behaviors, extinction, response blocking, and video self-modeling was developed and implemented with the student. Essentially, the student was taught to ask for preferred items from peers as an alternative to SIB. After the intervention was implemented, SIB reduced in frequency to below baseline levels while requesting objects from a peer increased (Figure 2). The use of video models was systematically faded out and stimulus control was shifted to the peer’s possession of a high-preference item. Results will be discussed in terms of the benefits to conducting full functional behavior assessments in public school settings and using video self-modeling to address severe problem behavior. |
|
|
97. An Evaluation of Video Modeling as a Treatment to Reduce Echolalia |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARI J. ADOLF (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tamara L. Pawich (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Beginning conversational skills are one of the most challenging skills for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to acquire. Unlike some intraverbal skills, social responses such as reciprocal greetings are difficult to teach with simple tact prompts (e.g., pictures). Textual and echoic prompts are other common interventions for intraverbal training; however, echolalia often becomes problematic, especially given the strong history of teaching children to imitate the therapist during discrete-trial training. Video modeling is an intervention that has been proven effective for acquiring other social skills in children with ASD, which has the potential to circumvent echolalia when training reciprocal greetings. This study examined the efficacy of video modeling compared with a 5-second, constant-prompt-delay procedure to teach appropriate greetings to two children with ASD within an early intervention clinic. Baseline sessions consisted of providing differential reinforcement contingent on appropriate greeting responses without echolalia. The results showed that video modeling was more effective than the constant-prompt-delay procedure in reducing echolalia and teaching the children to respond appropriately to greetings. Generalization across three novel therapists was also measured and findings indicated that all participants were able to respond appropriately to greetings made by therapists who did not conduct training sessions. |
|
|
98. The Effects of Visual Discriminative Stimulus on Challenging Behavior in a Boy with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA COVIELLO (Baylor University), KrisAnn Christian (Baylor University), Adrianne Craine (Baylor University), Anne Sawyer (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The effects of a visual discriminative stimulus of challenging behavior in a boy with Autism were explored using a multielement design embedded into an ABAB design. Challenging behavior was identified as aggressive behavior. A functional analysis demonstrated the participants aggressive behavior was maintained by access to tangibles, specifically access to bubbles and iPad. During baseline, the desired objects were removed and all instances of aggressive behavior resulted in immediate reinforcement access to the objects. During intervention, one of two conditions was presented. During the Red Card condition, the iPad and bubbles were removed but remained in sight; a laminated 2 square red card was presented to the participant. All problem behavior and verbal requests for the items were ignored. During the No Card condition, the items were removed but remained in sight, and no card was provided. All problem behaviors were ignored, but verbal requests for the objects were reinforced with access to those items. Thus, the red card became a discriminative stimulus. Generalization was measured in which the red card was administered in new settings. Results suggest that the red card discriminative stimulus intervention significantly decreased aggressive behavior, and such results could be maintained in a variety of settings. |
|
|
99. The Effects of Reinforcement and Prompting when Assessing Preference for Vocational Activities with Adolescents diagnosed with Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTNEY LUCIBELLO (New England Center for Children), Jacqueline N. Potter (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robert Chiaccio (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to determine whether or not preference for vocational activities would shift when assessed under more naturalistic conditions. Job supports in the form of reinforcement (e.g., verbal praise, money) and prompts (e.g., cues to stay on-task, guidance to complete a task correctly) are ubiquitous in the workplace. Therefore, the present study assessed individuals preference for vocational activities with and without the presence of reinforcement and prompting. Three adolescents diagnosed with an intellectual disability participated. Sessions were conducted using a response restriction format where various vocational activities were simultaneously available and the participant had the opportunity to select the activity to work on during a 5-min interval. Reinforcement, derived from a paired item preference assessment, was provided for each completed work product. Prompts were delivered on an FT-30 s schedule if the participant was not already engaged with the materials. A reversal design was used to compare sessions with and without reinforcement and prompting. Results indicated that the addition of reinforcement and prompting only influenced 1 of the participants preference for the vocational activities; no differences were observed for the other 2 participants. |
|
|
100. Effectiveness of a manualized social-behavioral and academic program for children and adolescents with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER TOOMEY (Summit Educational Resources), David Meichenbaum (Summit Educational Resources), Joseph Forgione (Summit Educational Resources), Amy L. Jablonski (Summit Educational Resources), Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: Pervasive social difficulties are hallmark characteristics of autism spectrum disorders. Lopata & colleagues (2006; 2008; 2009 & 2013) evaluated the effectiveness of a manualized summer social-behavioral program for children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders. The five week full-day program consisted of intensive social skills training and therapeutic activities. Task analyzed social skills were taught, modeled, and role-played (McGinnis & Goldstein, 1997). Therapeutic activities provided multiple opportunities for incidental learning. Results showed increases in social skills use and decreases in autistic symptomatology. This pilot study examines the addition of an academic skills component to a community replication of the aforementioned program. 35 participants, ages 5-14, diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and with IQ and language scores of 75+, were divided into groups of 6-8. In addition to the well-established program, participants participated in a daily 50-minute academic period, during which social and academic skills were reinforced in larger academically-minded groups by a certified teacher. Observational data on social skills and problem behaviors will be presented to support the models effectiveness (see attached sample table). Parent report data and satisfaction will be reported. Results provide the basis for larger controlled trials. Implications for general education will be discussed. |
|
|
101. Assessment of Communication Modalities in a Young Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER DOLL (Gonzaga University), Vicki Rozell (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of functional communication training (FCT) using assistive devices, as an intervention for problem behavior of a 6-year-old child with autism. A concurrent operant assessment and functional analysis was conducted to identify function of behavior. Treatment consisted of an analysis of the picture exchange communication system (PECS), Proloquo2Go, and a micro-switch. We compared the use of verbalizations and use of the assistive communication device, as well as occurrences of problem behavior. Results demonstrated the lowest use of verbalizations and most consistent use of a device occurred with Proloquo2Go. In addition, problem behaviors were the lowest with the micro-switch and Proloquo2Go. Results of PECS showed the highest problem behaviors, in addition to highest levels of verbalizations. The interobserver agreement (IOA) occurred for 100% of the concurrent operant assessment with an average of 89.7%. IOA occurred 100% of the time for the functional analysis with an average of 84.2% and IOA for FCT occurred 60% of the time with an average of 94.8%. |
|
|
102. The Effects of a Conditional Discrimination Intervention on Both the Fluency and Accuracy of Intraverbal Responding. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACKIE THAXTON (Little Star Center), Hannah Foltz (Little Star Center), Maggie Moore (Little Star Center), Jamy Wisher (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: This study sought to evaluate the effects of a conditional discrimination intervention on both the fluency and accuracy of intraverbal responding. The independent variable consists of three phases in which six discrimination pairs are run until mastery criterion was met in each phase. Throughout the intervention trained observers collected data on targeted intraverbal responses. In addition, we assessed generalization through scripted interactions ran in the natural environment. The three participants selected for this study demonstrated frequent errors when an intraverbal response required a conditional discrimination such as; how old are you? Vs. how are you? All participants had a diagnosis of autism and received center-based ABA therapy provided by a non-profit clinic. The participants received the following scores on the VB-MAPP Intraverbal Subtest: Indicated participant A, a five year old male, scored 43/80 points; participant B, a nine year old male, scored 51/80 points; participant C, a ten year old male, scored 46/80 points. |
|
|
103. Reducing Hand Biting in a Child Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRICIA JEFFRIES (University of South Florida), Ed Littleton (Florida State University) |
Abstract: This study looked to decrease the frequency of hand biting in a four year old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The function of the behavior was found to be automatic reinforcement. An intervention consisting of prompting and response blocking had been attempted prior to this study and was proven ineffective. Data on the frequency of the behavior were taken during the child’s three-hour verbal behavior therapy sessions three times a week. This study used an ABAB design to evaluate the use of a chewable necklace as a safe alternative item for the child to bite. While the behavior was occurring at high rate during the baseline phases (mean = 12 responses per hour), there was a large decrease in level during the intervention phases (mean = 3 responses per hour). Based on the results of this study, using a chewable necklace appears to be an effective way to decrease hand biting. |
|
|
104. Team Size, Stability, Competence, and Experience: Effects on Learning Acquisition and Inappropriate Behavior in Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EDUARDO AVALOS (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno), Shady Alvarez (California State University, Fresno), Julayne Jorge (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: It is common that children with autism have trouble generalizing what they have learned from a specific person to other people. Having a team of therapists work with a child with autism is the primary method used to program for generalization across people during clinical intervention. Team variables impacting progress are often under analyzed and changes in team variables during the intervention are often not closely monitored to assess immediate effects on the learning rate and measures of the child’s inappropriate behavior. The purpose of this study was to investigate how specific team variables affect the learning acquisition and levels of inappropriate behavior in children with autism. The four primary team independent variables measured were: team size, stability, competence, and experience. Therapy sessions were sampled via video recording and coded for the dependent variables of percent of correct responding and frequency and/or duration of a variety of inappropriate behaviors. Team variables were gathered from center records or coded for from therapy video samples. General trends were analyzed between dependent and independent variables to conclude general correlations. Preliminary results showed a positive relationship between team stability, competence, experience and acquisition rate, in most, but not all cases. A negative relationship was observed between team stability, competency, experience, and inappropriate behavior. Overall findings suggest significant positive clinical relevance to monitoring team variables throughout different stages in early intervention in children with autism. |
|
|
105. The Use of IPod Touch to Increase Independent Functioning of Adults with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAORI G. NEPO (Autism Life Support), Alison Allen (Keystone) |
Abstract: Individuals with learning and behavioral challenges often rely on the support of others to accomplish day to day activities such as self-care, domestic, vocational and other functional skills. Additionally, limited communication abilities and behaviors related to those communication challenges make it difficult for them to be integrated in the community. Assistive technology has been found to improve the independent functioning of individuals with various learning and behavioral difficulties, including Autism. Recent advancements in technology have made the implementation of assistive technology significantly more simplified due to improved portability, capability, and accessibility with reduced cost. Commonly available technology such as the IPod Touch can be a very useful tool in ameliorating supports through auditory and visual cues, and serves to bridge communication and social skills challenges. In this research study funded by Autism Delaware, IPod Touch were implemented as Augmentative and Alternative Communication Devices (AAC) as well as visual scheduling and leisure tools. |
|
|
106. Assessment and Treatment of Tantrum Behavior Evoked by Peer Noise Within a Residential Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA MOUZAKES (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated both an effective methodology of assessment and treatment of problem behavior evoked by aversive noises. The current study extended previous research by conducting both the assessment and treatment of tantrum behavior evoked by a peers noises within a residential setting. During the first phase, a modified functional analysis (McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Elligson, & Thomson, 2001) was conducted for one participant with autism. Tantrum behavior occurred during only the escape from noise condition of the functional analysis suggesting that this individual's tantrum behavior was evoked by a specific peer's noises and maintained by escape from these noises. An intervention consisting of extinction combined with stimulus fading, during which the duration of the aversive noise was systematically increased, was then implemented. Near zero levels of tantrum behavior in the presence of the loud noise was observed across the last 6 sessions of treatment. Reliability data were collected during 80% of assessment and 50% of treatment sessions resulting in 95% and 90% agreement, respectively. |
|
|
107. Using Competing Items and Response Blocking to Treat Pica in an Adolescent with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Alexis Resnick (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Karen Guszkowski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), KASEY THOMAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Pica, the consumption of nonnutritive substances, is a serious concern for individuals with developmental disabilities and can lead to dangerous outcomes such as intestinal damage, infection, surgery, and death. In the present study, a 12-year-old male presented with high rates of pica. Functional analysis results revealed that pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A multi-element design was used to compare the effects of baseline (e.g., ignore), competing items, and response blocking. Additional analyses were conducted to explore the extent to which blocking and providing competing items reduced pica. Overall results indicated that providing the adolescent with a competing item every 10 minutes and blocking all pica significantly reduced pica behavior. Study limitations and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
108. Increasing Variability in Toy Play for Children with Autism using Lag Schedules |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RASHA BARUNI (New England Center for Children, Abu Dhabi), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Star Lipe (St. Cloud State University), Marissa A. Novotny (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Response variability has been extensively investigated in basic research in laboratory experiments using nonhumans (Neuringer, 1993; Page & Neuringer, 1985). By contrast, very little research has been done in applied settings with human participants. To date, the research that has been done on response variability in human participants has focused primarily on variability of vocalizations and communication responses. To help address this deficit, we evaluated the effects of lag 1 and 2 schedules on novel responses for three participants diagnosed with autism who exhibited little or no appropriate toy play. Results show that the lag 1 schedule increased toy play variability for all 3 participants and the lag 2 schedule produced additional, but only modest increases in, variability for 2 of 2 participants. The results of a social validity assessment suggest that staff perceived toy play as normal and were satisfied with the outcomes. We discuss the clinical implications and the potential limitations of the findings. |
|
|
109. An Examination of the HALI Music Method on Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SETH DAVID WALTER (The HALI Center for Autism), Dana Powers (The HALI Center for Autism), Susan K. Malmquist (FEAT of Washington), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University), Charles T. Merbitz (Consultant, Ann Arbor, Michigan) |
Abstract: The urgency of scientific discoveries into the origins of Autism and effective treatment options has never been greater. In reviewing the empirical literature that exists to date, it is clear that one treatment approach has come to the forefront as particularly beneficial: applied behavior analysis, or ABA. What is often overlooked is the reason for this. In a basic sense, it is because the subject matter of applied behavior analysis translates into the fundamental tenets of how we, as humans, learn - and what to do when learning does not occur as expected. While the empirical evidence in support of ABA is vast, there is still much work to be done. Misconceptions about ABA are commonplace. Barriers to service are great, including a demand that far outweighs the supply of qualified providers and difficulties incorporating ABA treatment in a fashion that is both effective and sustainable over time. The HALI Music Method® is a systematic procedure to teach people with Autism how to play the piano. Clinical data have shown the HALI Music Method® results in benefits beyond learning how to play the piano. Research findings will be presented to help describe the HALI Music Method® and the critical outcomes produced from intensive one-on-one instruction. Subjects included five children with Autism, 7-8 years old, who received instruction using the HALI Music Method® for four days a week for 12 weeks in a school-based setting in a suburban New Jersey community. Three research questions were asked: (1) What is the frequency of correct responses (i.e., hitting correct keys on the piano) across the time the HALI Music Method® is employed?; (2) What changes occur in attention as measured by the frequency of attending to the instructor, materials, or other stimuli in the instructional environment?; and, (3) Does the frequency of following instructions improve as a result of the HALI Music Method®? Research results will be presented using a time-series graphic display of data. The rationale for the study will be described as well as a recommended framework for prioritizing skill development that has the greatest likelihood of producing meaningful, socially significant results for children with Autism. |
|
|
110. Teaching Young Children with Autism to Understand and Follow Requests Made By Gesture |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana), Karlyn Gibbs (The Child Development Center), Jamie Eff (Child Development Center) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have well documented delays and disorders in communication skills. This difficulty can be severe limiting the acquisition of speech. However, even children diagnosed with ASD who develop verbal language still have challenges with communication. These challenges include understanding the social use of language and the non-verbal aspects of communication. Eye gaze and theory-of- mind studies indicate that children diagnosed with ASD miss as much of 80% of the communicative information embedded in non-verbal modes. The present study addresses this issue. Four children diagnosed with ASD aged four to five years of age participated. At baseline, all children could follow simple verbal commands but did not attend to or follow gestures. Three different gestures were targeted: “stop”; “come here”; and, “go there”. The study used a multiple baseline design across three gestures for four different participants. In all cases, the use of an error-free teaching strategy helped the participants to reach mastery criteria. Skills were maintained and there is evidence of generalization. Inter-observer agreement data was taken on 30% of sessions and for all children and with all gestures and remained high across the study. Social validity data will also be presented. |
|
|
111. Implementing an Alternating Treatments Design to Determine Effective Intervention for Mouthing for Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN ROSE FLANAGAN (Firefly Autism), Sarah Jarrett (Firefly Autism), Hannah Embree (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was implemented to determine an intervention to reduce mouthing by a 5-year-old with autism. ABC data analysis indicated a function of automatic reinforcement. 3-30 minute samples of 5-minute partial-interval data were collected daily during baseline and treatment. During baseline, a chewy was available throughout the day. Mouthing (attempting to place a chewy or other non-food item in the mouth) occurred during 83% of intervals. Treatment A consists of alternating 5 minutes of access to a “chewy” with 5 minutes without “chewy”. During all intervals, attempts to mouth other non-food items are blocked and hands are redirected to “chewy” or appropriate activity. During non-chewy intervals incompatible behaviors are taught. Treatment B consists of no-access to a “chewy”. Attempts to mouth non-food items are blocked and redirected. It was hypothesized that Treatment A would be most effective in reducing mouthing behaviors, due to possible satiation effects and learning appropriate chewing through the “chewy” and incompatible behavior instruction during non-chewy intervals. However, data show that treatment A showed no reduction in mouthing (84% of intervals) and treatment B reduced mouthing to 60% of intervals). Treatment B also reduced mouthing of non-food items excluding a chewy from 64% to 60%. |
|
|
112. Utilizing the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) as a Method of Improving Discharge Outcomes of Children/Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATE POMPA (Wesley Spectrum Services), Alicia J. Koger (Wesley Spectrum Services) |
Abstract: Children with autism benefit from thorough assessment that informs treatment planning and intervention packages implemented in the least restrictive environment such as homes, schools, and community settings. Two challenges faced by agencies that provide this type of service includes the lack of resources available to complete thorough and meaningful clinical assessments in a standardized manner, as well as, a lack of training available to employees on how to administer and incorporate results of assessments such as the CBCL into treatment plan development . This study compares the discharge outcomes of a population of clients with ASD both pre and post CBCL administration. The dependent variable is percentage of goal completion at discharge and the independent variable is the training of clinicians to complete the CBCL and utilize the outcomes to design intervention programming. Preliminary findings show that providing this training and implementation of the CBCL has increased the percentage of goal completion at discharge for children and adolescents with ASD. Additionally, it has also been noted that a collateral decrease in behavioral health restrictiveness has also been seen since the implementation of this assessment. |
|
|
113. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children at High Risk for Autism: An Outcomes Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno), Eduardo Avalos (California State University, Fresno), Julayne Jorge (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Early detection and intervention via intensive behavioral services has been found to be key in optimizing best outcomes in children with autism. ABA based treatments are the standard in treating children diagnosed with autism, but few studies have evaluated the efficacy of this type of treatment in children at high risk for autism.
The purpose of this study was to analyze, evaluate, and compare the developmental trajectory and outcomes for children at high-risk for autism treated with early intensive behavioral services. Four children at high risk for autism at a center based treatment facility were tracked during their entire treatment program. Treatment progression variables such as: overall learning acquisition rate at different stages of treatment, skill progression for different skills domains, measures of inappropriate behavior, and graduation rate, were analyzed. The developmental trajectory and outcomes of peers diagnosed with autism, at the same treatment center, were also tracked and compared to those of the high-risk children. Preliminary results show a significant difference in outcomes between children at high-risk for autism compared to children with autism. High-risk children had a 100% graduation rate, while children with autism had a 38 % graduation rate, from the same center based autism program. This study highlights the importance of early detection and the treatment effectiveness of early intensive behavioral intervention for children at high risk for autism. |
|
|
114. Longitudinal Evaluation of the OASIS Distance Training Program for Parents of Children with Autism in Geographically Remote Areas |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas Medical Center), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Jaye Russell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Jessica M. Barr Corkill (University of Kansas Medical Center), Therese K. Leochner (University of Kansas Medical Center), Brandon McFadden (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Abstract: Early, intensive and comprehensive intervention is of paramount importance to address the rising prevalence of autism in America. Unfortunately for many children, geographical isolation and excessive costs prevent many children from receiving services. Training parents to implement effective Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions reduces theses barriers to therapy. This project will present longitudinal data that will address this access and training deficit by evaluating the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) training program, a program that removes barriers to effective ABA training through web-based live coaching sessions provided via telemedicine. OASIS uses a Research-to-Practice Outreach Training model to teach parents of children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) how to implement empirically-based interventions with their children. The effectiveness of the OASIS program was evaluated across families with young children diagnosed with autism. Preliminary longitudinal data presented here include parent outcomes on pre- to posttest skill mastery and knowledge assessments. Results show that parents demonstrated pre- to posttest gains in knowledge and ABA implementation with their children. We discuss some of the challenges in implementing distance training with this population and the implications of distance ABA training for families of children diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
115. A Review of Autism Parent Training Literature: Learning Methods and Treatment Fidelity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
JOHANNA TAYLOR (University of Pittsburgh), Kristen E. Koba-Burdt (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Louise Kaczmarek (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: Training parents to implement interventions for children with autism has emerged as an evidence-based method to augment traditional clinical treatment. The purpose of this review was to extend previous reviews by examining the literature on parent-implemented interventions for children with autism. A systematic search of databases, reviews, and the Internet was conducted. Inclusion criteria were: a) publication between January 2000 and August 2012, b) peer-reviewed, c) enrollment of participants with a Pervasive Developmental Disorder under seven years of age and d) parent training to implement interventions. The search yielded 20 articles. Studies were examined for a) frequency of learning methods used in training, b) fidelity measurement procedures and c) extent of reporting on trainer and parent adherence to content. Results suggest the most frequently used parent training methods were provision of a manual or handouts, feedback, didactic presentation, and videos. Sixteen studies assessed treatment fidelity, and the majority collected data on parent adherence through video observation. Three studies used a fidelity checklist; however, an example of these tools were not provided. Preliminary data suggests treatment fidelity is being assessed, though a need to further explore the impact of various learning methods and treatment fidelity measures on the strength of parent-implemented interventions is necessary. |
|
|
116. The Construct of Love among Adults with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
IRA HEILVEIL (University of California, Los Angeles School of Medicine) |
Abstract: There are significant misperceptions pertaining to the ability of those on the autism spectrum to engage in mutually rewarding, loving and romantic relationships. Surprisingly, this nearly universal phenomenon has received virtually no attention in the applied behavioral analysis literature. In an attempt to remedy this, 26 adults with a diagnosis of autism were given a videotaped, structured interview consisting of seven questions pertaining to their perceptions of love. Participants ranged in age from 19 to 66, with a mean age of 32. Three paid raters performed a rudimentary content analysis, in order to identify how adults on the autism spectrum viewed the phenomenon of love. Results are presented in order to help guide future research in this important and under-researched area. |
|
|
117. Do Mirrors Facilitate Acquisition of Motor Imitation in Children Diagnosed With Autism? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ami J. Kaminski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Imitation is a prerequisite skill for children developing language and social skills (Rogers & Pennington, 1991). A mirror can provide visual feedback regarding the correspondence between the observed sample stimulus and the positions of ones own body in the imitative response (Catania, 1998). Increased levels of correct responding during training and generalization probes with a mirror suggest that children with developmental delays may benefit from the aid of a mirror during imitation training (Du, 2011; Moreno & Greer, 2012). Although several researchers have studied the use of mirrors in fostering generalized imitation, no studies currently report comparing the use of mirrors to no mirrors in the acquisition of imitative behavior. We used an adapted alternating treatment design embedded within a concurrent multiple-baseline across targets to compare the effects of a progressive prompting procedure with and without a mirror on the acquisition of gross motor imitation. During the mirror condition, the therapist oriented the child to the therapist's reflection before modeling the response. The participant was a 2-year old boy diagnosed with autism with limited motor imitation. Responses that were taught with the aid of a mirror were acquired faster than responses that were taught without a mirror. |
|
|
118. The Effects of Multiple Operant Training on the Emission of Echoics |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA FAGAN (The Aurora School), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Echoic training is a fundamental skill in teaching the verbal operants (e.g. tacts, mands, and intraverbals) by transferring the stimulus control from echoic response to the multiple operants. Observations show that children with autism who have strong echoic skills may lose the ability to emit pure echoics when the response is also historically controlled by other operants. Although a student may initially be able to echo “toilet” and “paper” each separately, extensive teaching of the echoic, mand, tact, and/or intraverbal response “toiletpaper,” may result in the emission of “toiletpaper” as a response to “say toilet.” In a multiple probe design, we measured the effects of multiple verbal operant training on the emission of pure echoics on students with autism. Three vocal male students between the ages of 14 and 21 and diagnosed with autism were participants for this study. After probing consonant-vowel (CV) echoics (e.g. “bah”), students were taught various verbal operants (e.g. tacts, intraverbals, mands, and/or echoics) which required a CVCV paired response (e.g. “bahvoo”). It is hypothesized that the participants will be unable to emit a pure CV echoic of words following the training of multiple operants requiring a CVCV response. Instead of a CV echoic response the students will emit the CVCV response. |
|
|
119. Short term ABA Treatment for Children with Autism: Outcome and Parent Perception |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE M. BARBIN (Behavioral Directions, LLC), Lauren Ross Hawkins (Fairfax County Public Schools), Stacey M. McIntyre (Ivymount School) |
Abstract: While there is substantial scientific support for the effectiveness of ABA methods for children with autism and related disorders, there is less evidence of the effectiveness of brief ABA treatment. The required intensity (weekly number of hours) and optimal duration of ABA intervention have been often debated. Research generally supports implementing ABA for 25-30 hours per week for a 1-2 year period (Lord & McGee, 2001; Granpeesheh et al., 2009) to gain optimal benefit, though few studies examine benefits achieved at differing levels of intensity and in shorter durations. In this study, 5 children with autism, ranging in age from 3-12 years, participated in a center-based ABA intervention program for an average of 5.5 weeks. Individualized acquisition programs (6-8 programs per student) were selected and taught using discrete trial, chaining and natural environment teaching for 6-8 hours per week. Using visual analysis results from an independent reviewer, all students demonstrated significant improvements (ranging from 83%-100% change in the desired direction; Average: 96.6%). Parent perceptions of outcome (e.g., effectiveness, value and satisfaction) were likewise quite favorable. These findings suggest gains can be seen with brief, less intensive efforts and contribute to the evidence pointing to ABA as a strong treatment choice. |
|
|
120. Effects of In-field Training on Client Outcomes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JACKELYN HART (Wesley Spectrum Services), Kristen Mahoney (Wesley Spectrum Services) |
Abstract: The use of in-field training was examined to evaluate its effects on client outcomes. In field training can be defined as a trainer observing the clinician delivering interventions to a client in the home, school , or community settings. It involves the trainer providing feedback in the moment and individualizing training based on the employee and client needs. Participants were clinicians working in a Behavioral Health Rehabilitative Services (BHRS) program. Their clients were individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) with limited communication. We measured the frequency of mands each client learned following their clinician being trained in verbal behavior. Some clinicians were trained in a group classroom setting. Other clinicians received in-field support in addition to classroom. Initial data indicate that clinicians who have in-field training have clients who learn more mands following the training. Further data is being collected to look at other outcome measures. Some clinicians will be exposed to more in-field training than others and outcomes of client communication will be evaluated. We are also testing to see if results of in field training generalize to other clients in which the clinician did not receive training. Further data will be collected throughout the study.
Results indicate that on average for clinicians who have in-field training, their clients learn more mands following the training.
Results also indicate that outcomes may not maintain after training has ended.
Further data is being collected look at other outcome measures and number of in-field training hours the clinician received. We are also testing to see if results generalize to other clients in which the clinician did not receive training. |
|
|
121. Using a Mirror to Induce Generalized Imitation in Preschoolers with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE E. POPE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: Previous research shows effectiveness of using the mirror protocol to teach children with autism spectrum disorders to imitate gross motor movements of an instructor. This poster replicates this previous research and shows the effectiveness of using the mirror protocol to improve the ability of three preschoolers with autism to imitate gross motor movements of their instructor, when taught in the home setting. Children were positioned to sit in front of a mirror during instruction to allow them to see themselves either imitate the movement, or receive prompting, if necessary. Though there was variability in the length of time (trials to criterion) it took the children to master new sets of motor imitations, there was an overall increasing trend in their abilities to show correct performance on more trials at the beginning of each new instructional set of imitations. |
|
|
122. Using Non-Vocal Auditory Stimuli to Teach Receptive Language to Individuals with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAYLOR P. BARKER (Little Star Center), Adrian Bramlage (Little Star Center), Lindsey Scholl (Little Star Center), Lindsay Erdmann (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of using non-vocal auditory stimuli to teach auditory discriminations to a learner who has difficulty acquiring receptive identification skills (matching spoken words to objects or actions) using spoken words as the discriminative stimulus (SD ) for the receptive identification response. The training involved using two easily discriminable non-vocal sounds played from a smartphone application to function as the SD for the desired responses. Listener responses were trained using a most-to-least prompting strategy with a mastery criteria of 90% correct responding for 3 consecutive sessions. Results of the study will determine the ability to teach auditory discriminations using non-vocal stimuli to learners who have difficulty initially discriminating spoken words. The feasibility of transferring the stimulus control of the receptive response from a non-vocal auditory stimulus to a spoken word will also be assessed as the ultimate goal of this training. The current study is a direct replication of a “mini-curriculum” presentation by Gina Green (2012) in a workshop titled “Teaching Discrimination and Matching Skills to Learners with Autism and Related Disorders”. |
|
|
123. Does Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Increase the Effectiveness of Echoic Responding in Non-Vocal Individuals with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Kristine Oddo (Little Star Center), Leigh Broughan (Little Star Center), Kasey Philpott (Little Star Center), Brooke Raderstorf (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Additional research is needed to establish stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) as an evidence based procedure for increasing vocal production in non-vocal individuals with autism. SSP consists several trials of stating a targeted response 3-5 times then presenting a preferred item. This pairing process is said to condition the sound that is paired as a learned, automatic reinforcer resulting in the child emitting the target sound more frequently. An increased frequency of the target sound may facilitate a more rapid process in which functional control of the sound can be established. In this study a multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of SSP on targeted vocal productions. In addition, this study evaluated the effectiveness of echoic training on a response in which a pairing effect occurred during SSP. Three individuals with autism (2 male, 1 female) participated in this study. Tentative data indicated a pairing effect in one of the participants, but no immediate effect on echoic training. |
|
|
124. Teaching Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder to Ask Questions: A Systematic Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY JANE RAULSTON (Texas State University), Amarie Carnett (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University) |
Abstract: This paper systematically reviews the research on teaching individuals with autism to ask questions (i.e., mand for information). Database, hand, and ancestry searches identified 21 studies for review. Each study was analyzed and summarized in terms of (a) participant characteristics (b) dependent variables, (c) intervention procedures, and (d) outcomes and certainty of evidence. All 21 studies reported positive outcomes, meaning that participants acquired or improved question-asking skills. Studies taught participants to ask the following types of questions: what, where, who, which, when, and how. The questions Can I see it? and Can I have it? were also taught. Various intervention procedures were utilized including: naturalistic teaching, discrete trial training, token economies, small group training, picture communication systems, video modeling and scripts. All 21 studies employed behavior-analytic techniques. Intervention procedures, effects of motivating operations, generalization, implications for communication programs, and future research directions are discussed. |
|
|
125. A Social Skills Intervention Using Video Modeling for a Preschool Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KEN HANDA (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders typically exhibit lack of social interaction (Apple, Billingsley, & Schwartz, 2005). Video modeling meets criteria for being evidence-based as well as demonstrating high effectiveness as an intervention strategy (Wang & Spillane, 2009). In this study, a social skills intervention using video modeling was given to a 4-years-old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorders, and the effect of the intervention was evaluated. The target behaviors were selected from skills of handing or receiving crafting tools by employing Functional Behavior Assessment. The social skills intervention was conducted three or four times depending on the skill. The social skills intervention included (a) coaching the target behaviors though video modeling, and (b) practicing the target behaviors in crafting activity. The effects of intervention were measured by behavioral observation during crafting activity. The result indicated the participant increased target behaviors after the social skills intervention, and its effects were maintained even after two months and five months. |
|
|
126. Multiple Baseline Examination of a Token Board Intervention Across Two Participants |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEREDITH N. WILL (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders frequently engage in problem behavior, such as disruption and non-compliance (McClintock, Hall, & Oliver, 2003). Such behavior problems can have a negative impact on classroom functioning (Kaiser, 2007). Behavioral interventions targeting in-seat behavior have been effective (Luiselli, Colozzi, Helfen, & Pollow, 1980). In the current study, differential reinforcement of in-seat behavior using a changing criterion design was used to increase in-seat behavior. A pre-specified duration of in-seat behavior was set and tokens were delivered following successfully meeting this criterion. Duration of in-seat requirements was gradually increased. Once all required tokens were earned, a break was provided. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used across participants to replicate findings. Participants included one 7 year old male with a diagnosis of autistic disorder and one 5 year old female with a diagnosis of Pervasive Developmental Disorder Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS). Data show that the in-seat behavior increased with the use of the token board across both participants. |
|
|
127. Using a Toy Conditioning Procedure to Increase Appropriate Independent Toy Play in Preschoolers with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GRETCHEN GRUNDON (Verbal Behavior Associates), Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: Lack of ability to sustain in independent toy play is a common skill deficit that affects many children with autism spectrum disorders. This poster demonstrates the potential effectiveness of using an instructional conditioning procedure to increase independent toy play in three preschoolers with autism. This is a replication of published research done in applied settings that demonstrates that increasing appropriate independent play in children with autism can reduce stereotypy and other forms of inappropriate behavior. Data was collected for appropriate toy play during the instructional procedure, toy conditioning, (an adult instructor present, playing with the child and delivering contingent reinforcement for appropriate toy play) and also during five minute probe sessions where the child was given a toy or activity and told to play with it independently. The data show that the conditioning procedure increased independent performance for puzzle play for two participants and block play for one. |
|
|
128. The Effects of Visual Prompt on the Color Properties of Fruits for A Child with Autism to Prompt Divergent Thinking |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education), Hui-Ting Wang (National Taiwan Normal University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of visual prompt on the color properties of fruits for a 6 year-old child with autism to prompt divergent thinking. The independent variable was visual prompt; i.e., if the child did not respond for 3 seconds, the researcher showed fruit cards as visual cue for the child to respond. The dependent variable(DV) in this study was the correct numbers of the fruits corresponding to the color. After teaching three trials each day, a probe would be conducted to gather the DV. In order to avoid the subject learning by memory, the researcher interspersed other activities (i.e., symbolic play, motion imitation, tact, intra-verbal, matching) into each teaching trial and probe. A multiple-probe-baseline design across behaviors (i.e., color) was used in this study. The research team will continue to take a pure baseline data in order to demonstrate stronger experiment control . The preliminary results showed good improvement on color properties of fruits. Social validity data also showed favorite outcome. Parents reported that this child had not only expanded the naming the color properties of fruits but also became more flexible in his pattern of thinking . |
|
|
129. Enhancing ABA With Sensory-Based Tools |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBO'RAH MERRITT (Enid Counseling and Diagnostic Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism demonstrate an array of sensory, behavioral and functional difficulties including well documented problems in motor coordination, socialization, communication, attention, sleep patterns and self-regulation. Clinical evidence suggests that these areas of difficulty will respond positively to auditory and motor stimulation, particularly when combined with Applied Behavioral Analysis therapy. This presentation will introduce participants to the functional efficacy of multi-sensory interventions as well as discussing recent research on their effectiveness with children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Dissemination and Adoption of Behavior Analytic Approaches to Educating Children With Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
205 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
|
Innovations in Online Skill Training for Paraprofessionals in Early Behavioral Intervention |
Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD W. SERNA (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Harold E. Lobo (Praxis, Inc.), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Boston), Michelle M. Foran (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Cindy K. Fleming (Praxis, Inc.), Ashley J. Tello (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Kaitlyn E. Hurd (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
|
Abstract: Given the empirically validated success of early behavioral interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities, the demand for knowledgeable and skilled paraprofessional teaching staff is at an all-time high. Unfortunately, there currently exists a widely recognized shortage of such practitioners. What is needed is an efficient training curriculum that is specifically geared toward those at the paraprofessional level, one that does not require university enrollment. Such a training program must be easy to access, presented at a level that reaches anyone who may have little or no prior experience with ABA and be available anytime one chooses to access it. This paper will describe an innovative program of research and development aimed at training paraprofessionals through the use of online distance training. The focus of the program has been on teaching fundamental knowledge and skills in behavioral intervention methods by simulating typical live mentor/mentee training. To help build skills, the program makes use of unique simulation exercises, in which the user directly interacts with an onscreen child from a first-person perspective. Program evaluation data from multiple studies that demonstrate both knowledge acquisition and transfer of computer-based skills to live performances also will be discussed. |
|
Bringing Disciplines Together: How Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Informed Social Skills Programming for Students with ASD |
Domain: Service Delivery |
STEVEN CELMER (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
|
Abstract: Within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), we have developed powerful tools in both the area of instruction for students with autism and the area of organizational behavior management (OBM). However, despite our fields demonstrated success in both of these disciplines, the practices of these two areas seldom intersect with each other in a significant manner. Efforts focused on achieving consistent change across organizations that serve students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) risk inefficiencies or a lack of sustained effectiveness, as these endeavors are typically missing a system-wide analysis to provide guidance for the project. The discipline of OBM can provide the analysis tools necessary to ensure efficient and effective dissemination of best practice in the field of autism. This presentation will discuss the analysis of two public school divisions using the tools of OBM, and how the results of these analyses were utilized to inform division-wide changes in social skills programming. Focus will be placed on how the analysis led to development of an assessment for social skills. Comparisons will be made between the implications of use of the new assessment and projected results of non-OBM directed systems-change projects. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Social Skills Groups for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
205 C-D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Peggy W. Halliday, M.Ed. |
Chair: Peggy W. Halliday (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
MARY ELLEN MCDONALD (Hofstra University) |
JULIE PATTERSON (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Difficulty in understanding and finding their way in the social world is one of the key challenges for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. From childhood through adolescence and into adulthood this inability to navigate the social world makes these children and adults easy targets for isolation and bullying. Addressing social challenges effectively can be critical to success at school, at work, and in the community. Improved social skills can also lead to more and better relationships with other people. This panel will bring together presenters who will share the methods and outcomes of three innovative social skills groups that go beyond traditional methods of teaching social skills. One of these is a gamers club where social skills groups take place through video gaming for pre-adolescents and adolescents. Pathways offers community-based social skills classes that build friendships through a variety of shared experiences, and TheatreWorks, is a program which uses theatre as a platform for building social skills. Presenters will share the methods and outcomes of these programs with the audience. |
Keyword(s): social groups, social skills, Aspergers's, teaching social skills |
|
|
|
|
Establishment of the Social Learning Capability to Acquire the Names of Things Incidentally |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Ballroom B (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: : R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The presenter will outline the evidence on how children come to learn language incidentally (incidental naming). According to the evidence, children do not receive direct instruction/reinforcement to learn either the speaker or listener responses for word-object relations, despite speculation to the contrary. Nevertheless, typically developing children need and do acquire as many as 85,000 words. Research in verbal behavior development identified how this occurs and how to establish this capability in children who lack naming.The presenter willoutline the protocols to do so and how instruction should change following its establishment, along with why naming is an essential for inclusion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students and practicing BCBAs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Outline the evidence on how children learn language incidentally. 2. Explain why naming is an essential for inclusion. 3. Explain how to establish naming in children who lack this repertoire. |
|
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Dr. R. Douglas Greer has sponsored 175 Ph.D. dissertations, taught more than 2,000 master's degree students, founded the Fred S. Keller School, authored 13 books and 155 research and conceptual papers, served on the editorial board of 10 journals, and developed the CABAS school model for special education and the Accelerated Independent Model for general education (K-5). He has been involved in research in verbal behavior and how it is acquired or how it may be established for more than 25 years. He is the recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychological Association, International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Award from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and an award from the Westchester County Legislature for the contributions of the Fred S. Keller School. He is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and an CABAS board-certified senior behavior analyst and senior research scientist. He has taught courses at universities and/or developed schools in Spain, Norway, Nigeria, Korea, Taiwan, Ireland, England, Italy, and Wales. |
Keyword(s): incidental naming, verbal behavior, word-object relations |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations in Behavior-Analytic Treatment Regimens |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Ballroom A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Kennon A. Lattal received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Alabama. Since 1972, he has taught in the Department of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he currently is the Centennial Professor of Psychology. His research addresses a host of issues related to learning and behavior change. The author of 130 research articles, he also has edited six volumes related to experimental and conceptual issues in behavior analysis. He is a former editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, is the current editor for English Language Submissions of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, and has served on the editorial boards of seven other journals focusing on behavioral psychology, including two terms on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He also has been president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the American Psychological Association's Division for Behavior Analysis, and the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. During the current academic year, he is a Fulbright Research Scholar at the University of Lille in France. In May 2013, he will receive ABAI's Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis Award. |
Abstract: This presentation first will review how ethical behavior is considered from a behavior-analytic perspective, outlining unique features as well as those that overlap with other views on ethics. The review also will include the potential impact on ethical behavior of some general topics of concern to behavior analysts, such as values and value clarification, long- and short-term consequences of actions, the role of rules and contingencies in ethical behavior, behavioral control and counter-control, and the context in which actions occur. This will be followed by a review of how selected specific methods used in assessment and intervention and contemporary research findings in both the experimental analysis of behavior and in applied behavior analysis might influence ethical decisions and practices related to treatment of behavior disorders. |
Target Audience: Practitioners engaging in treatment in a variety of community and educational settings. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees should be able to articulate how values and value-driven beliefs can effect how they engage in service delivery. 2) Attendees should be able to see how behavior analytic contingencies may affect ethical decisions and how to identify what impact they are having on their own behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Do Animals Have "Willpower?" Comparative Investigations of Self-Control |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Michael J. Beran, Ph.D. |
Chair: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
MICHAEL J. BERAN (Language Research Center, Georgia State University) |
Michael J. Beran is a senior research scientist at Georgia State University and associate director of the Language Research Center. He received his B.A. in psychology from Oglethorpe University in 1997, his M.A. in 1997, and his Ph.D. in 2002, both from Georgia State University. His research is conducted with human and nonhuman primates, including chimpanzees, bonobos, orangutans, capuchin monkeys, and rhesus monkeys. His research interests include numerical cognition, metacognition, planning and prospective memory, self-control, and decision making. Dr. Beran is a fellow of Division 6 and Division 3 of the American Psychological Association. He was the inaugural Duane M. Rumbaugh Fellow at Georgia State University. He received the Brenda A. Milner award from the APA in 2005. He has published more than 100 peer-reviewed journal articles, written chapters in 20 edited books, and co-edited a book entitled Foundations of Metacognition published by Oxford University Press. His research has been featured on numerous television and radio programs and in magazines, including Animal Planet, the BBC, New Scientist, The Wall Street Journal, and Scientific American Mind. His research is supported by funding from the National Science Foundation, the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, and the European Science Foundation. |
Abstract: Self-control is sometimes necessary for optimal choice behavior, and perhaps even for future-oriented decision-making. Humans sometimes show self-control by choosing better, but more delayed outcomes over more immediate outcomes. However, the failure of self-control (impulsivity) underlies many problematic human behaviors, and has led humans to train themselves to overcome their "animal impulses." But is it fair to assume that animals cannot do the same, and also exhibit self-control? The presentation will argue that it is not fair, and that many species do show some degree of self-control. Delaying gratification (or postponing a response to a present reward for the sake of a future bigger or better reward) is one of the hallmark aspects of self-control. It also is not a unique human capacity. The presentation will discuss recent studies with chimpanzees and other animals that examine the capacities of those animals to delay gratification and the behavioral strategies that they employ to cope with impulsivity. In some cases, there are close parallels between nonhuman animal performance and that of humans, but in other cases those similarities decrease. But, overall, comparative research suggests that humans are not alone in their capacity to demonstrate some degree of "willpower." |
|
|
|
|
The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Through Social Media: Tips, Tricks and Goals |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
M100 J (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Laura L. Dudley, M.A. |
Chair: Karen L. Mahon (Disrupt Learning) |
TRICIA-LEE KELLER (York Region District School Board) |
MATTHEW J. WELCH (ABA of Wisconsin, LLC) |
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Lexington Public Schools) |
Abstract: According to the Pew Research Center in October, 2012, Facebook had more than 1 Billion users, LinkedIn had 175 Million users, Twitter had more than 140 Million users, and Wordpress had 75 Million blogs. This is the tip of the iceberg, as there are countless other social networks that have millions of their own followers and participants. The availability of these networks raises the question of how best to leverage them to promote our science. This panel discussion includes members of ABAI who are very active in social media networks and outlets. The participants will discuss their experiences using those networks to promote behavior analysis, along with what approaches have been successful and unsuccessful, and which outlets have proved most fruitful in their dissemination attempts. Tips and tricks for using these networks will be included, with the goal that audience members will leave the session with a better understanding of how to use social networks and be motivated to help disseminate our principles through these channels. |
|
|
|
|
Revisiting The Science of Learning and Art of Teaching: A Talk for Students and Teachers |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: A. Charles Catania, Ph.D. |
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland Baltimore County) |
Abstract: We cannot teach effectively without defining what is learned. In The Science of Learning and the Art of Teaching article (1954), B. F. Skinner outlined the relevance of behavior analysis to education. Learning occurs when contingencies change behavior; teaching consists of appropriately implementing those contingencies. Computers make powerful teaching machines feasible, but educational systems rarely avail themselves even of what was known when such technologies were severely limited. It follows from Skinner's analysis that what students do is what they learn, that teaching involves arranging stimuli that occasion relevant behavior, and that consequences must be contingent upon that behavior. Too often, educational systems focus on teacher rather than student behavior. Changing what teachers do by modifying curricula or media or even by allowing them to modify their teaching based on student feedback is inadequate if student behavior is neglected. Students are disadvantaged when teachers are expected to help them more, as when they are urged to provide more detailed lecture outlines when it would be better for students to do outlines themselves. These points lead to advice for both students and teachers, and are illustrated with examples from the teaching of behavior analysis within standard undergraduate course structures. |
|
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland Baltimore County) |
A. Charles Catania, Ph.D., took Fred Keller's introductory course and Nat Schoenfeld's experimental courses at Columbia University. He went to Harvard University planning to work on teaching machines but got caught up in work in the pigeon laboratory. As a postdoctoral fellow, he taught his first course in 1961. After a stint in psychopharmacology, he renewed his teaching interests upon moving to the University Heights campus of New York University and then to the University of Maryland Baltimore County, where he met Eliot Shimoff, also a Columbia product. Shimoff had earned his doctorate in Schoenfeld's laboratory. Given their common mentor, they collaborated on human and pigeon research and on team-teaching undergraduate courses in behavior analysis. The educational practices they explored included in-class exams that evolved into online exercises, computer simulations honed via collection of student data, techniques for managing online essays within large classes, and student self-reports. Shimoff was diagnosed with cancer in 2001 and died early in 2004 having taught in Fall 2003. This presentation is dedicated to him. Catania is now professor emeritus at UMBC. He retired from teaching in 2008, having offered his last course in Spring 2011. He remains professionally active and recently completed the fifth edition of his textbook, Learning. |
Keyword(s): Online learning, Simulations and demonstrations, What students do, What teachers do |
|
|
|
|
The Same Thing, Only Different: Pioneering Functional Analysis Technology With Dogs and Wolves |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Terri M. Bright (Simmons College/MSPCA) |
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Living with dogs is risky for humans; over four million people are bitten by dogs each year in the U.S., mostly children ages 5-9. Living in close proximity to humans is risky for dogs, as well, with millions of dogs surrendered to Shelters and/or euthanized every year for bad behavior. Some top behavioral reasons for dog surrenders are bites, aggression towards humans, escape, destructive inside or outside, problems with new pet and old pet living together, aggression towards other animals, house-soiling, and vocalizing too much. Though functional assessment and analysis has been common in human behavior change for decades, it is not a common practice in the world of canid behavior. As a science, behavior analysis does not discriminate between organisms, and the use of assessment and analysis of behaviors of the animals that live amongst us is a contemporary necessity. These studies of dog and wolf behavior demonstrate that functional assessment and analysis can be important and valuable tools in the world of canid behavior. |
|
Canine Behavior Assessment Tool: CBAT |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College/MSPCA), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College) |
Abstract: When things go wrong with a dogs behavior in the home, dog owners often get help from self-chosen dog trainers, whose backgrounds in behavioral training are wildly variable. They may also rely on books, television, and the advice of friends. The typical advice or training is unlikely to include behavior analysis methodology, and will attempt to modify behavior without considering function. In this study, a direct behavior assessment tool was created for dog trainers to use, which would allow them to identify environmental variables maintaining problem dog behaviors. Functional analyses based upon this canine behavior assessment tool (CBAT) were performed on the behavior of two dogs: one with aggression towards humans, one with leash-pulling. Behavioral interventions were then created using the function of the behavior as indicated by the tool. Reversal designs were used to demonstrate functional relations between the causative variables and the interventions, showing that CBAT could be a useful tool to introduce functional analysis technology to the world of dog training. |
|
Decreasing Dog Problem Behavior With Functional Analysis: Linking Diagnoses to Treatment |
JARVON TOBIAS (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida), Monique A.R. Udell (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral problems in dogs account for nearly half of the reasons given for relinquishing them to shelters, and thus constitute a significant animal welfare issue. Any successful attempt to manage these problems will require an understanding of the mechanisms that control these behaviors. However, for some of the behavioral problems cited, such as jumping up on people, available treatments are not prescribed after a systematic assessment of the environmental contingencies contributing to the behavior. The current study assesses the use of functional analysis, an established technique for identifying the variables controlling problem behavior in humans, to determine the environmental factors supporting the behavior of jumping up on people in dogs. Statistically significant differences were found in the rate of jumping up behavior across conditions for each dog in the assessment phase. Treatment conditions used the maintaining variable found in the assessment phase. By comparing the rates of jumping up behavior in these conditions, we found the rates to be of lower statistical significance in the treatment condition. Therefore, results show that this methodology is effective in determining the maintaining variables for these individuals, leading to a more precise treatment. |
|
Functional Analysis of Light-Chasing in a Dog |
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida), Alexandra Protopopova (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analysis technology has wide spread use in identifying behavior functions for humans and non-human animals. Recent research has applied this technology to dog problem behavior, specifically, unwanted jumping up on owners. We extend this research by conducting a functional analysis of a dog's repetitive light chasing behavior. The owner reported the dog's (Daisy) light chasing to be problematic, as the dog would spend large portions of time chasing light reflections. In Phase 1, we tested whether the movement of light (automatic positive) or the disappearance (automatic negative) of light reinforced chasing the light. An initial test for social reinforcement was subsequently dropped as high rates of light chasing maintained in the absence of social consequences. Light movement, and not its disappearance, reinforced light chasing, as repeated sessions of the disappearance condition led to extinction (see Figure 1). In Phase 2, we attempted to decrease light chasing or "pouncing" by teaching an alternative "waving"(paw lift) response and by removing the light contingent on contacting the light (Extinction). Increased light intensities were faded in across sessions and the reinforcement schedule for paw lifting was decreased to an FI 5 sec schedule. Paw lifting increased across sessions while contacting the light, or pouncing, decreased. |
|
Using a Function-Based Approach to Identify Environmental Variables Evoking Social Play in Captive Canids |
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Social play in nonhuman animals is considered a behavioral indicator of welfare that has largely been examined through ethological or naturalistic studies and descriptive assessments. This has led to a structural, rather than functional approach toward understanding social play, making the relevant variables difficult to identify to promote its occurrence in captivity. The present experiment employed a modified functional analysis to identifying environmental variables that evoke social play in 12 hand-raised gray wolves. Reciprocal social play and play initiation responses were recorded in three 5-minute experimental conditions (alone, ignore, and attention). Experimental conditions were counterbalanced across six 15-minute sessions. Four out of six pairs exhibited social play or play initiation during experimental sessions with varying trends (see Figures 1-4). Overall, the level of play behaviors observed were highest in the staff attention conditions for all subjects that exhibited the behavior (see Figure 5), suggesting that interspecific attention from a familiar human may serve as an establishing operation for automatically reinforced behavior. Behavior analytic approaches have versatility for examining possible proximate functions of why human-socialized canids engage in social play. |
|
|
|
|
Treating Anxiety and Distress: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Direct Behavioral Contingencies |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
102 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Sadie L. Lovett, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium examines interventions for treating anxiety and distress in various populations. The first talk describes the use of defusion, one of the six core processes of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy which involves the use of metaphors to promote a decrease in the functions associated with disturbing private events. Specifically, this talk will describe a defusion instruction protocol used to affect a decrease in discomfort and believability associated with perseverative thoughts in adolescents on the autism spectrum. As most current measures of defusion rely on self-report of private behavior, the second talk will discuss the development of an implicit measure of defusion through experimentally altering fusion with distressing self-referential stimuli. The third talk will discuss the necessity of the inclusion of metaphors in ACT and provide a comparison of the effectiveness of an ACT intervention with and without metaphors. The symposium will close with a talk describing the use of a prompting and reinforcement intervention to promote interaction with novel foods in children with neophobia. |
Keyword(s): ACT, anxiety and neophobia, defusion, metaphors |
|
Defusion Instruction to Decrease Perseverative Thoughts of Adolescents With PDD-NOS |
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This investigation evaluated the use of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) to facilitate defusion from negative thoughts and feelings related to social interaction in adolescents with PDD-NOS. Using a multiple probe design, participants were taught to discriminate between different aspects of their own perspective (i.e., self-as-content and self-as-context). Defusion was measured using ratings of the believability and comfort associated with specific negative thoughts. The percentage of time engaged in appropriate social interaction was recorded for each participant in order to assess generalization of defusion skills to natural social interactions. Results revealed a decrease in believability and an increase in comfort associated with problematic thoughts for all participants following MEI in the absence of directly observed changes in social interaction in the natural environment. These results support the use of MEI as a therapeutic strategy for teaching defusion skills to individuals with PDD-NOS. Results also suggest methods for improving generalization of skills to the natural environment and enhancing measurement of private events in this population. |
|
Fusion With Self-Referential Stimuli: Examining an Implicit Behavioral Measure |
LINDSAY W. SCHNETZER (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: In Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, defusion exercises are designed to de-emphasize the literal interpretation of thoughts (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011). Research has demonstrated the tendency for individuals to report decreased believability in self-referential stimuli after engaging in defusion exercises (e.g., Healy, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, Keogh, Luciano, & Wilson, 2008; Hinton & Gaynor, 2010; Masuda, Hayes, Sackett, & Twohig, 2004). Although self-reported changes in believability are an important step in establishing the utility of defusion interventions, it is worthwhile to develop an implicit behavioral marker of fusion/defusion with self-referential content (Masuda, Feinstein, Wendell, & Sheehan, 2010). While previous research has employed matching to sample procedures with regard to self-relevant stimuli (e.g., Barnes, Lawlor, Smeets, & Roche, 1996; Merwin & Wilson, 2005), it is necessary to experimentally manipulate the degree of fusion to demonstrate the utility of the procedure in this context. Therefore, this study uses a matching to sample procedure that incorporates ideographic self-referential adjectives in manipulating fusion. Participants either engaged in a task designed to increase or decrease fusion with distressing stimuli. Subsequently, they performed a matching to sample task to determine the extent to which the procedure was sensitive to varying levels of fusion. |
|
ACT Psychotherapy: Are the Metaphors Even Necessary? |
KAYLA ALVIS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of metaphorical language in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy was examined in a one-day workshop for body image. Participants were 30 individuals who reported having issues with their body image that caused them significant distress. A group design was used in which participants were randomly assigned to either the, “Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as Usual” or “Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Without Metaphors” treatment groups. The workshops covered the same information and focused on the six core components of Acceptance and Commitment therapy. The only difference between the workshops was that one contained Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Metaphors while the other did not. Each participant was assessed pre and post workshop by a series of standard Acceptance and Commitment Therapy questionnaires and a mirror-image rating task. Results of the study will determine whether the use of metaphors in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is necessary. Implications of the current study will be discussed. |
|
Examining the Effects of Attending and Interacting With the Formal Properties of Novel, Nutritious Foods |
ABIGAIL KENNEDY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Many children exhibit a problematic avoidance response in the presence of novel, nutritious foods, a condition called neophobia. The purpose of the present research was to examine to the impact of a brief prompted attending plus interaction procedure on the subsequent consumption and approach toward novel target foods by children at a child care facility. Specifically, three children were exposed to a baseline condition consisting of pairs of target and control novel foods presented during snack time. During the intervention condition, participants were prompted to attend to, describe, and interact with the formal features of the novel target food prior to the meal time. Correct identification of formal features was directly reinforced, whereas no direct reinforcement was delivered for the consumption and approach of the target during meal time. Preliminary results indicate that consumption of novel food occurred at higher, stable level following intervention. This current study suggests that prompting attending, description of, and interaction with the formal properties of food may increase consumption of novel foods. |
|
|
|
|
Intimacy in the Therapeutic Relationship: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy's Impact on the Therapeutic Relationship Across Populations |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
102 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marchion Hinton (University of Minnesota Medical School ) |
Discussant: Matthew T. Jameson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavior analytic approach to interpersonal psychotherapy. It shares with client-centered approaches an emphasis on establishing a therapeutic relationship marked by positive regard and empathic attunement. It shares with other interpersonal approaches a focus on the client's interactions in important social relations. It also shares with both of these approaches the notion that much psychological distress and dysfunction is linked to difficulties in meaningful social relationships Intimacy is the state of being interpersonal intimate. In a FAP context, this is defined as sharing ones inner most thoughts, feelings or inmost self. FAP utilizes an intimate interpersonal connection to shape clinically relevant behavior. This is done by leveraging the relationship when contingently responding to targeted behavior or improvements in targeted behavior as it occurs in session. The current symposium presents data collected on the impact of FAP on the therapeutic relationship in participants who present as having difficulties in social relating, present on the obsessive compulsive spectrum, have diverse cultural backgrounds or could benefit from habit reversal training. Data suggest behaviors that might benefit from the intimacy increasing impact of FAP as well as considerations that should be taken into account when utilizing the treatment. |
Keyword(s): Cultural Considerations, FAP, Intimacy, Obsessive Compulsive Spectrum |
|
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy's Impact on Intimacy |
DANIEL WILLIAM MAITLAND (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP) is a radical behavior form of therapy. This form of therapy focuses on the importance of non-contrived reinforcement contingently provided through therapeutic interactions. The suggestion is that when a strong therapeutic alliance has been developed, the therapist is in a position to naturally evoke and shape behaviors that have been identified as clinically relevant and respond to them with potent interpersonal feedback. Despite the fact that the therapeutic alliance in FAP plays a role in its proposed mechanism of action, to date little research has been conducted investigating the effect that FAP has on the therapeutic alliance. In the present study, individuals of either sex were given 10 therapy sessions. Each participant received 5 sessions of non-directive support focused on establishing empathic attunement and understanding the clients social behavior. The other 5 sessions consisted of FAP. Data presented will highlight the impact of FAP on the therapeutic relationship and the relative benefits of FAP on the therapeutic relationship compared to non-directive listening. Currently 13 participants have been enrolled and it is expected that 15 will be available for presentation at the conference. |
|
Cultural Considerations in Interpersonal Intimacy |
Angela F. Smith (Alpine Learning Group), LINDSEY KNOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sonia Singh (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Peter Norton (University of Houston), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston) |
Abstract: Cultural competence is an important concept in psychotherapy. Cognitive behavior therapy places some emphasis on recognizing cultural differences; it employs a primarily technique-oriented educational format based on structural mediational models. In contrast Functional Analytic Psychotherapys (FAP) use of functional analysis of client and therapist interactions in the moment makes FAP more sensitive to the challenges posed by cultural differences between client and therapist (Vandenberghe, 2009). Little research has been conducted to understand how specific intimate behaviors may vary across cultures. This study explores potential differences in intimate behavior across four different cultural groups using FAP-consistent measures. Over 400 participants (33% White, non-Hispanic, 26% Hispanic, 22% Asian, and 19% Black) have already completed measures employed to assess targets of clinical interest of intimate behaviors (e.g., The Functional Ideographic Assessment Template, the FAP-Intimacy Scale) and other validated measures of interpersonal skills and relationship satisfaction. Comparisons across cultural groups revealed significant differences in multiple domains of intimacy-promoting behaviors (i.e., expression of emotion, disclosure, and assertion of needs). Discussion of the results will focus on cultural norms and understanding functional baselines for different cultural groups. Suggestions for training clinicians using FAP with a variety of cultures will also be addressed. |
|
Intimacy in the Obsessive Compulsive Spectrum |
SONIA SINGH (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lindsey Knott (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Daniel Steinberg (University of North Texas), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston) |
Abstract: The Obsessive-Compulsive (OC) Spectrum comprises disorders focused on impulsive and compulsive repetitive behaviors or thoughts and includes Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD), Trichotillomania (TTM), and Pathological Skin Picking (PSP). Previous literature has indicated deficits in quality of life associated with OC-spectrum conditions (Newth & Rachman, 1999; Wetterneck, Woods, Norberg, & Begotka, 2006; Arbabi et al., 2008). However, the literature does not specifically address problems with intimacy within these disorders despite findings that intimacy may be an issue. (Newth & Rachman, 1999; Diefenbach, Tolin, Hannah, Crocetto, & Worhunsky, 2004; Flessner & Woods, 2006). The purpose of this study is to assess problematic areas of intimacy in individuals with OC-spectrum disorders that may be targets of interest for therapy. We hypothesize that individuals with OCD, TTM, and PSP will report lower levels of intimacy and that shame will be elevated. Additionally, we hypothesize that problems with intimacy and shame will vary between OC-Spectrum disorders. Currently we have 55 individuals with OC-spectrum conditions and initial results show elevated levels of shame and a variety of deficits in areas of intimacy. Over 300 participants will be recruited, which will allow for comparison across the spectrum conditions. Discussion will focus on addressing these issues with Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), a behavioral approach for treating problems with intimacy in interpersonal relationships. This research could illuminate areas that FAP could address in combination with other evidence-based treatments. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations for Training and Supervision Across the Spectrum of Autism Services |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Gina Marie Feliciano, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gina Marie Feliciano (QSAC) |
ANNE C. DENNING (QSAC) |
RACHEL LAPIANA (Achieve Beyond) |
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts the opportunity for staff training, mentoring, supervision, collaboration and research are as varied as the situations in which we work. Each of these roles presents ethical challenges. At times these challenges are just quagmires or quandaries, while other times they have the potential for harm. The behavior analyst faces numerous questions every day about the appropriateness of treatment decisions. This panel will address, through an interactive and at times entertaining discussion, how to prevent and remedy unethical behavior analytic practices. Panelists will outline current ethical guidelines while drawing on their experiences and expertise in each of these areas. As a behavior analyst others, usually trained or supervised by you, do much of the actual behavior treatment; however you are ultimately responsible for the programs effectiveness. Panelists will represent issues that arise in everything from early intervention to adult services, community and center based settings as well as academia and private consultation. Attendees will leave the discussion with models for improved conduct and practical strategies that translate into everyday ethical action. |
Keyword(s): children and adults, ethical supervision models, service delivery, staff training |
|
|
|
|
On Strategies and Tactics for Behavioral Research on Sustainability: Challenges and Solutions for Measurement, Experimental Control, and Interpretation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
102 A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, Ph.D. |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida) |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts become increasingly active in issues relating to sustainability, challenges to our traditional research strategies are becoming apparent. Although behavior analysis holds a great deal of promise to contribute toward the development and evaluation of solutions to critically important matters of sustainable behavior change, our emphasis on direct measures of individual behavior, precise control and management of environmental variables, and single-participant experimental designs may be seen as barriers to our ability to do so. How can we bring behavioral analyses to bear on issues of such scale while maintaining the integrity of our dependent variables, the rigor of our methodology, and the coherence of our interpretations? How do we define and measure behaviors that occur in private (e.g., recycling habits at home), or only occasionally (e.g., use of reusable bags when shopping), or only once (e.g., purchase of energy-efficient windows in one’s home)? Are indirect measures or measures of collective behavioral practices reasonable alternatives for behavior analysts? How might we take advantage of emerging technologies, such as smart-metering, while preserving participants’ right to privacy? These and other issues relevant to conducting research on sustainable behavior change will be addressed. |
Keyword(s): Sustainability |
|
|
|
|
International Service Delivery and Autism: Increasing Effectiveness |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
102 F (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Patricia I. Wright, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ann Brigid Beirne (Global Autism Project) |
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project) |
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Easter Seals) |
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Dar Al-Hekma College) |
Abstract: This panel will discuss the challenges of delivering staff training and evidence-based services in international settings. Specific strategies for resolving problems in a culturally sensitive manner will be addressed. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Use of Attention in Preference and Reinforcer Assessments |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
201 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Samaha, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A substantial body of research exists on the identification, use, and reinforcer efficacy of tangible and edible items in reinforcement-based programs. Although often suggested for use in behavior change programs, very little research has been conducted on extending existing preference and reinforcer assessments to include and evaluate differences between forms of attention. This symposium includes four data-based presentations from three institutions on the use of descriptive, preference, and reinforcer assessments to identify and differentiate between various forms of therapist-delivered attention. Subjects included both individuals with developmental disabilities and typically functioning individuals. Extensions of existing methods to include attention highlights the importance of identifying differences between forms of attention in terms of preference and reinforcer efficacy. In addition, distinctions between the nature of the attention delivered in terms of conversation, physical interaction, reprimands, and praise are shown to be idiosyncratic but important. Methodological extensions as well as implications for use are discussed. |
Keyword(s): attention, descriptive analysis, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment |
|
Assessing Preference for Social Interactions |
CASEY CLAY (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Bistra Bogoev (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Few preference assessments have been adapted for the assessment of preferred forms of social interaction and fewer still have attempted forms that are preferred across more than one therapist. We examined a procedure to assess preference for social interactions in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Preferences were identified in five individuals using a paired-choice procedure in which participants approached therapists who provided different forms of social interactions. In a subsequent tracking test, we examined the effect of counterbalancing the high and low preferred forms of attention across different therapists and found the participants continued to approach the high-preferred form even when it was delivered by the therapist previously associated with the low-preferred form. These showed that participants’ approaches were under control of the form of social interaction provided as opposed to idiosyncratic features of the therapists. Next, we evaluated the reinforcer efficacy of the high-preferred form using an ABAB reversal resign. Results showed that the social interaction identified as preferred also functioned as a reinforcer for all five participants. |
|
Examining the Treatment Utility of Evaluating Preferences Across Multiple Attention Types to Inform the Design of an Attention Analysis and Treatment Evaluation |
JUSTIN BOYD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Faris Kronfli (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Different types of attention (e.g., reprimands, tickles) may be differentially preferred and may also be differentially reinforcing for both appropriate and inappropriate behaviors (e.g., Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-DeSchryver, 1996). We attempted to examine the utility of identifying preference hierarchies across a range of attention types and use those data to inform the design of an attention analysis and subsequent treatment evaluation with an 11 year-old boy diagnosed with autism and moderate intellectual disabilities whose aggressive and self-injurious behaviors were, in part, attention-maintained. First, results of a preference assessment for different types of attention (e.g., Piazza et al., 1999) indicated two types of verbal attention and one type of physical attention were identified as preferred. Next, the degree to which these forms of attention differentially affected attention-maintained problem behavior was examined (see Kodak, Northup, & Kelley, 2007). One attention type found to function as a reinforcer for problem behavior and a second attention type which did not function as a reinforcer were compared using an alternating treatments design embedded within an ABAB reversal design. Results indicated that the attention type which did not also function as a reinforcer for problem behavior produced the most significant reductions in problem behavior. |
|
Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy of Different Types of Attention in Young Children |
AMY M. HARPER (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Julie A. Brandt (University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Attention has been shown to increase appropriate behavior; however, little research has isolated the effects of different common types of attention for increasing appropriate behavior. Participants in the current study were 12 preschool-age children. The current study includes (a) assessment of preference for common types of attention delivered in a preschool classroom (e.g., praise, physical attention, conversation), (b) determination of the reinforcing efficacy of these different types of attention under low schedule (fixed-ratio 1) requirements, and (c) evaluation of the reinforcing strength of these different types of attention under progressive-ratio schedules. Thus far, our results have shown that the majority of children preferred conversation as compared to physical attention or praise; no children preferred praise. In addition, we validated our preference assessment by showing that children responded at higher levels under both low response requirements and progressively increasing response requirements to access their highest preferred type of attention; however, some individuals responded at similar levels for all types of attention. Implications of these findings suggest that our preference assessment results are useful for determining the most effective type of attention to use for increasing appropriate behavior in young children. |
|
A Component Analysis of Attention as a Reinforcer for the Behavior of Young Children |
MAKENZIE WILLIAMS BAYLES (University of Kansas), Kimberley L.M. Zonneveld (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although attention is an important variable in the acquisition and maintenance of behavior, further investigation into the characteristics of attention that may differentially affect the reinforcement value of attention is warranted. The purpose of this study was to identify the topographies of attention typically delivered in preschool classrooms and to evaluate the reinforcing value of the identified topographies. The results of a descriptive assessment suggested that the most common topographies of attention provided by teachers were verbal, physical, and facial attention. Initially, the reinforcing effectiveness of attention, that included all identified topographies, on levels of activity engagement was evaluated using a concurrent operant arrangement and reversal design. Subsequently, the reinforcing effectiveness of each topography of attention was evaluated in isolation using the same design. For three participants, compound attention produced a reinforcement effect. For two participants, each topography in isolation produced a reinforcement effect. For one participant, verbal attention produced a reinforcement effect. For three participants, attention did not produce a reinforcement effect. These results suggest that for many preschoolers, attention alone may not be effective in producing desired response allocation, and thus, additional research is needed to increase the effectiveness of attention with this population. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis and Targeting of Basic Communication Responses |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
200 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch, M.A. |
Abstract: Responses that serve a communicative function are critical in promoting the autonomy of an individual and enabling his or her access to reinforcers. Throughout the course of an individual's life, communication responses typically begin as basic vocalizations and other behaviors, and over time evolve to more complex and specific functional responses. This symposium will review current research on the analysis and influence of communicative responses, and this will include both infant vocalizations and the effects of Functional Communication Training (FCT) for individuals engaging in inappropriate responses rather than requesting escape from a demand appropriately. Results of these studies demonstrate how these types of communication responses can come under stimulus control and how strengthening a functional response can decrease problem behaviors as well as increase the duration of appropriate task completion. |
Keyword(s): functional communication training, Infants |
|
The Effects of Contingent Caregiver Imitation of Infant Vocalizations: A Comparison of Multiple Caregivers |
JAMIE HIRSH (Western Michigan University), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study replicated and expanded upon a Pelaez, Virues-Ortega, and Gewirtz (2011) study that examined the reinforcing effects of mothers contingently imitating their infants' vocalizations. Three participants, between the ages of 7 and 12 months who had the ability to vocalize sounds but not yet words, and two of each infant's caregivers participated in a procedure following a reversal design. During the intervention phases, the caregivers were asked to immediately imitate all vocalizations emitted by the child for a 3-minute period; during this time, the caregiver's vocalizations were audio-recorded. During the control phase, the caregivers listened to the recording from the preceding condition, and provided vocalizations non-contingently of the infants' responses. The procedures yielded different results across participants, in which one infant emitted a higher frequency of vocalizations during the contingent imitation phases over the control phases, while the other
two infants showed higher rates of responding during the control phases. |
|
Effects of FCT and Choice Making on Problem Behaviors for Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
STACI BOVIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Implementing a choice procedure increased the effects of Functional Communication Training (FCT) in the current study, which was a replication of Peterson et al. (2005). The participants in the current study were five adults with developmental disabilities, including diagnoses of mental retardation and other intellectual disabilities. First, participants completed a functional analysis, and those participants whose data showed the highest levels of problem behaviors in the escape condition were eligible to continue in the remaining phases of the study. Next, participants completed an FCT condition, which was followed by an FCT plus choice condition in which they were allowed to select between working and contacting a long break afterward, or contacting a short break and working after the break. Results indicated that adding the choice procedure led to increases in the duration of time spent working on an appropriate task. The combination of FCT and the choice procedure also not only decreased frequencies of problem behaviors to near zero levels, but increased levels of appropriate responses. |
|
Generalized Negatively Reinforced Manding of an Individual With Autism |
NICOLE JEDRZEJEWSKI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism may engage in problem behaviors rather than engage in appropriate mand responses. Functional Communication Training (FCT) has proven to be effective in teaching individuals more socially appropriate ways of communicating, which may function as a replacement for problem behavior. This study utilized a multiple-probe design across stimuli in an attempt to teach two individuals with autism how to appropriately mand for the removal of nonpreferred items rather than engage in problem behavior. One participant successfully learned to emit the mand response in the presence of all trained items, and the response generalized across settings and individuals. For the second participant, mand training proved to be ineffective, due to the severity of his problem behavior. The results of this study lend some additional support to the use and effectiveness of FCT for teaching negatively reinforced manding, and thereby decreasing problem behavior, for individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Incentive Shifts in Applied Contexts: Implications for Application |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
202 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carrie S.W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Carrie S. W. Borrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Some individuals with intellectual disabilities may be more likely to engage in inappropriate behavior when transitioning between activities. This may be most common when transitions are from preferred activities to less-preferred, or non-preferred activities occur. Basic research has shown that both the previous, and upcoming reinforcer may affect pausing during transitions, and similar results have been shown with individuals with intellectual disabilities. In the first paper, Brewer and colleagues conducted a large-scale survey with caregivers of children with autism to identify the most problematic transition type. In the second study, Steimer and Dickson conducted descriptive analyses to identify problematic transition types, and evaluated potential strategies for minimizing problematic transitions. Finally, Luffman and colleagues evaluated transitions between preferred and non-preferred foods during mealtimes for children who engaged in severe food refusal. Across all studies, shifts from rich, or highly preferred context, to lean, or less preferred contexts, were deemed problematic, when compared to other shifts. Directions for future research and suggestions for similar applications will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): pediatric feeding, transitions |
|
A Survey of Transition-Induced Problem Behavior in Individuals With Autism |
ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), J. Helen Yoo (New York State Institute for Basic Research), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Transitions between one activity and the next can be a major source of problem behaviors in habilitative and education settings in individuals with autism. However, it is unclear whether a transition per se or a specific type of transition is the major source of problem behavior in this clinical population. Translational research with animals and persons with developmental disabilities has shown that a specific type of transition is more aversive than other transitions'a discriminable transition from favorable- to less-favorable reinforcement conditions. To gain a better understanding of what types of transitions may be problematic for individuals with autism, an online survey was administered to parents/caregivers of individuals with autism in the west Texas area (n=59). Results indicated that the transition type with the highest rate of problems was moving from a preferred activity to a non-preferred activity (e.g., coloring to cleaning up toys), with 86% (n=51) of respondents reporting problems during that transition type (between non-preferred: 44%; between preferred: 19%; non-preferred to preferred: 15%). The finding that a specific type of transition- a preferred to non-preferred activity transition- is a major source of problem behavior in persons with autism is in agreement with the aforementioned translational research. |
|
A Comparison of Three Strategies for Presenting Transitions to Less-Preferred Activities to Special Education Students |
JEFFERY C. STEIMER (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Two young men who were students at a residential school for children with autism participated in this study. Study 1 was a descriptive assessment of challenging behavior during transitions between daily activities. For both participants, the highest level of challenging behavior occurred during transitions from more- to less-preferred activities. Study 2 was an analysis of effects of three different strategies for ending highly preferred activities and transitioning to less-preferred activities (no notice, advanced notice, and intervening activity). Of primary interest was pausing, the time it took for a participant to comply with an instruction to begin a new activity after the end of the prior activity. Pausing duration during transitions from more- to less-preferred activities were greatest in the no notice condition, somewhat less in the advanced notice condition, and least in the intervening activity condition. Strategies for minimizing challenging behavior during transitions will be discussed. |
|
Conceptualizing Food Preferences as Rich-to-Lean and Lean-to Rich Transitions: A Translational Analysis |
WHITNEY LUFFMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S.W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effect of transitions between bites of preferred and non-preferred foods on the latency to accept bites with children with feeding disorders. Both preferred and non-preferred foods were presented during each session; these transitions were conceptualized as rich-lean and lean-rich. This study extends the work of previous research, which demonstrated an effect on behavior when transitioning between tasks involving differential magnitudes of reinforcement. Perone and Courtney (1992) found that pausing on a fixed-ratio schedule of reinforcement was longest when transitioning from a small reinforcer to another small reinforcer; the shortest pause occurred when transitioning from a large reinforcer to another large reinforcer. Furthermore, subjects paused only on the multiple schedule arrangement; the mixed schedule did not yield differential pausing. Participants in this study paused longer on unfavorable transitions (i.e., lean-lean, rich-lean) than on favorable transitions (i.e., rich-rich, lean-rich). Instances of problem behavior were associated only with these unfavorable transitions. Similar to previous research, participants only demonstrated differential pausing when the upcoming transition was signaled (i.e., multiple schedule). This line of research is important for informing clinicians and caregivers about meal arrangements that are most conducive to producing successful meals, with shorter durations and less problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Some Important Issues in Conditional Discrimination Training and Equivalence Class Formation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 G (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Discussant: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University) |
Abstract: In the first paper by Vie and Arntzen, an experiment based on Arntzen (2006) in which math tasks were presented as distracters in the test for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence in a 3 s. delayed matching-to-sample procedure. The present experiment is an extension of the Arntzen and Vie study (in preparation), where participants were exposed to a BAB design with distracters in the B test phases and no distracters in the A test phase. So far the data indicate that probability of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence is reduced in the distracter conditions. In the second paper, Spear et al. will present a theoretical contribution on how the conditional discrimination training induces written descriptions of complex information. In the third paper, Cooper et al. will present an experiment in which the participant were asked to write a description of the information presented in each of four graphs, one for each type of interaction. Thereafter, a matching to sample procedure was used to teach an individual to select accurate and complete printed descriptions of a graph. The main findings were that the writing descriptions of the slopes of the functions increased to 100% accuracy. Accuracy and completeness of written relational statements increased with level of training. Accuracy of written descriptions of function intersection increased moderately and was not influenced by level of training. Finally, MacDonall will discuss the content of the different papers. |
Keyword(s): delayed matching sample, Stimulus equivalence, variables |
|
Equivalence Yields in Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedures with Distracters |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: In a study by Arntzen (2006) math tasks as distracters were introduced in the test for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence in a 3 s delayed matching-to-sample procedure. The findings were that none of the six participants responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence. Later, Arntzen and Vie (in preparation) did a systematic replication of Arntzen (2006) with an ABA design with 6 s delay. Participants were first exposed to a condition without distracters during test for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence (A), then a condition with distracters in the test (B), and finally a condition without distracters again (A). The findings were that participants showed decreased matching performance in the condition with distracters. The presented experiment is an extension of the Arntzen and Vie (in preparation) study, where the participants were exposed to a BAB design. So far, the data indicate that probability of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence was reduced in the distracter conditions. |
|
Conditional Discrimination Training Induces Written Descriptions of Complex Information: Theory |
JACK SPEAR (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Joshua Cooper (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Undergraduates find it difficult to write complete and accurate descriptions of information presented in graphs that depict the interactive effects of two variables on behavior. One presentation will describe the theoretical basis for using matching to sample training to induce the above mentioned expressive writing repertoires. A second presentation will present data from an experiment that confirms the analysis. Interactions are of four types: no interaction, cross over interactions, synergistic interactions, and divergent interactions. A graph that shows an interaction between two variables has four non-relational and two relational elements. The non-relational elements are the two independent variables, and the slopes of the two functions in a graph. The relational elements are the effect of one independent variable on the other independent variable manifested by differences in the slopes of the two functions, and the possible intersection of the two functions in a graph. To write a complete and accurate description of the graph, a participant must be attending to all of these elements in combination. This can be achieved by use of conditional discrimination training to establish joint control by all of above mentioned elements. Each cell in Figure 1 defines a relation between a statement that defines a type of interaction (columns) and a non-relational element in a graph (rows). Thus, joint control by all types of interaction and all non-relational elements could be ensured by training the conditional relations defined by each of the 16 cells in Figure 1. Alternatively, training the relations in the 4 cells o the diagonal of the matrix in Figure 1 could also establish control by all types of interaction and all non-relational elements. In addition, a special set of comparison stimuli are needed to ensure joint control by all relations. These will be described in detail in Presentation 1. Once established, theoretically, an individual should be able to write descriptions of graphs. The predictions from this analysis will be evaluated in Presentation 2. |
|
Conditional Discrimination Training Induces the Written Description of Complex Information: Data |
JOSHUA COOPER (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Jack Spear (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Thirty college students were participants in the experiment. The experiment began by asking a participant to write a description of the information presented in each of four graphs, one for each type of interaction. Thereafter, a matching to sample procedure was used to teach an individual to select accurate and complete printed descriptions of a graph. Printed descriptions were presented as comparison stimuli and the graphs were presented as sample stimuli. The trials were designed to ensure the attention to all key features of each graph along with each of the key phrases included in the printed description of the graph. In the 4-cell group, training involved the establishment of 4 of 16 graph-text conditional discriminations indicated on the diagonal of Figure 1. In the 16-cell group, training involved the establishment of 16 of 16 graph-test conditional discriminations indicated in Figure 1. The experiment ended with the re-administration of the graph-writing test. In the Control group, the two writing tests were administered without any intervening training. Results are indicated in Figure 2. For most pre-training tests, the written answers were both inaccurate and incomplete. When the post training written descriptions were evaluated, mere re-exposure to the graphs with no intervening training did not produce any improvements in accuracy or completeness. Training, however, resulted in the emergence of written answers that were much more complete and accurate. Gains were a direct function of level of training (4 vs 16 cell training). In addition, the training procedure had differential effects of various aspects of the written answers. Writing descriptions of the slopes of the functions increased to 100% accuracy. Accuracy and completeness of written relational statements increased with level of training. Accuracy of written descriptions of function intersection increased moderately and was not influenced by level of training. To conclude, recognition based training resulted in the emergence of expressive repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
Translating Basic Research in Behavioral Momentum Theory |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 H (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a theoretical framework for understanding how reinforcement affects fundamental aspects of operant behavior, its rate and persistence. According to behavioral momentum theory, the operant relation between responding and reinforcement controls response rates. Conversely, the Pavlovian relation between a discriminative-stimulus context and the rate of reinforcement obtained in the presence of that context determines the persistence, or resistance to change, of operant behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight basic-laboratory research working within the framework of behavioral momentum theory but is directly concerned with elucidating factors relevant to applied researchers and practitioners. To this end, the three presentations will cover issues of stimulus control and resistance to extinction within combined stimulus contexts, the role of reinforcement history in determining resistance to extinction, and extensions of this framework to the relapse of extinguished operant behavior. A pioneer of translational research in the area of behavioral momentum theory, Bud Mace, will serve as discussant. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, translational research |
|
Resistance to Extinction With Combined Stimulus Contexts Depends on How Those Contexts Are Combined |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Findings supporting behavioural momentum theory reveal that reinforcing alternative responses within a stimulus context reduces the rate of target problem behavior but increases resistance to extinction. To counteract these effects, training alternative responding in a separate context prior to combining with the target context has been used to reduce target resistance to extinction. Given that stimuli can be combined in countless ways, we assessed whether different methods of combining stimuli during extinction influenced the ability of the alternative context to decrease target resistance to extinction. In training 6 pigeons, we arranged equal reinforcement rates for responding in two separate contexts that alternated with the target context. As in previous studies, combining the alternative context trained in a different location from the target context only decreased target resistance to extinction. We trained the other alternative context to alternate in the same location as the target. Combining created a compound stimulus and resistance to extinction of target responding did not differ compared to when both target and alternative responding originally were trained in the same context. Overall, these findings suggest that the effects of combining alternative contexts with contexts for target problem behavior will depend on how those contexts are combined. |
|
Temporal Weighting of Reward Effects and Resistance to Extinction |
ANDREW R. CRAIG (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The augmented model of extinction based on behavioral momentum theory predicts that resistance to extinction is directly related to the overall, mean rate of reinforcement that an organism experienced in the pre-extinction, discriminative-stimulus context. This model is based on extinction performance following unchanging rates of reinforcement during multiple-schedule baseline training. In practical situations, however, the rate of reinforcement that is delivered contingent on a response rarely is stable across time. The current experiment investigated the effects of changing rates of baseline reinforcement on resistance to extinction. Pigeons pecked keys for food in a multiple variable-interval (VI) 30-s VI 120-s schedule for 20 sessions. Then, the schedules that were correlated with the multiple-schedule components were switched (i.e., a multiple VI 120-s VI 30-s schedule) for 20 sessions. Resistance to extinction was greater in component that most recently was correlated with the VI 30-s schedule, suggesting that the relative recency with which a rate of reinforcement is experienced during baseline affects resistance to extinction. A model of extinction performance based on both the temporal weighting of reinforcer effects and behavioral momentum can account for this finding. This model will be reviewed, and implications of the model for applied settings will be discussed. |
|
Extinction, Relapse, and Behavioral Momentum II: Novel Stimuli, Incubation, and Spontaneous Recovery |
ERIC A. THRAILKILL (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Recently, behavioral momentum theory has been extended to describe increases in extinguished responding occasioned by stimulus change (i.e., relapse). This study expands this analysis to assess relapse using spontaneous recovery and novel stimulus reinstatement manipulations. Twelve pigeons responded on a two-component multiple schedule of reinforcement arranging signaled periods of variable-interval 120 s schedules. Free food was delivered in one component according to a variable-time 40 s schedule. Following stable baseline responding, extinction sessions were conducted in which all reinforcement was withheld. Once responding reached an extinction criterion, sessions were discontinued and pigeons were then left in their homecages for 21 days. Pigeons were reintroduced to the training context under continued extinction conditions after the homecage period. Once responding again reached the extinction criterion, novel stimuli were briefly presented in subsequent sessions. Responding increased in both components during spontaneous recovery and novel stimulus conditions. Additionally, relative to baseline, responding increased to a greater level in the component arranging a higher baseline rate of reinforcement during spontaneous recovery and novel stimulus conditions. Results support an extension of behavioral momentum-based predictions to a wider range of relapse phenomena. |
|
|
|
|
Understanding Gambling Behavior: Experimental Contributions of Human and Animal Models |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 I (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Nathan Rice (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Gambling is a socially pervasive and potentially problematic behavior that affects virtually every country around the world. While gambling is both socially important and behaviorally interesting, it is difficult to reproduce in a laboratory setting due to the complex nature of the gambling environment. Despite these problems, human gambling research has provided interesting developments and continues to be a topic of research today. Additionally, animal models of gambling have helped to determine the basic behavioral processes that control gambling behavior. This symposium focuses on the experimental contributions of animal and human work. Rice, Anderson, and Kyonka are presenting on the effects of near wins and d-amphetamine in a pigeon slot machine analogue. Laude, Stagner, Beckmann, Daniels & Zentall are presenting on impulsivity as a predictor for suboptimal choice of probabilistic reinforcers in pigeons. Macaskill and Hunt are presenting on near wins and their role as conditioned reinforcers in human gambling. In addition, speakers will consider ways in which these individual contributions can inform further research with both humans and non-humans to broaden their impact and social significance. |
Keyword(s): animal model, conditioned reinforcement, gambling, suboptimal choice |
|
Effects of Near Wins and d-Amphetamine on Pigeons’ Responding in a Slot Machine Analogue |
NATHAN RICE (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In slot machine play, near wins are stimuli that approximate winning stimuli but deliver no reinforcer (e.g., two winning symbols and a losing symbol). In two experiments, keys were illuminated red or green following pecks in a 3-peck sequence. Three successive red lights signaled a win and three green lights signaled a loss. Two red lights followed by a green light was a “near win.” Following the 3-peck sequence, a “collect” key was illuminated white. On winning trials, food was delivered 5 s after presentation of the collect key as contingent on at least one peck to the collect key during that time. For all other trial types, pecks to the collect key were recorded but had no programmed consequences. Trial types with more red lights produced higher rates of collect-key pecking in both experiments. In Experiment 1, the probability of a near win trial was changed across conditions. The disparity between win and near win response rates increased with the relative frequency of near win presentations. In Experiment 2, all trial types were presented with equal probability. The administration of acute d-amphetamine doses had no systematic effect except for nonselective disruption of responding at the highest doses. |
|
What We Can Learn About the Slot Machine Near-Win Effect From Humans, Animals, Response Latencies, Relational Training Tasks, and the Generalized Matching Law |
ANNE C. MACASKILL (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Slot machine gamblers are more likely to have gambling problems than people who favour other forms. Features of the ways in which slot machine outcomes are arranged such as the presence of losses that resemble wins (near wins) - may contribute to this. Previous research has found dissociations between participants verbal and non-verbal responses to near wins, suggesting that both verbal and non-verbal processes contribute to the effect. One likely non-verbal contributor is conditioned reinforcement, and we conducted two experiments using a slot machine analog task to investigate this further. Firstly, we varied outcome presentation style and found that the near-win effect was stronger when outcomes were presented sequentially. Secondly, we found that participants were sensitive to the distribution of near wins across alternatives in a rapidly-changing preference procedure. Both results are consistent with near wins as conditioned reinforcers and with findings with non-human animals, further supporting the idea that non-verbal processes contribute to the near-win effect. Although gambling is a uniquely human behavioral problem, human research using dependent variables and procedures similar to those used with non-human animals can help to identify the processes that maintain it. |
|
Impulsivity is Associated With Increased Gambling-Like Choice by Pigeons |
JENNIFER LAUDE (University of Kentucky), Jessica Stagner (University of Kentucky), Joshua Beckmann (University of Kentucky), Carter Daniels (University of Kentucky), Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Pigeons prefer an impulsive (suboptimal) option with a low-probability of a high-payoff over a non-impulsive (optimal) option that results in more food. This finding is analogous to sub-optimal human monetary gambling in humans because in both cases there appears to be an overemphasis of the occurrence of the winning event and an underemphasis of the losing event. We have found that pigeons that were less impulsive as indexed by a delay-discounting task (low k value) were less likely to show this sub-optimal choice compared with more impulsive pigeons (see Figure 1). This effect may result from strong conditioned reinforcement associated with the signal for food, together with weak conditioned inhibition associated with the signal for the absence of food, especially for impulsive (high k value) pigeons. These results have implications for the mechanisms underlying suboptimal choice by humans (e.g., problem gamblers) and they suggest that high baseline levels of impulsivity can enhance acquisition of a gambling habit and may result from decreased conditioned inhibition to negative outcomes and increased attraction to positive outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Directly Influencing Teaching in the Classroom: A Systemic Approach |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
M100 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute) |
Discussant: Karen D. Hager (New Mexico Highlands University) |
Abstract: There is a consensus among educators that what teachers do in classrooms has significant impact on student learning. This is reflected by the emphasis on highly qualified teachers in No Child Left Behind and in the value added modeling approach to identifying effective teachers. Remarkably, the criteria in most states for becoming highly qualified have little relation to what a teacher does in the classroom. These efforts like many other education reform initiatives have emphasized structural changes in the hopes that it will impact what happens in the classroom. A more productive approach would be to directly influence what teachers do in the classroom. In this symposium, we will describe a systems approach to influencing what teachers do in classrooms. We will review the research on which teacher practices have the greatest effect on student outcomes; however, the data suggest that without coaching and performance monitoring, these skills do not necessarily occur regularly in the classroom. In addition, we will review the existing research on coaching and performance monitoring. Performance monitoring measures how often certain teaching behaviors occur but it does not teach the teacher how to perform. Coaching assures that teachers have the skills to perform effectively. |
Keyword(s): education reform, teacher preparation |
|
Teaching Skills That Make a Difference |
JOHN E. STATES (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Despite decades of disappointing student performance as evidenced by National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), much empirical evidence has been acquired about what effective teachers do in a classroom that facilitates learning. Educators often say they know what works, but then disagree as to what skills should make up an inventory of what teachers need to master to be effective on the job. A comprehensive checklist of these skills should be the foundation of every teacher preparation program to act as a guide for teacher training. This checklist is also needed as a yardstick for measuring teacher effectiveness on the job. A short list of these skills would include: opportunities to respond, goal setting, corrective feedback, active responding, positive reinforcement, formative assessment, peer coaching, questioning, mastery learning, classroom management, and scope and sequencing of instruction. Teachers trained in the skills, curricula incorporating these skills into the fabric of lessons, and teachers demonstrating effective instruction offer reform efforts a clear path to improvement in student performance. |
|
Care Enough to Count: Measuring Teacher Performance |
RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: There is a wealth of data suggesting that even well trained teachers are not likely to implement interventions with integrity unless there is some type of on-going monitoring of their performance. Training is necessary but it is not sufficient to assure effective performance in the classroom. Once teachers have been taught effective instructional practices, part of what is necessary is monitoring teacher performance in that it establishes the frequency at which critical behaviors are occurring. If there is a performance standard to measure the obtained frequency against then judgments can be made about the adequacy of the performance. While the logic of measuring performance is well known for behavior analysts, performance monitoring at the scale of a school district is not well established. In this session, attention will be given to strategies that are scalable for public schools given the limitation of public school resources. Given the evidence about the limitations of training without in-class follow-up, it will be argued training should not be initiated unless there is a system in place to support progress monitoring training alone is a waste of time and resources and does not result in meaningful changes in teacher behavior and by extension student behavior. |
|
Teacher Coaching: The Missing Link in Teacher Development |
RANDY KEYWORTH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: In order for teachers to be effective in the classroom, they need to implement evidence-based practices, implement them correctly, and implement them over time. Despite a significant investment of time, energy and resources into teacher preparation programs, teacher induction, and ongoing professional development, many teachers continue to be ill-equipped to provide effective instruction in the classroom. Research suggests that traditional methods for teacher development—didactic training, discussion, demonstration, simulated practice and feedback—do not by themselves result in teacher acquisition of skills that generalize to the classroom and sustain over time. By far the most effective strategy involves coaching, at both the initial and ongoing development of teachers. Coaching refers to a complex process of shaping, in which teachers learn, practice, receive feedback on, and correct effective teaching skills working 1-1 with a coach. Coaches must not only master the training content, they must demonstrate skills in social influence, reinforcement, observation, assessment, modeling, giving feedback, and problem solving. This paper will examine existing research to identify the critical components of coaching, review the current “state of coaching” in teacher development, and make recommendations for the integration of coaching in the “real-world” education system. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Academic Skills of Postsecondary Learners With Intellectual Disabilities. |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
M100 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Discussant: William Therrien (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Youjia Hua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Results from the National Longitudinal Transition Study 1 and 2 indicate that more and more young adults with disabilities are pursuing a postsecondary education after high school. However, young adults with intellectual disabilities continued to be the group that was the least likely to participate in any postsecondary education. As a result, these individuals are not likely to benefit from occupations that offer opportunities for advancement and financial security in this economy (Wagner et al., 2005). One of the factors that lead to the low enrollment of young adults with intellectual disabilities in postsecondary education is their limited academic skills, particularly in the areas of reading and writing. Therefore, educators should prepare learners with intellectual disabilities with the academic skills necessary to succeed in the postsecondary education settings. The symposium will include three studies that focus on teaching academic skills to young adults with intellectual disabilities at the postsecondary level. We will also discuss the implication of our findings. |
Keyword(s): academic skills, intellectual disabilities, postsecondary, reading and writing |
|
The Effects of Re-read Adapt Answer Comprehension on Oral Reading Fluency and Comprehension of Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
JEREMY FORD (University of Iowa), Youjia Hua (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The combined repeated reading and question generation procedure is a reading intervention designed to target both fluency and comprehension for students with disabilities. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention for school age children with learning disabilities. This study extended the research by utilizing the program with 4 postsecondary learners with intellectual disabilities. We will present the results in the context of a multiple baseline across participants design and discuss the implication of the finding. |
|
The Effects of a Paraphrasing Strategy on Expository Reading Comprehension of Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
YOUJIA HUA (University of Iowa), Kari Vogelgesang (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to investigate the effectiveness of teaching a paraphrasing strategy on expository reading comprehension of young adults with intellectual disabilities. Four learners from a postsecondary education program for individuals with disabilities participated in the study. During the intervention, the instructor taught a three-step paraphrasing strategy using the strategy instruction model. In the context of multiprobe design, we found that cognitive strategy learning resulted in higher number of main idea and details retold by the participants. |
|
The Efficacy of an Essay Writing Strategy for Post-Secondary Students With Developmental Disabilities |
SUZANNE WOODS-GROVES (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: This study investigated the efficacy of a writing strategy designed to improve the essay-test taking perfromance of young adults who were enrolled in a post-secondary education program for individuals with developmental disabilities. A random assignment to treatment or control groups and a pre- and posttest design was employed. The students were taught a six-step ANSWER strategy that addressed the following skills: the analysis of essay test prompts, creation of outlines, construction of essay responses, and editing essay responses. The treatment group scored significantly higher on three dependent measures (i.e., a strategy scoring rubric, an analytical rubric, and a comparison of words written from pre- to posttest) than the control group. The results supported the use of the ANSWER strategy as an effective tool in improving the essay responses of post-secondary students with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching and Learning Complex Behaviors: The Case of Science Instruction and of Determining Response Complexity |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
M100 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Melinda Sota (Instructional Design Consultant) |
Discussant: Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College) |
Abstract: The terms complex cognitive skills, reasoning skills, and similar others have been gaining traction in the teaching and learning community, yet remain a relatively undeveloped area within behavior analysis. The set of behaviors usually subsumed under labels such as "complex cognitive skills" are within the grasp of behavior analysis to study and manipulate using existing principles of behavior. Furthermore, behavior analysts' insistence on empirical validation provides an advantage over other approaches that favor theoretical consistency over evaluation of effectiveness data. This symposium will feature three presentations describing the use of behavior analysis and empirical findings from other areas to teach complex skills to different learner audiences. Developing programs that teach complex skills is of fundamental importance for behavior analyst as they aim to demonstrate to audiences within and outside the field that behavior analysis can adequately address the type of issues and challenges that consumers, such as schools systems, professional associations, and the general public, must face. |
Keyword(s): concept analysis, Hierarchical Complexity Model, precision teaching, science teaching |
|
Teaching Scientific Concepts and Principles to Learners in Grades 3-8 |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Mimio), Melinda Sota (Instructional Design Consultant), Jay Thompson (Mimio), Marta Leon (Mimio), Victoria Ford (Mimio), Rachel Miller (Edvation), Lauren Mahon (Edvation), T.V. Joe Layng (Mimio) |
Abstract: Science teaching is on the agenda of several international and national organizations, institutions, and agencies. Science content is part of the repertoire of those who are considered to perform at a level that reflects understanding of science. This presentation will describe the analysis and design process involved in the development of lessons that teach contents in physical, biological, and Earth and space science. The process starts with a concept or principle analysis to find the shared properties of stimulus classes and determine the features that may be varied within a stimulus class. Once this analysis is complete, a set of examples and non-examples is systematically created and used to build a series of instructional frames that provide the learner with opportunities to respond to (a) stimuli that differ in terms of variable attributes (intra-class generalization); and (b) stimuli that have some similarities to the example, but do not have at least one of the critical properties of that stimulus class (inter-class discrimination). This development process yields performance that demonstrates that the learner can understand and apply the concepts and principles to new exemplars. Preliminary data from pilot testing will be presented and implications for science education will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Student to Think Like Scientists |
MARTA LEON (Mimio), Melinda Sota (Instructional Design Consultant), Victoria Ford (Mimio), Ana Carolina Sella (Mimio), Jay Thompson (Mimio), April Heimlich Stretz (Independent Educational Consultant), T.V. Joe Layng (Mimio) |
Abstract: With the approaching release of the New Generation Science Standards, the bar has been raised for students mastery of scientific knowledge even in the early grades. The new standards emphasize cross-cutting concepts and skills that go beyond specific content knowledge: they have to do with the ability to reason scientifically across the variety of natural sciences taught in schools. Some examples of these cross-cutting skills include the ability to interpret data presented in multiple formats; to ask testable scientific questions; to make scientific arguments and support them with data; and to use models to represent scientific processes and make predictions. The instructional design group at Mimio has been developing a science curriculum that uses concept and principle analyses, task analysis, and formative evaluation to create lessons that effectively and efficiently teach these cross-cutting skills. This presentation will describe the process of designing and evaluating the lessons and will show preliminary data from ongoing formative evaluation. The expectation that students master key scientific skills has been set by the educational movement culminating in the new standards. It is now up to those who can design sound instruction to fulfill that expectation with effective, empirically validated materials. |
|
Effectively Teaching the Model of Hierarchical Complexity |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: During past symposia and conferences, workshops used traditional lecturing and discussion methods to train researchers how to behaviorally assess adult behavior. After the workshops, success was only assessed by self-report evaluations. There were no tests or performance data to assess rate of learning. Starting with the 2008 Society for Research in Adult Development Symposium, a modified version of Precision Teaching was used to teach the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and how to determine the order of hierarchical complexity of items. A key part of this method is that participant learning is recorded in charts, allowing for very clear data on whether learning is taking place, and the rate at which it occurs. The results showed that all the participants followed roughly the same pattern, accelerating in their rate until reaching a ceiling, and when the difficulty increased, dropping back in rate but then improving. All participants learned the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, which suggests that Precision Teaching can be used to teach more complex behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions for Young Children With Special Needs: Snack Talk, Physical Activity, and Evaluation of a Statewide Intensive ABA Intervention Program |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
M100 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The creation of environments to promote the learning of young children challenges researchers and practitioners alike. In this symposium three papers will be presented. We will highlight the results of data based efforts to provide an analysis of interventions for young children with special needs. Harbin, Davis, and Sandall, will offer a paper on the outcomes of embedded physical activity on the engagement of three young children with special needs. Schwartz and Gaurveau will describe their project examining the use of "Snack Talk" to increase social communication during mealtimes for three preschool aged children with autism and their peers. Ann Garfinkle will provide results of a statewide three-year early intensive ABA program for 50 young children with ASD ages 5 and under. IN this evaluation particular attention was paid to parent satisfation. Finally, Schwartz will provide discussion of these papers. Implications for service delivery and future directions for research will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Intervention, Preschool, Special Needs |
|
Increasing Social Communication During Mealtimes in Preschool Aged Children With Autism |
ARIANE GAUVREAU (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Snack Talk is any visual support used to facilitate communication in children with and without special needs, during mealtimes. This study utilized an ABAB design to determine if using Snack Talk during snack times in an extended day classroom for children with autism increased verbal behavior. Ten-minute videos of snack time were collected and coded in ten-second vreauintervals for student verbal behavior (initiations and responses), target of communication (peer, teacher or other), topic (snack, Snack Talk or other) and any challenging behavior or no response. Subjects were two boys and one girl with autism, ages four and five years old. Results indicated that verbal behavior increased during the Snack Talk conditions for two of the three subjects. Two subjects communicated more with their peers, as opposed to communicating with only teachers, during the Snack Talk condition. The third participant increased overall appropriate mealtime behavior during intervention by consistently remaining in his seat and looking at a snack talk visual, when compared with baseline data, yet did not demonstrate an increase overall in verbal behavior. IOA data was calculated for 30% of videos at 92%. |
|
Effects of Embedded Physical Activity on the Engagement of Young Children |
SHAWNA HARBIN (University of Washington), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington), Susan Sandall (University of Washington) |
Abstract: While research indicates physical activity can have desirable effects on student learning, little research has been conducted specifically in early childhood settings (i.e., preschool and kindergarten classrooms). The purpose of this study was to identify if physical movement activities embedded into the classroom routine increase engagement for children with autism in early childhood settings. Three kindergarten students with autism enrolled in a full-day, integrated kindergarten participated. This study used an ABAB design replicated across three students to examine the effects of physical activity embedded into the existing activities of a kindergarten classroom on the rates of engagement of young children. Results indicate that increased activity resulted in increased percentages of engagement for 2 of the 3 students. The physical activity routine was not sufficient to increase the physical movement for the third participant. A discussion of the level of intensity of the physical activity will also be discussed.Interobserver agreement on engagement for Michael was M=90% for circle and M=96% for seatwork; for Anna was M=91% for circle and M=88% for seatwork for Lucas was M=92% for circle and M=87% for seatwork. Physical activity was measured using an accelerometer. |
|
Outcomes of a Three-Year ABA Program for Young Children With ASD |
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana) |
Abstract: In 2009, the State of Montana started an intensive program (20 hours a week) of Applied Behavior Analysis for 50 children aged 5 and younger. The program was supported by high levels of professional development and technical assistance. In addition, the State supported a project evaluation. This paper will present the outcomes of the project evaluation. The evaluation collected information from standard measures and functional measures as well as about symptom reduction and functional gains. Furthermore, the project collected information about parent satisfaction. The outcome data suggests that all project participants made gains. Using the CARS as a descriptor of symptom severity, a quarter of the participants are now categorized as non-autistic. Further, reported gains for all 50 children include increases in communication skills, self-help skills, play skills and in the community access. Additionally, all children were reported in engage in few challenging behaviors. Parent satisfaction with the program was high but some parents expressed concern about going from 20 hours of service a week to none. Information about which specific ABA strategies where used in the children's programs where collected. The data indicated that Discrete Trial Training was the most commonly used strategy. |
|
|
|
|
Applying Task Analyses to Solve Problems in Business Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 D (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marlies Hagge (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Task analyses break down complex behaviors into component behavior and are useful when tracking the occurrence or nonoccurrence of those component behaviors. Task analyses have been incorporated in business settings in different ways, such as an intervention tool or even as a guide used to aid the development of behavioral interventions. Each of the studies presented used task analyses in different ways. The first study used a task analysis as a tool to simultaneously guide the tipping behavior of restaurant customers and provide feedback concerning wait staff performance. The second study focused on work attendance and used a task analysis to show that appropriate consequences were not following occurrences of absenteeism. Pinpointing the lack of consequences led to the development of interventions involving praise, interviewing and graphic feedback. The third study used a task analysis to assess the sorting behavior of recycling and landfill waste. Information yielded from the task analysis helped focus the development of an intervention package which aimed to increase the amount of recyclable items collected in an academic building. The value of task analyses as a tool to improve various aspects of performance in business settings will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): absenteeism, business setting, recycling, task analysis |
|
Specifying a Contingent Relationship Between Tip Size and Service Quality |
NICHOLAS KYLE REETZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: A task analysis specifying expected serving behaviors that should occur during the course of a meal was completed by customers and instructions were created to inform the quantity of tip left based on the number of expected behaviors completed. Completed task analyses were also given to servers as a form of feedback to enable the establishment of a contingent relation between the number of expected service behaviors completed and the quantity of tip left. Preliminary data indicated that tip percentage left for servers varied unsystematically across customers even when the number of tasks completed by wait staff was uniform. In addition, preliminary data indicated that service quality varied from server to server. Implications of the use of a task analysis as a tool to guide tipping behavior and to provide feedback to wait staff members are discussed. |
|
Using Behavioral Interventions Among Unionized Workers to Increase Attendance |
MARLIES HAGGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Employees attendance is fundamentally relevant for running a successful business. However, in many companies absences far exceed the national average of about 3% and pose a significant problem to the overall companys success. A task analysis determined that important consequences regarding work attendance were missing, such as feedback or recognition of attendance or any type of follow-up with absences. Three different low-cost behavioral interventions were developed to increase attendance: praise for perfect attendance, graphic feedback on absenteeism per group and an interview held when the employee returned to work. Participants included 45 unionized custodians of 4 groups at a large Midwestern university with an average absenteeism rate of 6.3%. The study introduced the different interventions via a counterbalanced multiple baseline design across groups. The data were collected by the payroll system over the span of about 30 weeks including baseline. The results showed that 89% of the participants increased their average absenteeism rate in at least one of the presented conditions compared to baseline and 47% of the participants improved across all presented phases. The praise intervention reduced absenteeism on average by 40% and combined with graphic feedback it reduced absenteeism by 30% on average. |
|
The Impact of Receptacle Design, Centralized Placement, and Signage on Recycling Rates in an Academic Building |
SEAN KENNEDY (Western Michigan University), Katherine Binder (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: During waste audits on Western Michigan Universitys campus, approximately 25% of landfill waste was found to be recyclable material. In an effort to address this issue, a task analysis was utilized to determine the process for disposing of waste within the current system and highlight areas where improvement could be made. Along with a best-practice review, findings suggested an intervention package including centrally located, all-inclusive bins that accept recycling and landfill waste along with detailed, consistent signage containing information about exactly what can be discarded in each opening of the receptacle. In order to evaluate the effects of the treatment package itself, along with the adjustment period on each floor, the treatment package was implemented utilizing a multiple-baseline design. Results indicated a significant reduction in the percentage of trash that is comprised of inaccurately sorted recyclable material when two comprehensive bins are present on a floor, meaning that the treatment package ultimately results in more material diverted from landfill. Results of the study are being utilized as part of a campus-wide collaboration between Solid Waste Reduction, Custodial Services and the Office for Sustainability to streamline and systemize the campus waste and recycling programs. |
|
|
|
|
Simulation to Evaluate and Implement Treatments in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 E (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Steven R. Hard (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Use of simulators has proven highly effective in improving safety in aviation. Simulators can be used to teach a wide variety of behaviors within a safe context. This symposium examines several applications of simulation to driver and aviation safety. |
Keyword(s): Driving simulator, Flight simulator, Safety, Transfer of training |
|
Increasing Following Headway in a Simulator and Transfer to the Participants Vehicle |
MICHELLE L. ARNOLD (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: According to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA, 2003), rear-end collisions account for approximately 23 percent of all motor vehicle crashes, resulting in approximately 2,000 deaths and 950,000 injuries. Following too closely or having a short following headway is a dangerous driving behavior and is a major cause of rear-end crashes. Following headway is expressed in time and is defined as the time it takes from when the lead vehicle’s rear bumper crosses a stationary object to the time the following vehicle’s front bumper crosses the same object. Short following headway or tailgating occurs when a driver does not allow adequate spacing between their vehicle and the lead vehicle and is associated with an increased risk for crashes. A driver must drive a sufficient distance or time headway behind a vehicle travelling in front of the driver so the driver can, if necessary, stop safely to avoid a collision with the lead vehicle. The present study examined the efficacy of a package intervention including prompts, goal setting, feedback, and behavioral self-monitoring to increase following headway or decrease tailgating of 4 participants 18 to 19 years of age. Another purpose of the present study was to determine if the effects of the package intervention would transfer to real world driving by installing a black box video camera in the participant’s vehicles. The introduction of a treatment package in the simulator was associated with an increase in following headway for all participants. A return to baseline was associated with a decrease in following headway. The effects transferred to real world driving situations. Teaching individuals to increase following headway may be one strategy that drivers use to offset losses of perceived safety and decrease the risk of accidents. |
|
A Comparison of Paper and Audible Checklist on Checklist Completion and Accuracy |
Bryan W. Hilton (Western Michigan University), STEVEN R. HARD (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effect of a simulated, intelligent audible checklist system in a Cessna 172R PC-ATD on checklist errors and omissions. This study was a multiple baseline, time series design, in which participants first flew a Cessna 172R PC-ATD with an analog (paper) checklist with 42 items. Each participant was told to use the analog checklist as in any other flight with the addition of speaking and touching each checklist item as it was completed. Participants were in baseline condition for three to five flights dependent individual performance. Either stabile performance, with room to improve, or a decrement in performance would trigger acceptance into the intervention phase. The intervention phase consisted of explaining the function of the system to each pilot. The pilots were told that the system would trigger at a logical start point for a checklist given certain points in flight. I.e. If the designated cruise altitude were three thousand feet, then the system would engage the cruise checklist as soon at the plane stabilized at three thousand feet. When the system engaged, a red LED light would illuminate on the dash board/control panel. Once the LED lit, the specific checklist would begin. A digital, male voice would list each checklist item. The pilots were told pre-flight that after each item was listed by the voice, to complete the item and say check. Each participant was also told that they could pause, resume, and restart the list simply by saying the words pause, resume, and restart. Each participant also had a reversal phase in which the simulated, intelligent audible checklist was removed and each pilot was re-given the analog checklist with similar instructions as in the baseline phase to touch and say each item aloud as it was completed. Initial visual inspections of current results show a large and significant reduction in checklist errors through all phases of simulated flight. |
|
Transitioning from Analog to Digital Instruments |
JEOFFREY WHITEHURST (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Technically Advanced Aircraft (TAA) have seen an increase in manufacturing within the last decade. The growing use of these aircraft will present unique challenges to the aviation infrastructure; as well as flight training. With the large number of analog aircraft remaining in the general aviation fleet, transitions between digital and analog will become more numerous and perhaps more precarious. A recent survey of flight instructors at one college highlighted situational awareness problems for 95% of TAA trained students when exposed to analog equipped instrument panels. Perhaps two options are available to study this problem on the ground: flight simulators or a Personal Computer - Aviation Training Device (PC-ATD). The initial challenge to any study of this issue was to select the option that would minimize, or would allow for control of, extraneous factors, so that the causal factors influencing any decrement in performance and/or situational awareness could be isolated. A comparison of the two options available showed that the PC-ATD was the better option for the study of this issue and a pilot study was carried out using the PC-ATD. The results of the pilot study suggested that the transitioning from digital to analog equipped aircraft produced degradation in performance and that further research was required. |
|
|
|
|
Fangs, Fans, and Brains: Using Science Fiction and Horror to Explore Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
M100 A (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: T.V. Joe Layng (Mimio) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The science fiction and horror genre is often used to explore difficult subjects at a distance from our current time and space. The genre Zombies, Dr. Who, and Vampires have all been used by the symposium presenters to explore operant and respondent behavior analyses in fun and interesting ways for both students and philosophers of science. In this symposium, each of these genres will be used to explain behavioral concepts, principles, and procedures. Some of the topics to be covered include motivating operations, unconditioned and conditioned positive and negative reinforcement and punishment, stimulus control, generalization, and functional behavior analysis. In addition, an exploration of the basic philosophical underpinning of determinism is evident in each of the talks. |
Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Determinism, Horror, Science Fiction |
|
Sinking your Teeth into Behavior Analysis: Entry Freely and of Your Own Will? |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: As a science of behavior, one of the main philosophical foundations is that of determinism. The vampire genre is one way to introduce the idea that the illusion of “free will” is produced by rule-governed behavior, but in fact does not make the behavior any free in any way. Considering Dracula’s phrase “Enter freely and of your own will” in terms of his verbal behavior exerting simultaneous stimulus control over his victim (i.e., a verbal prompt as well as the use of his eyes and hand to “invite” the victim in whilst all the time having power over the victim). Other variations on the vampire theme will be considered, including how establishing operations, primary reinforcement, negative reinforcement, and other behavioral principles, procedures and concepts are exemplified in these stories will be covered, and pre-post test data from student scores on tests will be presented. |
|
A Zombie in the Classroom |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Personal experience and communications with those who teach behavior analysis has yielded anecdotal evidence suggesting that individuals first exposed to behaviorism may find topics such as the prediction and control of behavior to be aversive, opting instead for a more free-willed approach to human behavior. It may be the case that covering the same materials with animal analogues could serve to alleviate that concern. While the gap between human and animal research may constitute another barrier to overcome in the education of college students, the horror genre in popular culture may provide an alternative source for teaching many of the assumptions of behaviorism: that of the zombie. Recent trends have shown an increase in the acceptance of zombie-themed materials and marketing, including those in the sciences. It is in this light that we offer several methods by which zombies may be incorporated into the behavior-analytic classroom. |
|
The Tardis of Behavior Analysis (TBA): Dr. Who in the Classroom? |
BARRIE TODD (Cartesian Products, Inc.), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University), Sara Nass (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The use of science fiction to understand science, and the science of behavior, is experiencing a resurrection in some classrooms. Basic behavior analytic principles such as punishment, negative and positive reinforcement, stimulus control, and generalization can all be understood from an analysis of the characters in Dr. Who, including the Cybermen. In addition, the robots in both Dr. Who and other science fiction genre media can be used as examples of rule-governed versus contingency-based behavior, establishing operations, and conditioned reinforcement. Many of the stories can be used to describe how scarce resources and the need to survive leads to behavior that is viewed as undesirable by other planets (i.e., other cultures), leading to a meta-contingency analysis. In this presentation, Dr. Who and other science fiction examples will be used to examine how to explain behavior analysis to students. |
|
|
|
|
Investigation of the Effects of Various Training Methodologies to Establish Emergent Intraverbal Repertoires |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
200 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) defined an intraverbal as a verbal response that is under the control of an antecedent verbal stimulus with no point-to-point correspondence. Establishing an intraverbal repertoire is an important component of many applied verbal behavior training programs for children with autism (Sundberg & Michael, 2001), and may need to be specifically taught to children without disabilities (Sundberg & Sundberg, 2011). Several studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of different procedures to establish a rudimentary intraverbal repertoire in children with and without disabilities. Fewer studies, however, have explored strategies to establish the emergence of intraverbals. Given the educationally relevant outcomes of establishing an intraverbal repertoire, continued efforts in identifying effective and efficient training methodologies should be explored. In this symposium, results from three studies investigating the effectiveness of different procedures to establish the emergence of intraverbal behavior in children with and without disabilities will be presented. The symposium will culminate with implications and recommendations for those interested in future related research. |
Keyword(s): Intraverbals, Derived Relations |
|
A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Emergent Intraverbals in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MARY VALLINGER (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: The current study examined two methods to facilitate the emergence of untaught intraverbal responses to questions involving the function of items for participants with a diagnosis of autism. Listener behavior training (LT) involved reinforcing a selection based response when the experimenter showed the participant an array of pictures and stated the function of the item. The stimulus pairing observation procedure (SPOP) involved presenting a picture of an item in isolation as the experimenter vocally stated its function. Preliminary results indicate both procedures were effective at producing some untaught intraverbal responses. These results will be discussed in terms of pre-requisite skills that may be necessary for the effectiveness of these procedures, and the requirement of overt or echoic responses to facilitate the emergence of this verbal operant. |
|
Emergent Intraverbals and Comparative Relations of Coins |
LEIGH KAROLE GRANNAN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Jessica Loverude (Southern Illinois University), Andrew King (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Brittany Byrne (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of establishing comparative relations between coins on intraverbal responding in children with disabilities. Specifically, pre-test probes were conducted assessing participants ability to answer questions about the value of three coins (nickel, penny, and dime), which coin is more/less (e.g., Which is more, a penny or a dime?), and the ability to choose the coin worth more/less when presented in an array of two. Training was then conducted on matching the coins to a number of dots representing the coins values. The more than relationship between the dime (A) and the nickel (B) and the more than relationship between the nickel (B) and the penny (C) were then taught. Finally, post-test probes were conducted to assess the effects on intraverbal responding and testing for mutual and combinatorial entailment. Preliminary data suggest this is an effective procedure in producing emergent intraverbals and emergent comparative relations. |
|
Effectiveness of Intraverbal Training and Fluency Training on the Emergence of Derived Relations in Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
CLAUDIA GAMBOA (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Marcela Porras (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Yors A. Garcia (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to train intraverbal relations using conditional discrimination and fluency training in children with intellectual disabilities. Three children from a service program for children with intellectual disabilities in Bogota-Colombia were recruited. A pre-test post-test design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the training programs. Participants were selected using the Spanish version of the ABBLS (Assessment of Basic Language & Learning Skills), but only tacts, mands and intraverbals were evaluated. During the pre-test condition, participants were evaluated in tact relations (e.g., sadness, happiness), followed by direct and bidirectional intraverbal relations (opposition and sameness) (e.g., fear/courage) and verbal fluency (i.e., response speed and accuracy). In the training phase, participants were taught to tact different emotions (e.g. sadness, happiness, fear). Once the mastery criterion was met, they were trained in intraverbal relations using conditional discriminations for both sameness and opposition relations. For instance, participants were presented with one laminated card that contained the emotion (e.g. happiness), and were asked to point to the one that was the same and the one that was opposite. Then, intraverbal derived relations were tested for the same and opposite relations. In the final training phase, participants were exposed to fluency training with all the intraverbal derived relations. This was followed by a post-test to evaluate the effectiveness of the training program compared to the pre-test phase. |
|
|
|
|
Using Photographic Activity Schedules and Script Fading to Promote Independence and Social Interaction in Individuals with Autism and Related Disabilities |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University) |
Dr. Thomas S. Higbee is a professor of special education and rehabilitation at Utah State University, where he has worked since 2002. He is also director of the Autism Support Services: Education, Research, and Training (ASSERT) program, an early intensive behavioral intervention program for children with autism which he founded in 2003. His research interests include strategies for promoting verbal behavior, social behavior, and independence in individuals with autism and related disabilities as well as the functional assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior. He is currently an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and has served on the board of editors of a variety of other behavioral journals. Throughout his career, he has worked with children with autism and related disabilities in home-, center-, and school-based programs. Through workshops and consultation, he has trained teachers and related service providers in school districts throughout the U.S. and has provided international training in Brazil and Russia. He is currently completing a sabbatical at the Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar) in São Carlos, Brazil, where he is leading a grant-funded research project on computer-based training of behavior analytic teaching procedures for special education teachers and related service providers. |
Abstract: Many students with autism and other developmental disabilities have difficulty sequencing their own behavior during free-choice situations. Rather, they rely on adults to prompt them to engage in particular activities. Many do not interact appropriately with play materials or may select one activity and engage in it for an extended period of time. Photographic activity schedules have been shown to be an effective tool to teach children to sequence their own behavior and transition smoothly between multiple activities. Children learn to follow the visual cues in the activity schedule to make transitions instead of relying on adult-provided prompts. Activity schedules also provide a context for teaching basic and complex choice-making behavior. As children develop verbal behavior, social scripts also will be added then later faded to promote social interaction. Activity schedules have been used successfully in a variety of settings with both children and adults with various disabilities. They are easy to use and can be adapted to most environments. As children learn to follow activity schedules, the schedules themselves can be modified to more closely resemble those used by their typically developing peers (e.g., planners, daily calendars, "to do" lists, etc.). |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic practitioners who work with children and adults with autism and related developmental disorders. |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to design and implement a photographic activity schedule. 2. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to design, use, and fade social scripts to promote social interaction |
|
|
|
|
Contextual Factors in the Reinforcing Effects of Drugs |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Jack Bergman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Johns Hopkins University) |
JACK BERGMAN (Harvard Medical School-McLean Hospital) |
Dr. Jack Bergman received his initial training in behavioral pharmacology in the laboratories of C. R. Schuster and C. E. Johanson at the University of Chicago (Ph.D. 1981). His dissertation research examined the reinforcing effects of the benzodiazepine diazepam in monkeys and, as well, the issue of tolerance to its anti-suppressant actions. Dr. Bergman continued research as a postdoctoral fellow with W. H. Morse in the Psychobiology Laboratory at Harvard Medical School, where he studied behavioral and physiological effects of novel opioids in monkeys and began long-term studies of dopaminergic mechanisms in the reinforcing and other behavioral effects of psychomotor stimulant drugs. Dr. Bergman moved to the New England Primate Research Center where, with Roger Spealman, he continued those studies and, as well, undertook work to delineate the behavioral effects of new, atypical antipsychotic drugs. After moving to McLean Hospital in 1996, Dr. Bergman continued studies of psychomotor stimulant abuse liability including the evaluation of candidate medications, and also began to examine the behavioral effects of THC and other CB1 agonists. He also refined procedures using concurrent schedules of reinforcement to better evaluate the reinforcing strength of self-administered drugs. Most recently, Dr. Bergman's interests in improving behavioral methodologies have included the development of novel operant-based means for studying analgesic drugs. |
Abstract: Early studies showing that drugs that people take illicitly can maintain IV self-administration in laboratory animals have led to a continuing role for such studies to measure abuse potential of existing and new drugs and, as well, continuing interest in understanding the multiple determinants of the reinforcing effects of drugs and how to measure them. Laboratory studies have shown that, in addition to subject-related and drug-related variables, contextual factors can qualitatively and/or quantitatively influence drug-maintained behavior. Among these factors are the schedule of availability, drug-taking history, and reinforcement options. Their influence will be reviewed with examples of differences in the dose-related effects of selected drugs under varying schedule conditions, the role pharmacological history can play in the expression of a drug's reinforcing effects, and the utility of using the availability of an alternative reinforcer under concurrent schedule conditions to study drug-maintained and drug-seeking behavior. |
Target Audience: The target audience is researchers and practitioners interested in substance abuse and current laboratory procedures for assessing abuse liability of drugs. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify procedures used for measuring the reinforcing strength of abused drugs 2. Identify different pharmacotherapeutic approaches to drug abuse (agonist substitution, antagonist, other) 3. Identify the major neurotransmitter system and its receptors involved in stimulant abuse |
|
|
|
|
License or Certify? What ABAI Chapters are Pursuing in Canada and Implications for Behavior Analysts Internationally |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
101 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
ELIZABETH S. ATHENS (ABA Learning Centre) |
JEN PORTER (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis) |
SYLVIE DONAIS (Clinique ABA (Montréal)) |
Abstract: This panel will discuss two areas of debate common to behavior analysts. Should we license or certify or both? And central to the issue is the question are we behavior analysts or psychologists or both? Representatives from each Canadian chapter of ABAI (British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec) will discuss the processes each province has gone through or what their future directions will be regarding licensure and certification. The international debate continues within Canada as well, with the Canadian chapters each pursuing different standards for licensing. For example, one province has worked extensively with the provincial psychological regulatory body to form a roster area with the title of ABA Psychologist, another province is pursuing a college of behavior analysts. This panel will discuss the implications of each movement for behavior analysis as a field, implications for psychology, and present pros and cons of each direction. |
Keyword(s): ABAI chapters, Canadian, certification, licensure |
|
|
|
|
Novel Extensions in the Assessment of Challenging Behaviors |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
200 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics) |
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Identification of the occurrence of challenging behaviors is a critical step in the development of effective behavioral interventions. This symposium will highlight three studies that each attempted to extend traditional assessment of challenging behaviors. In the first paper, Suess and colleagues will describe the outcomes from a study in which in-home functional analyses were conducted via telehealth with young children with autism who engaged in challenging behaviors. Data to be reviewed includes the amount of time needed to identify function and the percentage of children in which a function was identified. Fodstad and colleagues will describe the results of a multi-year project in which very young children with autism who were identified as at-risk for engaging in self-injurious behavior were observed. Findings regarding the frequency and duration of self-injury and the relationship between problem behavior and communication will be described. In the third talk, Yassine and colleagues will describe the validity and reliability of The Indirect Functional Assessment. The psychometric properties of the Indirect Functional Assessment will be described in comparison to other commonly used indirect, direct, and experimental analyses of behavior. Dr. Mark OReilly, Ph.D., will serve as the discussant for this symposium. |
|
Early Course and Progression of Self-Injurious Behavior in Young Children With Autism |
Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), JILL FODSTAD (Louisiana State University), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Prevalence studies have reported that 35.8% to 64.3% of children with autism display behavior problems (Holden & Gitlesen, 2006; Murphy, Healy, & Leader, 2009). More specifically, approximately 50% of children and adolescents with autism engage in some form of self-injurious behavior (SIB), which often persists into adulthood (Baghdadli, Pascal, Grisi, & Aussilloux, 2003; McTiernan, Leader, Healy, Mannion, 2011). While prior studies have considered autism as a risk factor for SIB, to date no studies have used direct observation to document the emergence and early progression of SIB in young children with autism. In the present study, 6 youngsters with autism who displayed early signs of SIB were observed with parents during quarterly home visits across a 2-year period. Direct observation data were collected on child SIB, other problem behaviors, child communication, and parent responses to child behavior. Standardized measures and parent report were also used to measure child behavior and communication. Five of the six (83%) children continued to exhibit SIB two years later, in most cases with increasing severity. Those participants who had higher rates of SIB generally had lower rates of communication. Results are discussed in regards to the importance of early identification and treatment of SIB and other behavior problems exhibited by young children with autism. |
|
Reliability and Validity Analysis of the Indirect Functional Assessment |
JORDAN YASSINE (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Mei Ling Joey Chen (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The first step in identifying behavioral function related to problem behavior is the implementation of an anecdotal assessment. A number of structured assessments have been developed (e.g., MAS, QABF, FAST, etc.). One common problem has been their poor reliability and validity. In an effort to overcome these limitations, the Indirect Functional Assessment was developed utilizing psychometric methodologies and evaluated in an analog analysis (Christensen et al., 2002). However, up until now it had not been evaluated in practice. In the current study, graduate students enrolled in a fieldwork class participated. One of the requirements for the class is to complete a Functional Behavioral Assessment utilizing two indirect assessments across two informants, a descriptive assessment, and a functional analysis. Both reliability and validity analyses were conducted across these assessments. Results demonstrate high inter-rater reliability of the IFA, strong reliability with the FAST, good reliability with the descriptive assessment, and strong validity as measured by agreement of function with the functional analysis. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Assessment of Challenging Behavior by Parents via In-Home Telehealth Assessment of Challenging Behavior by Parents via In-Home Telehealth |
ALYSSA N. SUESS (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Scott D. Lindgren (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Shannon Dyson (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current investigation evaluated the effects of conducting functional analyses (FA) via in-home telehealth. All participants were between the ages of 18 months and 6 years and 11 months, had an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis, and engaged in challenging behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, aggression, and property destruction). FA sessions were conducted by parents in their homes during 1-hour of weekly consultation from the experimenters located at the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics. To date, 11 FAs have been completed by the parents. On average, five 1-hour consultation visits were needed to complete the FA with an average of 18 FA sessions conducted. Social functions were identified for every child; six tangible functions and five tangible plus escape functions based on the criterion developed by Hagopian et al. (1997). All FAs were conducted within multielement designs. The group data suggest that in-home telehealth is a viable methodology to assess challenging behaviors. A further description of the procedures used in the investigation and a summary of group data will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Competing with Facebook and Modern Technology in the College Classroom: Evaluating College Instruction |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
M100 J (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B.F. Skinner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Victoria Fogel, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has applications in education as a means to improve student academic performance and increasing student participation in class. Various teaching methods such as active student performance have been found effective when used in a variety of classrooms. This symposium will present research that evaluates three different methods of instruction (guided notes, response cards and online lectures) and their effects on student’s academic performance in undergraduate and graduate level courses.
The effects of guided notes and response cards for in-lecture review on post-lecture quiz scores, competing academic behaviors and academic responding in two graduate level university behavior analysis courses will be evaluated and compared, as well as the effects of response cards when compared with traditional lecture on the competing academic behaviors of undergraduate level students. Finally, an evaluation of the effectiveness of online or in-class lecture formats on undergraduate students’ weekly quiz scores will be presented. |
Keyword(s): academic performance, teaching |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Guided Notes and Response Cards in Student Performance |
VIVIANA GONZALEZ (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Kevin Murdock (Hillsborough County Public Schools, Florida) |
Abstract: Guided notes and response cards have individually been found effective at increasing student performance and active participation, however, no known studies have compared the effects of response cards with the effects of guided notes to determine if one is more effective than the other at increasing student performance and on-task behavior. In order to evaluate the efficacy of these two teaching methods, two different teaching conditions will be examined: guided notes and response cards for in-lecture review. An alternating treatments design will be used to evaluate the effects of these two conditions on post-lecture quiz scores, competing academic behaviors and academic responding in two university level behavior analysis courses. |
|
Evaluating Active Student Responding via Interspersed White Board Activities on the Competing Academic Responses of Undergraduate Students |
MALLORY QUINN (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida), Stephanie Wack (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study will evaluate the effectiveness of two differing conditions on the competing academic responses of undergraduate students during a lecture using an alternating treatments design. One condition will consist of questions pertaining to lecture material interspersed during classroom instruction to be answered by students with the format of a white board while the other condition will involve a standard lecture format with no class participation via white board activities. A 16-week long evaluation will be conducted in an Undergraduate course in Behavior Analysis at the University of South Florida. Results and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Measuring the Effect of Alternating In-Class With Online Lecture on Student Learning in College Classrooms |
Brett Grant Kellerstedt (University of North Texas), KAY TREACHER (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a long history of exploring the application of basic principles to instructional design in education (Keller, 1968; Skinner, 1968; Tiemann & Markle, 1983). Recent technological advances and the push toward online or blended learning environments have created new opportunities for course redesign. Behavior analysts are conveniently poised to evaluate the relative efficacy of alternative modes of instruction. However, to date there have been few studies that use single-subject research methodology to explore these questions. We evaluated the comparative effectiveness of online or in-class lecture formats on undergraduate students weekly quiz scores. We were particularly interested in individual student responsiveness to the lecture formats and how these data compared to group means. The comparative effects of the two lecture formats were evaluated using an alternating treatment design counterbalanced across course sections. Data from two studies conducted across four sections of an Introduction to Behavior Analysis course will be presented. The results suggest that students responded favorably to both lecture formats. The implications of these findings will be discussed in the context of course redesign and opportunities for blended or online instruction. |
|
|
|
|
Home Is Where the Heart Is: Exploring the Roles of the Interpersonal Context and Psychological Flexibility in Well-Being |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
102 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Danielle Moyer (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Nic Hooper (Middle East Technical University) |
CE Instructor: Nic Hooper, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interpersonal contingencies present in the family, peer group, and community contexts support the emergence of important behaviors from emotional development to daily living. One way that the interpersonal context impacts these behaviors may be by facilitating psychological flexibility, which, in turn fosters more sensitive and effective behavior. The papers in this symposium will examine the impact of different aspects of the interpersonal context on psychological flexibility and wellbeing. The first paper will consider the development of social identity and out-group relations among members of an obese population. The second paper will examine data on the development of psychological flexibility and its role in parent-child relationships. The third paper will examine the impact of local tragedy on avoidant and valued behaviors in community members. Implications for the development of interpersonal contexts that support positive growth and effective living will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): CBS, interpersonal wellbeing, psychological flexibility |
|
Sticks and Stones: The Social Context for Learning Self-Stigma Amongst the Obese |
EMILY SQUYRES (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Humans readily engage in social categorization on the basis of both physical and arbitrary features of the individual. Once these categories, or stimulus classes, are formed, functions are easily transformed among members of the classes. Preliminary research has shown, for example, that arbitrary stimuli can easily acquire stigma functions when derived as equivalent to obese. The most basic form of social categorization is the distinction of I from you and, by extension, us from them. It is commonly assumed that functions of outgroup and ingroup members diverge in such a way as to protect the self from taking on aversive functions. This is not the case, however, for obese individuals, who demonstrate explicit and implicit weight bias. This conceptual paper will explore the learning history that might contribute to self-stigma among the obese. Particular attention will be paid to the transformation of function across deictic relations that might result in such self-stigmatization, and the social context that might control it. |
|
Raising Flexibility: A Preliminary Look at the Role of Psychological Flexibility in Parent and Adolescent Distress |
DANIELLE MOYER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Parenting is hard. Every day, parents must navigate a role that is at the same time both very rewarding and very stressful. Coping with the balance between stress and reward can have immediate and long-term effects for both parents and children, including ineffective parenting behaviors. Parents suffering from emotional difficulties, such as anxiety and depression, are at particular risk for these ineffective parenting behaviors. The impact of parental distress on family functioning is further complicated by the relatively high correlation between parental distress and child distress. Literature on this relationship seems to suggest that a lack of openness to experience and difficulties with goal-directed behavior are part of what allows for the transmission of distress from parent to child. From a functional contextual perspective, psychological flexibility, or the ability to adapt to emotional and situational demands in the service of values, may play some role in these parenting behaviors. This study examines psychological flexibility in the context of parenting and the relationship between inflexible behaviors and distress. Limitations to this research and implications for family interventions will also be discussed. |
|
Find Mickey: The Impact of Community Tragedy on Valued and Avoidant Behaviors |
MICHELLE JEANIS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Over two thousand Americans are reported missing every day. There are currently over 100,000 active missing persons in the United States. Each of these individuals is connected to not only family and friends, but also an entire community that stands to be impacted by their disappearance. Currently communities are blind on how to deal with such tragedies in ways that facilitate wellbeing, strengthen the community, and provide support for family and friends. This study was a first attempt at clarifying the impact of community tragedy on individual wellbeing and how different ways of coping with tragedy might differ in effectiveness. Members of the Lafayette, Louisiana community from which Mickey Shunick went missing in May 2012 completed a series of questionnaires that assessed their psychological flexibility, coping style, health and well-being, and the impact of the recent missing person tragedy on their lives and behaviors immediate following Shunick’s disappearance and again after her murderer was convicted. The relationships among styles of coping and overall wellbeing will be discussed along with the implications for community-based intervention. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Diagnostics: Looking at Problem Behavior Without the DSM |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
102 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Martti T. Tuomisto (University of Tampere) |
|
Behaviour Analysis and Diagnostic Systems |
Domain: Theory |
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere), Lauri Parkkinen (University of Tampere) |
|
Abstract: Behaviour analysts have always been critical of diagnostic systems of behavioural problems traditionally labelled as mental health (i.e., DSM and ICD Mental and behavioural problems). This criticism is relevant from many aspects of clinical behaviour analysis, and it has recurred decade after decade. At the moment, the proposed next version of DSM (DSM V) is no exception. To the contrary, the new update of DSM has received even more criticism (e.g., from the British Psychological Society, American Psychological Association, and the American Counseling Association). The purpose of this presentation is to illuminate the reasons for behaviour analytic criticisms of the current and widely used diagnostic systems, to present reasons for constructing such a comprehensive system from a behaviour analytic point of view, and discusses some possible approaches to behaviour analytic classification of not only behavioural problems, but risk factors. Especially, we concentrate on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical differences of the current diagnostic systems and a possible behaviour analytic alternative system. We present our own preliminary discussions and examples based on the Antecedent-Behaviour-Consequence functional model and topographic-dimensional properties of the behaviours. |
|
The Contingencies that Maintain Gambling, Problem Gambling, and Pathological Gambling |
Domain: Basic Research |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Recent studies have found that most individuals gambling is primarily maintained by positive reinforcement, but those who gamble for negative reinforcement were more likely to display problem or pathological gambling. Those studies have been criticized, however, because of the measures they employed and/or the populations they tested. Presently, we had over 200 students complete the Gambling Functional Assessment Revised (GFA-R), the South Oaks Gambling Screen (SOGS), and the Problem Gambling Severity Index (PGSI). Results showed that gambling as an escape, rather than gambling for positive reinforcement, was most predictive of both SOGS and PGSI scores. Next, a group of treatment-seeking pathological gamblers completed both the GFA-R and the SOGS. Results showed that the gambling of these individuals was more strongly maintained by negative, than positive, reinforcement and that escape was again the strongest predictor of pathological gambling. These data further indicate that problem/pathological gambling is strongly related to negative reinforcement contingencies. |
|
Beyond the Daily Grind: Towards an Evolutionary-Behavioral Approach to Bruxism |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINDA BALLARD (St. Joseph's University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: Bruxism is a complex, multifactorial condition characterized by excessive clenching, grinding, or gritting of the teeth that often results in chronic headaches, damaged gum tissues, severe wear and cracked teeth. Traditionally, assessment and treatment have focused on morphological and psychosocial factors of bruxism (e.g., grinding due to malocculusion or stress), with a goal of eliminating these behaviors. This paper presents a behavioral-evolutionary approach to assessment and treatment of bruxism. A functional evolutionary analysis of bruxism suggests that certain adaptive components of bruxism exist, such as downregulation of the limbic system and autonomic nervous system, and reversal of biological markers. That is, bruxism-like activity, defined as the occurrence of bruxism occurring below a standardized threshold, can provide humans with an adaptive mechanism to reduce stress and should therefore not be eliminated entirely; rather, it should be managed in order to preserve its adaptive value. Implications for evolutionarily-informed behavioral interventions for bruxism are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preference Assessment Methodological Extensions: Comparisons of Assessment Modalities and the Use of Progressive-Ratio Schedules |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
202 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jodi Elizabeth Neurenberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger, M.S. |
Abstract: Practitioners and researchers have used preference assessments to identify stimuli and activities that will function as reinforcers for a variety of populations, including children and adults with, and without, developmental disabilities. Recently, researchers have extended the utility of preference assessment procedures by examining a number of procedural manipulations that are discussed in the current symposium. First, researchers have examined the use of different assessment modalities. Specifically, researchers have manipulated the methods for presenting individuals with choices between stimuli/activities (e.g., using tangible stimuli, pictures, vocal-verbal instructions, or video presentations). Additionally, researchers have manipulated the consequences delivered following participants' selections (e.g., immediate or delayed access to the stimuli selected, or no stimulus access). Second, researchers have examined preference for new types of stimuli including protracted activities and negative reinforcers. Third, researchers have examined the use of progressive-ratio schedules of reinforcement for identifying preferences, and for validating preference assessment outcomes. The researchers will discuss the reliability and validity of different preference assessment modalities, the implications of using different preference assessment procedures, and the results and efficacy of using progressive-ratio schedules to evaluate preferences and reinforcer potency. |
Keyword(s): preference assessment, progressive-ratio schedule |
|
An Evaluation of the Validity of Verbal Preference Assessments Used With Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
JODI ELIZABETH NEURENBERGER (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are used to identify items that will function as reinforcers. A number of preference assessment methods have been conducted with adults with developmental disabilities, such as the stimulus paired-choice assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) and verbal paired-choice assessment (Northup, Jones, Broussard, & George et al., 1995). Verbal assessments may be an efficient preference assessment method, yet limited research is available addressing the validity of such methods. In experiment 1, the validity of verbal paired-choice preference assessments conducted with adults with developmental disabilities was evaluated by comparing the outcomes of three assessment formats (i.e., stimulus paired-choice, verbal-no access, and verbal-access assessments) that differed in the way in which choices were presented, and the consequences delivered following selections. The extent to which assessment formats correlated was assessed by calculating Spearmans rank correlation coefficients. In experiment 2, the reinforcing potency of preferred activities (identified in Experiment 1) was assessed using a single-operant progressive-ratio schedule of reinforcement. The validity of each assessment format is discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Presentation Modality and Consequence on Preference Assessment Outcomes |
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of Kansas), Skyler Rueb (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Courtney Laudont (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Researchers have found presenting tangible items to be a valid method for identifying the preferences for a variety of populations (e.g., Fisher et al., 1992; DeLeon & Iwata, 1996). More recently, researchers have begun to evaluate the utility of determining preferences by using pictures of stimuli or a vocal tact of stimuli. However, it is often the case that tangible items are not presented following a participant's selection in these methods. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the validity of pictorial and verbal preference assessments under immediate, delayed, and no access consequences. We conducted three administrations under each modality and consequence with preschool age children. We then conducted reinforcer assessments using the top items across modality and consequence. We found inconsistent correspondence between the modalities of assessments and across the consequences. During reinforcer tests, we found stronger reinforcement effects with items identified as preferred using the pictorial and tangible-item modalities, and with the delayed and immediate access consequences. The procedures were replicated with several additional participants. Results of this study will allow us to determine the most efficient and accurate procedure for determining preferences of young children. |
|
Comparison of Verbal, Pictorial, and Video Preference Assessment Formats |
Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles), GRACE C.E. CHANG (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Conducting preference assessments is vital to the identification and implementation of effective reinforcers. Preference assessment procedures typically involve presenting individuals with access to different stimuli or activities. However, providing access to a protracted, or long duration, activity during preference assessments is not always feasible, especially when faced with time constraints. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the reliability of three preference assessment formats for protracted activities: a verbal assessment format during which participants were asked to choose what they prefer from various activities; a pictorial assessment format during which participants were asked to choose between pictures of various items which they prefer; and a video assessment format during which participants, upon selecting which activity they prefer, were given access to a video clip of the activity. The reliability of the highest- and lowest-preference protracted activities identified by the three preference assessment formats is discussed, as well as implications of the reliability of each assessment format. |
|
The Use of Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Assess Negative Reinforcers |
RYAN KEITH KNIGHTON (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Daniel Clark (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Few assessments have been developed to examine negative reinforcer quality. One challenge assessing negative reinforcers is that presenting aversive stimuli simultaneously (e.g., paired choice preference assessments) may have an additive effect. Progressive ratio (PR) schedules may allow for assessment of the quality parameter of negative reinforcers by creating a hierarchy based on break points. We developed an assessment to identify preferred and non-preferred sounds and then assessed the quality of the non-preferred sounds using PR schedules for two adults with intellectual disabilities. First, we obtained mean break points for each stimulus and used them to rank negative reinforcers, classifying them as high- or low-quality escape (HQE/LQE) stimuli. Next, we validated the reinforcer hierarchy by examining response rates under various ratio schedules using the preferred sounds as controls. We identified preferred and non-preferred sounds and observed differential responding for both participants between preferred and non-preferred sounds. We observed differential responding between HQE and LQE stimuli for one subject (the one for whom a large range of break points was observed) but not for the other. These results demonstrate a method to identify preferred and non-preferred sounds and provide support for using progressive-ratio schedules to rank negative reinforcers by quality. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Mathematics to Students with Severe Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
205 C-D (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Keri Stevenson Bethune (James Madison University) |
Discussant: Robert C. Pennington (University of Louisville) |
CE Instructor: Keri Stevenson Bethune, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Mathematics is one of the academic areas assessed for all students as proposed by No Child Left Behind (NCLB, 2002). Students with severe developmental disabilities participate through alternate assessments based on alternate achievement standards. For this population, in general, the field knows more about teaching reading than teaching mathematics. The purpose of this symposium is to present evidence on instructional procedures and evidence-based practices for teaching mathematics content to this population. The first study, presented by Fred Spooner, will focus on a comprehensive literature review for published articles in an attempt to document evidence-based practices for teaching mathematics content. The second study, presented by Keri Bethune was a field test which included progress monitoring with a series of AB designs for seven individual case studies. The third study, presented by Alicia Saunders examined the effects of computer-based video instruction (CBVI) to teach grade-aligned mathematics skills using a single-case multiple probe design across skills with concurrent replication across three students with autism spectrum disorders. The study also aimed to determine the degree to which generalization of skills occurred in the general education classroom. The implications for instructional interventions and evidence-based practices will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): mathematics, severe disabilities |
|
A Meta-Analysis on Teaching Mathematics to Students With Significant Cognitive Disabilities |
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Lynn Ahlgrim Delzell (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Shawnee Wakeman (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: A comprehensive review was conducted on teaching mathematics to individuals with significant cognitive disabilities and to identify evidence-based practices. Guidelines from the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) were used to begin to identify studies from 1975-2005. Sixty-five articles yielding 54 single-subject and 14 group studies were identified for an overall total of 68 experiments, as two articles reported multiple experiments, and one had both single-subject and a group experiment. Evidence was found that students with significant disabilities could learn mathematics based on overall strong effect size. Articles also were found that addressed all five NCTM components of mathematics (number & operations, measurement, algebra, geometry, & data analysis), but most addressed numbers and computation or measurement with high school/transition aged students who had moderate intellectual disability (ID), in classrooms, teaching the mathematical component identified by NCTM as measurement (e.g., money), using systematic prompting and feedback in a massed trial format, and about 30% met all five quality indicators identified in the recent literature. Issues for the future include level of support to allow students to acquire mathematical content, the intensity of instruction, and more guidance from the research-based literature, as the literature at this juncture is sparse. |
|
Early Numeracy Instruction for Students With Moderate and Severe Developmental Disabilities |
KERI STEVENSON BETHUNE (James Madison University), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Melissa Hudson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Competence in early numeracy skills highly correlate with success in mathematics in later years; however, many students, including students with moderate and severe disabilities, lack a sound foundation in early numeracy skills. This presentation provides a conceptual model for teaching early numeracy skills to elementary students with moderate and severe developmental disabilities, as well as presents pilot research in both special and general education settings. This study included three special education teachers, three paraprofessionals, three general education elementary math teachers, three doctoral students in special education (who provided support to the teachers and paraprofessionals), and eight elementary students with moderate/severe disabilities (one student was dropped due to poor school attendance). The study took place in the special education teachers classrooms (for small group story-based math instruction) and the general education classroom (where the general education teacher provided group instruction and the paraprofessional provided embedded instruction). Special education teachers provided scripted math instruction to small groups utilizing systematic prompting techniques and graphic organizers. Data showed that all students made progress towards the targeted math objectives as measured on individually administered weekly math assessments, and that students were able to generalize those skills to the embedded instruction in the general education classrooms. |
|
The Effects of Computer-Based Video Instruction on the Acquisition of Grade-Aligned Mathematics Skills in Elementary Students with ASD and Intellectual Disabilities |
ALICIA F. SAUNDERS (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Computer-based video instruction (CBVI) has been shown to be effective in teaching discrete mathematical skills to students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and intellectual disabilities (Chen & Bernard-Opitz, 1993; Whalen et al., 2010); however, no studies to date have examined teaching more complex mathematical skills. CBVI is likely to be effective in teaching students with ASD because it is a multi-treatment package which can include explicit instruction, feedback, modeling, prompting, repetition of instruction, and positive reinforcement (Ota & DuPaul, 2002; Mechling, 2005; Pennington, 2010). This presentation will discuss the results of a study which examined the effects of computer-based video instruction on grade-aligned mathematics skills in three students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and intellectual disabilities. It will also discuss the generalization of skills to general education mathematics problems in an inclusive general education mathematics classroom. The study used a multiple-probe across behaviors (topic areas) with concurrent replication across students. Sample projected data for this study have been included. |
|
|
|
|
Sexually Offending Behavior: Prevention, Assessment, and Intervention |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
201 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School) |
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities who present sexually offending behavior are over-represented in criminal populations, even though rates of sexually offending have been shown to be low. Previous studies have shown that poor impulse control and a lack of understanding of societal rules are important aetiological factors. The four studies described here demonstrate that people with intellectual disabilities can be prevented from committing sexually offending behavior by conducting rigorous assessment procedures and treatment interventions based on behavior analysis. The first study describes how children and young people who presented sexually offending behavior were able access community-based activities following a multi-component behavioral intervention. The second study extends previous work on the phallometric assessment of sexual interest through the use preference assessments. The third study describes the design and implementation of community-based behavioral programs for adults that increased pro-social behaviors and decreased inappropriate behaviors. As restrictions were systematically lifted, specific probes were used to assess maintenance. The fourth study focuses on the future directions of assessment and treatment, and how they can inform the management of sexually offending behavior. Taken together, the studies demonstrate that people with intellectual disabilities who present sexually offending behavior can be effectively assessed and treated. |
Keyword(s): Community-based Interventions, Developmental Disabilities, Preference Assessment, Sexually Offending Behavior |
|
Managing Sexually Harmful Behavior in a Residential Special School |
DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Nicola Graham (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Children and young people with developmental disabilities who present sexually harmful behavior are marginalized and do not always participate in community-based activities. This study describes how a multi-component behavioral intervention successfully reduced the sexually harmful behavior in three participants with developmental disabilities. The intervention was comprised of cognitive behavior therapy, Social Stories and a DRO procedure. Following the intervention, the students were able to participate in a wide range of supervised community-based activities. |
|
Influence of Features Other Than Age and Gender on Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments of Sexual Interest |
STEPHEN F. WALKER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Triton Ong (University of the Pacific), P. Raymond Joslyn (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Recently, Reyes (2008) evaluated a novel method of assessing intellectually disabled sexual offenders' sexual interest. The method described by Reyes used a computer program designed to present pictures of adults and children in a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) format. The results of that study showed that, for 4 out of 5 participants, the results of the PSPA showed similar patterns of sexual interest when compared to results of penile plethysmograph (PPG) assessments. While these results are preliminary, they suggest that the use of preference assessments might be a less invasive method of obtaining measures of sexual interest. One limitation of Reyes (2008) is that the stimuli used in the study were designed to assess age and gender preferences, but the stimuli also differed across other parameters (e.g., hair color, clothing type). The purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend Reyes (2008) in two ways: (a) evaluate if stimulus features other than age and gender influence PSPA results, and (b) evaluate the independent effects of specific stimulus features, using digitally rendered avatars, on outcomes of PSPAs. Results show that stimulus features other than age and gender influence the results of PSPAs. |
|
Community-Based Interventions for Sexual Offenders With Developmental Disabilities |
KIMBERLY CHURCH (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center), Valeria Parejo (Human Development Center) |
Abstract: Human Development Center (HDC), inc., is a non-profit organization that provides behavior analytic treatment to consumers with intellectual disabilities in a variety of community-based settings. HDC specializes in treating behaviors that interfere with the consumer’s ability to live successfully and safely in the community. A summary of HDC’s overall treatment package will be discussed. Probe data will be presented for two consumers with forensic involvement as a result of sexual offending that occurred prior to admission. HDC’s treatment approach includes the design and implementation of behavior plans that include specific programs designed to increase pro-social behaviors and decrease challenging behaviors, with an emphasis on teaching societal rules, and increasing appropriate avoidance behaviors and coping skills. HDC behavior analysts work closely with each consumer to help each person achieve his identified goals by setting criteria for goal achievement. Each behavior plan includes intermediate goals for target and replacement behaviors, and these goals function as the minimal threshold needed to initiate probes to determine if the skills have been generalized and can be maintained at an acceptable level with fewer supports and less supervision. For inappropriate sexual behavior, the consumer must show no instances of inappropriate sexual behavior, whether it is with or without contact, for 12 months in order to be eligible to start the fade-out/probe phase. Once the consumer reaches the intermediate goals, the fade-out plan systematically modifies the various elements of the behavior plan. The schedule for skill acquisition programs is thinned, antecedent manipulations are modified, and engagement protocols are reduced. When the consumer maintains acceptable levels of target and replacement behaviors in the modified conditions, probes start on any restriction such as alarms, limits on internet/cell phone, etc. Next, specific probes related to inappropriate sexual behavior are implemented. When the probe phase is successfully completed, a transition plan to a less restrictive setting is initiated. If the target behavior(s) being treated have the potential to cause harm to the consumer or others, then criteria for probes must be met before HDC recommends that supervision levels for the consumer can be reduced safely. |
|
Future Directions in the Assessment and Treatment of Sexual Offenders With Developmental Disabilities |
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (Westfield State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: For the past eight years, our lab has conducted a series of studies investigating the assessment and treatment of sexual offenders with intellectual disabilities. The overarching goal of this line of research has been to develop a modern behavioral approach to address both the respondent and operant features of sexual offending. Many of our early studies have addressed the respondent features of offending by determining best practices for arousal assessments (e.g., Reyes et al. 2006; Reyes, Vollmer, & Hall, 2011), assessing arousal under a variety of conditions (Reyes, Vollmer & Hall, in preparation) and investigating potential treatment components involving strategies to control arousal (Reyes, Vollmer & Hall, 2011). More recently, we have been investigating operant features of arousal by utilizing traditional preference assessment methodology to measure sexual preferences (Reyes & Vollmer, in preparation), and investigating a variety of high-risk behavior related to sexual offending (Reyes & Vollmer, in preparation). Despite the advances we have contributed to this area, it has also allowed us to more clearly determine what areas still need to be addressed. The current presentation will focus on specific future directions in the areas of assessment and treatment, and how they can ultimately inform sexual offender management. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELED: Supporting Parents as Interventionists for Evoking Language and Social-Play Skills |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
200 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Leslie A. Morrison (Pacific Child and Family Associates) |
Discussant: Melanie Foshee (Children's Learning Connection) |
CE Instructor: Leslie A. Morrison, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Parents play not only a pivotal role in the treatment of children who are developmentally delayed, but may also play the role of their childs best teacher when armed with strategies that are implemented under motivational and natural conditions. While treatment staff and clinical specialists may have various expertise and responsibilities on a case, their overriding job is to progressively improve the abilities of parents to be effective with their children. Irrespective of their success when directly working with the child, if they do not accomplish this transfer, they have not done their jobs. Having well-qualified treatment staff to provide quality parent education is paramount to any successful treatment program, such as when working on language and social skills; skills that parents want more than nothing else for their children who exhibit deficits in these areas. These three presentations examine the effects of parent implemented interventions in order to evoke language and social-play skills in their children with developmental disabilities. Discussions on teaching parent-implemented strategies to evoke language and social-play skills, as well as a thorough discussion on how to develop quality training programs for treatment staff that provide parent education, will be highlighted in detail. |
Keyword(s): Language and Social-Play, Parent-Directed Interventions, Parents as Interventionists |
|
Teaching Social Initiations to a Child with Down's Syndrome Through a Parent Implemented Portable Video Modeling Intervention |
DENISE GROSBERG (Pacific Child and Family Associates) |
Abstract: Although children with Down's syndrome have been described as sociable and well behaved in community settings (Rosner, Hodapp, Fidler, Agun & Dykens, 2004), direct observations of their social behavior reveals low levels of reciprocal social interaction and adult prompt dependency within social contexts (Sigman & Ruskin, 1999). No studies to date have focused on teaching social initiation skills to children with Downs syndrome or parent education to evoke such interactions. In the present study, a multiple baseline design across activities shows the effective implementation of a collaborative parent education program for teaching a child with Downs syndrome to socially initiate with typical peers through the use of a portable video modeling intervention. The participants parent also demonstrated rapid acquisition of the behavioral strategies throughout treatment. Inherent in the intervention was the use of preference assessment to evoke establishing operations in the presence of teaching activities, thus contributing to more natural interactions. Potential future implications are discussed in terms of using portable video modeling interventions to target various social and functional skills and the value of a collaborative approach with parents to address social skill deficits in children with Downs syndrome. |
|
Parent Directed Role Reversal Imitation for Evoking Echoics, Verbal Elaboration, and Social-Play Skills |
SARAH TORGRIMSON (Children's Learning Connection), Danielle Marie Russell (University of North Texas), Deanna Teramoto (Children's Learning Connection), Melanie Foshee (Children's Learning Connection), Deborah Cox (Children's Learning Connection), Jaime A. Stahl (Pacific Child and Family Associates), Leslie A. Morrison (Pacific Child and Family Associates) |
Abstract: Role-Reversal Imitation is an early developing skill that plays a pivotal role in language development and is the process by which an individual comprehends how a communicator is using some communicative act towards him, then reproduces that same communicative act back in kind within the context of a social interaction (Tomasello, 2008). An interdisciplinary approach was used in the present study to teach parents of three developmentally delayed children between the ages of 24-36 months to successfully implement a Role-Reversal Imitation protocol during play activities. The goal of implementing such a program was to teach parents to evoke a greater frequency of spontaneous verbal behavior as well as sequencing imitative actions in novel play situations initiated by their children. To demonstrate these effects, Role-Reversal Imitation was incorporated into each childs current treatment program and taught through role play, modeling, and practice with feedback. A discussion of the effects of Role-Reversal Imitation within the context of a childs treatment program as compared to treatment programs which do not explicitly target RRI will be discussed. Additionally, research on the use of Role-Reversal Imitation with non-vocal children and the use of an interdisciplinary approach to parent education will also be detailed. |
|
Supporting Parents as Interventionists through Family Life Education |
MICHAEL CAMERON (Pacific Child and Family Associates) |
Abstract: This paper discusses the importance of providing effective treatment to families of children with developmental disabilities through Family Life Education. The focus of Family Life Education is: Prevention, Education, and Collaboration. This requires the establishment of a partnership between treatment staff and parents. This partnership involves many elements, including effective communication, mutual respect, clear boundaries, and clearly defined roles. Although every treatment team member plays a role on the team, parents play the key role. While treatment staff will come and go, parents will remain the central axis of any treatment team. The responsibilities of a parent as an active treatment team member include: a) Sharing expert information about their child—no one knows their child better; b) Actively participating in parent training sessions; c) Observing, and/or actively participating in, additional direct treatment sessions; d) Following through with agreed-upon behavior plans, embedding target skills within daily routines, and completing parent follow-up assignments; and e) Effectively communicating and advocating for their child’s needs. An emphasis on the responsibilities of well-qualified and credentialed Family Life Education treatment staff to effectively program for treatment of the family as a whole, and not just the child, will be examined. |
|
|
|
|
New Methods and Directions in the Assessment of Relational Responding: Bridging Basic and Applied Concerns |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 H (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul Potylicki (University of South Carolina Aiken) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory has provided the impetus for a broad and generative body of fresh research on verbal behavior. The conceptualization of verbal behavior as involving arbitrarily applicable relational stimulus control has lead to research and application of new approaches to a variety of behavior problems. This symposium presents four samples of this movement, highlighting new technologies for measuring relational responding and new approaches to addressing behavior problems bearing verbal significance. One of these talks will present an RFT-based intervention informed by the precision teaching movement that is designed to increase IQ scores. Three of these talks will focus on a relatively new instrument designed to measure relational repertoires known as the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure. The first will review an RFT-based account of IRAP performance known as the Relational Elaboration and Coherence model, supplemented with further discussion of the potential of using the IRAP in clinical services settings. The second and third IRAP talks will focus on social problems, highlighting the potential of IRAP research in regard to evaluating perspective taking interventions for stigmatization toward obesity and assessing and combating stigmatization of the mentally ill. |
|
Relational Frame Training and Intelligence Testing: Methodological Developments and Some Pilot Data |
SCOTT A. HERBST (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Timothy Ariza (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Davis (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Researchers have begun to investigate the effects that training in arbitrarily applicable relational responding has on performance on IQ tests (Cassidy, Roche, and Hayes, 2011) and shown that such training can influence such scores. This paper will discuss further directions for this research. We will present a methodology that extends on this research in two ways. First, this study incorporates methods taken from the precision teaching literature. Participants in the present study progressed through training conditions after meeting accuracy and rate requirements during brief, timed training sessions. Second, the method presented here does not require unreinforced test trials as are typically used in equivalence and Relational Frame Theory literature. We suggest that, as an instructional tool, this has a marked advantage. Data from a pilot study incorporating some of these recommendations will be presented and discussed. Limitations of the present study will be highlighted with recommendations for addressing them, and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: What Is It and How Might It Be Useful? |
JEFFREY OLIVER (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is used to assess the relationship between stimuli using a simple computer based presentation of both words and pictures. The ability to assess the relationship between stimuli is important to Relational Frame Theory (RFT) based verbal interventions. We will discuss how the IRAP uses latency measures to assess relationships between stimuli. We will also discuss the what exactly the IRAP is theorized to work. The Relational Elaboration and Coherence model will be briefly discussed to aid in understanding the potential depth of analysis of the IRAP. And lastly, we will discuss how the IRAP may be applied in current behavioral interventions and populations and with individual clients as well as future research that will aid in the adaptation of the IRAP to clinical settings. |
|
One Size Doesn't Fit All: Can Perspective-Taking Change Implicit Attitudes Toward Overweight People? |
JILLIAN JACOBELLI (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthieu Villatte (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nic Hooper (Middle East Technical University) |
Abstract: Stigma and prejudice are human behaviors that have a long-standing history of being studied at the macro level, particularly in field of social psychology. Relational Frame theory (RFT) is concerned with providing a behavioral analytic account of how these processes can occur at the individual level. The RFT tradition contends that prejudice can arise out of relational responding to others based on their membership to a conceptualized group (Roche, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes & Hayes, 2001). This talk aims to broadly discuss the RFT stance on the formation of conceptualized groups, in-group preference and stigmatizing attitudes of out-groups. Past research has shown that directly attacking stigmatizing attitudes has failed to change such beliefs and often results in increased behavioral rigidity. In response to this research, we will conceptually discuss a current study being conducted on weight bias that emphasizes the use of Perspective-Taking (PT) interventions that attempt to loosen these verbal networks and result in more malleable implicit attitudes as measured by the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). |
|
Altering Stigmatizing Implicit Attitudes Towards Mental Illness With the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
PAUL POTYLICKI (University of South Carolina Aiken), Chad E. Drake (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Individuals with mental illness in our society face many challenges as a result of stigmatization. In examining strategies to reduce stigma, researchers have largely relied on self-report measures that are vulnerable to a variety of confounding effects. The aim of the current study was to assess the feasibility of utilizing the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a tool to assess for and shape implicit bias towards individuals with mental illness. The mental illness IRAP contained stimuli that were deemed consistent and negative towards individuals with mental illness and was administered before and after an intervention designed to modify implicit bias. Three different intervention conditions were implemented - one that refuted, one that intensified, and one designed to be an analog of defusion, a contemporary strategy for disrupting verbal stimulus control. The results indicated a negative bias towards people with mental illness as measured by IRAP performance at pre-intervention. IRAP performance did not correlate with explicit attitudes toward individuals with mental illness. Furthermore, comparison analyses between pre- and post-intervention IRAPs indicated systematic but non-significant differences between conditions. The potential of this paradigm for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Factors That Affect Local Choice and Temporal Discrimination |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 G (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Sarah J. Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: When responding is examined as a function of time since the offset of a time marker, timing can be explored in either discrete-trial procedures or in free-operant procedures. In discrete-trial preparations, following a period of training where reinforcement is consistently delivered at a fixed time (t) since a time marker, response maxima in trials where no reinforcement is presented occurs approximately at t. In free-operant procedures where food deliveries act as time markers, varying degrees of control by the changing probabilities of food across time are observed. Decaying control by time can be reinstated by stimuli that signal specific aspects of the local contingency. The present symposium explores the factors that moderate control by time elapsed since a time marker, and addresses questions derived from theories and models of choice and timing, including: 1) Can time since food delivery act as a discriminative stimulus for the future likelihood and key-location of food? 2) Is control by time since food delivery enhanced when changes in the contingencies of food occur rapidly or gradually? 3) What role do temporal stimuli have in enhancing control by local food ratios in free-operant procedures? 4) Does trial length and relative reinforcer rate affect time discrimination? |
Keyword(s): local choice, modelling, signaling, timing |
|
The Effects of Mapped and Unmapped Temporal Stimuli on Local Choice |
LUDMILA MIRANDA DUKOSKI (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Pigeons worked on an extension of an experiment where the local probability of food on two concurrently available keys varied sinusoidally as a function of time since food delivery. Prior conditions had shown that the extent to which preference within inter-food intervals was controlled by locally-changing food probabilities was affected by: first, the number of transitions from high left-food probability to high right-food probability over 60 s and, second, the arrangement of stimuli arranged to signal the temporal properties of the task. In the present set of conditions, we investigated the function of the temporal stimuli further. Specifically, we asked whether two stimuli per 60-s intervals, which were always associated with an 8-s portions of the sinusoidal variation, would better function as time markers if they were both associated with the same portion of the sinusoidal variation. Additionally, we examined the effects on local choice of stimuli that signaled different portions of the sinusoid. Generally, local choice within stimulus presentations followed the local food probabilities well irrespective of whether the stimuli were associated with the same or different portion of the sinusoidal variation in local food probabilities. However, an effect of the latter arrangement of stimuli was observed on choice immediately following food delivery. |
|
Discriminating the Time of Local Food-Ratio Reversals |
SARAH J. COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: On concurrent exponential variable-interval schedules in which the relative frequency of food deliveries for responding on the two alternatives reversed at a fixed time after each food delivery, the point of food-ratio reversal was varied from 10 s to 30 s, and the overall reinforcer rate was varied from 1.33 to 4 per minute, across conditions. The effect of rate of food delivery and food-ratio reversal time on choice and response rates was small. In all conditions, post-food choice was toward the pre-reversal-richer key, regardless of the last-food location. Unlike the local food ratio, which changed in a stepwise fashion, local choice changed according to a decelerating monotonic function, so that after the first few time bins, the local response ratio was substantially less extreme than the local food ratio. This deviation in choice appeared to result from the birds inaccurate discrimination of the time of food deliveries; choice was enhanced by stimuli that increased the discriminability of the time of step change, and was well-described by a model which redistributed obtained food ratios across surrounding time bins. |
|
Response Resurgence in the Peak Procedure |
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Rachael Anne Lockhart (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Mark McHugh (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Christopher D. Stanley (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), James McEwan (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: In three separate experiments the timing abilities of brush tail possums and domestic hens on the peak procedure was investigated. This procedure involved animals responding on two trial types within an experimental session. On some trials responding was reinforced according to a Fixed Interval (FI) schedule (in effect on 80% of trials), and on other 20% trials, Peak Interval (PI) trials, responding was not reinforced with food. Possums lever pressed, and hens key pecked, for food reinforcers on different FI schedules, and the duration of the PI was varied across a range. Response rates typically increased to a maximum at about the time the responses were normally reinforced and then decreased after the time that food would normally be reinforced, before increasing again towards the end of the PI regardless of the duration of the PI trial if that duration was fixed. When the PI was of variable rather than fixed duration, however, the rate of responding on PI trials decreased towards the end of the PI. When relative response rates were plotted as a function of relative time the function typically superposed for the ascending, but not descending portions of the function. The results are discussed in terms of Webers law, and various quantitative models timing. |
|
|
|
|
Snakes, Fish, and Cockroaches: Expanding the Frontiers of Behavioral Science |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 I (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Mark T. Harvey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Snakes, fish and cockroaches exemplify organisms whose anatomy, physiology, and motivation are seemingly divergent from animal models typically used by researchers to demonstrate learning. This symposium presents modified methods that researchers developed to study operant conditioning in nontraditional models. These studies represent a cutting-edge approach to develop interventions to affect ecological threats of nonindigenous animals, enhance the knowledge of behavioral scientists, and diminish fiscal barriers historically associated with establishing experimental laboratories. The three studies presented within this symposium will show how: (a) An operant was established for snakes so visual processes could be studied, (b) a fish lab was developed so students could examine behavioral processes as part of a graduate curriculum, and (c) Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches can be used to demonstrate behavioral processes. Logistical issues (e.g., dealing with IACUC rules and regulations, fiscal concerns, shaping the animal to eat smaller consumables) will be compared and contrasted with the utility of advancements to behavioral science. Data will be used to establish the utility of operant conditioning using nontraditional organisms to study biological and behavioral processes. Additionally, the successes and pitfalls of using nontraditional organisms will be discussed within the context of behavioral science. |
Keyword(s): cockroaches, fish, nontraditional organism, snakes |
|
The Operant Conditioning of Burmese Pythons |
SHERRI EMER (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Grace (Florida Institute of Technology), Heather DeMarr (Florida Institute of Technology), Cordula Mora (Bowling Green State University), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Large pythons and boas have biological requirements and functions that are extremely different from traditional mammalian, avian and other reptilian models often used in learning experiments. We report here behavioral conditioning of the Burmese python (Python molurus bivitattus) using pre-killed juvenile mice as positive reinforcers. Gradual modifications of the natural python feeding biology were used to establish patterns of response to reinforcement comparable to other animals. Over the course of ten months, six pythons transitioned from weekly sessions with a live free-roaming adult rat, to sessions every 72 hours during which access to each of six pre-killed juvenile mice was contingent on contact with an illuminated pushbutton. Learning was demonstrated by decreased latencies over the course of training sessions, and by the fact that latencies in each training session decreased significantly between the first and final trial. Snakes maintained performance through the skin shedding process despite decreased motivation and the cessation of trials during shedding. Operant conditioning paradigms can be used to test behavioral sensitivity to physiologically relevant environmental stimuli used for feeding and thermoregulation. Furthermore, because the Burmese python is an invasive exotic megapredator in the sensitive Florida Everglades ecosystem, it is important to understand the ecological consequences of its learned behaviors. |
|
Golden Opportunities: FIT's Aquatic Operant Learning Lab |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Anita Li (Florida Institute of Technology), Carlos Freeman (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Skinner built our science on the hard work of mice and pigeon pushing levers and pecking keys inside a box sporting his name. They worked hard, but were well rewarded. Skinner even more so. Today's graduate students are more and more likely to enter the workforce having never seen a rat or pigeon, an unfortunate circumstance. We believe that this experience is critical for graduate training and sought a solution. Given the challenges facing behavioral departments that desire to begin and operate traditional animal labs using rats or pigeons, we have explored a less-traditional species to populate our operant learning lab: Carassius auratus. This paper will discuss the trials and tribulations of bootstrapping a new operant lab. It will examine the benefit of this species given the current constraints of animal care requirements and budgetary concerns that schools face. Additionally, we will present an overview of a curriculum to teach graduate students in an operant lab course piloted via this lab. The results derived from our aquatic operant chambers will be discussed and compared with traditional behavioral patterns on schedules and future implications and directions detailed. |
|
Operant Learning in the Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) |
JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Allison Chamberlain (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University), Abigail Kennedy (Southern Illinois University), Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Pigeons and rodents have been conditioned to demonstrate a wide variety of behavior topographies, schedules, and discriminations in the laboratory setting. While an important research and instructional tool, many programs cannot afford to establish or maintain such animal research labs due to financial constraints and increasingly complex animal research regulations. Many invertebrate organisms, such as the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa), fall under few research regulations and cost far less to maintain than the typically utilized model organisms. The following paper will provide a brief overview of the behavioral literature involving invertebrate organisms, introduce the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach as a financially feasible model organism, and present current research being conducted with these giant three inch insects. Research demonstrations of positive reinforcement, reinforcement schedules, preference, stimulus discrimination, and shaped behaviors will be highlighted. Additionally, the paper will discuss the specific laboratory requirements, methodological difficulties, and apparatus modifications involved in the study of these unique organisms. |
|
|
|
|
Consumer Behavior Analysis II: From Experiment to Interpretation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 J (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Discussant: Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: This international symposium seeks to bridge the gap between the experimental analysis of consumer behavior and the interpretation of aspects of economic choice that are not amenable to direct experimental control. The first experimental paper, which examines the impact of extraneous advertising on consumers' emotional reactions when searching online, is of methodological interest for its incorporation of classical conditioning, but also for its concentration on affective responses in a Consumer Behavior Analysis framework. The second paper also extends this facet of translational research by considering the influence of point-of-sale advertising on consumer choice for direct trade coffee. These papers are noteworthy for raising broader social concerns than those usually encountered in consumer research. The remaining papers expand the scope of Consumer Behavior Analysis by showing how the framework provided by the Behavioral Perspective Model can increase behavioral understanding of law and corporate behavior. The third paper compares economic and operant approaches to the interpretation of legal processes, while the fourth demonstrates how operant principles apply to the analysis of marketer behavior in commercial contexts. |
Keyword(s): consumer behavior analysis, economic choice, experimentation versus interpretation |
|
Evaluative Conditioning in Online Information Search: Banner Blindness and Safety Signals |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
Abstract: Consumers searching for information online are exposed to hundreds of banner ads that appear on the top or side of web pages. Although these banner ads are ubiquitous, research shows that people do not look at them for more than a very brief time - a phenomenon called banner blindness. A series of experiments involving individuals searching for information online related to planning a vacation explored the degree to which banner ads could condition emotional reactions to brand stimuli and change later consumer choices. Banner ads were presented in a typical Pavlovian conditioning procedure in which the brand logo preceded either a pleasant, unpleasant or neutral image Although participants did not actively attend to banner ads for various travel agencies that flashed during their information search, brand stimuli associated with pleasing images were preferred to those associated with unpleasant images, in both consumer ratings and later choice of travel agency. Banner ads that were not associated with any image (a safety signal) were also highly preferred. Emotional reactions can be conditioned by unattended stimuli in an online environment, and these conditioned reactions can change consumer choices. |
|
The Role of Social Product Labels and Point of Purchase Advertising on Buying Behavior |
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University), Devon Baratta (Furman University) |
Abstract: Consumer Behavior Analysis is a growing subfield of ABA. The current investigation considered the conditions under which consumers are exposed to environmental stimuli that may influence in-store purchase behavior. Social product labels (SPLs), which are labels that declare environmental claims, or how a good was manufactured, are critical stimuli for consumer decisions. SPLs include logos, such as Direct Trade, on nondurable goods. Survey research suggests consumer willingness to pay more for goods with SPLs. This presentation will discuss the impact of point of purchase (POP) advertising of Direct Trade coffee in a privately owned coffee shop. Coffee sales were monitored for a period of several months, while various conditions of POP advertising were assessed using an alternating treatments design. Results suggest the POP advertising, when price is held constant, may have a positive environment influence on purchase rates of targeted coffee type, where Direct Trade coffee sales were highest across all conditions. Implications for retailers, manufacturers, and consumers will be discussed. |
|
Towards an Evolutionary Theory of the Marketing Firm: Marketing Routines and Selection by Consequences |
KEVIN VELLA (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Recently published research (Vella and Foxall 2011) based on the Theory of the Marketing Firm (Foxall 1999) produced a functional analysis of the strategic marketing behaviour of premium ice-cream manufacturers in the United Kingdom. The empirical work utilised the Behavioural Perspective Model (Foxall 1990) as the device appropriate for generating an operant interpretation of qualitative evidence within a case study design (Vella and Foxall 2013). This paper discusses one set of empirical observations and proposes a conceptual framework through which to conduct further research.
This paper introduces a conceptual framework that applies Neo-Darwinian evolutionary logic within the Theory of the Marketing Firm to characterise variation in operant marketing behaviour patterns and the process of competitive selection by consequences for such patterns within customer, rival and regulator (multilateral) contingency relationships. The framework draws from evolutionary economic theory to characterise the interplay between stable and persistent patterns of behaviour (‘organisational routines’) (Nelson and Winter 1982) and variation therein. Further, routines are also conceived as serving the function of economic replication with retention (Hodgson and Knudsen 2004; Metcalfe 2005). |
|
CANCELLED: Comparing economic and operant analyses of law-related behavior: an examination of some assumptions |
JORGE OLIVEIRA-CASTRO (University of Brasilia) |
Abstract: The economic analysis of law applies several economic concepts and methods to interpret and predict a large variety of behavior related to law, ranging from criminal behavior to judicial decisions. At the core of this approach lies the idea that, in order to understand and predict behavior, one needs to examine its consequences, namely, its incentives and constraints, in a context of limited resources. Similarly, behavior-analytic approaches to law are mostly based upon the examination of contingencies, which specify antecedent and consequent events related to a target behavior. Approximations such as these, between economic and operant interpretations, have made possible the development of research in the wide interdisciplinary field of behavioral economics. Despite sharing important features, economic and behavior-analytic interpretations differ with respect to relevant assumptions and research emphases. This paper compares the two approaches with respect to the following points: 1) methodological and theoretical emphases in individual vs. group behavior; 2) the meaning of rational behavior; 3) the treatment of emotions; 4) the role of learning vs. formed repertoires; and 5) the contextual assumption of limited resources. The analysis of such differences indicates that the two approaches are mostly complementary rather than incompatible. |
|
|
|
|
Effects of the Competent Learner Model on Reducing Problematic Behavior and Increasing Skill Acquisition Across Three Public School Settings in Rural Virginia |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
M100 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Autumn Kaufman (Commonwealth Autism Services) |
Discussant: Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Autumn Kaufman, M.S. |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model is a multi-component package addressing the individual learning needs of children who have difficulty participating in typical learning environments. The four components of the Competent Learner Model are learner assessments, learner curriculum, online staff training course of study modules, and collaborative teaming with on-site coaching in classrooms. Over the past 22 months, the Competent Leaner Model has been implemented across public, center-based, and private school settings in the state of Virginia. This symposium will describe the significant impact across 3 specific learners. Each learner engaged in high frequency of singular and/or combined problematic behaviors (i.e., aggression, self-injury, property destruction and elopement). Decreases in these behaviors were necessary to maintain student and staff safety, as well maintain placement in public school. All four components of the Competent Learner model were utilized across the 3 learners and school settings. Data collected showed increases across non-established or defunct learner repertoires (both in number and topography), decreases in frequency and rate of undesired behaviors, as well as the use of restrictive procedures. |
Keyword(s): Aggression, Self-Injury, Elopement, Coaching, Public Schools, Competent Learner Model, Skill Acquisition |
|
The Application of the Competent Learner Model to Reduce Problematic Behavior With a Naive Learner: Case Study NA |
SHONNET R. BRAND (Commonwealth Autism Service), Shawn M. Ramsay (Shenandoah County Public Schools), Cathy Scutta (Cathy Scutta Coaching and Consulting) |
Abstract: Overview of the Learner: Implementation of the Competent Learner Model began with the learner in the Fall of 2011. He was enrolled as a 1st grade student in a public elementary school in rural Virginia. The student was using a combination of symbols, gestures, and some vocals (English and Spanish) in limited frequency and effectiveness to communicate. The learner engaged in frequent problematic behaviors, including climbing (i.e., Attempts or occurrences of one or two feet off floor or body elevated on a table, counter, air conditioner, desk or chair), aggression toward others, property destruction and elopement. A modified daily schedule (i.e., 30 minutes of home-based instruction and 30 minutes of school-based instruction per day) was put in place for the learner in the special education resource room with a 2:1 staff to student ratio. Overview of Procedures: All four components of the Competent Learner Model were implemented for this learner. These components include learner assessments and curriculum, online course of study for staff, and on-site coaching in the classroom. The learner was placed into Lesson One of the curriculum. The targets for this initial lesson were manding for items or actions using any form of motor behavior, remaining in close proximity of instructors and accepting highly preferred items. The team participating in the online course of study included the learner's special education teacher, paraprofessionals, SLP and OT. They began completing one unit per month in the fall of 2011. The coaching component also began in the fall, with modeling of behavior interventions and learner formats, implementation of concepts learned in the course of study, and the use of staff fidelity checklists. Data: By the Spring of 2012, an increase was observed in skill acquisition from 2 repertoires to 6 repertoires, and in communication frequency and type. The development of the Problem Solver (mand) Repertoire was observed as learner NA made distinct sounds during preferred activities and distinctly asked for preferred items across people and places. An increase was observed in mean occurrence of 8.5 mands per 30 minute session to 18 mands and tacts per 30 minute session. In regards to reduction of problematic behaviors, participation across learning environments, staff, peers and items also occurred. The learner's climbing behavior occurrences decreased in frequency from 5 occurrences per hour to 0 occurrences per hour. |
|
Seeing is Believing; Alternating Conditions Across Interventions to Demonstrate the Effectiveness of the Competent Learner Model to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior. Case Study KGN |
CHRISTINE M. WELGAN (Commonwealth Autism Service), Marilyn Keener (Frederick County Public Schools), Autumn Kaufman (Commonwealth Autism Services) |
Abstract: Overview of the Learner: Competent Learner Model implementation began with the learner in April of 2012. He was enrolled as a second grade student in a center-based regional program in Virginia with no formal communication system in place and limited items and activities that he enjoyed. He engaged in high rates of head banging (i.e., fist to head, head to wall, and head to floor). The intensity of the behavior was such that his mother suffered a broken nose. Overview of the procedures: Learner assessment and curriculum, online course of study for staff, and on-site coaching in the classroom occurred for the learner and staff. The learner was placed into Lesson One of the curriculum. Targets for this lesson were manding for items or actions using any form of motor behavior, remaining in close proximity of instructors and accepting highly preferred items. Coaching included modeling and prompting of behavioral interventions and curriculum formats, and implementing concepts from the course of study. Data: Implementation of Lesson 1 showed immediate gains. Interval data were collected in collaboration with the teacher to demonstrate program effectiveness and increase her compliance to implementing the strategies. Each occurrence of head banging (hitting the head with hands or banging head on floor or wall) was counted as 1 response. A random alternating conditions design was used comparing intervals between Lesson 1 targets and baseline. During the baseline condition, staff members blocked head banging and did not reinforce subtle mands. Each interval lasted 5 minutes. A range of 8-132 occurrences of head banging were observed across alternating conditions. Rate of head banging decreased from 26.8 per minute in April of 2012 to 0.38 per minute by October of 2012. In regards to skill acquisition, the learner increased from no mands in April 2012, to using motor responses (i.e. reaching/leaning towards desired items and staff) to request items and actions and returned items to staffs hands to indicate when he was finished. Tolerance of staff proximity increased as shown by decreased pinching and head banging. In April 2012, pinching and head banging occurred within one second of a staff standing within 2 feet of the student. Pinching decreased to near zero rates; while staying in proximity of staff occurred for up to 14 minutes. Duration of time spent with helmet on at school decreased from 7 hours daily in April 2012 to 30 minutes daily in October 2012. |
|
The Power of Learning: Decreasing High Frequency Problem Behavior to Participatory Behavior in a Public School Setting: Case Study AK |
LINDY JACOBS (Rockingham County Public Schools), Kari Zupancic (Commonwealth Autism Service), Kate Masincup (Commonwealth Autism Service) |
Abstract: Overview of the learner: A.K. was an 8 year old 2nd grade student enrolled in a multiple disabilities elementary school classroom in Virginia. Prior to intervention, AK did not participate in any instructional conditions. Specific problematic behaviors included aggression toward staff, non-compliance, property destruction, and elopement. Overview of the procedures: The Competent Learner Model was implemented in A.K.'s classroom in October 2011. All instructors and service providers participated in the online Course of Study, with in-situ coaching provided by 2 coaches. The weekly classroom coaching included modeling and coaching of learner assessment, data collection, behavioral interventions and curriculum formats, coaching to assure mastery and implementation of Course of Study concepts, and weekly team meetings to problem solve and monitor progress. In October 2011, the learner was placed into Lesson One of the curriculum. The targets for this initial lesson were manding for items or actions using any form of motor behavior, remaining in close proximity of instructors and accepting highly preferred items. Data: By April 2012, the learner had made significant gains across six skill repertoires. The learner increased participation skills across instructional conditions, across instructors, and across learning environments and materials while showing significant reductions of problematic behaviors. In October 2012, the learner engaged in problematic behavior which included aggression, property destruction, non-compliance, and elopement up to 65% of the school day. By April 2012, problematic behaviors were reduced to less than 8% of the day. Specifically, the learner engaged in aggression toward staff up to 89 times per day. By April 2012, instances of aggression were no more than 5 times per day with 3 data probe dates in April completely absent of aggression. Property destruction, which occurred up to 28 times per day, reduced to no more than 5 times per day with 3 data probe dates in April completely absent of property destruction. Instances of both non-compliance and elopement were significantly reduced. Elopement occurred up to 30 times per school day and non-compliance occurred up to 104 times per school day. Non-compliance was reduced to 5 instances in April 2012 from 21 instances per day in the fall of 2011. By April of 2012, the learner had entered Lesson 6 of the curriculum and had shown mastery of lesson criteria across 6 repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
Implementing Behavioral Methodology in the General Education Setting |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
M100 D-E (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University ) |
Discussant: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With an increased emphasis in schools on effective instruction, evidenced based practice, and data-based decision making in the schools, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has much to offer both special education and general education settings. This symposium will demonstrate how assessment and intervention techniques in ABA can be effectively implemented in the school setting, targeting both academic skills and challenging behavior within general education environments. First, through student practicum case studies, effective academic interventions in three core subject areas (i.e., reading, math, and writing) will be presented, along with an intervention targeting disruptive behavior during recess. Second, using a multiple baseline design across participants, we will show how student compliance can be increased in the general education classroom through errorless compliance training. Finally, a research study using a multiple baseline design across participants will be presented that looked at using an environmental manipulation (i.e., providing white noise) to increase on-task behavior in children with ADHD. A case study from a general education classroom using the same procedure will also be presented. The challenges and implications of the use of ABA in the school environment will be discussed, including training needs, possible barriers to implementation, and the shift from research to practice. |
Keyword(s): academic interventions, behavioral interventions, general education, school based interventions |
|
Applying Behavior Analysis in General Education: Four Examples |
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Abbie Barrett (Central Michigan University), Jessica Bellmore (Central Michigan University), Michelle Youngs (Kalamazoo Public Schools), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The following three cases demonstrate how behavioral methodology can be used to improve behavior and academic skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. First, a reading intervention using a direct instruction approach was used to increase the decoding skills in a nine-year-old boy. Progress monitoring data demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention in increasing scores on general outcome measures in reading. The second case assessed letter/number reversals in a fifth grade student. An assessment of error patterns and response to reinforcement found that reversals were inconsistent and the student’s accuracy improved when incentives were provided. Therefore a differential reinforcement procedure paired with overcorrection was used to decrease reversal errors for both letters and numbers. The third intervention used an incremental rehearsal procedure to teach unknown multiplication facts to a student in fifth grade. The fourth intervention used a reinforcement-based procedure to treat disruptive behavior during recess. Although standards for experimental control were not met, the three interventions resulted in skill acquisition in the relevant areas and provide support for the use of behavioral methodology in the general education classroom. |
|
Errorless Compliance Training in a General Education Classroom |
HEIDI RENEE FISHER (Central Michigan University), Jessica Rames (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Errorless compliance training (ECT) is a success-based, nonaversive intervention to reduce child noncompliance that has been shown to be effective in both home and special education settings. In the current study, ECT was evaluated in a multiple baseline across-subjects design with 4 oppositional kindergarten students in their general education classrooms. The researcher delivered a range of classroom requests to each student to determine the probability of compliance for each request. Requests were then arranged in a hierarchy, ranging from those initially yielding high compliance rates (Level 1) to those yielding low compliance (Level 4). At the beginning of treatment, students were presented with a high number of Level 1 requests and provided verbal praise for compliance. Over several weeks, lower probability requests were gradually faded in, at a slow rate to ensure continued compliance. The students demonstrated considerable improvements in compliance levels during and following treatment. When the teacher delivered requests, results of generalization were mixed, with one student returning to low levels of compliance, and two students showing continued gains. The results provide preliminary support for the use of errorless compliance training as a noncompliance intervention in the general education setting. |
|
White Noise as an Intervention for Children With Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
ANDREW COOK (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior modification procedures have strong research support as a treatment option for ADHD. White noise is one such environmental manipulation. Continuous white noise played through headphones was used as a classroom intervention to reduce students off-task behavior and increase their percentage of attempted and correctly completed items on assignments. Three students on medication for ADHD received 75dB of white noise or no noise on a single-subject reversal design 5 days per week for 7 to 17 weeks. All 3 students showed a reduction in off-task behavior when listening to white noise relative to their respective baselines One student attempted and correctly completed a higher percentage of items, one attempted fewer but correctly completed 100% of items, and one showed almost no difference in items attempted and percent correct when working under white noise compared to baseline. Data is also included for a case study, which used the same above intervention and outcome measures, however demonstrated the practical use of the intervention in a classroom. The case study also included additional strategies to increase on-task behavior, including self-monitoring, reinforcement, and prompting. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Stimulus Equivalence Technology: Expansion of Equivalence Classes |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
M100 F-G (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Discussant: M. Joyce Persson (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The emergence of untrained stimulus-stimulus relations that indicate the formation of equivalence classes is a well-documented phenomenon, particularly within laboratory settings. Unfortunately, the application of this efficient technology to concerns outside of the experimental realm is limited. This symposium presents three studies that used stimulus equivalence technology to address real-world issues. The first study, by Macauley and Maguire, established and expanded classes of equivalent stimuli consisting of middle school vocabulary words. The second study, by Rochefort and Maguire, taught typical second grade students equivalent classes of geometric stimuli. The third study, Leonard and Maguire, investigated an efficient technology to teach and then establish and expand classes of equivalent stimuli for an entire class of typical science concepts via computerized instruction. The results of discussed in terms of how stimulus equivalence technology can be used to address a variety of applied educational issues. |
Keyword(s): stimulus equivalence |
|
The Establishment and Expansion of Equivalent Vocabulary Classes |
BRIAN MACAULEY (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1 Participants were initially administered an academic vocabulary pre-test that consisted of cloze activities, analogies, and synonym/antonym questions based on the vocabulary words to be trained in this study. Following the academic pre-test, the participants were trained to form four three-member classes of equivalent novel vocabulary words using a specific training sequence that resulted in the emergence of untrained equivalent relations. In Experiment 2 one member of the established equivalent class was trained to a synonymous vocabulary word already present in their repertoire. Following the training to expand the class, participants were administered an academic post-test. The results are discussed in terms of applying stimulus equivalence technology to academic and educational tasks. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence With Applied Third Grade Science: Class Expansion |
EMILY LEONARD (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1 equivalence classes were established for typical third grade science concepts of carnivore, herbivore and omnivore with a single participant. Initially, the participant was taught to match visual pictures of skulls to the printed word samples carnivore, herbivore and omnivore. Then he was taught to match the printed descriptions of carnivore, herbivore and omnivore, again, to the same printed word samples (e.g., carnivore, herbivore and omnivore). Subsequent testing of all possible stimulus-stimulus relations documented the formation of three, three-member equivalence classes. In Experiment 2 this protocol was then applied to an entire class of third grade students via computerized instruction. The results indicated the emergence of novel stimulus-stimulus relations indicative of equivalent class formations of science concepts. The results of these two experiments are discussed in terms applying stimulus equivalence technology to groups of general education students teaching general education concepts. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence Instruction of Geometric Shapes |
LAURA ROCHEFORT (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence research has documented the efficiency of this process in that novel stimulus-stimulus relations emerge after an initial conditional discrimination training. However, critics has often cited the facts that past research investigating the formation of equivalence classes typically trained and tested only a single participant at a time and employed computer assisted instruction and data collection. Both may be limiting factors for some public school districts. The current study tested and trained typical second students using pencil-and-paper worksheets and delayed reinforcement. After teaching two conditional discrimination in this matter, testing for the emergence of untrained stimulus-stimulus relation indicative equivalence class formation. The results are discussed in terms of employing stimulus equivalence technology in typical educational settings. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: How to Give an Effective Oral Presentation |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
M100 B-C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ashlin Blum (Saint Louis University) |
NED CARTER (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden) |
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Presenters will give advice on giving effective oral presentations on current treatment or researcher. The presenters will address areas to avoid and provide personal tips. The audience will be invited to ask questions and hold discussions with the panel member. |
Keyword(s): Communication, Education, Presentation |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Based Safety Process Applications |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 D (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Maria Gatti (A.A.R.B.A.) |
|
The Reduction of Injuries Due to the Behavior-Based Safety Processes Implemented in Several Plants and Sites |
Domain: Applied Research |
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A.), Paola Silva (A.A.R.B.A.), Maria Gatti (A.A.R.B.A.) |
|
Abstract: Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) is a well experimented intervention protocol developed all over the world since 1970s. B-BS composed of several activities in place in order to enhance workers safe behaviors of and remove at risk conditions on site. Behavioral safety applications increase the frequency of safe behaviors from 9 to 159% against the baseline and are able to decrease meanly the injury rates of 54%. A B-BS process is basically composed of this four general components: 1. Measurement system. 2. Feedback, reinforcement and problem solving process. 3. Defining targets and actions through the analysis of the data. 4. Continuous improvement of the process. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Several plants implemented a behavior-based safety process in Italy during the last 10 years. The paper describe the processes and analyzes the results gained by some of these processes after some years since their implementation. For instance, in the Longarone plant of Diab, a multinational company producing structural core materials, there has been a marked decrease in the injury frequency (number of accidents per million hours worked) from 2009 onward; after the B-BS process started (May 2010), there was the longest period without accident in the history of the last 15 Diab years, 160 days. In addition, there was also a decrease in medication: 29 in 2010, 19 in 2011, 4 in 2012 (up to October). In a plant of a multinational company in the field of beer brewing (Heineken), the number of medication decreased by 47% after the first five months of implementation. This results is basically due to the enhancement of safe behaviors. By way of example, the variation in percentage of the safe behavior "use gloves safe handling of glass bottles at the brewery, increased from a 72% behaviors frequency to 100%, in the course of six weeks. The Italian facility of Embraco, a compressor producer, have been constantly reducing the number of recordable injuries since 2005. A further improvement matched with the introduction of a B-BS process in 2010. The frequency indexes decreased from 3.38 lost time injury per 200,000 worked hours to 1.08 (up to June 2012). Further, medications decreased of 65% in a year: from 180 first aid interventions in 2010 to 62 in 2011. |
|
A Multiple Baseline Experiment for Assessing the Efficacy of Behavior-Bases Safety Process in an Engineering Factory |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA GATTI (A.A.R.B.A.), Alessandro Seregni (Weir Gabbioneta), Fabio Tosolin (A.A.R.B.A.), Alessandro Valdina (A.A.R.B.A.) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the experimental design is to demonstrate the validity of the implementation of the protocol Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) using a multiple-baseline design on metal workers of an engineering factory based in Sesto San Giovanni and Cinisello Balsamo (Italy) with more than 100 employees. Furthermore, the paper wants to analyze advantages, and disadvantages of this the experimental design, in order to understand if it can be recommended to companies as useful tool to measure the effectiveness of a B-BS intervention. Baseline (Week 21 - Week 24, from May 21th to June 15th) At the beginning of the process workers and leaders observed each others safe/at risk behaviors and provided positive and corrective feedback on observed behaviors. Observers did not received any indication about which behavior they should have given feedback on. In the first safety review meetings with workers, leaders have never presented data about the observed behaviors. Intervention 1: Week 25 - Week 30 (June from 15th to July 27th) The safety managers picked up targets relating to safe behavior that had the following features: low frequency, stable trend over time, number of significant observation (at least 9). The behaviors chosen, different for every team/dept., have been treated with goal setting, functional analysis, contingent and delayed feedback. The trend of behaviors chosen as target is shown in the graphs attached and demonstrate the effectiveness of the intervention. Intervention 2: Week 31 Week 35 (From July 7th to August 31st) Other behaviors have been targeted, as highlighted in the charts. All targeted behaviors have improved. The multiple baseline is a good tool for convincing stakeholders of the effectiveness of Behavior-Based Safety because it underline that after the company address a behavior, the process can really affect it. |
|
The Requirements of a Behavior-Based Safety Process |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ALESSANDRO VALDINA (A.A.R.B.A.), Fabio Tosolin (A.A.R.B.A.), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Italo Vigano (A.A.R.B.A.), Maria Gatti (A.A.R.B.A.) |
|
Abstract: Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) is a well experimented intervention protocol developed by behavior analysts all over the world since 1970s. B-BS composed of several activities in place in order to enhance workers safe behaviors of and remove at risk conditions on site. In the last year, Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis (AARBA) - based in Milan (Italy) - and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) - based in Boston (Massachusetts) - worked accurately to the definition of the requirements that a behavior-based safety (B-BS) process should have in order to be effective, and so certified. The requirements ask to the organization to put in place several activities for enhancing the frequency and the morphology of safe behaviors in one plant or site. For the renew of the certification in the second year, the organization should demonstrate the obtained improvement in terms of behaviors and results, as the reduction of Lost Time Injuries, Recordable Injuries, and/or First Aids. This strong results-based specification has been introduced because 40 years of experimental researches and case studies demonstrated that Behavioral safety applications increase the frequency of safe behaviors from 9 to 159% against the baseline (1) and are able to decrease meanly the injury rates of 54% (2). The requirements writing has been supervised by experts from RINA and TV Italia - two international certification bodies - in order to build up a document consistent with actual certification standards (ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 18001, etc.). Behavioral safety is largely applied all around the world: most of multinational companies consider mandatory having a behavioral safety process in place in their facilities. This implies that a lot of safe professionals are trying to enter the market by providing consultancy and services in behavioral safety. Most of them do not have the behavior analysis knowledge (and studies) needed to design and implement an effective behavioral process by following the principles of behavior. This malpractice can affect the behavior analysis as a whole, because of the bad results gained by organizations implementing fake behavior-based safety process, resulting in bad advertising for the Applied Behavior Analysis. For these reasons AARBA and CCBS, as preeminent behavioral safety research institutes, want to state clearly what B-BS is by developing, spreading, updating these requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Performance Engineering to Achieve Desired Client Results |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 E (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Donnie M. Staff (Optimal) |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: To achieve desired client results with an acceptable return on investment, agencies must engage in the necessary system, process, and individual performance. The clients' progress depends on the quality of the teachers' performance, as well as the performance of the agency's teacher-trainers, supervisors, evaluators, program designers, and director. In order to evaluate and improve their organizational performance, agencies need sensitive measures of client performance and progress, in addition to sensitive measures of individual, process, and system performance. These measures may also be used to identify causes of inadequate client progress and recommend solutions. The measures must be collected and evaluated frequently, so that the agency can respond rapidly when clients are not making efficient progress towards their goals. Agencies can then improve client outcomes by designing and implementing resource, training, and management solutions. This symposium will present an overview of organizational performance engineering followed by its application to improve client outcomes of two different agencies that serve children with learning difficulties. |
Keyword(s): Process Performance, System Performance |
|
What is Organizational Performance Engineering? |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: The presentation will provide an overview of "organizational performance engineering," an application of behavior analysis to improve system, process, and individual performance so that clients can achieve desired results with an acceptable return on investment. Performance Engineering is a data-based continuous improvement process, that begins by defining an organization's desired client and stakeholder results, collecting sensitive measures of client performance and progress, defining necessary system, process, and individual performance, and collect sensitive measures of these to identify an organization's performance problems. Both frequency and learning efficiency measures of client and staff performance are evaluated. These data are then used to analyze causes of performance problems and recommend solutions, which may include resources, training, and management. Resources include more efficient teaching and management procedures. Training includes measurable staff performance objectives, valid measures of staff performance and progress, and efficient learning activities. Management includes easy-to-achieve progress goals, immediate, frequent performance feedback and incentives awarded for achieving progress goals. Solution effectiveness, efficiency and return on investment are evaluated and the process continues, until desired client results are achieved. |
|
An Organizational Performance Engineering Project to Improve a Community Mental Health Agency’s Client Outcomes |
JORDAN P. BOUDREAU (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The presentation will describe an "organizational performance engineering" project to improve the efficiencies with which clients served by a community mental health agency learn the language, social and self-help skills they need for successful transitions to less restrictive environments. The consultant implemented a data-based continuous improvement process, that began by defining the agency's desired client and stakeholder results, collecting sensitive measures of client performance and progress, defining necessary system, process, and individual performance, and collecting sensitive measures of these to identify the agency's performance problems. Both frequency and learning efficiency measures of client and staff performance were evaluated. These data were then used to analyze causes of system, process and individual staff performance problems and recommend solutions, which included resources, training, and management. The presentation will provide examples of the resources, staff training procedures, and performance management program that were implemented. Solution effectiveness, efficiency and return on investment were evaluated. |
|
An Organizational Performance Engineering Project to Improve a School's Student Outcomes |
CHRISTOPHER B. EWING (Arkansas Department of Education) |
Abstract: The presentation will describe an "organizational performance engineering" project to improve the efficiencies with which special education students served by a public school agency learn the language, social or academic skills they need for successful transitions to less restrictive environments. The consultant implemented a data-based continuous improvement process, that began by defining the school's desired student and stakeholder results, collecting sensitive measures of student performance and progress, defining necessary system, process, and individual performance, and collecting sensitive measures of these to identify the school's performance problems. Both frequency and learning efficiency measures of student and staff performance were evaluated. These data were then used to analyze causes of system, process and individual staff performance problems and recommend solutions, which included resources, training, and management. The presentation will provide examples of the resources, staff training procedures, and performance management program that were implemented. Solution effectiveness, efficiency and return on investment were evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, and Fitness (HSF) SIG Symposium: Recreation, Fitness, and Leisure Skills as Behavioral Cusps |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
200 C-E (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Albert Malkin (Erionakkids) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (ErionakKids) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch, M.A. |
Abstract: The aim of this symposium is to bring together individuals interested in discussing, designing, and developing programs that teach recreation, fitness, and leisure skills to a variety of populations. This will be discussed in terms Bosch and Fuqua's (2001) definition of behavioral cusps. Recreation and leisure skills: (i) will allow the learner to access new reinforcers, contingencies and environments; (ii) are socially valid; (iii) are stepping stones to the acquisition of novel behaviors that are not programmed or specifically taught; (iv) will have an impact on individuals within the learner's verbal community and (v) are incompatible with many inappropriate behaviors and learning specific target skills will help make previous challenging behaviors obsolete. This symposium will briefly review the behavioral cusps literature in reference to recreation, fitness, and leisure skills; discuss the theoretical underpinnings of related interventions; and discuss potential roadblocks to research and application. The symposium will conclude with a discussion intended to create opportunities for networking, collaborating and supporting research and application related to human challenges in health, sport, and fitness. |
Keyword(s): behavioral cusps, health, sports, fitness, recreation/leisures skills |
|
Simple Behavioral Activation for Typically Developing Obese Adults: The Power of Goal-Setting |
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Simple Behavioral Activation utilizes goal-setting and naturally occurring contingencies to increase productive behaviors, typically in clients diagnosed with depression based on Fersters (1973) functional definition of depression as behavioral patterns resulting from previously reinforced productive behaviors no longer contacting reinforcement. Building on this premise, in the current study, simple activation was used with typically developing obese adults to increase exercise behaviors they previously engaged in while maintaining a healthy BMI. Results showed that the intervention was effective at increasing targeted exercises and decreasing weight, BMI, and body fat percentage. Additionally, exercising appeared to occur in direct correspondence with goal specifications. These results will be discussed in regards to effective self-management of exercise behaviors functioning as a behavioral cusp in that they (i) allowed participants to contact new sources of both extrinsic and intrinsic reinforcement; (ii) resulted in socially significant physiological and psychological changes; (iii) resulted in generalization to other healthy behaviors; (iv) impacted on the participants self-perception and (v) made adding additional healthy behaviors to their repertoires more likely. |
|
Active By Design: Does Contact With Nature Influence Adolescents' Exercise Choices? |
SHERRY L. SCHWEIGHARDT (Temple University) |
Abstract: The incidence and prevalence of teen obesity have risen sharply over the past decade, and related "adult onset" conditions, such as Type II diabetes and hypertension, are now commonplace among adolescents. Obesity and associated medical problems can be prevented through regular exercise, but this behavior is difficult to shape and maintain. New research shows that exposure to nature may confer health benefits; moreover, contact with nature's sensory stimulation is immediately reinforcing. The purpose of the three studies detailed in this presentation is to determine ways in which nature-based physical activity experiences impact adolescents' subsequent choices of whether and how much to exercise. In one study, older adolescents enrolled in a backpacking course were more likely to adopt and adhere to a personal fitness plan after an initial hiking experience. A second study demonstrated that a female middle school participant in mentored nature walks increased her weekly exercise minutes and decreased servings of junk food. The third study tracks high school students' choices of high- and low-activity community service projects following alternating exposures to nature-based physical activity and sedentary projects. Generally, results suggest that because nature-based physical activity influences adolescents' exercise choices, it may be an effective intervention for sedentary teens. |
|
From Soccer to Social Skills: Leisure Activities as Behavioral Cusps for Children With ASD |
HAZLON SCHEPMYER (ErinoakKids) |
Abstract: Based on recent funding from Ontarios Ministry of Children and Youth Services, the Autism Services program at ErinoakKids Centre for Treatment and Development expanded to include a focus on teaching specific sports skills to children with an ASD. Myriad research shows that increasing community participation and quality of life for clients and their families should be the desired, long-term outcomes of service from treatment centers (King, Tucker, Baldwin, Lowry, LaPorta & Martens, 2002; World Health Organization, 2001). The soccer program that will be featured in this symposium was designed to teach participants target skills (e.g., kicking a ball) as well as social skills (e.g., attending, listening and responding to peers) because there is an excellent opportunity for improvement in their physical, social and cognitive abilities when children with an intellectual disability receive early instruction in basic motor skills and developmentally appropriate play (Fevens, McGillivray-Elgie & Kishiuchi, 2010; Gutstein & Burgess, 2007). Following a presentation of the soccer program, the focus of the discussion will shift to summarizing the ways that these types of services meet the criteria for a behavioral cusp, enable participants to interact more fully in leisure activities/settings as well as hone their social skills in a natural environment with friends and family (Solish, Perry and Minnes, 2010; Bosch & Fuqua, 2001). |
|
|
|
|
Instead of Preaching to the Choir, Publish Outside the Box |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
M100 A (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas) |
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town) |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
STUART A. VYSE (Connecticut College) |
Abstract: Although behavior analysis thrives, its influence on other fields and the intellectual and popular culture remains mainly slight. In part, this is due to our having founded our own journals (e.g., JEAB). Among the benefits are readerships that understand our work and can constructively critique it. Among the costs are that we mainly “preach to the choir” and that many fields think we are dead. This session addresses how these costs might be mitigated by publishing “outside the box.” The participants address publishing basic, translational, and applied research in relevant journals in other fields, articles about and informed by behavior analysis in newspapers and magazines, and books for the intellectual and popular culture. The session’s objective is mainly pragmatic: to offer advice about how to publish in these venues. This includes the selection of topics (e.g., joint appeal), manuscript preparation (e.g., the autoclitics of circumspection), strategies for selecting venues (e.g., journals, magazines), and tactics for working with editors (e.g., valuing values). When we publish more outside the box, we will gain more influence in other fields and the culture at large. |
Keyword(s): Disseminating behavior analysis |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual Issues in Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
200 H-I (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University) |
|
May Teaching of Advanced Listener Skills Facilitate the Acquisition of Complex Intraverbal Behavior: A Theoretical Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Akershus University College), Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project) |
|
Abstract: A common characteristic of the language deficit of children with autism (and other developmental disorders) is their failure to acquire a complex intraverbal repertoire. The difficulties with learning intraverbal behaviors may, in part, be related to the fact that the stimulus control for such behaviors is highly complex, involving verbal stimuli. Teaching such complex stimulus control may perhaps be achieved by teaching listener skills, and a curriculum for doing so is outlined in the present paper. Future research could examine whether teaching of advanced listener behavior may facilitate the acquisition of intraverbal behavior. |
|
Assessing the Sources of Control in Studies of Tact-Mand Independence: Making Sense of Conflicting Findings |
Domain: Theory |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
|
Abstract: In his (1957) book Verbal Behavior, Skinner argued that mands and tacts are functionally distinct, and a verbal topography acquired as a tact may not automatically occur as a mand. Nevertheless, he also noted that a verbal response form sometimes seems to pass easily from one type of operant to another." This dual possibility raises the question of the relevant controlling variables for functional independence versus transfer between tacts and mands. As pointed out by Petursdottir (2012) and others, a large number of studies on tact-mand independence have yielded seemingly conflicting results. These findings and their interpretations appear to have led to confusion regarding the issue of tact-mand independence. This paper will provide a fine-grained analysis of the apparent sources of control for verbal responding in several studies of tact-mand independence based on the procedures described in the study, reevaluate the conclusions of the study in light of the analysis, and discuss implications for the issue of functional independence versus transfer. |
|
English Morphology: A Behavior-Analytic Interpretation |
Domain: Theory |
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Morphology is the study of the topographical organization of words. A precise definition of “word” has been difficult to create, but Bloomfield’s definition of words as minimal units of syntax is often used. Words, however, are not necessarily simple, as they may have constituents such as roots, stems, and affixes, and be subject to inflection, derivation, and other processes. This paper presents a behavior-analytic interpretation of English morphology. In behavioral terms, words are responses. Some words are sequences of responses, since they co-occur with inflectional and derivational affixes. Such words must be interpreted as small autoclitic/intraverbal framing responses having set sequences of constituent responses. This paper proposes that English words are distinguished from phrases by qualities of their constituent response classes. Following Skinner’s analysis, it will describe English inflections as forms of tact, intraverbal, or autoclitic responses. Derivation is described as an autoclitic that allows listeners to respond to words as members of different response classes, as when listeners respond to adjectives as adverbs due to the presence of a particular suffix as a discriminative stimulus. The paper will conclude with a brief account of derivational productivity, the process by which new words are emitted as series of derivational responses. |
|
Structures of Verbal Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL MEDLAND (Learning Architects) |
|
Abstract: All sciences need a subject matter and a methodology to study that matter. Thus far, behavior analysis has moved forward through the study of relatively simple animal/human operant classes. However, Skinner (1957) called for the analysis of complex verbal behavior, including "intellectual self-management." He provided a methodological analysis of verbal behavior. Thus, showing the world that it could be studied scientifically. Yet, behavior analysis has failed to analyze the subject matter of complex verbal behavior. This presentation outlines the needed analysis of the subject matter and applies it to English, a verbal behavior that is becoming the dominant verbal operant class around the world. It outlines the assumptions and design criteria for this analysis and then explores the "levels" of complex verbal behavior that should guide its teaching from an early age. |
|
|
|
|
|
Kenya: Building a Sustainable and Replicable Model for ABA Services and Training |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
205 A-B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants) |
EMILY ALEXANDRA WINEBRENNER (Universal Health Services) |
MARY E. BRADY (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
KATIE DEKRAKER (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: The Global Autism Project (GAP), Kaizora Consultants in Nairobi, and the University of Massachusetts, Boston (UMB) have been working in partnership to build local capacity that provides quality services to individuals with autism and developmental disabilities in Kenya.
Initially, efforts were made to build upon an ABA-driven organization, Kaizora Consultants, that delivered validated practices directly to individuals in Nairobi, the first of its kind in East Africa. After in-situ training at Kaizora, collaborations with UMB allowed delivery of BACB approved courses for the director. Supervision is being provided via skype, videos and face-to-face training by GAP. Recently, the GAP’s Skill Corp initiative is bringing experienced practitioners to Kaizora to enhance specific need areas such as training of the Kaizora staff.
This collaboration will result in the first BCBA who will be trained while working in Africa, and who maintains a long-term commitment and passion to continue doing so.
Through this panel we will share with the audience the lesson learned from the perspectives of the Kenyan director in Kaizora, the GAP, and the UMB training partner. We will share the cultural, financial and skill-based challenges within and between the countries, and what we have been able to accomplish so far. |
Keyword(s): Kenya Autism Community |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement and Response Strength in the Information Age |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Timothy A. Shahan, Ph.D. |
Chair: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Dr. Timothy A. Shahan received his Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University in 1998. He was a postdoctoral research fellow at the University of Vermont, and then a research assistant professor at the University of New Hampshire until 2003. He is presently a professor in the Psychology Department at Utah State University. Dr. Shahan's research focuses on behavioral momentum, conditioned reinforcement, attention, stimulus control, choice, and extensions of quantitative analyses of behavior to animal models of drug taking. His research has been supported by the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Dr. Shahan currently serves as an associate editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and chair of the Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning and Ethology study section at National Institutes of Health. |
Abstract: The metaphor of reinforcement plays a central role in how behaviorists view psychology. The response strengthening effects of reinforcement conveyed by this metaphor provide the foundation upon which the law of effect is constructed. Like previous quantitative theories of operant behavior, behavioral momentum theory has provided a formalized approach for characterizing how reinforcement affects response strength and has been suggested as a quantitative version of the law of effect. Based on research findings on behavioral momentum and on other evidence, the presentation will explore an alternative account of behavior based on information theory that dispenses with the notion of response strength. The presentation also will explore how such an information-based account might be reconciled with and integrated with the fact that reinforcers do seem to invigorate behavior. Finally, the presenter will argue that such an information-based account is at least as grounded in natural science as a traditional behavioral approach. |
|
|
|
|
Ape Language Studies |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Ballroom B (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Marleen T. Adema, Ph.D. |
Chair: Marleen T. Adema (Dutch Association for Behavior Analysis) |
SUE SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH (Great Ape Trust) |
Sue Savage-Rumbaugh obtained her Ph.D. from the University of Oklahoma (1975). For 23 years, she was based at the Language Research Center of Georgia State University. Currently, she is executive director and senior scientist at Great Ape Trust, a world-class research center dedicated to studying the behavior and intelligence of great apes. Dr. Savage-Rumbaugh is the first scientist to conduct language research with bonobos. She helped pioneer the use of new technologies for working with primates, such as a keyboard providing for speech synthesis, allowing the animals to communicate using spoken English. Her work with Kanzi, the first ape to learn language in the same manner as children, was detailed in Language Comprehension in Ape and Child (1993), which is listed in the top 100 most influential works in cognitive science in the 20th century (University of Minnesota Center for Cognitive Sciences, 1999). Her work is also featured in Kanzi: The Ape at the Brink of the Human Mind (1996), and Apes, Language, and the Human Mind (2001). Savage-Rumbaugh received honorary doctorates from the University of Chicago (1997) and Missouri State University (2008), and was invited speaker to the Nobel Conference XXXII (1996). In 2011, she was recognized as one of TIME magazine’s 100 Most Influential People in the World. |
Abstract: Language has always been assumed to be uniquely human. And many linguists (for example, Chomsky and Pinker) still subscribe to this assumption. However, extensive research since the 1970s has shown that primates are capable of acquiring language skills. This presentation focuses on language studies with bonobos at the Language Research Center of Georgia State University and at Great Ape Trust, using a keyboard with lexigrams as a communication system. The language environment the bonobos were exposed to will be described, as well as their language acquisition process and the language skills they acquired. Theoretical and philosophical implications of these studies will be discussed along with methodological issues and criticism this research raised. The ape language studies have challenged traditional views on language and cognition: findings regarding the abilities of nonhuman primates to acquire symbols, comprehend spoken words, decode simple syntactical structures, learn concepts of number and quantity, and perform complex perceptual-motor tasks have helped change the way humans view other members of the primate order.
Photo: Russ RuBert, RuBert Studios 2012 |
Target Audience: General. |
Learning Objectives: Forthcoming. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Presidential Address: "The Avoidance Paradox" |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Main Auditorium (Convention Center) |
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University) |
CE Instructor: Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. |
|
ABAI Presidential Address: "The Avoidance Paradox" |
Abstract: Successful avoidance behavior poses a puzzle known as the “avoidance paradox.” Consider the paradigm case of a rat pressing a lever to postpone electric shocks on a free-operant schedule. At steady-state when responding is proficient, there is no apparent aversive stimulus in the environment before the rat presses the lever, and there is no apparent change in the environment after the rat presses the lever. What reinforces the response? Motivated by this question, studies of avoidance and related phenomena have created a rich source of information about situations in which the factors controlling behavior are obscure—for example, when the consequences of behavior are delayed, or distributed diffusely in time, or cumulative.The presidentwill review recent findings that illustrate how experiments on avoidance, and aversive control more generally, contribute to the analysis of situations in which the controlling factors are elusive. These are the very situations that behavior analysts must understand if we are to help prevent diseases of lifestyle (e.g., obesity, heart disease, cancer) and promote healthy behavior (e.g., exercise and proper nutrition). |
|
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
|
Dr. Michael Perone is a professor in the Department of Psychology at West Virginia University. He has made substantial contributions to behavior analysis through his research, service, administration, and teaching. He is well known for his programmatic research on conditioned reinforcement, avoidance, and transitions from rich to lean schedules of reinforcement, and more generally for the elegance and ingenuity of his experimental methodology. He has secured support from National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the National Science Foundation for much of his research. His investigations with animals and extensions of basic mechanisms to humans serve as a prototype for research translation. Dr. Perone's accomplishments in administration, service to the discipline, and teaching are similarly noteworthy. Dr. Perone served for 12 years as chair of the West Virginia University Department of Psychology, one of the foremost programs in behavior analysis. He has served as president of the Association of Behavior Analysis International, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. He has been appointed to key editorial positions for major journals in behavior analysis, represented behavior analysis on the Federation of Behavioral, Psychological, and Cognitive Sciences, and served on numerous committees. In each of those roles, his skill and humor have been instrumental in bringing a charge to effective completion. Dr. Perone has received numerous awards for his teaching and mentoring, which, along with the successes of his former students, are testaments to his effectiveness in that arena as well. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
101 F (Convention Center) |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group supports a behavioral approach to the study of language, especially as explored by B. F. Skinner. It serves to a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's verbal behavior, d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's verbal behavior, and e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in the area of verbal behavior, whether or notthey are a member of the SIG. |
Keyword(s): verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans' Issues Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
M101 B (Convention Center) |
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans' Issues Special Interest Group's purpose is to discuss how behavior analysis can assist military personnel and veterans to deal proactively withcurrent and past issues. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, and Board Members |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
M101 A (Convention Center) |
Chair: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) will be presented, followed by discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. Questions and suggestions will be encouraged. |
Keyword(s): JEAB |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues Editorial Board |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
101 J (Convention Center) |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior and Social Issues is an international, interdisciplinary journal focused on applications of behavior analytic and cultural analytic science to social, human rights, and environmental issues. The journal also encourages submissions related to the development of cultural analytic/behavioral systems science as a subdiscipline. The editorial board will discuss our progress in expanding our open-access, online presence, steps toward further institutionalizing the journal, and strategies for expanding the number of high quality submissions. |
Keyword(s): Environmental Action, Human Rights, Social Justice, Sustainability |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Network |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
101 B-C (Convention Center) |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management. Additionally, network officers will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization. |
Keyword(s): OBM, Organizational Behavior Management, Performance Improvement, Performance Management |
|
|
|
|
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
M100 A (Convention Center) |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. The DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand: providing a sense of what exactly our science and helping society realize the potential of this science. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeonholes, and publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions. If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, then this is the place for you. |
Keyword(s): application, dissemination |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
101 A (Convention Center) |
Chair: Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Presenting Authors: |
The primary goals of the Neuroscience Special Interest Group to be discussed this year will include updating the member list, ways of promoting behavioral and neuroscience research within the field of behavior analysis and abroad, and using social media to enhance communication and research collaborations among members. Because of the diverse backgrounds and interests of SIG members, we also will use a rapid communication format (5-minute time slots) for SIG member and attendees to showcase their ideas, current research, research-in-progress, and future plans. Everyone is welcome. So, bring your interest and any ideas and data you may have to share with SIG members. |
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International Science Board |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
102 A (Convention Center) |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Annualbusiness meeting of the Association for Behavior Analysis International Science Board to discuss ongoing activities and plans for the next year. |
Keyword(s): SB Business Meeting, Science Board |
|
|
|
|
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
102 F (Convention Center) |
Chair: Ann Filer (Beacon ABA Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
Effective and efficient instruction benefits all students; however evidenced-based instructional practices are essential for teaching students with learning challenges. Direct Instruction is effective, efficient and evidence-based. Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction Special Interest GroupBusiness Meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices. |
|
|
|
|
Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
201 A-B (Convention Center) |
Chair: Evelyn Jo Horton (The Homestead) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and educational purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the state of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the state of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the state of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of both normal and intellectually disabled people. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the state of Iowa. |
Keyword(s): open business meeting |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
M100 J (Convention Center) |
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention & Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is theClinical Special Interest Group's annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles, and developments, and plan activities for next year's convention. The Clinical SIG also is looking to expand involvement by including program updates from graduate programs and faculty who provide training in clinical behavior analysis. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): Clinical, Clinical Practice |
|
|
|
|
BPH Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Reinforcing Effects of Intranasal Cocaine and Money on Concurrent Progressive Ratio Schedules |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky), Joshua Anthony Lile (University of Kentucky), Craig Roy Rush (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Understanding how alternative reinforcer availability impacts naturalistic cocaine use can inform behavioral treatment development. This study examined the reinforcing effects of intranasal cocaine and an alternative reinforcer (US$0.25) on concurrent progressive-ratio schedules. Twelve non-treatment seeking, cocaine using humans completed sessions in which they first sampled the dose of cocaine available that day (4, 15 and 45 mg) and then made six forced choices between that dose and money. To earn their first choice, subjects had to make 400 responses. The response cost for each subsequent choice of each option increased by 200 responses. The outcome variable was breakpoint. For two subjects, breakpoints for 4 mg cocaine were greater than those for money. Breakpoints for 15 mg cocaine were greater than those for money for six subjects whereas breakpoints for 45 mg cocaine were greater than those for money for ten subjects. This pattern of responding across subjects indicates: 1) drug was chosen over US$0.25 as the cocaine dose increased and 2) this small amount of money does not effectively compete as a reinforcer with 45 mg cocaine. Higher money values are thus likely necessary to suppress high dose cocaine self-administration. |
|
|
2. Alcohol Effects on Analogue Risk-Taking and Delay Discounting Tasks |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Thomas G. Farnsworth (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting describes the reduction in subjective value of a reward as a function of an increased delay to its receipt (e.g., Rachlin, Raineri & Cross, 1991), and it has been used as an index of impulsivity (e.g., Perry et al., 2005). In previous studies, alcohol was found to influence impulsivity (e.g., Ortner, MacDonald, & Olmstead, 2002; Dougherty et al., 2008), and risk-taking (e.g., Lane et al., 2004). Ten college students participated completed the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART) and an analogue delay discounting task after consuming a serving of wine, alcohol-removed wine, or grape juice. There was a significant difference between wine and alcohol-removed wine with respect to delay discounting and the number of explosions in the BART. Participants were more impulsive in the discounting task after consuming wine than after consuming the alcohol-removed wine. Additionally, participants triggered more explosions in the BART after consuming wine relative to the alcohol-removed wine. Ratings of subjective intoxication were negatively correlated with the total number of pumps, but not other factors. Thus, a drug effect was demonstrated (i.e., the alcohol was sufficient to change behavior in these analogue tasks), but a placebo effect of the alcohol-removed wine was not observed. |
|
|
3. Serial Position Effects in Social Learning: Cholinergic Antagonists Effects on Learning and Recall |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Johana Martinez-Mejia (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Ángela Rebeca JuÁrez-Romero (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Oscar A. Morales Córdova (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Angela Maria Hermosillo-Garcia (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala) |
Abstract: Studies in social transmission of food preference have shown reliable serial position functions in Long Evans rats. Functions may show primacy or recency depending of different parameter values. In these studies, a demonstrator rat that has consumed flavored food will increase preference for that flavor in naïve observer rats. Studies in behavioral pharmacology have shown that cholinergic antagonists may produce deficits in acquisition and recall in different tasks. In Experiment 1, Control and Saline Groups were compared with 2 different groups in which 16 mg/kg ip of scopolamine were administered before or after demonstration. In Experiment 2, Control and Saline Groups were compared with 2 different groups in which 3.75 mg/kg of Atropine were administered ip, as in Experiment 1. Testing was made either immediately after demonstration or after 24 hr. Groups were formed by 12 observers that interacted with a list of three demonstrators that have eaten different flavored foods, with position counterbalanced. Results showed that in both experiments when the drug was administered before demonstration learning was precluded. When the drug was administered after demonstration performance was similar to that in the Control and Saline groups. In Experiment 1, repeated measures ANOVA showed a reliable interaction for serial position and group. In Experiment 2, repeated measures ANOVA showed a reliable serial position effect. No other effects were significant. The drug effect eliminated the serial effects seen in the Control Group when it was administered before demonstration in both experiments. |
|
|
4. Quantifying Nicotine’s Value-Enhancement Effect Using a Behavioral Economic Approach |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Nicotine appears to increase the reinforcing value of environmental stimuli, and this effect may contribute to nicotine’s widespread abuse. We attempted to better quantify the extent of this effect using a demand curve analysis. Four Long- Evans rats were exposed to an observing response procedure. In this procedure, presses to one lever resulted either in food (45 mg pellets, VR 10) or extinction; presses to a second, observing lever illuminated stimuli correlated with the schedule in effect on the food lever. The number of responses required on the observing lever increased across session (FRs: 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 30), producing a demand curve for these conditioned stimuli. Nicotine was then administered via osmotic minipumps at a dose of 3 mg/kg/day for 28 days, and the demand curves were redetermined at least twice. Then, all demand curves were normalized with respect to the highest observed consumption and fit to the Exponential Demand Equation. Comparisons of the alpha parameter, a putative measure of value, across phases indicated that nicotine lowered the value of these stimuli as measured by this equation. These data suggest that the conditions under which nicotine increases the value of environmental stimuli may be somewhat circumscribed. |
|
|
5. Enrichment and Estradiol Effects on Polydipsic Alcohol Self-Administration |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: FI response rates and volume of polydipsic alcohol self-administration were compared across four groups of female rats. Groups differed with respect to early history (enriched vs solitary housing) and whether they had/did not have an ovarectomy in the first month as pups. All rats were administered estradiol (1, 2, or 5 ug) to determine effects of estrogen on behavior. Rats raised in an enriched environment self-administered more ethanol and made more lever presses per session than rats raised in isolation. Estradiol had no effect on polydipsic ethanol self-administration for rats with intact ovaries, however for OVX rats there was a slight dose-dependent decrease in ml consumed per session. The only effect of estradiol on responding was an increase produced by the medium dose (2 ug) for OVX rats raised in an enriched environment. |
|
|
6. Performance of C57BL/6n Mice in a Spatial Discrimination Reversal Task: Effects of D-amphetamine on Choice |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CRAIG W. CUMMINGS (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Spatial discrimination reversal (SDR) procedures have been used in the study of behavioral mechanisms involved in discrimination and reversal learning. Typically in SDR procedures, the operandum associated with reinforcement remains the same across sessions until a performance criterion (e.g., 3 sessions at 85% accuracy) is met. This performance criterion makes it difficult to quickly assess acute drug effects. In the current experiment, single-session reversals occurred pseudo-randomly once to twice a week. This technique allowed for assessment of acute drug effects on baseline and reversal performance during a single session. After responding stabilized for non-reversal and reversal sessions, saline and acute doses of d-amphetamine (.03-3.0 mg/kg) were administered. During baseline sessions, accuracy was slightly lower for reversal sessions which were characterized by a greater number of commission errors while errors of omission accounted for 1/6 of all trials in both session types. Low doses (0.03mg/kg) of d-amphetamine increased non-reversal accuracy while decreasing overall omissions. Responding for both reversal and non-reversal declined as an increasing function of dose (0.3 to 1.0 mg/kg). |
|
|
7. Demand for Alcohol in Legal and Underage College Drinkers |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER HUDNALL (University of Kansas Dept. of Applied Behavioral Science), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Kansas), Rebecca L. Campbell (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Alcohol consumption in college is both commonplace and problematic. It is associated with many troublesome consequences including assault, academic problems, drunk driving, and death. Most college drinkers are under the legal age, yet the impact of the legal drinking age on characteristics of college students alcohol consumption remains largely overlooked. Recently developed behavioral economic measures of demand for alcohol, such as the alcohol purchase task (APT), have been used as an index of individuals motivation for alcohol. This study of 143 college undergraduates analyzed the students demand for alcohol using a version of the alcohol purchase task (APT), specifically, as the simulated price per drink systematically increased from free to twelve dollars. In line with previous research, data from this study demonstrate that increased prices result in decreased consumption across all participants. Additionally, the findings of this study suggest greater elasticity of demand for alcohol in underage college drinkers compared to legal college drinkers. These results may prove valuable to our understanding of the impact that the legal drinking age has on college students alcohol consumption. |
|
|
8. Effects of d-Amphetamine on Probabilistic Choice |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHRYN S. RANKIN (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: A risky choice is one between a smaller, certain option over a larger, but less probable option. d-Amphetamine has had mixed results on risky choice procedures in nonhumans. A potential reason for the mixed results could be that in those studies, probability, delay, and amount of reinforcement were varied together. In the current study, delay and amount were held constant, while reinforcement probability was varied. The purpose of this study was to establish a baseline of choice between two reinforcement probabilities and to study the effects of d-amphetamine on probabilistic choice. Using a rapid-acquisition procedure, the key associated with the higher reinforcement probability was constant within a session, but varied pseudo-randomly on a daily basis such that the side that was associated with the higher probability was unpredictable. Daily acquisition of preference as well as sensitivity to reinforcement probability were measured. In Phase 1, the probabilities on the two keys were 100% and50%; in Phase 2, the probabilities were 75% and 25%. Sensitivity increased in 2 of the 3 pigeons from Phase 1 to Phase 2. Bias decreased in all pigeons from Phase 1 to Phase 2.Effects of d-amphetamine on sensitivity of reinforcement probability were examined. |
|
|
9. The Therapeutic Workplace: A Bridge to Treatment for Out-of-Treatment Injection Drug Users |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Eric C. Strain (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Robert C. Schwartz (Friends Research Institute), Jeannie-Marie S. Leoutsakos (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Injection drug use is a common mode of HIV transmission. Methadone can reduce injection-related HIV-risk behaviors, but most injection heroin users do not enroll in methadone treatment. This study assessed the effectiveness of the Therapeutic Workplace in promoting engagement in methadone treatment and drug abstinence. Unemployed, out-of-treatment, injection heroin users were invited to work in the Therapeutic Workplace every weekday for 26 weeks, were randomly assigned to one of three groups, and were encouraged to enroll in methadone treatment. Participants in the Usual Care Group (n = 30) could work independent of their methadone treatment status or urinalysis results. Participants in the Methadone Group (n = 35) and the Methadone and Abstinence Group (n = 32) had to enroll in methadone treatment to work and received a brief pay decrease if not enrolled in treatment. Additionally, participants in the Methadone and Abstinence Group were required to provide opiate and cocaine negative urine samples to maintain maximum pay. Preliminary results showed that participants in the Methadone and Abstinence Group provided significantly more urine samples negative for a) opiates, b) cocaine, and c) both opiates and cocaine than participants in the Usual Care Group, and significantly more urine samples negative for a) opiates and b) both opiates and cocaine than the Methadone Group. The Methadone Group provided significantly more urine samples negative for cocaine than the Usual Care Group. Results suggest that the Therapeutic Workplace is an effective intervention to engage injection drug users in treatment and maintain abstinence. |
|
|
10. Effects of Alcohol on Punished Responding in Humans on a Multiple Reinforcement Schedule |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
TOMESHA A. MANORA (Western Michigan University), Catherine M. Gayman (Western Michigan University), J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Alcohol is likely to increase problem behavior in situations in which there are conflicting response tendencies, such as when responding produces both reinforcers and punishers. There has been little research with humans investigating alcohol's effects on punished responding however, and the few studies that have been conducted have produced mixed results. The aim of this study is to investigate the effects of alcohol on human responding during a conflict (punishment) task. Participants' button presses are intermittently reinforced with money according to a multiple random-interval reinforcement schedule. In one component, responding is also intermittently punished with money loss (response cost). Response rates are evaluated under baseline, placebo, .25 g/kg, and .65 g/kg alcohol. Data from two participants who have completed the study so far indicate that punished responding is selectively increased under alcohol. The data are consistent with at least one human study and prior nonhuman research. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
11. The Power of One Reinforcer |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Many factors affect the behaviors a person or animal will emit during a period of extinction. Anecdotal reports from animal trainers suggest that sometimes an animal can get "stuck," continuing to offer an unwanted behavior many times even though the trainer only reinforced the behavior once and had previously reinforced the correct behavior many times. These reports suggest that a brief period of no reinforcement can amplify the effect of a single reinforcer and lead to a behavior getting "captured," so that the animal or person continues to repeat it in the absence of further reinforcement. This study compared whether, during a 1-minute extinction period, responding was higher for a behavior that had been reinforced only once or for a behavior that had been reinforced multiple times. Participants, who were university students, played a tabletop game that involved touching and manipulating small trinkets. Four conditions were repeated twice for each participant, reinforce any behavior, continuous reinforcement for touching a single object, one reinforcer for a second object immediately following a brief period of extinction, and an extinction condition. The results show that one reinforcer following a period of extinction can produce persistent responding. |
|
|
12. Negative Incentive Contrast as a Mechanism of Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CIARA MARSHALL (Utah State University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Negative-incentive-contrast effects occur when reinforcement for responding is shifted from a high quality to a lower quality and responding decreases to a level lower than responding previously maintained only by low quality reinforcement. The behavioral-systems hypothesis of negative incentive contrast suggests that, following a downshift in reinforcer quality, organisms engage in searching for the lost, high quality reinforcer instead of responding. This hypothesis might resemble the mechanisms that contribute to resurgence, a phenomenon in which previously reinforced behavior recurs when a more recently reinforced alternative response is extinguished. The purpose of this experiment was to investigate the degree to which negative-incentive-contrast effects might influence resurgence. During baseline, two groups of rats pressed levers under a variable-interval 15-s schedule for four-pellet reinforcers. In the second phase, lever pressing was extinguished while chain pulling was reinforced under the same schedule. During the final phase, reinforcement was downshifted to one pellet for one group and was suspended entirely for the other. Preliminary results demonstrate that a 4:1 downshift in alternative-reinforcer magnitude produced substantial resurgence. These findings suggest that negative incentive contrast might be one mechanism by which resurgence occurs. |
|
|
13. The Effects of Color Background on Serial Positioning in Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES E. KING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A serial positioning effect is observed when responses are learned in a specific order, and a greater proportion of responses acquired at the beginning and the end of the series than in the middle are demonstrated under subsequent testing conditions (Mechner & Jones, 2011). In the present study, a resurgence preparation was utilized whereby different stimulus conditions were assigned to the training or response-elimination phase and one of the stimulus conditions from the prior phases was systematically presented in the resurgence phase. Preliminary results on serial positioning in resurgence and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
14. Response Elimination, Reinforcement Rates and Resurgence: Further Experimental Analyses. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS CANCADO (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Raquel Alo (Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: The effects of differential reinforcement rates of alternative responding on resurgence were studied. In the first, Training, phase, left-lever pressing of each of four rats was maintained on a multiple variable-interval (VI) 30-s VI 30-s schedule. In the second, Response-Elimination, phase, left-lever pressing was extinguished and right-lever pressing was maintained for 15 sessions on a multiple VI 20-s (rich) VI 60-s (lean) schedule arranging, respectively, higher and lower reinforcement rates than in the Training phase. When reinforcers were discontinued in the third, Resurgence, phase, left-lever pressing resurged more in the rich component. Because, for each rat, Training phase-response rates were higher in the rich than in the lean component, the differential resurgence also could have resulted from such response-rate differences. Each phase was then replicated and the rich and lean schedule components in the Response-Elimination phase were those in which Training-phase response rates were low and high, respectively. More Resurgence-phase responding occurred in the lean than in the rich component, for each rat. These results replicate previous experiments with pigeons, indicating that Training-phase variables (e.g., response rates) affect resurgence and, in the present experiment, that Training-phase response rates were better predictors of Resurgence-phase responding than Response-Elimination reinforcement rates. |
|
|
15. The Resistance to Change of Different Levels of Behavioral Variability |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAQUEL ALO (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Maria Helena Hunziker (University of São Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: To investigate the effects of reinforcement histories of either low or high behavioral variability upon resistance to change, water-deprived rats were exposed to a multiple schedule with two components. While the high-variability component reinforced four-response sequences that were different from the last four or six previous sequences (i.e., LAG 4 or LAG 6), the low-variability component reinforced sequences that were different from the last one, but similar to one of the three sequences that preceded the last one. Similar reinforcement rates were maintained in both components by manipulating reinforcer probabilities. Resistance to satiation was assessed by providing different quantities of water to the rats before the test sessions. While relative U values were not differentially disrupted, relative response rates always decreased more in the component that reinforced lower levels of variability. These results replicate previous findings of less resistance to change of less variable response rates. They also extend previous studies by using a new contingency to produce low variability, and by indicating that behavior produced by this low-variability contingency is less resistant to change, possibly because of the punishment of high variability that is built into such contingency. |
|
|
16. Reinforced Behavioral Variability in Humans: The Effect of Sequence Length |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHLEEN DOOLAN (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato, New Zealand), James McEwan (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that reinforcement of variable sequences facilitated learning to produce a difficult 5-item sequence by rats but hindered learning a 6-item sequence by humans. The present study aimed to explore the role of reinforced behavioral variability in sequence learning with humans using a range of target sequences that differed in length (from 6 to 12 items). Thirty participants for each sequence were allocated to one of three groups: Control, Any, Variable. Participants in all three groups earned points for producing the target sequence. The participants in the Any and Variable groups could also earn extra points on Variable Interval 60-s schedules. The Any group could earn a point for any sequence they produced and the Variable group could earn points for sequences that met a variability criterion. For the shortest six digit sequence (122121) the Control group produced the target sequence significantly more often than the Variable group by the end of the experimental sessions, however, for the 12 digit sequence (221112211121) the Control and Variable groups did not differ significantly in production of the target sequence. The role of sequence length and implications for treatment of variability as an operant are discussed. |
|
|
17. Learning and Motivational Factors Affecting Operant Performance of Long-Living Ames Dwarf Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREA L. BRANDT (University of North Dakota), Sarah Martner (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Ames dwarf mice have a Prop-1 mutation that has been identified with increased levels of IGF-I in the central nervous system, upregulation of neuroprotective systems, and increased lifespan. In the present study, comparisons were made in operant learning in Ames dwarf and age-matched normal mice. Nosepoke responses were reinforced with access to either a saccharin solution or diluted condensed milk according to a fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement. Subjects were compared in how quickly they responded for the reinforcer and how quickly they obtained reinforcement. Previous research has indicated that Ames dwarf mice do not respond as efficiently as normal mice for reinforcement on this schedule. The present investigation determined several circumstances in which Ames dwarf mice respond as efficiently for reinforcement as normal mice. |
|
|
18. A Parametric Analysis of the Effects of Olfactory Exposure on Food Consumption in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KELLEE CHI (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Obesity has quickly spread across the world, creating a global and concerning epidemic. One contributing factor is overconsumption. Humans are very sensitive to the many inviting properties of food, such as taste, texture, and smell. The present study investigates the effects of different lengths olfactory cue exposures on the quantity of food consumed by adults. Past research on this subject has produced opposing results. Studies in food priming, reinforcer sampling, and motivating operations suggest that olfactory exposures to food increase food consumption. In contrast, habituation and sensory-specific satiety literature suggest the opposite effect: olfactory exposures decrease food consumption. The present study hypothesizes that both effects are possible, such that a brief exposure to the smell of the food may increase food consumption, while a prolonged exposure to the smell may decrease consumption. Approximately 180 Psychology 10 students at California State University, Fresno will be selected as participants for this study. They will be exposed to different durations of the smell of pizza and will be subsequently presented with pizza to consume ad libitum. The four different smell exposures are zero minutes, five minutes, ten minutes, and fifteen minutes. Means and standard deviations will be used as the descriptive statistics to obtain an average amount consumed by each group. A one-way ANOVA will be used to determine whether there is a significant difference in mean consumption of pizza when comparing the four groups. Results of this study may provide insight into developing simple behavioral interventions that can be used by individuals to manage their weight. Olfactory exposure may be a simple self-management technique that can help increase consumption for those who need more nutrient intake and decrease consumption in others who are managing their weight, depending on the duration of the smell exposure. |
|
|
19. Discrimination in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (University of South Florida), Allison Chamberlain (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Many examples of discrimination learning have been produced in the experimental literature using pigeons and rodents, however, few studies have attempted to demonstrate similar discriminative behaviors among invertebrate organisms. The following study sought to demonstrate influence of discriminative stimuli with the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina poertentosa). Individual roaches were exposed to simple operant chambers in which reinforcement, in the form of feed solution, was provided only in the presence of appropriate discriminative stimuli. Two studies were conducted using different discriminative stimuli. In the first study, subjects were exposed to visual discriminative stimuli in the form of two LED lights of different colors. In the second, textural discrimination was demonstrated using varied grains of sandpaper. Results show that subjects responding increased in the presence of discriminative stimuli and decreased in the presence of delta-stimuli. Reversal of consequences associated with each stimulus produced the expected reversal of response allocation, i.e. differential reinforcement effects. |
|
|
20. Acquisition and Extinction of Timeout Avoidance Behavior in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YUKO KOSHITSUKA (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University) |
Abstract: Previous studies showed that avoidance behavior from timeout (TO) have scarcely been demonstrated in humans unless instructions were introduced. The present experiment examined whether human avoidance behavior from TO could be shaped in humans without instructions. The experiment consisted of four stages. First, only VI 10 s schedules were effective on the right button. In the 2nd stage, 30 s compulsory TOs were inserted into the first stage. Third, both escape (immediate termination of TO) and avoidance (10 s postponement of TOs) were effective by a response on the left button during which VI schedules kept on running. Finally, only avoidance was effective. After establishing successive avoidance behavior, participants were engaged in extinction procedure in which responses on the left button were not effective any more for avoiding TO followed by second avoidance-only stage. As a result, a half of the participants obtained the effective avoidance responding by the 3rd or 4th stage. Moreover, when extinction procedure was introduced, high resistance to extinction was observed in most participants. |
|
|
21. Experimental Studies in Meta-contingency:A Comparison Between Different Models |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CLARISSA NOGUEIRA (Universidade de Brasilia), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia) |
Abstract: Metacontingency is the unit of analysis of cultural practices formed by a cultural consequence that selects interlocked behavioral contingencies (IBCs) of two or more people each behavioral contingency producing its own consequence and the aggregate product produced by the IBC. This concept has been used in experimental studies since 2005. Since then, at least four different experimental models that simulate a metacontingency have been proposed. These models present the elements of a metacontingency: (1) individual consequences generated by individual contingencies; (2) an aggregate product that can only be generated when the participants interlock their behaviors and (3) a cultural consequence contingent on the emission of a specific IBC. The purpose of this study is to compare these models elucidating their similarities and their differences. Furthermore, these models were compared in terms of their experimental design between groups and single subject design and the possibilities of manipulation of variables that each of them allows: number of participants, generation change between trials, cooperation and competition responses, simultaneous and sequential choices, communication, stimulus control, use of aversive control, use of confederates and number of possible target IBCs. |
|
|
22. A Review on the Use of Eye-Tracking Technology to Study Observing Behavior During Conditional Discrimination Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
STEFFEN HANSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: In a thorough literature review on the use of eye-tracking technology to study eye-movements (i.e., observing behavior), one finds a relative few studies. For example, in a pioneering exploration, Dube, Balsamo, and Fowler (2006) used eye-tracking technology with a delayed matching-to-sample procedure and results suggested that observation responses with a longer fixation-duration to multiple sample stimuli correlated with higher accuracy scores. The following year, implementing eye-tracking technology, Tomanari et al. (2007) showed that eye response frequency was higher than the required number of manual responses that produce discriminative stimuli. A possible explanation, they argued, compared to the manual observation responses which include not only hand and arm movements but also looking at the stimulus, the execution of an eye response is far more economic. Moreover, in 2009 Pessoa and colleagues used eye-tracking technology on four adults, who were confronted with simultaneous discriminations among four stimuli. Although they were exposed to two- and three-dimensional figures, a higher rate of eye movements toward the three-dimensional S+ figures was recorded. Furthermore, the subjects were also more likely to observe S+ figures for longer durations than S- figures. Of related interest, in 2010, in an essay, Palmer suggested an increase in "the resolution of our experimental procedures" with the microscopic molecular study of eye movements counting as one of three complex human behaviors put forward. For, as he made clear ", there is no point in ignoring a measurable dependent variable." |
|
|
23. Looking Versus Seeing: Exploring a New Methodology for Functional Eye-Tracking |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KEVIN MARCHINI (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study used a novel method to measure where typically developing college students looked when they were tasked with recognizing faces of male celebrities. During a computer-based task, images of celebrity faces were hidden behind numerous contiguous panels. Locating the mouse cursor on a particular panel and clicking it revealed the portion of the image found behind that panel for a short duration. The task for participants was to identify the face by typing the first and last initials of the person in the image. Under these conditions, all participants evolved a search pattern and strategy that was effective in allowing them to identify the images. The predominant search pattern involved observing the eyes and mouth of the facial image. The search pattern revealed by this method was very similar to (nearly identical to?) search patterns derived from procedures that are more intrusive to run and expensive (e.g., conventional eye-tracking equipment). |
|
|
24. Low-cost USB interface with Arduino and Visual Basic for experimental control |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos Alexis Pérez-Herrera (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Arduino is an open-source platform consisting of a compact integrated input-output board and development software. This platform can be adopted by behavior analysts as a low cost alternative to commercial equipment for conducting experiments in operant conditioning. An Arduino board can be operated with minimum knowledge in electronics and programming and it can be used in numerous experimental settings. The present poster presents the design and tests of an interface incorporating an Arduino UNO board controlled with Visual Basic through an USB port. This interface was connected to a custom-made operant conditioning chamber equipped with a lever, a houselight and a valve that delivered 0.1 ml of water on each operation. Lever pressing by rats was reinforced with water on a fixed interval (FI) 30 s schedule for 30 sessions. In subsequent 30-session conditions the schedule was changed to an FI 60 s, an FI 59.5 s with an added unsignaled delay of 0.5 s, and an FI 60 s. The results demonstrated the stability of the interface by replicating the typical scalloped pattern of responding and the increase in response rate expected from adding a brief delay of reinforcement. Additionally, after 120 daily sessions, no significant problems were encountered. |
|
|
25. Systematic Operant Bias in Human Participants: Kinesthetic vs. Associative Effects |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
Abstract: All operant behaviors have both kinesthetic and associative components, the former being the physical motions required and the latter those elements of the organism’s learning history which are evoked. In order to study choice, all operants must be functionally equivalent in both of these aspects. Three experiments looked at the neutrality of a set of 52 different operants, each consisting of a non-word sequence of six letter keystrokes typed by human participants on the computer keyboard. In Experiment 1 operants were learned in pairs, with one practiced more often than the other, then participants chose which to perform under test conditions before learning the next pair. In Experiment 2 the order in which the operants were learned and the specific number of repetitions associated with each operant were changed; comparison of the results showed systematic biases for certain sequences of letter keystrokes over others. In Experiment 3 stickers printed with abstract symbols covered the letters on the computer keys; the shift in the pattern of operant bias observed was thus due to the kinesthetic component of the operant, minus the associations evoked by the letters of the alphabet. |
|
|
26. The Effect of Cultural Consequences on Overharvesting and Underharvesting in a Game of Simulated Natural Resources Usage |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DYEGO DE CARVALHO COSTA (Universidade Estadual do Piaui - UESPI), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia) |
Abstract: The metacontingencies field assume that a cultural consequence can select a cultural unit formed by a Interlocked Behavioral Contingencies and its outcome called Aggregate Product. This papers contains two experiments about metacontingencies. Both experiments used the common dilemma game (CDC) as an experimental tool. This game simulate an usage of a common resource. All the participants had to choose between three different amounts of points in each trial and this points were the individual consequences. There was an initial number of 200 units of resource. This resource are subtracted by the sum of the individual consequences in each trial, and the rest of resource had some replenishment. The first experiment had as goal measure the real effects of cultural consequences on cultural selection as: reliability of different cultural units' selection; stereotypy of cultural practices even when was possible variation inside the IBCs; low extinction resistance because of the properties of continuous cultural consequence. The second experiment shows to participants a tip as a discriminative stimulus for the selection's unit. The results show: less amount of time to achieve the experimental condition's criteria; small number of IBCs in disagreement with the current condition and again reliability on selection. |
|
|
27. Changes in Contextual Stimuli by Sample and Comparison Stimuli in the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ENOC OBED DE LA SANCHA VILLA (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Gelacio GuzmÁn Dáaz (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana), Edgar Eduardo Montes Castro (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Hugo Palacios (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Alma Briseida Ramárez Estrada (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Two groups of college students were exposed to a second-order matching-to-sample task and two transfer tests in which stimuli as well as its relevant features for matching responses were varied. Contextual stimuli were pairs of bidimensional geometric figures that visually modeled the ongoing matching relation in each trial: identity, color similarity, shape similarity and difference. Between trials, sample and comparison stimuli were bidimensional or tridimensional geometric figures. For the experimental group, tridimensional stimuli signaled that matching relations modeled by contextual stimuli were reversed: stimuli similar in color were the context for a shape similarity matching response and vice versa, whereas contextual stimuli different in both color and shape were the context for an identity matching response and vice versa. For the control group, ongoing matching relations were consistent with contextual stimuli. Global accuracy was higher for the control group than for the experimental group; however, analysis per kind of trial showed that performance under bidimensional trials was higher for the experimental group than for the control group. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on instructional control of behavior under reinforcement schedules as well as under conditional discrimination tasks. |
|
|
28. Habilitation of written matching responses: Stimulus modality in the acquisition and transfer of conditional discriminations by humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio Guzmán Díaz (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Three groups of college students were exposed to an observational second-order matching-to-sample task and two transfer tests in which stimuli, its relevant features for matching responses, as well as matching relations were varied. Other three (control) groups were exposed to tests only. Between groups, stimuli were chromatic geometric figures or the name of both color and shape of figures in a visual or an auditory modality. Matching responses were a written specification of both color and shape of geometric figures for all groups. Percentage of correct responses were higher for experimental than for control groups when stimuli were presented visual and textual modalities. Under auditory stimuli percentage of correct responses were slightly higher for the control than for the experimental group. Textual and auditory stimuli produce the highest percentage of correct responses under the experimental and control conditions, respectively. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on working memory, rule-governed behavior, and generalized matching-to-sample. |
|
|
29. An Investigation of the Duration of Relationship and Verbal Behavior Necessary for Perspective-Taking in Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EMILY SKORZANKA (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that children younger than 6 years of age are not able to develop a repertoire of perspective-taking. However, our research has shown that children under the age of 6 are capable of basic perspective-taking although findings have been inconsistent when studying more complex forms of this skill, particularly in novel circumstances. Our previous research explored verbal behavior as a potential factor in advanced forms of perspective-taking. In addition to the investigating the effect of verbal behavior in perspective-taking accuracy, the present study aims to determine the duration of the relationship necessary for preschool-aged children to engage in complex perspective-taking of a peer. Possible demographic correlations will also be analyzed. |
|
|
30. Electrophysiological Investigation of the Functional Overlap Between Semantic and Equivalence Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Naiene Pimentel (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Teresa Mitchell (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: Recent research using the event-related potential (ERP) technique has shown that equivalence relations have properties similar to genuine semantic relations. This study aimed to advance electrophysiological investigations of the functional overlap between semantic and equivalence relations. The N400 component, an index of semantic processing, was used to measure whether semantic relations were experimentally established between arbitrary stimuli. The stimuli became equivalent via a matching-to-sample training designed to maximize the establishment of equivalence relations and the strength of the classes. Non-equivalent pairs of stimuli elicited larger N400 responses than equivalent pairs in electrodes placed over the central and parietal scalp regions, providing additional support for the assumption that stimulus equivalence is an appropriate model of semantic relations. The experimental parameters adopted in the current study differ from those adopted by previous works and might have influenced the latency of the N400 component. Usefulness of the ERP technique as a continuous measure of semantic relationship for research involving stimulus equivalence is discussed. |
|
|
31. Planning Behavior Evaluation with Two Tools: The Tower of London and the Verbal Report |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PATRICIA PLANCARTE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Hortensia Hickman (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodráguez (National Autonomous University of Mexico, FES Iztacala), Maráa Luisa Cepeda (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rosalinda Arroyo (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The present research aimed to evaluate the behavior of college students planning on using three versions of the Tower of London. 45 college students were selected from a non-probabilise sampling and randomized to one of three groups: the traditional (TOL), the TOL3 and TOL5 groups. Each participant was evaluated in a session of 20 trials divides in five blocks. The number of movements, the duration and latency were considered as dependent variables at the end session they reported the strategy followed to solve task measures were taken as a dependent variable number of movements, the duration and latency. Additionally, they were asked at the end of the session they had followed the strategy to solve the task. The results show a symmetrical relationship between the difficulty of the task and the reaction time, and that once the task is mastered the reaction time decreases. This is a possible indicator of planning behavior by participants in the early stages of learning the rules of the task and once you become experts, the task is solved mechanically. However, we consider necessary to assess the participants' verbal report, because through it we could confirm the possible development of planning behavior by subjects. |
|
|
32. Matching-to-Sample Procedures: Respondent vs. Operant Conditioning |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The most commonly employed stimulus equivalence procedures involve the establishment of a series of conditional discriminations among arbitrarily related abstract stimuli through matching-to-sample. At some point in the procedure a test using a similar procedural set-up is administered to assess whether derived performance among the established stimulus relations occur under extinction conditions. In the course of such experiments, the participant is repeatedly exposed to presentations of stimuli and stimulus correlations in several temporal arrangements and in various environmental contexts. It is possible that stimuli used in matching-to-sample procedures may have several, and possibly concurrently occurring effects on behavior, and that only some such effects are commonly recorded by the experimenter. This poster will discuss several studies, both from our own research lab and others, that are relevant when examining the possibility of both respondent and operant conditioning occurring as a result of the procedures used in stimulus equivalence research. Studies where stimulus functions have been previously established in relation to stimuli later employed in conditional discrimination training and tests for stimulus equivalence will be discussed, as well as experiments that use stimulus pairing procedures to establish relations among stimuli later involved in tests derived relations. In addition studies using delayed matching-to-sample during conditional discriminations training will be considered in light of a respondent conditioning interpretation of stimulus equivalence performance. The discussion will be conducted as part of a more general debate about stimulus control and the distinction between operant and respondent conditioning. We argue that the distinction between the two types of conditioning is not a property inherent in observed behavior itself, but can largely be considered a result of procedural arrangements and, as such, is closely related to the goals of the functional analysis of specific experiments. The study of stimulus equivalence may benefit from data-analysis that takes into account the possibility of the occurrence of both types of conditioning as a result of the same procedure. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
33. What Would You Do For a...? A Comparison of Preference Assessment Methods Applicable to Reinforcer-Based Treatment of Problem Behavior in an Academic Demand Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ARKADIY AKHTENBERG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marilyn D. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) are used for selection of reinforcers in clinical treatment of problem behavior and in academic contexts. Roscoe et al. (1999) showed that as long as all the stimuli are reasonably valuable, they can sustain similar rates of responding. However, preference hierarchies are obtained absent of demand contingencies and, in academic contexts, rate is perhaps less critical than the amount or accurate responses that a stimulus will support. It may therefore be important to know if all highly ranked stimuli will support similar amounts of work, particularly under increasingly intermittent schedules. Reinforcer effectiveness predictions of the paired choice SPA were evaluated via a behavioral economic reinforcer elasticity analysis (EA) under increasing cost (fading FR schedule) conditions in children with developmental disabilities. The reinforcer inelasticity hierarchies seen at each FR value showed some minor discrepancies from the preference hierarchy obtained from the paired choice SPA, but all of the stimuli drawn from the top of the preference hierarchy were effective in supporting similar levels of accurate responding across FR values up to FR6. This is consistent with findings of Roscoe et. al. (1999) as regards the relationship between preference and potency (value) of reinforcers in sustaining responding. |
|
|
34. Teaching Self-control with Qualitatively Different Reinforcers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL PASSAGE (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of using qualitatively distinct reinforcers to teach self-control to an adolescent boy who had been diagnosed with an intellectual disability. First, he was instructed to engage in an activity without programmed reinforcement. Next, he was instructed to engage in the activity under a two-choice fixed-duration schedule of reinforcement. Finally, he was exposed to self-control training, during which the delay to a more preferred reinforcer was initially short and then increased incrementally relative to the delay to a less preferred reinforcer. Self-control training effectively increased time ontask to earn the delayed reinforcer. |
|
|
35. Latency-based Functional Analysis in Classroom Environments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: Three approaches to functional analysis were compared for three individuals with intellectual disabilities. Traditional functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) was conducted under analog conditions, latency-based functional analysis (Thomasson-Sassi et al., 2011) was conducted in a classroom setting, and a modified form of Thomasson-Sassi was conducted in a classroom setting. The modified latency-based analysis used a reversal design format where conditions were repeated instead of the traditional multielement format. Results indicated that there was complete correspondence between analog and classroom environments in one case (33%), and partial correspondence in the other two cases (66%). In addition, two of the latency functional analyses in the classroom setting yielded somewhat ambiguous results. Utilizing the reversal design format clarified these results. These results will be discussed in terms of their implications for functional analysis approaches in classroom settings. In addition, further investigation will be proposed for implementing functional analysis in trial-based formats in classroom settings. |
|
|
36. The Effects of Discrete Trial Instruction vs Traditional Remediation for Adults with Disabilities in a Post-Secondary Academic Program |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS P. KITCHEN (Mercyhurst University), Sara Kitchen (Mercyhurst University), Kristen Robson (Mercyhurst University) |
Abstract: Much research has been conducted on the development of instruction-based interventions to assist young children with disabilities to acquire basic discrimination skills. A portion of this research highlights the success of repeated opportunities to respond. There has also been research conducted with college students regarding how to improve testing outcomes by means of remediation and peer tutoring
However, there is a lack of research available on developing skills for adult students with intellectual and developmental disabilities in post-secondary academic environments. This study applied some of the concepts and interventions of the aforementioned research to this population within a culinary arts training program.
A comparison between discrete trial instruction (DTI) and group instruction with worksheets (meant to represent a more traditional approach to remediation) was conducted in an alternating treatments to determine whether a discrete trial format was more effective than traditional studying techniques for adults with intellectual disabilities to acquire new terminology related to culinary arts.
Both interventions resulted in improvement over baseline accuracy for each participant. Comparative evaluation showed that DTI was more effective as an instructional method for all three students. The effect size for two participants was significantly greater than for the third. |
|
|
37. Improving Resume Cover Letter Writing Skills in Young Adults with Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of Louisville), Monica E. Delano (University of Louisville), Renee Scott (University of Louisville) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities have fewer opportunities to access and maintain competitive employment. Data indicate that only 21% of persons with intellectual disabilities are employed following high school and 71% percent of those are employed in non-competitive segregated vocational programs (Wehman, 2011). Researchers have suggested that an instructional focus on transition skills prior to graduation may result in increased opportunities for competitive employment. (Shogren & Plotner, 2012; Test et al., 2009). Of the broad set of interrelated skills necessary to obtain and maintain employment, teachers should address job search skills as they may provide opportunities to engage in all other employment related behaviors. In the current study, we evaluated the effectiveness of a multi-component package for improving the resume cover letters of 3 males, ages 19-20, with intellectual disabilities. Since resume cover letters may serve as the first contact between employer and potential employees, improved quality (or a well-written letter) may increase applicants potential of obtaining employment. Participant responding was evaluated using a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Data suggest that the package consisting of system of least prompts, editing, and self-monitoring procedures was effective for all 3 participants and that the participants demonstrated generalization across audiences. |
|
|
38. ABA In the Classroom for EBD Programs in Middle and HighSchool |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis methods were applied when working with multiple classes and programs for students with challenging behaviors in public schools. Students were qualified under emotional behavioral disorders. Students range in areas of autism, conduct disorder, ADHD, and/or oppositional defiance disorders. Interventions were successful in decreasing challenging behaviors, discipline referrals, and increase graduation success rates. |
|
|
39. Self-management of Physical Activity Levels and Social Interactions in Physical Education |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIRI AYVAZO (Tel Aviv University), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Self-management (SM) is considered an ecologically and socially valid educational strategy. Empirical findings of its implementation in general and special education settings demonstrated SM can improve large range of behaviors, academic or social. Research on SM in physical education (PE) is limited, and had typically targeted students' physical activity levels only. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of SM on activity, social skills and on-task behavior in PE. This study was conducted in fifth grade elementary school in a western large city. Four participants were selected based on demonstrations of disruptive, passive and unmotivated behaviors. Multiple-baseline-across-behaviors design was used to examine the effects of SM on three dependent variables (DV): (a) moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA), (b) social interactions and (c) on-task behavior. The independent variable included SM training, public posting of rules, self-monitoring and evaluation, matching and rewarding achievements. Data are presented graphically as percent measure of the lesson's time. Changes in MVPA and social interactions occurred when the intervention was applied to each behavior respectively, which indicates possible functional relation between the intervention and the DVs. Limitations for the study include overlapping data points and confounds to the data collection measurement system used on-site. |
|
|
40. The Effects of Changing Criteria and Contingent Reinforcement on Duration of On-task Behavior and Latency of Task Engagement |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY SPILLANE (Jamestown Public Schools), Sara Kitchen (Mercyhurst University), Thomas P. Kitchen (Mercyhurst University) |
Abstract: A number of studies have come to the conclusion that the amount of time pupils spend actively engaged in learning is related to achievement outcomes. Additionally, educational and medical professionals are pressured to recommend pharmacological interventions for students who exhibit attention-to-task difficulties, with limited evidence of long-term effectiveness. As a result of all of these factors, this study focused upon developing “on-task behavior” via non-pharmacological, positive reinforcement-based interventions for a student in a specialized classroom of 8 students with varying behavioral disorders, and for whom medication had been considered for increasing time on task.
Prior to intervention, the participant was able to remain on task for very short durations – and was unable to complete assignments and master skills. Intervention consisted of reinforcing systematically increasing durations of on-task behavior within a changing criterion design. The results of the study showed significant increase in duration of on-task behavior, and a corresponding decrease in latency to initiate movement toward task completion. Further, within a withdrawal condition without a stated criterion for reinforcement, on-task behavior duration decreased significantly to near-baseline levels, while latency increased. |
|
|
41. The Effects of a Self-Report Checklist on On-Task Behavior of 7th-Grade Students with Disabilities in a Middle School Language Arts Resource Room |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Brian Freeman (Whitworth University), Stepfanie McCarrey (Whitworth University), Tonya Duncan (Whitworth University) |
Abstract: A self-report checklist for on-task behavior was used with four 12-year-old boys in a special education middle school resource room. The students all displayed high rates of off-task and disruptive behaviors; three were diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, the fourth with learning disabilities. A multiple baseline design was used. During intervention the students rated their on-task behavior on a scale from 1-5 using the self-report checklist for 15 minutes. Both the students and the researchers rated the students’ on-task behavior using a numerical scale from 1-5. Students earned points based on the researcher’s ratings and points were traded for a reward from an approved list. The mean number of on-task intervals increased from 3.3 in baseline to 15 in intervention for Student A; from 6 to 14 for Student B; from 4 to 13.3 for Student C; and from 1.25 to 12.6 for student D. The procedure was effective, inexpensive, and required little training to implement. |
|
|
42. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Identify Mathematics Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE HINZMAN (Keystone Area Education Agency), Barbara A. Pline (Keystone Area Education Agency) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to use brief experimental analysis (BEA) procedures to identify a math computation intervention for a fourth grade student. During Phase 1, initial assessment was conducted to determine the student's proficiency completing a variety of basic computation facts (i.e., addition sums to 10, addition sums to 18, subtraction). During Phase 2, after identifying subtraction facts as the skill requiring intervention, assessment results were analyzed to determine whether the student required an acquisition (necessary for students with low accuracy) or fluency intervention in the area of basic subtraction facts. Interventions targeting acquisition of basic subtraction facts were implemented in a BEA framework (Figure 1) to determine the most effective intervention for the student. The following evidence-based math computation interventions were implemented as BEA conditions: modeling, incremental rehearsal, cover-copy-compare, and math to mastery. During Phase 3, a BEA-identified intervention was implemented for 6-weeks and monitored weekly with a 2-minute single-skill subtraction probe. Results show that the students performance when completing basic subtraction facts improved from a baseline score of 13 correct problems (out of 40 problems) with 65% accuracy to 36 correct problems with 95% accuracy. |
|
|
43. Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcard and Math Racetrack Procedures on Mastery of Multiplication Facts by an At-Risk 6th-Grade Girl |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Kalli Heric (Gonzaga University), Gabrielle Rivera (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the Direct Instruction flashcard and the math racetrack procedures on mastery of multiplication facts by a 6th grade girl in a resource room. A single-subject, multiple-baseline design showed a clear functional relationship between the implementation of the Direct Instruction flashcard and math racetrack procedures and the mastery of multiplication facts. At the end of the study, the participant had increased her score on a written multiplication test from 34 facts correct to 55 facts correct. The procedure was cost effective and required little training to implement. |
|
|
44. Protocol for Lines of Research Inquiry Leading to Evidence-Based Practices |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BARBARA SCHIRMER (Defiance College), Alison Schirmer Lockman (Western Governors University), Todd N. Schirmer (Napa State Hospital) |
Abstract: Knowledge and understanding generated from descriptive, relationship, and qualitative methodologies are prerequisite to soundly conceptualized group and single case experimental studies that can then establish evidence for effective practice. No protocols have been established by which such lines of research inquiry are evaluated as providing evidence for each successive step in the process of bringing any given instructional intervention into practice. In the discipline of medical research, studies on new drugs follow a protocol, which is overseen by the FDA. Closest to this oversight in educational research is What Works Clearinghouse. However, WWC determines whether particular instructional practices are supported through rigorous experimental research evidence but does not elucidate a protocol by which the research at each step in the process up until experimental studies is evaluated for rigor and readiness to move to the next logical methodological design. Thus, if the experimental research is found insufficient to establish causality between an intervention and positive outcomes, it is unknown whether the problem is with the intervention or fundamental flaws in earlier research. We propose a corresponding protocol for educational research that reflects the differential role of methodological designs in a line of research inquiry that culminates in evidence-based practices. |
|
|
45. Academic Gains of Emotionally Disturbed Clients Over Four Years |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: The Emotionally Disturbed, School Aged clients at the Judge Rotenberg Center completes testing twice a year to determine if adequate progress is being made in the areas of letter-word identification, spelling, math fluency and math computation. Data is collected in each subject for grade level. Testing has been completed over the past four years. We have looked at individual progress for clients and progress of the population as a whole. We have seen differing rates of academic gains, specifically a larger increase in grade level in the first six months that a client is at the Center. We will be showing these different types of progress and discussing teaching methodologies used in each subject. |
|
|
46. School Wide Gains of Developmentally Delayed Clients |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Gains of Developmentally Delayed Clients
The Developmentally Delayed, School Aged clients at the Judge Rotenberg Center complete testing twice a year to determine what progress is being made in the areas of communication, activities of daily living, pre-vocational, vocational, pre-academic and academic. We have looked at individual progress for clients and progress of the population as a whole. We examined rate of progress and retention of skills when compared with age. We will be showing these different types of progress and discussing teaching methodologies used in each subject. |
|
|
47. The Effects of Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis on the Quality of Science Based-Teaching, Teacher Training, Parent Involvement, and Student Learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison School for Autism), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism), Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: A comprehensive application of behavior analysis collectively termed CABAS (Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling) was applied to The Faison Schools Upper School Program. The Faison School is a specialized, publicly funded day school program for children diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. The extension of this model to The Faison Schools Upper School Program is described here. The results of its implementation showed that the organizational schooling system improved the quality of science based-teaching, teacher training, parent involvement, and student learning. |
|
|
48. Captured Learning Opportunities for Young Adults in a Life Skills Program |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA GARNER (The Faison School for Autism), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism), Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism), Jamie L. Blackburn (The Faison School for Autism), Josh Harmon (The Faison School for Autism), Daniel Lammon (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: : Learning opportunities were captured with students who attended a private day school in Richmond, Virginia. The Life Skills and Employment Center at The Faison School for Autism is a program with twenty-four young adults with autism aged 16-22. These students work in a classroom setting and go into the community for instruction on communication, functional academics, self-management skills, and job skills. Job coaches take daily data on teacher student interactions and student learning opportunities for each student in the program. That program-wide data is compiled into one excel file and publically posted for analysis. |
|
|
49. CANCELED: Imitation as an Effective Tool in Adult Education |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
JIANGYUAN ZHOU (Binghamton University, State University of New York), Qinggang Diao (Binghamton University, State University of New York) |
Abstract: Developmental psychological and neuroscientific research in imitation has yielded important insights into the critical role of imitation in human learning. This study investigated adult students imitation habits and the effects of their imitation habits on learning. A self-reflection survey collected from 251 US undergraduate students demonstrated that adult students used imitation in various contexts in learning and these imitation habits had positive effects on their learning. Results also identified the characteristics and problems in adult students imitation in learning. The present study supported previous developmental psychological and neuroscientific research and contributed to a new understanding of adults' imitation. It had important implications for adult students and teachers in using imitation as an effective learning and teaching tool. |
|
|
|
|
AAB Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
50. Treating Separation Anxiety In A Dog Using A Stimulus Control Procedure |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MORGAN KATZ (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Separation anxiety in dogs is a critical problem for pet owners. Owners with such dogs cannot leave the dog unattended for any length of time because of behaviors such as destructive chewing, barking and howling, and inappropriate elimination (even with otherwise housetrained dogs). Separation anxiety is commonly treated with a combination of behavioral and pharmacological interventions. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that the relaxation induced by a drug can become conditioned to new environmental stimuli, after which the drug can be successfully withdrawn using a fading procedure. A dog with a history of generalized anxiety and separation anxiety was treated using a routine that included the benzodiazepine Oxazepam and several new environmental arrangements. After observing behavior changes such as a reduction in vocalizing and pacing, the dosage of medication was gradually decreased to zero, while leaving the routine of environmental arrangements in place. No change in behavior was observed as the medication was reduced. However, stopping the routine of environmental arrangements resulted in the immediate return of anxiety related behaviors. This was demonstrated using a multi-element single-subject design. Further research conditions explore the critical aspects of the control by the environment arrangements. |
|
|
51. Give Them Love: An Experimental Demonstration of Petting as a Reinforcer for Shelter Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CHASE OWENS (University of North Texas), Sean Will (University of North Texas), Morgan Katz (University of North Texas), Laura Belcher (University of North Texas), Tayla Cox (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Common reinforcers used while training dogs include food, toys, and access to favorite activities. Gentle stroking and petting is a less recognized, but equally effective reinforcer. The present study is an experimental demonstration of the use of touch as a reinforcer to teach acceptable behaviors to dogs. Five shelter dogs that jumped up on people were chosen as subjects. Five conditions were used to determine which environmental antecedents resulted in the dog jumping. These conditions included entering the dog's kennel with a rope toy, bowl of food, or a leash, entering the kennel while talking to the dog and petting the dog, and entering the kennel but doing nothing. Using a systematic petting procedure known as Give Them Love, touch was used as a reinforcer to teach alternative behaviors in all conditions where jumping had occurred. The study used a multiple baseline design across conditions and across dogs. The intervention resulted in an immediate reduction in jumping and an increase in sitting and lying for all dogs. For dogs that required training in multiple conditions, training time decreased for each subsequent condition. |
|
|
52. Using the Canninality and SAFER Assessements to Examine Differences Between Deaf, Blind, Deaf/blind and Typical Dogs: Deaf Dogs are Just Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KELSEY HARPER (Illinois State University), Conor Smith (Illinois State University), Jacquelyn Johnson (Illinois State University), Sasha Kaplan (Illinois State University), Dana Fredrickson (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Congenitally deaf and/or blind dogs are an increasing population in American animal shelters, foster programs, and rescue organizations. The number of blind dogs is estimated at approximately 300,000, but there are very little reliable data. Estimates of the number of deaf dogs in the US in 2010 suggest about 35,000 bilaterally deaf dogs, and approximately 120,000 dogs with unilateral loss. This represents approximately 5 to 10% of canine pets (Deaf Dogs forever, 2010). Traditionally, breeders have euthanized so called lethal whites, typically by drowning, suffocating or cervical dislocation during the first two to three months after birth. Reasons given for euthanasia include tendencies for aggression, startling responses when awakened, excessive barking, and poor quality of life (Strain, 2011). Strain advocates that deaf dogs should be euthanized rather than placed in homes, while admitting that there are no data regarding the incidence of aggression or other behavior problems in deaf, blind or deaf/blind dogs (Strain, 2011, pg. 118, 120). In contrast to Strains view, our data show that these dogs are trainable, nonaggressive and make wonderful family pets. Further, we argue it is unethical to euthanize these dogs in the absence of actual data. Thus, the poster presents data from a project which empirically compared the behavioral traits and aggressive tendencies of deaf/low vision and typical dogs. Using dogs from the Australian Shepherd Rescue Midwest (ASRMM), Australian shepherds were given three behavior assessments: For dogs young than 6 months of age the ASPCA Meet Your Match (MYM) Puppy-ality assessment was used. Dogs older than 6 months were given the ASPCA MYM Canine-ality assessment and the SAFER aggression assessment. The data were used to determine if there are differences in temperament between the typical and deaf, blind or deaf/blind Aussies. Restricting assessments to a single breed helped eliminate behavioral differences that might occur across breeds. This way behavioral differences could be assessed across the deaf/blind and typical dogs without the concern of breed-based differences. Data showed no systematic differences between the deaf/blind dogs and typical dogs, but did identify a wide variability across individual dogs. High levels of anxiety or aggression were often linked to previous socialization, maltreatment, or time in shelter and not the existence of a disability. |
|
|
53. The Effect of Pavlovian Conditioning on an Operant Odor-detection Task in Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Dogs require extensive training to become reliable odor detectors. Exposure learning may be a simple way to prepare dogs for later operant discrimination training. Pavlovian procedures may also facilitate an operant odor-discrimination. In the present experiment, we tested whether passive odor exposure facilitates canine performance on an operant odor-discrimination task compared to a no-exposure control group and two Pavlovian pairing groups. Thirty-two dogs were randomly assigned to four groups and given five days treatment prior to operant training. Dogs in the exposure group were exposed to anise extract for 30 minutes each day. Dogs in the Pavlovian relevant pairing group received daily six trials of a 10 sec anise odor presentation followed by food. The Pavlovian irrelevant pairing group was identical except that an odorant irrelevant to future detection training was used. Dogs in the control group received no treatment prior to operant training. All dogs were then trained to detect anise extract. Operant performance levels between the exposure group, control group, and Pavlovian irrelevant pairing group were indistinguishable, whereas performance in the Pavlovian relevant group was significantly better. Only Pavlovian conditioning to the relevant odor enhanced odor-detection performance. |
|
|
54. An Alternative to Rat Lab for Students in Operant Conditioning: Developing a Laboratory Experience Using Shelter and Rescue Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Terrance Coughlin (Illinois State University), Garrett Hartzell (Illinois State University), Timothy Borowski (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Nathan Winograd, a leading spokesperson and author who advocates for no-kill shelters as the norm, rather than the alternative, stresses the development of relations between university psychology programs and the animal shelter/rescue organizations. In U.S., approximately 4 millinoi dogs are relinquished to rescue and shelter programs . Unfortunately, many of these dogs are euthanized due to behavior problems or disabilities such as deafness that could, if help were available, be treated so that these animals are appropriate for adoption. However, the number of animal behaviorists working with the rescue and shelter communities is quite small, and many rescue organizations are left to deal with behavioral issues with little to no guidance or training assistance. This poster describes the development of an operant conditioning laboratory course which uses shelter and rescue dogs as subjects, rather than the traditional white rat. Just as with a traditional rat lab, students are introduced to basic operant techniques and concepts such as shaping, schedules of reinforcement, extinction, and stimulus control. In addition, students are taught to conduct functional analyses to diagnose behavioral problems, are introduced to canine development and canine behavior. But the course becomes much more: Students work for up to 16 weeks with a rescued dog, remediating the behavioral issues, training the dog to obey basic commands, and resocializing the dog. The result is that approximately 20 to 25 shelter and rescue dogs are prepared for adoption in a given semester, rather than being euthanized. Included in the poster are data showing the successful training, examples of functional analyses conducted by the students, and a brief commentary on developing such town and gown programs. |
|
|
56. Assessing the Efficacy of the Anxiety Wrap in Treating Thunderstorm Phobia and other Anxious Behaviors in Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH WEIRTZ (Northern Michigan University), Danielle Morrison (Northern Michigan University), Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC) |
Abstract: Assessing the Efficacy of the Anxiety Wrap in Treating Thunderstorm Phobia and other Anxious Behaviors in Dogs Author: Sarah Weirtz, Danielle Morrison1, 2012, Northern Michigan University ABAI Conference 2013. Behavior problems such as anxiety (or fear) of stimuli such as loud noises, strangers, and isolation is a common reason families relinquish ownership of their family dog. The Anxiety Wrap is a vest designed to be worn by the dog to reduce anxious behavior, however, no studies on the efficacy of the Anxiety Wrap have yet been published. In the current study, dogs were videotaped by their owners with and without the anxiety wrap in the presence of the anxiety producing stimulus specific to each dog. Results indicate no clear difference in anxious behavior across conditions for any of the dogs (see Figure 1). Results are discussed in relation to the difficulty in obtaining owner adherence to study protocol (especially the reversal design and standardized length of observational periods) and possible influence of stimulus type. |
|
|
57. Establishing Equivalence Relations in the Dog’s Natural Environment |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY G. VAIL (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The phenomenon of stimulus equivalence has been demonstrated mainly with humans. However, dog owners have anecdotally reported equivalence (or what appears to be equivalence) in their canine companions. The present experiment tests the possibility of equivalence with a 10-year-old-female-Husky-Doberman. During the first phase of the experiment the dog was trained to perform identity matching and was successful with minimal training. During the second phase (A-B training) the dog was trained to perform name-object relations, and then was trained symbol to object relations (C-B). Finally, the dog will be tested on name-symbol relations (A-C). Results are in progress. |
|
|
58. The More the Merrier or the Bigger the Better? Comparing Dimensions of Treats for Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY RULLA (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Dog trainers manipulate the number and size of treats they deliver, such as by “jackpotting” (delivering multiple treats for especially good behavior) or giving very small treats to avoid satiation. However, not much is known about how such manipulations affect training. This study uses a paired-choice preference assessment to determine if there is a preference for one large treat or two smaller treats. Once the preference is determined, the preferred and non-preferred treats will be tested on actual training tasks to determine if there is a correspondence between the preference assessment and the performance on the training task. The subject for this study is a nine-year-old Chihuahua mix. In the preference assessment, the dog is presented with two bowls, each covered with a visual stimulus. A red circle covers the bowl containing one large treat and a blue square covers the bowl containing two small treats. The experimenter uncovers the bowl the dog noses. After a preference is determined, the effectiveness of one large or two small treats will be tested with a simple task (touching a target) and a difficult task (entering a crate that has previously been used for trips to the veterinarian). Results in progress. |
|
|
59. Preference Assessments in the Zoo: Enrichment Efficacy, Keeper Validity, and Species Generality |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Although the benefits of environmental enrichment for captive animals are widely documented, the time-intensiveness of behavioral observations is the greatest limiting factor to evaluating enrichment in zoos. Here we report the results of a series of studies evaluating the utility, validity, and generality of preference assessments with a range of species at the Santa Fe College Teaching Zoo. In Study 1, our objective was to determine if preference assessments could be used to predict the effectiveness of environmental enrichment strategies (tangible items and human interaction) for three Galapagos tortoises. We measured the occurrence of species-typical social behaviors, locomotion, and enclosure use in an A-B-A design. We then compared the results from the observational study to the results of a paired-stimulus preference assessment. Preference assessments had high predictive validity (82%) for enrichment effectiveness and demonstrated systematic individual differences in enrichment preference. In Study 2, we evaluated the utility of preference assessments across six diverse taxonomic groups and the validity of keeper predictions to predict enrichment preferences. We hope that that these studies are the first of many to evaluate the validity and practicality of preference assessments for improving animal welfare in a wide range of species housed in captivity. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
60. Best Practice for Sequencing Language Instruction for Children With Disabilities |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
LINDSEY BRADY (University of Memphis), Tiffany Freeze Denton (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Behaviorally based language instruction has been largely based on Ivaar Lovaas's model since the 1980's. During this time, professionals in the field were developing the Verbal Behavior model based on Skinner's analysis of Verbal Behavior (Skinner, 1957; M. Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Currently in the field of ABA, opinions differ about how language instruction should be sequenced for children with disabilities, particularly Autism. The options for sequencing language instruction as well as the models that adhere to relative language sequences are presented, Lovaas and Verbal Behavior. Based on a review of the literature, recommendations for best practice in language instruction for children with disabilities are provided. |
|
|
61. Parent Training for Two Mothers of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
FIORELLA SCAGLIA (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Mollie J. Horner-King (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lilith Reuter Yuill (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lisa Kornacki (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) has been widely used to effectively and quickly instruct learners with limited knowledge in behavior analytic skills. A training package composed of didactic instruction presented via PowerPoint, modeling, rehearsal, feedback and in vivo components were utilized to instruct two mothers of children with autism spectrum disorders to deliver learning trials with their child to contrive MOs to increase their manding repertoires. A multiple probe across participants design was used to assess the effects of BST on the participants performance. Prior to the beginning of the study, participants were instructed to systematically identify childs reinforcers by delivering a paired choice preference assessment. Mothers were involved in choosing the manding targets used in the childs instruction. BST was effective in demonstrating rapid acquisition of skills taught to both mothers compared to baseline performances. Although childs behavior increased over pretest measures, it did not improve significantly due variable responding. Time constraints and childs excessive variable responding lead to termination of the study. |
|
|
62. Impacts of an Instructional Coaching Intervention on Practitioner Frequency of Implementation of AAC and Collateral Impacts on Child Communication |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
FARA D. GOODWYN (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (Texas A&M University, College Station), Elizabeth Kite (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) has been found to be effective in research settings, but little is known about how well it is implemented by professionals in natural settings. Participants in this study included three participant dyads. Each dyad consisted of one behavior therapist and one child with an autism spectrum disorder. Participant dyads were observed from behind two-way mirror panels. Observers recorded the frequency of PECS opportunities provided by therapists and independent PECS requests made by children before and after individual therapist trainings on self-monitoring and intensive PECS re-training. Therapists were trained to tally each PECS opportunity they provided and were asked to establish a target number of PECS opportunities to provide each day. Data on PECS opportunities and independent exchanges are variable, but each therapist and child made significant improvement from baseline. Tau-U effect size measures with confidence intervals are provided to establish the degree of effects and the degree of confidence of reported effects. Results suggest self-monitoring is an effective means for increasing PECS implementation in natural contexts. |
|
|
63. Investigation of Preference of Children with Autism between App-based PECS and Typical PECS Communication Book |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
EE REA HONG (Texas A&M University, College Station), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Fara D. Goodwyn (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: As the use of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems via notebook computers (e.g., iPad) increases, there has been a movement to utilize those devices to increase communication and language skills of children with autism; however, few studies have been conducted that examined a preference of those children in using traditional low-tech AAC versus tablet computer-based AAC. The purposes of this study were to investigate the efficacy of a tablet computer application for teaching students with autism to discriminate between pictures of preferred items and to determine if, once the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) Phase III was mastered with both the app and via a typical PECS communication book, the participants would demonstrate a preference of one AAC modality over the other. Three children, 3 to 5 years old boy diagnosed to autism, participated in this study. A multiple baseline across the participants design was used, and the study took place in a one-on-one setting. As a result, all of them met PECS mastery with both the standard PECS communication book and app-based PECS during an instruction phase. Two participants showed a preference for the app-based PECS while the PECS communication book was more preferred by the other participant. |
|
|
64. Promoting Generalization of Communication Training by Use of the iPad™ |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA STRICKLAND (Texas A&M University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jenna Bankhead (Baylor University), Alyssa C. Hannig (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of communication training with an iPad™ used as a speech generating device (SGD) to promote generalization to community settings. Three participants (one male and two female) ranging from 10-15 years of age participated in the study. Each participant was diagnosed with a form of a developmental disability with limited expressive language abilities. The participants were taught to use the iPad™ with the TapToTalk™ application in the training setting to request preferred items that would be accessible in a community setting. Multiple baseline data across participants indicated that the participants not only effectively used the iPad™ as an SGD in the trained setting but also generalized use of the iPad™ to the community setting with untrained community members. Results suggest that the iPad™ with the TapToTalk™ application is an effective SGD for promoting generalization through the use of natural maintaining contingencies. These results also replicate other study’s effectiveness of communication training for individuals with limited communication skills. |
|
|
65. The Effects of the Social Listener Reinforcement Protocol on Audience Controlled Verbal Operants |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DEANNA RUSSELL (Teachers College, Columbia University), Haley Pellegren (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the Social Listener Reinforcement protocol on audience controlled verbal operants using a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants. The experimental sequence consisted of pre-intervention probe sessions, intervention sessions, and post-intervention sessions. Pre-intervention probe sessions measured the number of vocal verbal operants emitted by participants, and were conducted across three non-instructional settings for a total of 15-minutes: morning transition, free play in the toy area, and lunch time. Four pre-school students with and without disabilities were selected to participate in this experiment due to the low number of vocal verbal operants emitted during pre-intervention probes. The participants were paired in groups of twos forming dyads, and peers were rotated across each game. The independent variable was the social listener reinforcement treatment package, which includes five games. Thus far, two of the four participants have completed the five games: I-Spy, twister, peer tutoring, group instruction, and empathy. The dependent variables were verbal operants including conversational units (self and peer initiated), sequelics (self and peer initiated), missed social vocal opportunities, mands, tacts, and instances of sharing. The results of the study showed that the SLR treatment package increased the vocal verbal operants emitted by the participants. |
|
|
66. Effect of Motivation on Teaching Conversational Skills to Children with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
GEETIKA AGARWAL (Clark Atlanta University), Rebecca McCathren (University of Missouri Columbia), Craig Frisby (University of Missouri Columbia), Jennifer Cowie (University of Houston), Richard Peterman (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to bring together the two important areas in the intervention literature of autism: (1) the significance of motivation and the importance of developing communication skills in children with autism and (2) systematically incorporating participants interests as part of the intervention designed to increase their conversational skills. In order to achieve this goal, two methods of preferences assessment were used in this study: First, by using the Reinforcer Assessment of Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD) (Fisher, et al., 1996). Second, a paired choice preference assessment (Fisher, et al., 1992) was completed by using the previously identified items. The result of this assessment indicated two highly preferred items/activities and two least preferred items/activities. Once these items were identified, they were used to develop scripts to be used during the various study phases of the research. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to answer the following research questions: a) Do scripts based on highly preferred items increase initiation in conversations in comparison to low-preferred items? b) Do scripts based on highly preferred items increase scripted and unscripted conversational skills, including turn talking, responding to questions, asking questions, when compared to scripts based on low preferred items? c) Is overall acquisition faster for topics that are preferred by the participants versus topics that are not preferred? d) Is the generalization of conversational skill better for topics that are preferred by the participants versus topics that are not preferred? 3 participants (6-10 yrs) were included in the study. All the participants possessed good vocal imitation skills but had difficulties in asking or responding to questions, initiating and maintaining conversation. Intervention used the procedure of scripts and script fading. The results indicated that the role of motivation was mixed. For the majority of the hypothesis, the participants did not show an increase in initiation, increase in scripted conversation, faster learning or better generalization in the high motivation conditions when compared to the low motivation conditions. However, motivation did seem to play a role in the unscripted conversation and the participants showed an increase in unscripted conversation in the high motivation conditions when compared to the low motivation condition. |
|
|
67. Effects of Visual Scripts on Interrupting Behaviors and Appropriate Communication |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGOT BOLES (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders have deficits communicating in social settings. This study examined the use of visual scripts to teach a 9 year-old child with autism to request attention from a teacher or peer without interrupting others conversations or ongoing instruction in a group setting. Visual scripts consisted of three different (4x6) cards with the labels wait, say name, and start talking followed by a cartoon picture or a photograph of the teacher or peer. These cards were utilized as prompts to elicit appropriate communication to receive attention. A trial-based functional analysis was conducted in the natural setting, and the function of the interrupting behavior was found to be attention maintained. A reversal design was used in combination with a fading procedure. All sessions took place in a social skills group meeting. We hypothesize that interrupting behaviors will decrease while appropriate communication during the group meetings will increase. Data collection is ongoing and expected to conclude in December of 2012. |
|
|
68. Literature Review of Functional Analysis (2002-2012) of Inappropriate Verbal Behavior in People with Schizophrenia and other Dissociative Diagnoses |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SEBASTIAN GARCIA ZAMBRANO (Horizontes ABA), Miguel Angel Lesmes Rodriguez Rodriguez (Horizontes ABA), Omar David Chaves Hernandez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Johanna Katheryne Romero Ariza (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Edwin Fabian Perdomo (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral) |
Abstract: The objective of this poster was to review different empirical studies on verbal behavior in individuals diagnosed with schizophrenia and other dissociative diagnoses. The selection criteria were 13 peer-reviewed journals as identified by (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003) review study. The other inclusion criteria were empirical studies on functional analysis published between 2001 and 2012 that contain at least one experimental and control conditions as proposed by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman (1982/1994). The following categories were selected to organize the information: population, setting characteristics, type of functional analysis, session duration, assessment duration, experimental design, and behavior function. This poster review data since Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, (2003) study was published. Particularly we selected studies published on verbal behavior and hallucinatory speech, delusional speech, and bizarre speech. Conclusions and new information is presented regarding studies published in functional analysis and verbal behavior since 2001. |
|
|
69. The Effects of an Observational Conditioning Procedure on the Observational Learning of New Operants, Observational Performance Repertoires, and Acquisition on New Reinforcers in Kindergarten Students |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura E. Lyons (Teachers College, Columbia University), Vanessa Laurent (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a procedure that conditioned new reinforcers through observation (Greer & Singer-Dudek, 2008) on the acquisition of new operants, new reinforcers, and changes in performance behaviors through observation in 2 kindergarteners with disabilities. The target participant and a peer confederate were given a sorting task to complete where worksheets, neutral stimuli for the target participants, were non-contingently delivered to the peer confederates. Participants could not see the peer confederate completing the task and were not given any worksheets during intervention. Intervention sessions continued until mands for worksheets increased, or stable-state responding or extinction was reached. We also measured the number of intervals where the target participants completed worksheets, and their correct responses to worksheets. The data show that participants did acquire new operants following the intervention and the number of intervals where participants completed worksheets increased for both participants. Correct responding to worksheets increased for one participant. The procedure did not function to change performance behaviors or condition worksheets as reinforcers. Results are discussed in terms of observational learning as a verbal behavior developmental capability and how the three different types of observational learning may be related. |
|
|
70. Communication: A Collaboration of Services, a Comparison of Applications, and a Review of Devices |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELE M. LAMARCHE (Step By Step Academy) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior can often be traced to poor communication skills and so much of communication deficits can likewise be drawn from challenging behavior. Because of this, the line between Speech/Language Pathologists and Behavior Analysts often becomes blurred. Both BCBAs and SLPs must adhere to their respective discipline's Codes of Ethics and only intervene within their Scopes of Practice. This paper will address each discipline's history, scope of practice, philosophies, and professional collaboration for successful intervention. Researchers estimate that up to one half of children with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty acquiring speech. Because of this, alternate forms of communication must be employed. Over the past several years, VOCAs (voice output communication aids/devices) have become extremely useful and popular. With the arrival of mobile tablets, computer-based communication devices are more accessible. This paper will discuss tools available for different communication needs as well as present a comparison of augmented communication devices. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
12. CANCELLED: Use of a Functional Behavior Assessment to Address Tantrum Behavior with a Preschooler with Developmental Delays |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN M. WORCESTER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present case report was to conduct a functional behavioral assessment to assess the tantrum and non-compliant behaviors of a preschool child diagnosed with developmental delays. The FBA determined that the participant was tangible maintained and escape maintained, therefore two different interventions were implemented to address each function by teaching a more appropriate alternate behavior. The results of this study show that the combination of the communication board along with guided practice was an effective method to teach appropriate sharing behaviors and simultaneously decrease the inappropriate tantruming behaviors of a preschooler with developmental delays. In regard to the participants escape maintained tantrum behavior, this study showed that the use of a transition object was more effective at decreasing the participants tantrum behavior then a functional communication training and choice intervention. Strong experimental control was demonstrated for both components of the study under the reversal conditions when the participants tantrum behavior rose to a similar percentage as displayed during baseline due to the intervention procedures not being implemented. Suggestions for practitioners were made. |
|
|
71. Preparing Students with Moderate Intellectual Disabilities to Succeed in a Direct Instruction Decoding Program |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University), Dawn H. Davis (Georgia State University), Rebecca E. Waugh (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Students with moderate intellectual disabilities (MoID) struggle with blending when learning to read using phonics. This finding guided our creation of the Phonics Component (PC) of the Integrated Literacy Curriculum (ILC) funded by an IES grant. In the PC we carefully sequenced the order in which the letter sounds were taught and included an automaticity requirement before introducing blending skills. Using the PC we taught students with MoID to read and demonstrate comprehension of functional phrases. The purpose of our current research is to determine if students with MoID who were successful in the PC are prepared to succeed in a Direct Instruction (DI) Decoding curriculum. Data are currently available for two of three students who placed into Decoding A. Each lesson in Decoding A includes multiple tasks and students repeat each lesson until they master all tasks in that lesson. Students are succeeding in DI Decoding A after participating in the PC of the ILC. We will report the number of days to mastery of individual tasks and entire lessons. However, our paper will focus primarily on the strategies we used in the PC that prepared students to succeed in DI. |
|
|
72. Effects of an Independent Group Contingency on Appropriate Behaviors of Middle-School Students with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Institute for Children with Autism and Related Disorders), Lauren Perazzo (Carle Place School District) |
Abstract: An independent group contingency was implemented in a public special-education classroom serving four middle-school students with varying developmental disabilities. Appropriate target behavior was described for: doing work, following directions, and sitting quietly. Target behaviors were defined and displayed using written daily schedules divided into nine intervals. The experimental design was a changing-criterion with reversals design. Baseline (Contingent Reinforcement, CR) was presented immediately following each interval of the daily sessions based on the occurrence of the appropriate behaviors for each student. Each student had the opportunity to earn one check for each behavior displayed throughout each interval, for a total of three checks. Three checks during any given interval were awarded one raffle ticket. Raffle tickets were entered into a lottery for a drawing at the end of the day. The current independent group contingency produced consistent and high levels of appropriate behavior. During Baseline, performance for both Reed and Penny were consistent with the independent group contingencies in effect. During the NCR phases, each target behavior was subjected to the noncontingent reinforcement contingencies. Both participants maintained high levels of appropriate behavior which suggests rule-governed behavior. Self-monitoring appeared to be effective for Reed and Penny. |
|
|
73. An Assessment of Client Preference for and Reinforcement Value of Varying Dimensions of Praise Statement Quality |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), VICKI MORENO (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Social praise is often used in clinical and applied settings as a conditioned reinforcer. An important feature of social praise may be the quality of that praise. Studies show that children with developmental disabilities may be sensitive to and show a preference for different features of praise statements. Manipulating the specific components of social attention in the form of praise has an effect on behavior (Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-Deschryver 1999). The enthusiasm and specificity of the praise delivered may be considered important dimensions of high quality praise. The purpose of this research is to evaluate the differential effects of varying dimensions of praise on client behavior. Five different conditions were conducted in order to assess the effectiveness of various types of praise: specific-enthusiastic(S-E), nonspecific-enthusiastic (NS-E), specific-non enthusiastic (S-NE), nonspecific-non enthusiastic (NS-NE), and baseline (BL). Preference and reinforcement value for each category of praise was determined using the following assessments: a paired stimulus preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992), an ABAB reinforcer assessment, and a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment. |
|
|
74. Using Percentile Schedules to Improve Academic Fluency |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON SHANHOLTZER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The learning hierarchy involves four stages: acquisition, fluency, generalization, and adaptation. After a learner becomes accurate with completing a task, fluency must be shaped over time to reach the learner’s target goal. Percentile schedules are an example of a technique that can be used to shape an individual's behavior. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of a percentile schedule on an individual’s academic fluency. One participant diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and mild intellectual disability participated in the study. The participant was referred to the study because he completed mastered academic tasks slowly. Three academic tasks, addition, punctuation, and sentence writing were selected based on the participant’s individualized education plan and supporting academic data. The use of the percentile schedule resulted in increased fluency with two of the three academic tasks. This study suggests that percentile schedules may provide an objective criterion for improving fluency. |
|
|
75. Analysis and Intervention for Praise Evoked Aggression and Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIA GARRIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A client attending a day treatment program was observed engaging in aggression and self-injurious behavior (SIB) in praise situations. A reinforcer assessment indicated that praise and physical touch may act as high probability reinforcers. Staff recorded data on the antecedents that preceded the aggression and SIB as well as on the staff that the behavior occurred with for a month. An assessment was then run with a high-probability staff which indicated that aggression and praise occurred in high enthusiasm conditions that also included physical touch. An assessment was then run to determine the consequences maintaining the praise evoked aggression and SIB. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior. Staff were also directed to move away 5 ft for 30 seconds contingent on target behaviors. Teaching sessions were run with the staff identified as high probability to ensure the correct implementation of the protocol. Rates of aggression and SIB reduced to near zero levels in the teaching sessions and at the day program following treatment. |
|
|
76. The effect of training program for parents of children with inappropriate behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAAKI MIYATA (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: Mutual comprehension between parent and child are constructed of four sub-processes : parent understand their child, child understand their parent, child understand themselves, and parent understand themselves. Relationship between parent and child might be improved by behavior analytic explaining about importance of the processes for parents. The purpose of this study is to improve mental health of parents and inappropriate behavior of children by implementing parent-training program based on the mutual comprehension for 19 mothers. Parent-training based on the mutual comprehension which consists of the following contents implemented : functional assessment of childs behavior and selection of target behavior, differential reinforcement (DRI, DRA, DRO), self-monitoring, effective instruction. Dependent variables are GHQ score and frequency of target behavior (subjective view). As a result, GHQ score fell. Frequency of target behavior decreased. We discussed that it clear that parent training program based on the mutual comprehension became positive effect both mother and child. |
|
|
77. Parent-Child Interaction Therapy as a Complement to ABA Treatment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON HARTMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may present for treatment of severe behavior problems, such as self-injurious and aggressive behaviors. Empirically-validated procedures based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have demonstrated success in assessing and treating these severe behavior problems. However, certain qualitative factors not typically accounted for in ABA treatments may limit therapy success. For example, in some cases parents and children presenting to treatment have a long history of negative, coercive, and avoidant interaction patterns. This history may negatively affect the parent or child’s participation in and responsiveness to treatment, and thus treatment success. Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is a treatment for children with behavior disorders that focuses on teaching parenting skills that improve the quality of the parent-child relationship (PCIT International, 2011). Elements of PCIT, particularly the Child Directed Interaction (CDI) phase may serve a complementary role in ABA treatments by improving the parent-child relationship prior to beginning treatment, thus facilitating better outcomes. The current study presents data for 2 children (ages 3 and 7 years) and their mothers who presented to an outpatient clinic for assessment and treatment of severe behavior problems. The CDI phase of PCIT was utilized prior to an ABA treatment evaluation to address problematic parent-child interactions and support improved outcomes. In both cases, during PCIT parents demonstrated improved skills interacting with their children, which resulted in improved parent-child interactions during CDI sessions. Subsequent treatment evaluations demonstrated that child severe problem behaviors decreased by greater than 80% of baseline rates for both participants. Results are discussed in regards to using PCIT or other parent training strategies as complements to ABA therapy. |
|
|
78. An Evaluation of a Self-Instructional Manual for Teaching Individuals to Administer the Revised ABLA Test to Persons With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY L. BORIS (University of Manitoba), Nardeen Awadalla (University of Manitoba), Morena Miljkovic (University of Manitoba), Lauren Kaminski (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: In Applied Behavior Analysis, the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) is a valuable tool that is used to assess the learning ability of individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). The ABLA was recently revised and is now referred to as the ABLA-R. A self-instructional manual was recently prepared to teach individuals how to administer the ABLA-R (DeWiele, Martin, Martin, Yu, & Thomson, 2011). Using a modified multiple-baseline design across a pair of university students, and replicated across four pairs, we evaluated the effectiveness of the ABLA-R self-instructional manual for teaching the students to administer the ABLA-R to individuals with DD. Each student: (a) after studying a brief description of the ABLA-R, attempted to administer the ABLA-R to a confederate role-playing an individual with DD (baseline); (b) studied the ABLA-R self-instructional manual (training); and (c) once again, attempted to administer the ABLA-R to a confederate (post-training). Participants who achieved at least 90% accuracy in conducting the ABLA-R in their post-training assessment with a confederate then administered the ABLA-R to an individual with DD in a generalization phase. The overall results indicate that the self-instructional manual is an effective method for training individuals to accurately administer the ABLA-R. |
|
|
79. Intervention in Self Help Skills in Children with Downs Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MILAGROS DAMIÁN-DÁAZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: One characteristic of children with Down's syndrome is the lack of self help skills, because the muscle tone is hypotonic, which impeded locomotors abilities like movements for walking, running, jumping, climbing stairs, etc.. And movements of fine motor, too possibility the parents do not include routines of self-help; they do all the grooming of children without allowing him to do something. This work describes the psychological treatment with two Downs' syndrome children. The goal of this study is to show the data of self help development before and after the treatment. Participants were two boys, one the 28 months, at the beginning of treatment and the end of treatment 55 months. Another boy, 74 month at the beginning and the treatment was over age 86 months. Both were low socioeconomic status. Appropriate material was used for self help skills, for example Toothbrush, comb, soap, food utensils. Treatment: a) First Evaluation Phase b) Intervention Phase, consisted in training self help skills by games and Activities with physical, verbal, sensory, and tactile aids, based on imitation and performing tasks from easy to difficult complexity, and c) Second Evaluation. Data Showed quantitative and qualitative important advances in the motor area in both children, after the intervention. |
|
|
80. CANCELLED: Discrete-trial functional analysis of problem behavior and functional communication training in three adults with a dual diagnosis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA C. CHEZAN (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Christian Atlas Martin (Atlas Supports, LLC) |
Abstract: We conducted two studies. First, we used discrete-trial (or trial-based) functional analysis (DTFA) to identify the function of problem behavior in three adults with a dual diagnosis of severe intellectual disability and mental illness who attended vocational programs in the southeast. Overall interobserver agreement (IOA) and overall treatment integrity (TI) for all participants under each condition was 100%. Results indicated clear patterns of problem behavior for each participant. Second, we used a multiple-baseline design across participants (Kazdin, 2011) to assess the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) on the acquisition and discriminated use of a replacement response. Overall IOA was 100% for all participants under all baseline and intervention sessions. Overall TI was 99.3% (range, 98.6% to 100%). Results indicated that FCT was effective in producing acquisition and discriminated use of the replacement response for all participants. The study has relevance for practitioners because of the effectiveness of DTFA and FCT and for researchers because of the empirical evidence of DTFA and its applicability to adults with a dual diagnosis. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session - Monday Evening |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center) |
|
27. CANCELLED: Increasing Response Variability in Neurotypical Children and Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Lag Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: This paper describes an investigation into the effects of lag schedules on the variability in response patterns of 10 neurotypical (NT) children and 10 children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To this end, an automated computer program in the form of a game was developed. Participants were required to emit patterns of key presses on an input device in order to make characters progress through the game. In the various lag conditions different levels of variability in the response patterns were required in order to make the characters move. The following conditions were investigated in random order: lag 1, lag 2, lag 4, lag 6, lag 8 and a control condition, where reinforcement was independent of variability. Results showed that NT children demonstrated consistently higher variability across the game than children with ASD, the lag 6 condition resulted in the highest level of variability as measured by the U-value statistic and U-values were lower in the lag 8 condition than the lag 6 condition for both groups, indicating a possible ceiling effect when using incremental lag schedules with human participants. A demonstration of the computer program will be provided together with single case and group results and a discussion on the clinical utility of lag schedules for increasing response variability in children with ASD. |
|
|
81. Effect of an Early Behavioral Intervention for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders after 12 months of public services |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Melina Rivard (Centre de Réadaptation Montérégie-Est), Claudel Parent-Boursier (Université du Québec à Montréal), Amélie Terroux (Centre de Réadaptation Montérégie-Est), Céline Mercier (Département de Médecine Préventive, Université de Montréal), THIAGO LOPES (Universite du Quebec a Montreal) |
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is an evidence-based treatment for preschoolers with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) that has shown significant gains in childrens development depending on parameters such as level of therapist training, quality of clinical supervision, intervention intensity and family collaboration. Most studies on EIBI were performed in center-based or in well controlled intervention settings. The current study describes the outcomes of an Early Behavior Intervention (EBI; maximum 20 hours/week) program after 12 months of public services. Participants: 101 children between 34 and 64 months of age who received one year of EBI between 2009 and 2012 from a public rehabilitation center in Quebec (French Canada) specialized in ASD. Results: significant gains on all measures of effects at post intervention (intellectual quotient: t (89) = -4.83; p<.001; adaptive behaviors: t (74) = -4.70; p<.001, socio-affective competencies: t (70) = -3.81; p<.001; executive functions: t (72) = 2.86; p<.001, autistic symptoms: CARS-II by educators t (82) = 3.20; p < .001, CARS-II by parents: t (70) = -5.20; p < .001, GARS: t (78) = -4.72; p <.001). Results from the present study, although more modest, are in line with previous studies on EIBI outcomes from better controlled settings, more intense and longer services. The current study encourages universal implantation of EBI programs in public services. |
|
|
82. Examining the Utility of Tracking Individual Affect in Identifying the Function of Severe Challenging Behavior among Adults with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Suzanne Corinne Wichtel (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), David Michael Fincke (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), James Maraventano (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Anton Shcherbakov (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The prevalence of problem behavior among individuals with autism is heightened relative to other populations (Holden & Gitlesen, 2004; Lowe, Allen, Jones, Brophy, Moore, & James, 2007). This can be especially problematic among adults with autism as challenging behavior in this population is often more intense, more complex, and more established in comparison to that of school-age children. Challenging behavior that is complex and/or multi-operant can result in ambiguous functional assessment outcomes or outcomes that falsely suggest an automatic reinforcement function. The purpose of the current investigation was to explore the utility of the identification and examination of physical indicators of individual affect (i.e., smiling) that co-occur with challenging behavior in order to more precisely determine behavioral function. Specifically, we tracked the presence of smiling while aggressive and self-injurious behavior occurred during a functional analysis. The results of the analysis revealed that challenging behavior in the presence of smiling was maintained by social attention, while challenging behavior in the absence of smiling suggested an escape function. These findings suggest that tracking individual affect may be useful for assessing functional relationships. These results have broad implications for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior among learners with autism across the lifespan. |
|
|
83. Individualized Token Economy and Momentary Time Sampling Effect on the Occurrence of On-Task Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DEVON EZELL (Firefly Autism), Shawnie N. Girtler (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: This study examined the use of momentary time sampling with an individualized token economy to increase on-task behavior while fading a student to staff ratio. The participant was a 17-year old male with autism in a 1:1 student to staff ratio. Fading a student to staff ratio was socially significant for the participant as he would be transitioning into a less restrictive environment than his current placement. The procedure was implemented while the student was in a 2:1 student to staff ratio and assigned mastered tasks and activities. Momentary time samples were taken every 5 minutes; on-task behavior was defined as completing the assigned task without the occurrence of behavior targeted for reduction or prompting to complete the task. The schedule of reinforcement was thinned in 5-minute intervals upon meeting criterion. Criterion for the thinning of reinforcement was set at 3 consecutive days at 100% of recorded intervals with on-task behavior. Initial results suggested that the implementation of an individualized token economy with momentary time sampling may increase on-task behavior while fading a student to staff ratio. |
|
|
84. Token Schedules of Reinforcement in a Clinical Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN ROSE GLODOWSKI (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Token schedules of reinforcement have been classified as a type of second-order schedule (Kelleher, 1966). The two schedules inherent in token schedules of reinforcement include the production and exchange schedules. The production schedule consists of the schedule of reinforcement that produces a token, and the exchange schedule consists of the schedule of token exchange. Token economies are ubiquitous in clinical settings, yet little applied research has been conducted on the schedule arrangements to use. Basic findings imply variable ratio (VR) exchange schedules may produce responding that is more clinically desirable than fixed ratio (FR) exchange schedules (Foster, Hackenberg, & Vaidya, 2001). Specifically, at higher exchange values, VR schedules produced shorter pre-ratio pauses than the FR schedules during the initial segments of the token schedule. The current project is a translational study of clinically relevant VR and FR exchange schedules within a token economy for an adolescent male diagnosed with autism in a controlled setting engaging in an arbitrary response. |
|
|
85. The Effects of Token and Primary Reinforcement on Skill Performance in a Young Child with Autism on Performance on Tasks in Relation to Token Economies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN LEVESQUE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The efficacy of token economies is dependent not only on the contingencies between the tokens and target responses, but also on the menu of backup reinforcers and how often tokens are exchanged for those items. Although many studies have demonstrated that tokens can be effective reinforcers, relatively few have examined the reinforcement value and effectiveness of tokens relative to primary reinforcers (Betz et al., in revision). For the current study, we replicated and extended these findings by (a) assessing the relative reinforcement value and substitutability of tokens and their backup reinforcers and (b) comparing the effectiveness of tokens and those primary reinforcers for promoting skill performance in a boy with autism. Results demonstrated that the participant worked for primary reinforcers when the price of primary reinforcement was equal to or slightly higher than tokens (e.g., FR 1 and FR 2). However, his preference switched from primary reinforcement to tokens when the response requirement (or price) for primary reinforcement reached or exceeded FR 5. Additionally, the participant reached mastery criterion on a skill acquisition task more quickly when offered primary reinforcement than token reinforcement, thus suggesting that therapists should periodically evaluate the relative value and efficacy of tokens and primary reinforcers. |
|
|
86. Evaluating the Use of Extinction and a Stimulus Control Transfer Procedure to Decrease Perseverative Speech in an Adolescent with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center), Casey N. Moore (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: The focus of this project is to use a stimulus control procedure to reduce the frequency of perseverative speech of a male teenager diagnosed with Autism receiving 20 hrs of ABA therapy per week in a non-profit setting. These repetitive comments occurred at high rates across any environmental condition which included the presence of individuals familiar to the participant. An analog functional analysis was conducted which found the behavior sensitive to socially mediated positive reinforcement in the form of attention. The independent variable consists of the use of an extinction procedure implemented in a contrived setting with the presence of red colored stimuli (cards, baseball cap). Initial sessions involved implementing extinction with a novel experimenter and then gradually introducing other adults with a history of providing reinforcement of perseverating speech. The final stage consisted of a transfer of stimulus control of extinction to the participant’s parents. Tentative data indicate a significant decrease in the overall level of the target response in the experimental condition. However, transfer of stimulus control to additional experimenters has not been assessed. |
|
|
87. Methods for Descriptive Analysis Data Calculation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KYLIE ROBERTS (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A number of different methods are used to calculate and compare the probability of events given specific environmental variables. This investigation includes a comparison of three different methods. The first method, described by Vollmer, Borrero, Wright, Van Camp, & Lalli (2001), compares the probability of an event occurring at any time during an observation to the probability of an event given behavior. The second method, described by Hammond (1980), compares the probability of an event given behavior to the probability of an event given the absence of behavior. The third method, described by Luczynski and Hanley (2009), evaluated the probability of an event and an environmental variable by subtracting the probability of an event given the absence of an environmental variable from the probability of an event given behavior. Findings are discussed in terms of strengths and weakness across varying frequency of responding. |
|
|
88. Comparison of Vocal Versus Card Touch Responses in Functional Communication Training to Treat Elopement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL R. MITTEER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tamara L. Pawich (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Bowen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ami J. Kaminski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT; Durand & Carr, 1985) teaches an alternate response to problem behavior. Responses are often matched to the abilities of the individual (i.e., card touch taught for persons with limited vocal-verbal skills). DeRosa and Fisher (in press) compared the efficiency of teaching a card touch response versus a vocal response and found that a card touch response resulted in a faster reduction in rates of destructive behavior because the experimenters were able to control exposure to the establishing operation for problem behavior. The current study extended these procedures to the treatment of elopement in a 6 year-old boy with an autism spectrum disorder. We conducted a functional analysis of elopement, with procedures similar to those used by Piazza et al. (1997), which suggested the child's elopement was maintained by negative reinforcement. Using a progressive prompt delay, we taught both vocal and a card touch responses within a multi-element design. The analysis showed that the card touch was acquired more quickly and rates of elopement were reduced to near zero levels. Even though this child had a strong echoic repertoire, the vocal response was never acquired. |
|
|
89. Use of Response Cost for Inattentive Learners with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NITASHA DICKES (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tamara L. Pawich (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often have difficulties with inattention during discrete-trial training, which can interfere with skill acquisition. Prior research in children with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder has shown that response-cost (RC) procedures can increase childrens accuracy in completing math problems (Carlson, Mann, & Alexander 2000). The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Carlson et al. (2000) by evaluating the effects of RC on accuracy of responding during discrete-trial training. Three children diagnosed with an ASD and a history of variable, but above-chance levels of correct responding during language tasks participated. A differential reinforcement baseline was used and reinforcement was provided on a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule. During treatment, reinforcement was provided on a second-order FR1/FR3 schedule in which primary reinforcers were placed in a bin visible to participants on an FR1 schedule and 3 consecutive correct responses resulted in delivery of the 3 accumulated reinforcers, but an incorrect response resulted in loss of all reinforcers. This treatment was evaluated using a multiple-baseline-across-participants design. Results showed that accuracy of responding increased for all participants when RC was implemented. Additionally, after repeated exposure to the RC procedure, accurate responding remained high when the baseline was reintroduced. |
|
|
90. Response Cost Effect on the Occurrence of Behavior Targeted for Reduction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE HILL (Firefly Autism), Krysten Howerton (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of introducing response cost as an intervention on specific behavior targeted for reduction (loud vocalizations, picking, climbing, and dropping) for a 13-year old boy with autism. After completing a functional behavior assessment and analyzing data collected from the previous school year, response cost was implemented as a new intervention method. Additionally, appropriate replacement behaviors and completion of skill acquisition tasks were differentially reinforced through the use of an individualized token economy. The schedule of reinforcement was systematically thinned. Response cost with a limited hold was implemented and varied contingent on severity of the behavior targeted for reduction. The student was given verbal prompting to signal availability of reinforcement, during the implementation of a limited hold. The results suggest that response cost is effective for reducing elopement. The data are variable for loud vocalizations suggesting response cost is not effective. The Treatment Integrity of the behavior intervention plan will be tested to check for procedural drift. |
|
|
91. Evaluating Parent and Staff Consistency when Teaching Successful Elimination to a Child Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Clarity Service Group), Kathleen Bailey Stengel (Clarity Service Group) |
Abstract: A reversal (ABAB) design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of consistently implementing a toileting error correction protocol. The subject was a 10 year old boy diagnosed with autism who had received behavioral reduction and behavioral acquisition services since the age of 2 which included the sporadic implementation of toileting protocols with little to no success. In addition, the subject primarily used a speech output language software program to communicate. Following the introduction of an error correction toileting protocol involving consistent staff and parent implementation and training, the subject increased his ability to remain dry for an average of 92% of observation sessions from a baseline average of 37%. When the error correction procedure was removed due to staffing changes and the parent’s discontinuance of the protocol when staff were not present, the subject remained dry for 33% of observation sessions. Following the re-implementation of the error correction procedure with training for new staff and parents with consistent implementation, the subject increased his ability to remain dry for an average of 90% of observation sessions. These data indicate that when an error correction procedure is implemented for toileting with ongoing staff and parent training, children diagnosed with autism can increase successful elimination. |
|
|
92. Effectiveness of Manualized Social Skills Protocols in Young Children with Autism and Related Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jennifer Toomey (Summit Educational Resources), JOSEPH FORGIONE (Summit Educational Resources), Mary D. Belile (Summit Educational Resources), Amy Armstrong (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: There is a growing body of research supporting the effectiveness of social skills instruction, specifically adaptations of Skillstreaming, with school-aged children with high-functioning autism. This poster will present data from an ongoing study investigating the use of two separate but related manualized social skills protocols for young children with autism and related developmental disabilities. Data will be presented on 24 preschoolers from integrated classrooms and 18 kindergarteners from self-contained classrooms. Classrooms were randomly assigned to condition (1, 2, or 3, 6-week treatment cycles). Each week during the 6-week cycle, a new task-analyzed social skill, adapted from McGinnis and Goldsteins Skillstreaming the Elementary School Child (1997), is introduced during morning instruction. Social skills are taught using the Skillstreaming methodology, specifically define, role model, role play, and provide performance feedback. In addition, daily activities have been planned as a means to create opportunities to embed trials into common classroom activities (centers, gross motor time, etc.) Data is currently being collected by both classroom staff during scheduled data probes, as well as by independent blind observers during snack periods. Initial data suggests that this methodology seems to be both a feasible and effective method of integrating social skills instruction into early childhood classrooms. |
|
|
93. The Effects of Non-contingent Access to Chewing Gum on the Reduction of Rumination in a Student with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON DISCH (RCS Learning Center) |
Abstract: Rumination can be a problematic behavior for individuals with disabilities, which can lead to significant health consequences, which may include dental decay, weight loss, and malnutrition. The current case study examines the effects of non-contingent presentation of chewing gum following meals on the reduction of rumination in a student with Autism. A functional behavior assessment was completed, the results of which indicated that rumination was most likely maintained by automatic sensory reinforcement. Scatterplot analysis indicated that instances of rumination were most likely to occur following meal times. The student was then provided with non-contingent access to chewing gum, and encouraged to chew the gum for 20 minutes after each meal. At baseline the student engaged in an average of 8.67 instances of rumination per day, which was reduced to an average of 1.9 instances per day during the intervention phase, indicating that chewing gum may serve as an effective replacement behavior for rumination with some students. |
|
|
94. Decreasing Vocal Stereotypy Using the Response Interruption Redirection Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HAYLEY VININSKY (Gold Learning Centre), Richard Kerkhoven (Gold Learning Centre), Alexandra Rothstein Small (Gold Learning Centre) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is nonfunctional and repetitive speech occurring outside social context. The response interruption redirection procedure (RIRD) has been used to target the duration of this behaviour for decrease. Nico, a five-year-old boy with autism, engaged in high levels of vocal stereotypy that significantly impeded his learning. RIRD intervention was implemented throughout the day to decrease the frequency of his vocalizations in a centre-based ABA setting. The results demonstrated a drastic decrease in frequency of the behaviour from baseline. A reversal of the intervention showed increases in vocal stereotypy from treatment levels. |
|
|
95. Assessing the Impact of Embedded Social Reinforcement on Social Interactions in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENT SEYMOUR (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Leasha M. Barry (University of West Florida), Beatriz Conti (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Daniel Adam Openden Ph.D., BCBA-D (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Specific deficits in the social and communication domains are considered core areas associated with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) (APA, 2000), and impact an individuals ability to maintain social interactions with others. This study examined two reinforcer conditions and their effects on social interactions within the context of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT): a non-embedded, natural reinforcer PRT condition and an embedded social reinforcer condition. Using an ABAB design, data were collected on four social communication behaviors to evaluate the effect of each condition: social engagement during communication, nonverbal dyadic orientation, initiations for joint attention, and child affect. Consistent with previous research on embedded social reinforcers (Koegel, Vernon, & Koegel, 2009), results indicated that by using embedded social reinforcement within the clinician/child interaction, increases in all four social-communication behaviors were observed. These results suggest that embedding social reinforcement into a standard PRT paradigm may improve social communication outcomes for children. |
|
|
96. Using BST to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to an Adolescent Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLEY WARD (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program), Rachel Wagner (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program), Tiffany Humphreys (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program), Sabrina Omega (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program), Nicole Shriver (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program), Tiffany Kilby (Florida State University's Early Childhood Autism Program) |
Abstract: The current study is a systematic replication of the Gunby, Carr, and LeBlanc (2010) study that taught abduction prevention skills to children with ASD. The participant in this study was a 16-year-old male diagnosed with ASD. A treatment package that included behavior skills training (BST) and in situ probes with feedback was utilized to teach the participant to correctly respond to various abduction lures, including simple, incentive, incentive with visual, assistance and authoritative. Novel male and female confederates played the role of the abductor during baseline and in-situ probes. The participant successfully reached mastery criteria for each of the five lures. This study extended the previous research by including an additional abduction lure, and by utilizing both male and female confederates. |
|
|
97. Using Precision Teaching and Standard Celeration Charts to Increase Fluency in Academic Skills With Three 9-year-old Children With ASD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SIMON DEJARDIN (Institut Médico-Educatif ECLAIR), Cherice R. Cardwell (Association Française Les Professionnels de l'Analyse du Comportement) |
Abstract: Precision teaching has been shown to be very effective to increase fluency in many skills (including academics, sports, etc.), across different populations for many years. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the effectiveness of Precision Teaching in increasing fluency in academic skills. Precision Teaching for reading and math skills will be targeted, focusing on letter identification and 0 to 9 addition, for three 9 year-old children with ASD. The math task consists of simple addition of numbers 0-9 in a see-say format. The reading task consisted of identifying letters in a see-say format. Fluency will be measured in number of correct responses during one-minute timings and the results will be reported on Daily-1min Standard Celeration Charts. Initial baselines showed low rates of response per minute. The hypothesis is that the rate of response should increase at last to 60 words/additions per minute. This study using Precision Teaching and Standard Celeration Chart is the first in France. |
|
|
98. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Complex Repetitive Behavior in an Individual with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA SCHULMAN (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jaimie Mulcahy (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism typically display restricted and repetitive behavior, including rigidity in routines or compulsive behavior. Although ritualistic behaviors are frequently exhibited by individuals with autism, the function of these behaviors is not often fully assessed prior to implementation of treatment (Rodrigquez, Thompson, Schlichenmeyer, & Stocco, 2012). The purpose of the present study was to assess the function of complex repetitive behavior and evaluate intervention strategies. The participant was a 10-year-old boy with autism referred for the assessment and treatment of complex repetitive behavior (e.g., repetitive lifting and dropping of objects and retracing previous movements). First, a modified functional analysis was conducted. Based upon staff report, two escape conditions, one using motor tasks (e.g., writing) and one using vocal tasks (e.g., social questions) were included. Results suggested that problem behavior was maintained by escape from motor demands. However, the initial baseline in the treatment analysis (contingent breaks) resulted in decreased rates of behavior. Conversely, an increase in target behavior was observed when staff prompted the student through (i.e., escape extinction). The results from the analysis indicate that contingent breaks were an effective treatment because they interrupted the students ritual by removing necessary stimuli and may have delayed access to reinforcement. |
|
|
99. Matched and Non-Matched Preferred Stimuli as Competing Items for Automatically Reinforced Rumination |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE OCEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Angie Christine Querim (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Rumination, the habitual regurgitation, chewing, and reswallowing of previously ingested food, is a serious problem exhibited by some individuals with developmental or intellectual disabilities that may result in weight loss, abdominal pain, constipation, decreased resistance to disease, halitosis, dehydration, and esophagitis (Chilial et al., 2003; Johnston, Drum, & Conrin, 1981). Some individuals may engage in rumination due to its automatically reinforcing properties. Consequently, research has focused on examining treatments that account for the automatic reinforcement provided by rumination. Researchers have found that behavioral interventions such as the presentation of food (Lyons et al., 2007) and non-contingent access to gum following meals (Rhine and Tarbox, 2009) are effective in reducing rumination. The current study examined the effectiveness of matched and non-matched preferred stimuli (i.e., toys) in competing with automatically maintained rumination in a 4-year-old boy with autism. Results of the competing items assessments suggested that providing both types of stimuli following snacks were effective in decreasing the participants rate of rumination. We also found that the presence of a non-attentive adult was successful in reducing the participants rumination. Results suggest that enriching the environment may be an effective deterrent of rumination for some individuals with automatically maintained rumination. |
|
|
100. The Effects of Image Source on Rates of Receptive Language Acquisition |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY FOSSA (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: The present study measured the effects of image sources (line drawings and photographs) on a receptive identification program for four toddlers with autism. During pretest, participants were unable to identify pictures on cards. During training, participants were presented with three sets of cards (five each): line drawings, photographs, and a mixed set of cards featuring line drawings and photographs. Participants were taught to receptively identify one target card at a time. Once a participant learned to identify a card in a particular set, a new one was added. The order in which each set of cards was presented was randomized in an alternating treatments design. Results showed little to no clear difference in the number of sessions it took to reach the mastery criterion between the three sets of cards on each step. The results suggest that the image source did not affect rate of acquisition for the study participants when teaching receptive identification of pictures. |
|
|
101. A Comparison of Methods to Assess Preference for Vocational Activities With Adolescents Diagnosed With an Intellectual Disability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE N. POTTER (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Brittney Lucibello (New England Center for Children), Robert Chiaccio (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to discover the most reliable and sensitive method for identifying an individual's preference for vocational activities. Three adolescents diagnosed with an intellectual disability participated. All were currently working on increasing skills related to various vocational activities as part of their individual education plans (IEPs) although none had previously participated in any type of systematic assessment to identify their preference for vocational work. The present study focused on format and measurement. First, sessions were conducted in a single presentation format where various vocational activities were available singly for a 5-min interval. These sessions were compared to sessions using a response restriction format where all activities were simultaneously available and the participant had the opportunity to select the activity to work on during the 5-min interval. A reversal design was used to compare the different formats. Across conditions, item contact, functional engagement, indices of happiness, and indices of unhappiness were measured to identify the most accurate method of measurement to use when assessing preference for vocational activities. The response restriction format produced more reliable and differentiated results across participants. Functional engagement was determined to be the most sensitive method of measurement for identifying preferences for vocational activities. |
|
|
102. Teaching Children to Inquire About Unknown Auditory Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
STEPHEN JOHN WUENSCH (David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (David Gregory School) |
Abstract: We taught six children with autism to ask, “What’s that?” to unfamiliar verbal stimuli. The purpose of this study was to investigate (a) if children with autism can learn to ask questions about unfamiliar auditory stimuli and (b) can they generalize the skill to different settings? We presented an array of pictures of familiar objects and asked the children to point to them. Every three or four opportunities to respond we used a foreign word for the name of the object (i.e., “Point to Mesa” equivalent to “Point to table”). We worked in each child’s classroom at their desks. We used a multiple baseline procedure across two groups of three children each. We also assessed generalization of the skill to two more settings (play area in the classroom and outside the classroom). The results indicate that only two of the six children generalized the skill to the other two settings. Two other children needed training in the second setting (play area in the classroom) and they generalized the skill to the third setting (outside the classroom). The other two children did not generalize the skill to the new two settings. This study needs to be replicated to determine if (a) children acquire novel information and (b) the relation of this behavior with the listener repertoire of naming (listener to speaker, Greer & Ross, 2008).
The purpose of this study was to investigate (a) if children with autism can learn to ask questions about unfamiliar auditory stimuli and (b) can they generalize the skill to different settings (e.g., Can they use it in a functional way?) |
|
|
103. Assessing Preference for Leisure and Food Items in a Combined Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE KEYS (Bancroft), Jill Swirsky (Rowan University), Jessica Hiller (Rowan University), Lauren Dvorak (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Several studies have reviewed ways to assess preferences, particularly among individuals with developmental delays. DeLeon, Iwata, and Roscoe (1997) found leisure items are displaced by food items, regardless of their reinforcing potential, indicating that highly preferred leisure items might not be identified in a combined assessment. Separate assessments of food and non-food items may reduce the displacement, but conducting separate assessments would not allow for relative preferences between all items. In the current study, a series of paired-choice preference assessments (Fisher et al, 1992) were conducted with 7 participants. A combined 16-item (leisure and edible) preference assessment was compared to the results of conducting separate 8-item leisure and 8-item edible preference assessment through a reversal design. Results provided information that displacement may be mediated by the presence of food. |
|
|
104. Translational Research on Instructional Styles: Implications for Parent Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE M. MINCH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Recently, the role of the parent/caregiver in educational and therapeutic services for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities has received increased attention. Although there is a strong empirical base for behaviorally oriented parent training, relatively few published investigations address issues beyond the actual training procedures such as the potential influence of the manner in which the training is delivered (Allen & Warzak, 2000). Worded differently, to what extent is the success of parent training influenced by the type and style of language employed by the trainer? The way in which instructions are delivered to parents during training may influence subsequent skill acquisition and maintenance, however these variables are nearly impossible to analyze in an applied setting. To this end, the purpose of the current investigation was to systematically evaluate the effects of demand versus opportunity based language on preference and skill acquisition demonstrated by parents of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results are discussed with respect to parent training practices and related implications for conducting experimental investigations on practice-oriented topics. |
|
|
105. Television's Mixed Signals: Choose the Best and Mute the Rest when Watching Television Programs about Autism Treatments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Jennifer Hall (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Luis Vargas (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Shweta Ghayal (Penn State University, Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Many people watch television for entertainment. However, research indicates that parents of children with autism may watch television to obtain information about autism treatments. This poster examined televisions reports of scientifically and non-scientifically supported treatments for people with autism. We recorded frequency of television stations (i.e., ABC, CBS, NBC) transcripts of television programming across the last decade. Each transcript was evaluated for inclusion of specific treatments (e.g., Applied Behavior Analysis, Facilitated Communication, Sensory Integration, etc.) and the positive and negative comments made about treatments. Trends preliminarily indicated that positive and negative television coverage over the last ten years of scientifically supported treatments remained relatively stable. However, levels of positive and negative comments about ABA remained less than comments made about non-scientifically supported treatments. With main-stream television stations coverage of these non-scientifically supported treatments, parents of children with autism may be exposed to treatments and influenced by television to experiment with possibly ineffective treatments for their children. |
|
|
107. Combining Free- and Forced- Choice Procedures to Decrease Resistance in a Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER FELBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: A core symptom of autism identified by Leo Kanner in 1943 is called "resistance to change" (e.g., insisting on wearing the same shirt every day, refusing all nonwhite foods). In this study, Harold, a 5-year-old male with autism, was referred for refusing to wear pants (e.g., preferring shorts) and for displaying tantrums, aggression, and elopement when prompted to wear pants. During a free-choice baseline, Harold consistently chose shorts over pants, when access to a moderately preferred toy was delivered for making a clear choice. Harold also consistently chose shorts in the next phase, when choosing long pants produced access to a highly preferred toy and choosing shorts produced nothing (i.e., extinction). In the forced-choice phase, only pants were available and Harold was prompted and reinforced for independently choosing pants. Following the forced-choice phase, Harold continued to independently choose pants in the next phase when shorts were also available. In addition, during a return to the free-choice baseline, Harold chose pants slightly more often than shorts. In the final phase, differential reinforcement for choosing pants was reintroduced and Harold almost always chose pants. This differential reinforcement procedure was taught to Harold's parents in the clinic and successfully implemented in the home. |
|
|
108. Teaching Children with Autism to Use an Activity Schedule Presented on an iPod® Touch |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLA SCHNEIDER (Caldwell College/ EPIC School), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Paul Argott (EPIC School) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often depend on adults for support to learn the skills necessary to become independent. The activity schedule has been used to teach a variety of daily living skills, including self-help and food preparation tasks. Technology, such as the iPod® touch, has transformed the traditional binder activity schedule into a less stigmatizing, portable presentation format. Recent research has focused on the use of the iPod® activity schedule to teach students to independently engage in leisure activities. The current study investigated the use of an activity schedule presented on an iPod touch® to teach three children with autism to complete two daily living skills (e.g. setting a table and making a sandwich). A multiple-probe-across-participants design was used to assess the effects of an iPod® activity schedule on the percentage of steps completed as well as on-task and disruptive behavior during baseline, treatment, pre- and post-treatment generalization probes of a new task to a novel setting, and after a 2- week and 4- week latency period. Through the use of manual prompting learners were taught to use the iPod® activity schedule and engage in the motor actions associated with each skill step. Manual prompts were faded using a progressive time delay procedure and the schedule of reinforcement thinned as the experimenter’s proximity faded systematically. One of the three participants learned to use the iPod® Touch schedule to complete two daily living tasks and sustain engagement with the teacher across the room and the schedule of reinforcement thinned to delivery upon completion of the whole task. |
|
|
109. Modifying Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) by Addressing Phonological and Articulation Errors to Improve Speech Intelligibility in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELSEY OLIVER (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Daniel Adam Openden Ph.D., BCBA-D (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Language deficits in children with autism are often complex and potentially stem from a variety of mechanisms (Wetherby & Prutting, 1984). Utilizing speech-based assessments and procedures within the framework of a behaviorally based treatment model may be effective in assessing and treating these multifaceted communication impairments. The present study was designed to address final consonant deletion, phonological errors, and clarity of articulation in a three-year-old boy with autism at the Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center (SARRC). Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) was modified to include systematic speech shaping procedures. Furthermore, the childs parents received training in the implementation of the intervention to maintain consistency and assist with generalization of skills. The data indicated improvement in this childs production and articulation of sounds and words. These results suggest that speech-based assessments can be effective in developing and implementing a behavioral treatment plan for improving speech intelligibility. While not all children with a diagnosis of autism require such treatment, many children with autism and co-morbid speech intelligibility problems may benefit from such approaches. |
|
|
110. Assessment and Training of a Generalized Vocal Instruction Following Repertoire in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jeanne M. Donaldson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), CRESSE M. MORRELL (Virginia Institute of Autism), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism), Aurore M. Hutter (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: The ability to follow vocal instructions delivered by others is an essential skill for all children to acquire. Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may have difficulty acquiring instruction-following repertoires. When children have learned to perform a single action when a single object is presented, it may appear as though the child has learned to follow the instruction delivered. However, the child may be responding to some feature of the environment (e.g., the object) other than the vocal instruction. The purpose of this study is to assess instruction-following skills in children with ASD who have previously acquired performing simple actions with objects, teach students to respond to the vocal instruction who were not previously, and test for emergence of a generalized instruction-following repertoire following training. To date, five participants have completed the assessment phase. All five participants were identified as lacking an instruction-following repertoire. Four of those participants have begun training. |
|
|
111. Punishment-free Toilet Training for Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chelsea Pearsall (Central Washington University), WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University), Joy Gulseth (Central Washington University), Elizabeth M. Street (Central Washington University), Ralf Greenwald (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: The present investigation tested a punishment-free, toilet-training protocol with two male children (ages 4 and 5 years) with limited language skills and developmental disabilities (autism and PDD NOS). A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used. Based on previously successful toilet training methods used by LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, and Detweiler (2005), the current study eliminated restitutional overcorrection, positive practice and verbal reprimands. Only reinforcement, scheduled sits, and a urine alarm were utilized. Data were collected on the number of in-toilet urinations, urinary accidents, and self-initiations. Results show that both participants exhibited significant improvement in their toileting skills and met the final success criteria rapidly (within 11 days from the start of treatment). In-toilet urinations increased to nearly 100% by the end of treatment for both boys. Similarly, urinary accidents dropped to near zero-levels by the end of treatment. Regular self-initiations were reliably established in only one of the two boys. These results were maintained through follow-up for both boys. The need for standardized criteria for self-initiations is recommended for future replications. The implications for the elimination of punishment procedures in future toilet-training protocols are discussed. |
|
|
112. Follow-up study at teenager age of children with autism who received EIBI treatment at preschool year |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SYLVIE BERNARD (Clinique ABA (Montréal)), Nathalie Poirier (Université du Québec à Montréal), Sylvie Donais (Clinique ABA (Montréal)) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of the Intensive behavioural Intervention (IBI) has been the subject of many researches since the publication of Lovaas (1987; 1993). They mentioned the maintenance of therapeutic gains of autistic children in adolescence after EIBI. Little research relates IBI long term gains. In addition, few programs are conducted in French. This study aims to describe the follow-up of five young children having received a minimum of 30 hours a week of EIBI between 1998 and 2001. The follow up study is conducted ten year after the intervention. The first phase of this study analyzes the data of a questionnaire completed by parents on their child's development. The results indicate that all children have maintained their diagnosed of autism in adolescence. However, three of them lost their diagnosed of developmental delay associated in school entry and have maintained those gains in adolescence. In addition, they all reached language norms. Important qualitative differences in language, socialization and behaviors are however identified in all children. The next steps of this study will be presented. |
|
|
113. The Effects of Teaching Appropriate Play on Stereotypy and Inappropriate Behavior of a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ADAM LOBERMEIER (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A six-year-old boy diagnosed with autism was taught to play appropriately in his home while stereotypy (both motor and vocal) and inappropriate behaviors were concurrently recorded. Graduated guidance and reinforcement were utilized to teach maze and dot-to-dot play activities and prompts were faded out over the course of treatment. During 3-min baseline sessions, a play task was given to the participant and appropriate play, inappropriate behaviors and stereotypic behaviors were recorded, while interactions initiated by the participant were ignored. During treatment sessions, play task completion resulted in tangible reinforcement and the termination of the treatment session. All behaviors were recorded using 10 s partial interval recording (PIR) and a multiple-baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Results indicated that graduated guidance plus reinforcement was successful in teaching appropriate play behaviors across activities while promoting skill generalization. In addition, stereotypy and inappropriate behavior significantly decreased during and after skill acquisition without any direct intervention. |
|
|
114. Teaching Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders to Make and Keep Friends Using a Manualized Social Skills Training Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL KOFFMAN (Etobicoke Children's Centre), Sheela Rajaram (The Etobicoke Childrens Centre) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are more likely to develop social problems with peers (Bauminger & Kasari, 2000). One of the few interventions aimed at improving peer relations is the UCLA Children’s Friendship Training Program (Frankel & Myatt, 2003). The following study aims to extend and replicate the findings of this program (Frankel, Myatt &Cantwell, 1995).The study will be conducted in a regional ABA intervention Program with 8 boys ages 7-10 years with a diagnosis of ASD, and their caregivers. The child and parent sessions will run concurrently for a block of ten weeks. Data will be collected on parent and child acquisition of weekly techniques taught in the group as well as parent competencies around coaching their child in the use of these strategies through Pre and Post treatment measures and weekly self monitoring checklists. It is hypothesized that children who demonstrate consistent performance in the group will report improved social relations with peers and parents who demonstrate consistent performance in the group will report improved abilities to coach their child with peer relations. |
|
|
115. Categorizing ABLLS Tasks According to Their ABLA Levels: A Measure of Reliability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GENEVIEVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: In an EIBI program for children with autism, such as the St.Amant Autism Program, the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS) is commonly used as an assessment, a curriculum guide, and a skills tracking system. In addition, the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) is used to assess the childrens ability to learn to perform six tasks (levels), which are hierarchical in difficulty. Previous research has demonstrated that, with persons with intellectual disabilities, the ABLA difficulty level of training tasks that are mismatched to a clients highest-passed ABLA level will result in more aberrant behaviours than tasks that are matched to the clients highest-passed ABLA level, and therefore hinder learning opportunities. To what extent does the ABLA difficulty level of training tasks selected from the ABLLS in a program for children with autism match the learning abilities of the children as assessed by the ABLA? As a first step to investigate this question, we completed several phases to determine whether ABLLS tasks could in fact be reliably categorized according to the highest ABLA level needed to perform them. Using Cohens weighted kappa, the resulting coefficient demonstrates substantial agreement for 99 of the 544 ABLLS tasks. |
|
|
116. CANCELED: Is Early Intervention Getting Better? Meta-analysis of group studies published 1986 - 2012. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LARS KLINTWALL (Oslo and Akershus University College), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: ABA techniques have been used in early and intensive behavioral interventions (EIBI) for more than four decades. During that period, hundreds of experimental studies have been published, aiming for the enhancement of techniques used in EIBI. Using data from more than 500 individual children reported in published group studies, we analyse whether this accumulation of knowledge can be seen in larger treatment effects of EIBI. The data shows, surprisingly, that the effects of EIBI are not getting better, even when controlling for intake variables and hours of treatment. Reasons for this non-finding are suggested. |
|
|
117. An Update on the Collaboration for Sustainable Impact in Kenya |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants), MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project), Mary E. Brady (University of Massachusetts Boston), Emily Alexandra Winebrenner (Universal Health Services) |
Abstract: This poster conveys an update on the progress made since 2011 on the Cross Cultural Collaboration, particularly in the areas of 1) cultural movement towards the acceptance of ABA in Kenya 2) the openings of universities to include ABA as an intervention approach through class presentations and expanded trainings, and 3) innovative initiatives to bring experienced professionals to Kenya for specific areas of need. In many countries, individuals with autism and related disabilities are still often stigmatized. The importance of disseminating evidence-based treatments is intensifying as the number of autism diagnoses grows. The efforts of three organizations is becoming evident in the acceptance and delivery of evidence-based treatment. The Global Autism Project has further refined the supervision process by adding in service delivery in country by experienced practitioners through the Global Autism Projects SkillCorps initiative. Kaizora Consultants founder has increasingly been invited to speak to universities, schools, parent groups and disability-related organizations as an emerging leader within Kenya, even as she completes the requirements to sit for the BACB exam. UMassBoston has BACB-approved coursework to Kenya through a scholarship to Kaizoras Director to meet the training requirements and is currently in negotiations with universities in Kenya to continue to process. |
|
|
118. Teaching Two Children with Autism to Identify the Emotional States of Others |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID M. CORCORAN (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This field based study evaluated the efficacy of a curriculum designed to teach children with autism to identify the emotional states of others using a systematic, leveled teaching curriculum entitled Teaching Children with Autism to Mind Read (Baron-Cohen et al.). Although presented as a mind reading curriculum the performance measured was the subjects labeling of one of 4 emotional states (happy, sad, afraid, angry). Individuals with PDD/Autism are known to demonstrate deficits in the ability to understand and respond appropriately to social bids and to correctly identify the thoughts and feelings of others. Broadly speaking this is referred to as the theory of mind and is defined as the ability to infer other individuals mental states, wants and needs and to integrate this understanding into their interactions with others ( Baron-Cohen, S., Leslie, A.M.. and Firth, U. 1985). Utilizing this curriculum as written, the subjects for this study, a 7-year-old girl with autism and a 6-year-old boy with Aspergers Syndrome, improved their performances in terms of correctly identifying the emotional states of individuals in vignettes (faceless line drawings and spoken scenarios). Analogous scenarios in naturalistic settings were presented for generalization. Data on trials-to-criterion and errors will also be presented. |
|
|
119. Using Natural Stimuli to Signal Availability of Reinforcement during Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AGUSTIN JIMENEZ (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a widely used and successful intervention for treating problem behavior. However, the intervention may be limited when implemented in natural contexts. Issues associated with the implementation of FCT in natural contexts include compromised treatment integrity due of high rates of communicative response. In addition, many of the published interventions are analogue demonstrations that would require some modification if applied to the home and community settings. The use of multiple schedules of reinforcement have been evaluated (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001) and replicated by a number of other studies (Hagopian et al., 2004; Jarmolowicz et al., 2009) To address some of the limitations of previous work we are examining the effects of a parent implemented FCT intervention. All participants were identified as engaging in problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement in the form of attention. Subsequent to the identification of the variable responsible for problem behavior, parents trained their child to engage in communicative response to obtain parental attention. Once the communicative response was established, an evaluation of the effectiveness of using natural stimuli versus contrived cues for thinning the schedule of reinforcement will be measured. Results will be analyzed via visual inspection to identify which variation most effectively thinned reinforcement for functional communication. Last, two follow up phases will occur post-treatment to assess which arrangement of the multiple schedule maintained at optimal levels. |
|
|
120. The Assessment and Treatment of Self-injurious Behavior in an Adolescent with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXIS RESNICK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Karen Guszkowski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kasey Thomas (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior is not uncommon among individuals with developmental disabilities. In the current study, a 12-year-old male diagnosed with autism presented with high rates of hand biting behavior. A functional analysis was conducted to determine the maintaining factors of the problem behavior and to help guide treatment. Functional communication training was used to increase the use of appropriate alternative behavior and to decrease problem behavior. A multiple schedule consisting of alternating periods of reinforcement and extinction was implemented and resulted in decreased rates of problem behavior. Following the thinning of the reinforcement schedule (e.g., a 9-minute extinction period and a 1-minute reinforcement period), rates of hand biting remained low, while appropriate alternative behavior was maintained and differentiated. Treatment effects were maintained at a 6-month follow-up. Study limitations and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
121. A Brief Functional Analysis and Intervention of Automatically Reinforced Noise-Making Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HALEY STEINHAUSER (Applied Behavioral Intervention Services, LLC), Kristin Hagen (Applied Behavioral Intervention Services, LLC), Karen Renee Norman (Applied Behavioral Intervention Services, LLC), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: The current study sought to determine the function of oral noise-making behaviors through the use of a brief functional analysis. The purpose of the study was to conduct an effective functional analysis in a home setting during a typical intensive therapy session. The conditions of the functional analysis were configured based on observed antecedent events and consequences surrounding occurrences of the noise-making behaviors. These conditions included alone play, demand with contingent escape, and continuous interactive play. Three five-minute sessions of each condition with five-minute breaks between sessions suggested the noise-making behaviors to be automatically reinforced, with high frequency of noise-making behaviors in the alone play condition. All functional analysis data was obtained in approximately a two-hour period, producing a procedure that is both time and cost effective for clinical settings. Based on the findings from the brief functional analysis, the second part of the study will be conducted to increase client awareness of the noise-making behaviors by teaching the client to self-monitor and to teach a discrimination of appropriate situations for the noise-making behaviors. |
|
|
122. A Model for Classroom Consultation in the Public School Setting With the Use of a Systematic Needs Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
STACY A. CLEVELAND (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center & Emory University), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Dana M. Bamford (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spend 30-40 hours weekly in school settings with teaching staff who have little or no exposure to applied behavior analysis. Despite the lack of expertise, schools are being asked to implement specific behavior analytic procedures (e.g., functional behavior assessments/intervention, and direct teaching methods). Ten self-contained classrooms for children with autism across elementary, middle, and high schools in an urban, public school system received consultation and training by certified behavior analysts. A needs assessment form was developed as a pre-post measure to assess classrooms' proficiency to prioritize training needs and to show progress following consultation and training. The observation form was comprised of 13 categories including classroom schedule, teaching strategies, behavioral assessment, behavior management, instructional focus, inclusionary practices, and data collection practices. Data were gathered via permanent products, observation, and interview. This project outlines a model of behavior analytic consultation provided to a public school system in the first phase of consultation and training (i.e., classroom level). Implementation of the final phase will also be outlined; pre-post classroom measures will guide future, system-wide capacity building services aimed at training an internal, multi-disciplinary team of school system professionals to provide coaching, lessening the need for intensive outside consultation. |
|
|
123. Training Early Intensive Behavioral Interventionists: A Replication and Extension of eLearning Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MORGAN L. MANSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Sigler-Kamen (University or Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is the most effective treatment for young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) today. This and the fact that the prevalence of ASD continues to climb, around the world drives the need for specially trained EIBI tutors. Many states are now mandating insurance companies pay for EIBI services. This makes it even more imperative to train tutors, and to train them to the standard of care insurance companies require. One approach to training tutors that may provide quality training and offer practical solutions to the time consuming and expensive traditional training procedures is online learning. One such online program, Skills eLearning, is a computer-based program developed by the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD). Previous research on eLearning shows that it improves knowledge of principles, and concepts of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). How eLearning impacts the tutor trainees ability to actually work with a child is unknown. The present study seeks to compare pre-test and post-test measures of the trainees knowledge of ABA together with pre-test and post-test measures of their skills as a tutor. Pilot data shows that eLearning increases a tutors knowledge of ABA, and also improves the ability to implement discrete trial instruction with a child with ASD and a simulated teaching session. |
|
|
125. Mentoring Teachers of Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
YESIM GULEC-ASLAN (Sakarya University), Canan Sola Ozguc (Sakarya University) |
Abstract: The qualification of teachers who teach students with autism is important for positive outcomes. There are important points to increase qualifications: (a) using evidence-based methods like applied behavioral analysis (ABA), (b) having knowledge about autism (c) establishing positive relationships at work. In this context, providing mentoring about instructional, emotional and administrative subjects is important to increase qualifications (Boyer & Lee, 2001). In Turkey, there is a need for qualified teachers. In Turkish system there is no specialized department for teachers of students with autism in universities. There are only few courses about autism in the department of special education. Therefore, we planned an action research to support beginning teachers needful subjects, especially using ABA via mentoring programs. Also, we will revise the context of courses in our undergraduate program according to findings. Thus, there are five participants who graduated from our program in 2012 and began to work in autism. Firstly, we will determine needs and existing situation via interviews at the end of the first semester. Then, we will implement mentoring programs . In this poster, we will provide information about needs and existing situation. The data will be analyzed via descriptive analysis. The findings are interpreted. |
|
|
126. Effects of Wh-Question Graphic Organizers on Reading Comprehension Skills of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KERI STEVENSON BETHUNE (James Madison University), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders often have difficulty with reading comprehension. This study used a delayed multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of graphic organizers on the accuracy of wh-questions answered following short passage reading. Participants were three elementary-age students with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated improved accuracy of responses to wh-questions, generalization, and maintenance of gains following intervention. Implications for future research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Social |
Monday, May 27, 2013 |
9:00 PM–1:00 AM |
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom A-G (Hilton) |
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University) |
Please join your friends and colleagues for music and dancing. As 2013 marks the 100th anniversary of Behaviorism, we will celebrate this historic milestone by also providing cake to our attendees. |
Keyword(s): dancing, music, social |
|
|